The URL can be used to link to this page

1995-0221_WANKET CONSTRUCTION, TONY_Contract (2 of 2) City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA Addenda Number Two Contract Documents and Specifications for San Juan Capistrano Sports Park, Phase One Bid Date: January 24, 1"S Prepare by: Heimberger Hirsch & Associates The following changes or clarification's shall be made to the above referenced documents. Receipt of addendum number one is to be acknowledged by completing the addenda portion of the bid. Submitted by: Sharon Heider Open Space Project Manager City of San Juan Capistrano to Addendum No.1 .qg&if at� Change the following ite 1. Item 01, Change Section 02552 to read 022551. Change to read: "Change Secdoa 02552 to read Section 02251." 2. Item #1, Change Section 09200 block Wall Stucco to read 009210.... Change to read: "Change Section 09200 Block Wall Stucco to read Section 09210 Exterior Cement Plaster." 3. Item #4, Subsection 1.3B, delete paragraphs 3 and 4. Change to read: "Subsection 1.313, Delete Sentences#3 and#4." 4. Item#5, 1st Sentence, Add item number 3. Furnish and... Change to read: "Add item #C. Furnish and..." 5. Item #10, Change paragraph to readall globe valves shall be .... Change to read: "Change paragraph to read: All globe valves shall be ......j 6. Item #53, minimumm working pressure... - Change to read: " minimum working pressure..." 7. Item #7, Subseaior- 3.6 1st Paragraph, Add new pPatagraph #1.. Change to read: Add new Paragraph.#11. In Addenda No 1 - Plarks. Change the following items: 8. Item#l. 42" high decorative steel fencing in not a part of Item#93, Change to read: 42" high decorative steel fencing is not a pan of Item#39. 9. Sheet SC-2,Delete the words "at Plaza." 10. Item #5, "Alerdine" PVC class 315... Change to read: "'All irrigation main line shall be "Alettline"PVC Cass 200#3139 Gasketed Bell Pipe." 11. Item#6, The plan in required...... Change to read: "The putt is required..." 12. Item #13, Subsection #36, 3rd Paragraph, portable water Iine flushing... Change to read: "potable water lite flushing..." 13. Item#17, Delete work 'Gate'..... Change to read: "Delete word Gate..." 14. Item#24, Change the word Ben to read... Change to read: "Change the word Storage Bin..." 15. Item#38, 3rd Sentence, vale risers,... Change to read: "valve risers,..." 16. Item#40, 2nd Sentence, blotted bonnet, non rising stem... Change to read: "bolted bonnet. non-rising stem..." 17. Item#43, Delete the work bronze gate valves. Change to read: "Delete the word bronze gate valves." 18. Item#53, Guadalupe farm height as specified... Change to read: "Guadalupe Palm height as specified.._" 19. Item #63, 3rd Paragraph, water leins shall conform... Change to read: "water lines shall conform..." In Addendum No 1 - Bid Propgs&t Schedule of Work tt=.s Change the following items- 20. emc20. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items #99, Change Approx. Qry, to read: "LS" (Lump Sum). 21. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items#102, Change item to read: "Quick Coupler with Box, Riser, Swing Joint and Piping." 22. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items #107, Change Approx. Qtyto read: "LS" (Lump Sum). 23. Addendum No.1, Items #34, Refers to Temporary Goal Fencing, Detail F attached, this Detail was not attached, Detail F is attached to Addendum No. 2. Refer to attached Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items 0145, Temporary Goal Fencing. Approx. Qry, 2 EA. Rid EMMalSChedule of Work Items: 24. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Item#63 - Delete this item 25. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Item#59, "Change to read: 36" Wide Concttte Swale. 26. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Item #124, "Change Approx. Qry. from 82,000 SF to read: 89,500 SF" 27. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Item#127, "Change Approx. Qty, from 651,000 SF to read: 658,500 SF" 28. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Item, "Add Item #144 "Air Release Valves per Detail A, Sheet Ll-3, Approx. Qty. 2 EA." 29. Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items #118,#119, #121, #122, &0123, Change Quantity to read: "LS (Lump Stun). Disregard Quantities stated on Plans. See Item#33 below. Specifications_: 30. Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving: Subsection E Aggregate Base, 1st Paragraph, Change to read: "Aggregate base material shall be Class 2 only, conforming to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. The material shall be uniformly graded and meet fine gradation requirements." 31. Section 02800 Landscaping: Subsection 2.6 Soil Amendments - Delete this Subsection. Subsection 2.8 Mulch - Delete this Subsection. Subsection 3.2 Planting, Paragraph M - Delete this Paragraph. Subsection 3.3 Lawn Installation (hydroseed), Paragraph D. Clarification: There is no fertilizer in hydroseed mix. 32. Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving: Subsection 2.1 Material, Paragraph A, Asphalt Concrete, Sentence 2, Change to read: "Asphalt Concrete shall be County Standard 1305, Base Course shall be Type iiI B-3 3/4" AR-4000. Surface Course shall be Type III C-3 1-1/2" AR-4000. Pte: 33. All Plant Quantities shall be as indicated on the Plans. Quantities and sizes indicated on Planting Legend (Sheet LP-2), shall be deleted. All Plant Quantities indicated on the Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items, shall be "IS" (Lump Sum) 34. Post for 20 Ft. high and 30 Ft. high Backstop shall be Sch. 40 Galv. Steel FY=50 KSI_ 35. Cost for Water Meters: 1-1/2" $1,200 4" $6,000 to $7.000 - Approximate - refer to details provided in Addendum No. 1 for required work. Water Assessment fees are not a part of water meter cost, City will pay Water Assessment Fees. Capistrano Valley Water District will install 1-1/2"meter. Contractor must provide and install 4" meter. Contractor must make connections to service main for both meters. 36. Sheet A-5, Detail 14: All screening and expanded heavy gauge wire mesh to be galvanized steel wire cloth i" welded wire mesh, gauge .125. 37. Irrigation Controllers are to be located in Janitor Room in the Concession / Restroom Building. Extend valve wiring from controller location to the exterior of the building in PVC conduit. Size conduit to accept wiring and to accommodate future wiring installation. 38. Irrigation booster pump assembly and water tank is ant QLgQUd item. 39. Eliminate mid and bottom rail at 6'high property line fencing along School property line,east property line of Park and south property line along Main Drive from Community Garden to Alipaz. Install Tension Cable at Bottom of Fencing. 40, Sheet CD-3, Detail E: Tree Well - Delete Tree Well Grate and Frame. 41. Sheet SC-3: The tree (3) diamond shapes adjacent to the Concession/Restroom Building are Tree Wells per Detail E, Shat CD-3. No Tree Well Grates or Frames are required. 42. Sleeving: Per Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items#107, shall be "LS" (Lump Sum). 43. All Catch Basins called out on Plans as Detail #1301 are changed to read: "Detail#1302, width shall be 7 Ft." 44. Sheet SC-2,Details B, C, D &E, A, Aggregate Base Below Cttrb, Curb and Gutters shall be included as part of Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items 054 and 055. All recompaction and dress-up of subgrade required after installation of curb, and curb and gutter, shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and no extra cost will be allowed. 45. Sheet CDA,Detail D, Aggregate Base below Concrete "V" Gutter shall be included as part of Bid Proposal Schedule of Work Items #59. All recempaction and dress-up of subgradc required after installation of curb, and curb and gutter, shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor and no extra cost will be allowed. 46. Sheet CD-4, Detail D, Change Detail Call-Gut Concrete "V" Gutter to read: 36" wide Concrete Swale, 47. Concession / Restroom Building: Install Fire Sprinkler System conforming to 1`3FPA-13, 1989 Edition. Sprinkler System, Ordinary Hazard Group 1. Connect to 2" Domestic Water Line to Building. 48. Sheet G-1, Finish Legend, Notes #3 and #8. Change 4" Ceramic Tile to read: "2" Ceramic Tile. 49. Sheet E-7, Clarification: Pullbox Reference, Field No.1 is "Baseball Field" Field lNo.2 is "Soccer/Softball Field." Sheet E-7, Clarification: Pullbox Reference should read NTC ART 370.18 in lieu of 370.28. Sheet E-7, Clarification: Detail H,Note should read 1990 NEC in lieu of 1993. 50. Sheet E-8, Feeder Schedule. Feeder number 4 should read: 8 Fixtures and shall have 60 A/2P Switch, 40 ARP Fuse and 60 ARP Contactor. Concession/Restroom Building: 51. Pot Sink: Custom Made - See Elevation #4, Sheet 55. 52. Hand Sink: American Standard "Ledge here" Wall Hung Lavatory #5300.157 with Heritage Gooseneck Faucet, Pop-Up Drain and Wall Hanger. 53. Moor Drains: Per Floor Plan, Sheet A.I. �yDost sksys fn ry concros nfowQUD. (9 vlsoss) 20-0• 20•-00 • fawn D"oratiw r wide FoWng concroto cum. Runlung Tfada IW W~as". �raoaae. s9a�v'wa — eserv.w.l ay.bob vola• .. _. O.+.o.r ba"Gros � pow w w)owa � re Removable Soomr Backstop efrs tiuoe.«e4 w+A�r to st oe owp. Oa+n ralaor 1GP vav :; •:' �Mson MOiws esn»Pact t>Na b � .• � M�~aw�A�cenrs - �' •� ' fW)pYM Nbnsf q. a wo>E. ar.uo. iriitDY OOT YltNl,let (41�)ZIS7{26 Game Post Sleeve and hereby proposes and agrees, if the proposal is accepted, to furnish all material and do all the work required to complete the said construction in accordance with the Contract Documents, a$ defined in Section, 1-2 of the Standard Specifications, in the time stated herein, for the unit price or lump sum given on the following pages of this proposal, amounting to totals of. TOTAL BASE BID PRICE - ITEMS —No.l THROUGH IJo.145 Words — Figures Said amount to include and cover all taxes, the furnishing of all materials, the performing of all the '.abor requisite of proper and the providing of all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of consmxtion; also, the performance and completion of ail the work in the manner set forth, described and shown in the Specifications or the drawings for the work. If the contract is awarded, the undersigned agrees to enter into a contract with the City and to commence work within fifteen (15)calendar days from tate date of execution thereof, and to diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of two hundred attd ten (210) working days days (including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installatior. period). All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given Estimated Quantities of Work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit prices as submitted by the bidders. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and the extension thereof, the unit price shall prevail and bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of corrected totals. The estimated quantities of work indicated in the proposal are approximate only, being given soiely as a basis for comparison of bids. It is understood that the City does not expressly, nor by implicacor., agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase of decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed expedient by the project Manager. It is also understood by Bidder that the City of San Juan Capistrano has the right to reject this proposal or to award a contract to the undersigned at the prices stipulated. If the proposal is rejected, then any check or cashier's check shall be returned to the undersigned within thirty (30) days. No bid bonds will be returned, if the proposal is accepted and the undersigned fails to enter into a contract within fifteen (15) days after the agreement is delivered to him for signature,or wittin such further time as may be granted by the City Council, then said check shall be cashed or said bond declared forfeited and an amount equal to the difference between the lowest bid and the next lowest bidder who will execute a contract shall be paid into the treasury of the City of San Juan Capistrano as liquidated damages for the failure of the undersigned to comply with the terms of this proposal. 8 142 2" Domestic Water Line to Resaoom 800 LF Concession Building $ $ Dollars per 143 20 ft. High Chain Link Fence 50 LF Dollars per 144 Air Release Valve 2 EA Dollars per 145 Temporary Goal Fencing 2 EA Dollars per TOTAL BASE BID PRICE $ 23 City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA Addenda Number One Contract Documents and Specifications for San Juan Capistrano Sports Park, Phase One Bid Date: January 24, 1995 Prepare by: Heimberger Hirsch & Associates The following changes or clarification's shall be made to the above referenced documents. Receipt of addendum number one is to be acknowledged by completing the addenda portion of the bid. Submitted by: Sharon Heider Open Space Project Manager City of San Juan Capistrano C. Fertilization:Change sentence number one to read: Fertilize all newly planted areas (trees,shrubs,ground cover and lawn) with Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 at a rate of 7 lbs.per 1000 SF at the completion of the 30 day plant establishment period. Subsection 3.6 60 Day Post Installation Maintenance Period. Add new paragraph#1: Contractor shall mow all lawn areas on a weekly basis. Mowing heights shall start at 1-12"to 2".Mow height shall be lowered during maintenance period to achieve a final mowing height of one inch at completion of 60 day post maintenance period. E. Fertilization. Change sentence number one to read:Fertilize all newly planted areas(trees,shrubs, ground cover and lawn) at the end of the fust 30 days of maintenance and at the completion of the 60 day maintenance period with Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 at a rate of 7 lbs. per 1000 SF. Delete paragraph number 2. 8. Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving. Subsection 2.1 materials. Paragraph B. Seal Coat. Delete this paragraph. No sea] coating will be required. 9. Section 16000. Subsection 2.07 panelboard. Change (10,000 A.I.C. Rating) to read: (10,000 A.I.C. rating for 240208V and 22,000 A.I.C. Rating for 480277V. Subsection 2.10 Main Service and Distribution Switchboard. Paragraph D change 50,000 Kas x 17 to read 50KA Sym. Paragraph P Delete this paragraph. 10. Section 02750 Subsection 2.3 Valves Paragraph D Globe Valves. Change paragraph to readall globe valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimum working pressure of not less than 200 PSI closed. Valves 3" and Larger shall be Iron body with flanged fittings, bolted bonnet,non-rising stem with operating nut for opening and closed valve.Install Reclaimed Water Tag on valve stems. Subsection 2.3 Valves. Add the following paragraph to Subsection I Ball Valves All ball valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimumm working pressure of not less than 200 PSI closed. Valves 2" and smaller shall be Bronze body with screwed ends and operating handle. 11. Geotechnical report attached,shall become part of the Project Specifications. e SPECIFICATIONS 1. Table of Contents Change Section 02552 to read 022551 Change Section 07900 to read 07920 Change Section 09200 block Wall Stucco to read 009210 Exterior Cement Plaster 2. Instruction to bidders,Page 5,Licensing of Contractors. Last sentence to read: State Contractors classification Class A or B contractor license is required. 3. Bid Proposal and Schedule of Work Items. Delete bid proposal and schedule of work items supplied with original specification and use bid proposal and schedule of work items attached. 4. Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand. Subsection 1.311,delete paragraphs 3 and 4. Subsection 1.3C,delete paragraphs Subsection 1.4, delete paragraph. 5. Section 02710, Fences and Gates. Subsection 1.3 Section includes: Add item number 3. Furnish and install chain link backstops as shown on the plans in height as details. 6. Section 02760, Site Furnishing. Subsection 2.1C, bicycle racks. Last sentence to read: Contractor or manufacturer to paint, color to be Frazee paint#6105B Argyle Green. Subsection 2.1D, drinking fountain. Last sentence to read: Contractor or manufacturer to paint, color to be Frazee paint 6105B Argyle Green. 7. Section 02800, Landscaping. Subsection 3.5 plant establishment A General: Delete paragraph#3. B. Add to paragraph#11. Mowing Height shall be 2" to 3". PLANS 1. 42" high decorative steel fencing in not a part of item#93. 2. Irrigation Specifications shall be used for sports park and agricultural preserve irrigation system. 3. All non-potable water systems (sports park and agricultural preserve irrigation system) shall conform to AW WA Cal-Nevada Guidelines for Distribution or Non-Potable Water. 4. PTS or Pacific Technical Services makes up the irrigation controller assemblies which include the Motorola controllers. Cabinet for Motorola controllers to be double stainless steel wall mount. 5. Irrigation main line shall be Alertline PVC class 315 gasketed for 2" dia and larger. "Alterline" makes 4" and 6" dia. class 315 gasketed pipe. The lead time to receive pipe is approximately 2 weeks. 6. The General Contractor must provide the erosion control plan per general notes on sheet RG- 1.The plan in required for all project which start grading operations between October 1st and April 1st. The tentative start of construction for this project is approximately March 20th. Please provide cost for this plan as Additive Alternate Item#10.Refer to revised Schedule of Work Items provided. 7. Sheet RG-1 intersection of main drive and Camino del Avion, delete refer 50.75 Inv, 18" RCP. 8. Sheet RG-1. Note: Contractor to spread any excess quantities of dirt at the direction of the City Engineer, to be changed to read; Contractor to evenly spread and compact any excess quantities of dirt in areas as selected by City Representative. 9. Sheet RG-3. Add detail for sewer line lateral connection, see attached detail. Cost for connection,lateral and clean-out to be part of Item#15 in Schedule of Work Items. 10. Sheets RG-4 and RG-5. Delete all reference for domestic water line and 1" water meter. 11. All RG sheets. Delete reference C-1,C-2, C-3,C-4, C-5 in the Matchline Location Map and insert reference RG-1, RG-2,RG-3, RG-4 and RG-5 respectfully. 12. Sheets PG-1, PG-2, PG-3, PG-4. Refer to new sheets provided for all RCP storm drain information. Refer to Schedule of Work Items in Bid Proposal for revised quantities. 13. Sheet RG-2. Add the following notes to the City of San Juan Capistrano General Grading Notes. 36. Construction sites shall be maintained in such condition that an anticipated storm does not carry wastes or pollutants off the site. Discharges of material other than storm water are allowed only when necessary for performance and completion of construction practices and where they do not: cause or contribute to a violation of any water quality standard; cause or threaten to cause pollution, contamination or nuisance; or contain a hazardous substance in a quantity reportable under Federal Regulations 40 CF Parts 117 and 302. Potential pollutants include but are not limited to: solid or liquid chemical spills;water from paints, stains, sealants, glues, limes, pesticides, herbicides, wood preservative and solvents; asbestos fibers, radiator or battery fluid, fertilizers, vehicle/equipment wash water and concrete wash water; concrete, detergent or floatable wastes; wastes from any engine/equipment steam cleaning or chemical degreasing; and superchlorinated portable water line flushings. During construction, disposal of such material should occur in a specified and controlled temporary area on-site,physically separate from potential storm water run- off; with ultimate disposal in accordance with local, state and federal requirements. 37. Dewatering of contaminated groundwater, or discharging contaminated soils via surface erosion is prohibited. Dewatering of non-contaminated groundwater requires a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit from the respective State Regional Water Quality Control Board. 38. If development is greater than 5 acres obtain an Industrial Storm Water Runoff Permit in accordance with the requirements of the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Program and the Clean Water Act of 1990 prior to issuance of permits. 14. Sheet SC-2. Change detail callout for retaining wall with decorative iron fencing at plaza from N/CD-4 to O/CD-4. 15. Sheet SC-5. Refer to attached revised plan for changes at community garden. 16. Sheet CD-1. Profile B. Change top of wall elevation 68.00 to read 67.00. 17. Sheet CD-3, Detail B. Delete work'Gate' in title. Add 2 x 2 at 6" O.C. atop 6 x 10 beams. 18. Sheet CD-3, Detail E. Delete the reference to interlocking pavers. Increase opening in tree well grate to 24" at palm location,8 places. Special order item from manufacturer. 19. Sheet CD-3, Detail L and M.Change 2-5/8" O.D. post to 2-7/8" O.D. post. 20. Sheet CD-3 Detail Q. Add 30'high chain link fencing, end post 5-1/2" O.D., line post 5-1/2" O.D.,extra strong galvanized steel pipe.Chain link fabric and fittings to be per detail. 21. Sheet CD-3,Detail Q.Note#3 and#4 refer to gate fabrication. 22. Sheet CD-3,Detail R. Dimensions on pitching mound height shall be 3" below finish grade and 9" above finish grade. Pitching rubber detail refer to shall be detail J, Sheet CD-3. 23. Sheet CD-4, Detail A. Expansion joint callout to be detail F sheet CD-1. Decorative steel fencing callout to be detail N sheet CD-3. 24. Sheet CD-4,Detail B. Change the word Ben to read Bin. 25. Sheet CD-4,Detail C. Concrete block shall be split face to match Storage Bin. 26. Sheet CD-4,Detail K.Nose detail callout refers to detail V Sheet CD-3. 27. Sheet CDS,Detail L.Handrails both sides callout refers to Detail W Sheet CD-3. 28. Sheet CD-2,Detail F.Change handrails cailouts at steps to Detail W Sheet CD-3. 29. Short CD-1,Detail C. Delete bottom rail at handrails,Handrails shall be per Detail W Sheet CD-3. 30. Sheet CD-2,Profile A. Decorative steel fencing callout refers to Detail N Sheet CD-3. 31. Sheet CD-4,Detail M.Concrete paving callout refers to Detail G Sheet SC-2,expansion joint callout refers to Detail F Sheet CD-1 and decorative steel fencing callout refers to Detail N Sheet CD-3. 32, Sheet CD-4, Detail N. Decorative steel fencing callout refers to Detail N Sheet CD-3. Wall section callout refers to Detail G Sheet CD-1. 33. Sheet CD-4, Detail O. Decorative steel fencing callout refers to Detail N Sheet CD-3. Wall section callout refers to Detail G Sheet CD-=1. 34. Sheet CD-4.Add attached Detail F.Temporary goal fencing-check Bid Schedule. 35. Sheet CD-5. All striping shall be per Caltrans standards. Refer to attached sheet for revisions to striping. 36. Sheet SC-5. Add stop sign and stop bar at intersection of main drive to Alipaz St. 37. All site construction sheet. Center line of main drive to be painted double yellow line from stop bar adjacent to school entry at Camino del Avion to stop bar at intersection of main drive and Alipaz St. All striping to be per Catrans standards. 38. Sheet LI-1. Additive alternate bid item note shall be revised to read: All rotor heads, swing joints, lateral lines and remote control valves 23A, 24A, 25A, 26A, 27A and 28A shall be part of additive alternate bid. All mainline, vale risers, valve boxes, valve wiring, globe valves and thrust blocks shall be part of base bid. 39. Sheet LI-2. Mainline loop to be 4" dia. Mainline lateral to valve 15A, 16A, 17A and 18A to be 2". 40. Shea LI-2, Irrigation Legend. All manually operated valve to be as follows: 3" and larger, valves to be flanged iron body globe valves, 200 PSI rating, blotted bonnet,non rising stem with operating nut. All 2" and smaller valves to be screwed ends brass body ball valves 200 PSI rating with handle. 41. Sheet LI-2,Irrigation Legend.Change Rainbird PEB control valve to Rainbird PESB electric remote control scrubber valves. Change Rainbird #44, VC quick coupler to Nelson quick coupler#7645 with 7640 key. 42. Sheet LI-2, Control Valve Detail E. Change all pipe and fittings between control valve and mainline tee to Sch 80 PVC pipe with Sch 40 fittings. 43. Sheet LI-2.Globe Valve Detail F. Delete the work bronze gate valves. 44. Sheet LI-2. Bubbler head in tree well Detail K.Bubbler head and riser to be installed on triple swing joint assembly. 45. Sheet LI-2, Irrigation Notes. Change note #7 to read, 30" below subgrade of streets and/or drives. 46. Sheet LI-4. Main line between looped main line and valve 15B to be 4" in size. 47. Sheet LI-4. Change valve 18B to a 1" ball valve. Provide all wiring and valve box as per remote control valve requirements. 48. Sheet LI-4. Fertilizer injection systems specified may be an or equal system. 49. Sheet 1.I-5. Domestic supply line from pump to park and farm main line systems to be 4" dia. 50. Sheet LI-5. Main line from park domestic supply line point of connection to main line loop system to be 4" dia. 51. Sheet LI-5. Main line from park domestic line point of connection north and down main drive to Alipaz Street to be 3" dia. 52. Sheet LP-1. Revise additive alternate bid item note to read: All soil preparation, fine grading, hydroseeded turf, 3-15 gal. trees, 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post installation maintenance periods within the area as defined by dashed line,shall be additive alternate bid items. Refer to Additive Alternate Schedule of Work Items #5,6,7,8 and 9 in the project bid schedule. 53. Sheet LP-2, Planting Legend. Brahea edulis , Guadalupe farm height as specified shall be skinned trunk height per Detail G, Sheet LP-5. 54. Sheet LP-2, Planting Legend. Turf seed mix shall be per section 02800 Landscaping, subsection 2.3 paragraph A. Seed mix-lawn. Hydroseed mix requirements shall be per subsections 2.5 Hydroseeding Material and 3.3 Lawn Installation (Hydroseed). 55. Sheet LP-2, Planting Legend. ground cover,Change English Ivy to read: Hahn's Ivy. 56. Sheet LP-2, Planting Legend.ground cover. Mahonia aquifolium will be 'compacta' variety. 57. Sheet LP-4. PYR CAL trees between dugout and bull pens shall be planted so as not to interfere with 4" PVC drain line and 20 ft. wide gate. 58. Sheet LP-2, Planting Notes. Add note#14. All trees shall be planted a minimum of 5' from all walls, walks, mow curbs, curbs and curb and gutters. All trees planted closer than 7' to any wall, walk,curb,curb and gutter, foundation or other structure shall have a root barrier installed around rootball. Root barriers shall be Deep Root Corporation and installed per manufacturers printed instructions. 59. Sheet CD-1, Profile A. Section callout refers to Detail G Sheet CD-1. 60. Sheet CD-2, Softball Field Backstop and Dugout Plan. Retaining wall callout just below 46'- 6" dimensions to be changed from Detail A to Detail 6, Sheet D-2. Add detail callout for 20 ft. high chain link backstop Detail Q Sheet CD-3 and refer to Profile B Sheet CD-2 for clarification of backstop location. 61. Sheet SC-5. Detail A. Upper right hand comer to be labeled 'Section'. Detail B lower Ieft hand comer to be labeled 'storm Drain Extension'. Section cut line for Section A shall be center line of 72" RCP storm drain line. Extend leader from note 'Existing Water Line' (abandon)to dashed section of water line to be abandoned. Omit elevation 63.20 TP, 66.34 TC, 66.17 Fs, 66.95 TC and 66.45 Fs. Curb face for new AC curb to be 6" high and 6" wide. 62. Sheet PG-2. Delete Detail 1301. Detail 1308, Change width of gutter at local depression from 4 Ft to 2 Ft. Detail 1306,Change total curb height dimension from 10"to 12" to 8". 63. Sheet SC-5, Detail B. Change callout "existing gate valve (relocated)to read; existing valve to be removed and turned over to Capistrano Valley Water District. Install new gate valve to match existing. Connection between new 10" pipe, new 6" pipe and existing 10" pipe to be Tee connection not Ell connection as shown on Plans. Add note to detail; All work and materials for domestic water liens shall conform to the Capistrano Valley Water District Requirements. Phone (714) 493-1515, Contact Person Craig Harris. 64. Sawcut floor at wall floor juncture at Concession Room,Janitor Room, Storage Room and Change Room. Grout in an approved 6" high cove base at Men's and Women's Restroom, cove base shall match ceramic base tile and be 4" wide by 6"high. 65. Provide 16" x 16" louver at bottom of concession stand exterior door and 12" x 12" louver at Janitor room door. Louvers to be 14 Ga. minimum and welded or tenoned to door frame. 66. Provide a splashguard least 12" high between the food preparation hand sink (#30) and the counter,with a minimum 2"clearance on each side of the splashguard.The splashguard must extend out to be in line with the front edges of the food preparation hand sink. 67. Provide an integral and return, extending at least 8" up wall and sealed to wall at two compartment sink in Concession Stand. 68. Install water heater on 6"high easily cleanable legs. Contractor to provide shop drawings of installation. 69. Pass-thru windows at Concession Stand to have a closable window (with screen) that does not exceed 216 sq. in. (see ext. elevations)counter to be smooth and clear at pass-thru. 70. Provide dead bolt at Storage Room and keyed privacy lock at Change Room. Locks to be keyed per City Requirements. 71. Walls of Concession Space,Storage Room and Change Room shall have smooth block coat with Epoxy paint over. 72. Mop sinks in Janitor Room to be changed from American Standard "Akron" to American Standard "Florwell" service sink No. 7741.000 with rim-guard and 3" stainless steel strainer complete with American Standard Faucet No. 8344.111 with top brace, stops and vacuum breaker. 73. Concrete floors at Janitor Room, Concession Stand, Storage Room and Electrical Room to be treated with Miracle Sealants and Abrasives Co.#511 Impregnator Sealant. 74. Height of counters at Concession Stand shall be 36". 75. All metal straps and connections to be primed and painted(color to be chosen by Architect). 76. Metal ceiling to be BHP Steel Building Products,Prestige Series 12-R2,20 Ga. 77. Door to Storage Room to be double swing doors. 78. Roof of both Concession and Restroom Building and Shade Structure to be BHP "Klip-Rib" installed per manufacturers specifications over 30#roofing felt. 79. Roof rafters at open gables (Concession/Restroom Building) shall be at 24" o.c. 80. Bolts at column bases at backstop structure(details l/D2 and 2/D2) shall be 3/4" dia. machine bolts. 81. Sheet A-5, Delete note#9,Water Fountain. 82. Sheet A-6,Detail 1. Spacing to 1 x 2 steel tube to be 5" maximum o.c. 83. Sheet A-1, Floor Plan. Install additional baby change tables at same locations in Men's Room. 84. Sheet P-2, Hot and Cold Water Plumbing Plan. Add cold water piping for future coffee brewer. See Sheet 55,Item#10 for location. 85. The attached Architectural Details 1,2 and 3, shall supersede Detail 8, Sheet A-6. 86. Add attached Architectural Details 4 and 5 to Plans. 87. The attached Architectural Details 6 and 7 shall supersede Detail 18, Sheet A-5. 88. The attached Architectural Details 8,9 and 10 shall supersede Detail 13, Sheet A-6. 89. The attached Architectural Details 11, 12 and 13,shall supersede Detail 7, Sheet A-6. 90. Expansion joint for masonry construction on Concession and Restroom Buildings shall be approximately 10 ft. o.c. 91. Refer to Capistrano Valley Water District Standard Details W-2,W-4 and W-20 attached,for 1-1/2" and 4" meter installations. 92. Refer to Capistrano Valley Water District Standard Details W-8, W-9, W-12, W-13, W-14 and W-15 attached,for domestic water line installation requirements. 93. Refer to Capistrano Valley Water District Standard Detail W-19 attached, for reduced pressure principle assembly backflow device for installation requirements. Detail W-19 supersedes Detail J, Sheet U-2. 95. Sheet A-1, Floor Plan. Dimensions for masonry wall locations for Men and Womens Restrooms shall be per Foundation Plan dimensions. 96. Sheet A-1,Foundation Plan. Slope for all flooring shall be 1B"per ft. 97. Sheet A-1, Foundation Plan. Install 6 mil.thick Visqueen Vapor Barrier and sand beneath all floor Slabs per Section 4.3.3 Slabs on grade of the attached geotechnical report prepared by Kleinfelder Inc. dated July 21, 1993. BID PROPOSAL For the: Construction of the Sports Park- Phase One, San Juan Capistrano From: Contractor To the Honorable City Council City of San Juan Capistrano Councilmembers: The undersigned, as bidder,declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work as described, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standar Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all supplements therefore,read the Instructions to Bidders, and is familiar with all proposal requirements, any and all Addenda, including any Addenda received via facsimile machine (FAX), (if any) issued during the bid period and is thoroughly familiar with all contents thereof and acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: (Bidder to list all Addenda). ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; 7 and hereby proposes and agrees, if the proposal is accepted, to furnish all material and do all the work required to complete the said construction in accordance with the Contract Documents, as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications, in the time stated herein, for the unit price or lump sum given on the following pages of this proposal,amounting to totals of: TOTAL BASE BID PRICE - ITEMS No.1 THROUGH No.143 Words Figures Said amount to include and cover all taxes, the furnishing of all materials, the performing of all the labor requisite or proper and the providing of all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction; also, the performance and completion of all the work in the manner set forth, described and shown in the Specifications or the drawings for the work. If the contract is awarded, the undersigned agrees to enter into a contract with the City and to commence work within fifteen (15)calendar days from the date of execution thereof, and to diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of two hundred and ten (210) working days days (including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period). All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given Estimated Quantities of Work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit prices as submitted by the bidders. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and the extension thereof, the unit price shall prevail and bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of corrected totals. The estimated quantities of work indicated in the proposal are approximate only, being given solely as a basis for comparison of bids. It is understood that the City does not expressly, nor by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed expedient by the Project Manager. It is also understood by Bidder that the City of San Juan Capistrano has the right to reject this proposal or to award a contract to the undersigned at the prices stipulated. If the proposal is rejected, then any check or cashier's check shall be returned to the undersigned within thirty (30) days. No bid bonds will be returned, if the proposal is accepted and the undersigned fails to enter into a contract within fifteen (15)days after the agreement is delivered to him for signature,or within such further time as may be granted by the City Council, then said check shall be cashed or said bond declared forfeited and an amount equal to the difference between the lowest bid and the next lowest bidder who will execute a contract shall be paid into the treasury of the City of San Juan Capistrano as liquidated damages for the failure of the undersigned to comply with the terms of this proposal. 8 Accompanying this proposal is (Insert "$ cash," cashier's check, certified check or bidder's bond on the forms from pages 1 thn, 24 of these Contract Documents, as the case may be), in an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total bid. ••• The following is the name and place of business of the surety company which will furnish the required bonds as surety if the work is awarded to the undersigned: Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors-License No. Signature of Bidder: (If an individual, so state. If a firth or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm: President, Secretary,Treasurer, and Manager thereof.) Dated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number Further, the undersigned bidder certifies that he has thoroughly checked the figures set forth in this proposal, that they are correct to the best of his knowledge and that they constitute his proposal for the work called out herein. Dated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number 9 SCHEDULE OF WORK TT .MS Sports Park - Phase One All lump sum and unit prices provided for all items of work indicated shall inlcude all cost for profit, overhead, clerical, transportation material, labor, taxes and appurtenant and incidental cost required for construction and installation and as indciated on the project plans and specifications. jam Approx. Work Items w/Unit Unit Price IQW Quantity Pimm (In Figures) Amount (Written in Words) (In Figures) General Conditions LS $ $ Dollars per Clearing and Grubbing 1 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing at School 500 LF $ $ Dollars per 2 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving and Drive Approach At School LS $ $ Dollars per 3 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving, Curb, Gutter and Catch Basin and Cap Drain Line at Camino del Avion LS $ $ Dollars per 4 Remove and Install Speed Limit Sign. LS $ $ Dollars per 5 Sawcut and Remove AC Paving at Alipaz St. LS $ $ Dollars per 10 6 Remove Existing Head Wall, CMP Pipe and AC Paving at Alipaz St. LS $ $ Dollars per 7 Remove existing Type V Inlet Structure and Salvage. LS $ $ Dollars per 8 Remove Connection Between Type V Inlet Structure and Existing 72" RCP Pipe LS $ $ Dollars per 9 Removal of Portions of Existng 10" and 6' water Lines at Alipaz LS $ $ Dollars per 10 Removal of 15" CMP Drain Line of Irrigation Lines at Alipaz LS $ $ Dollars per 11 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing Along Camino del Avion 870 LF $ $ Dollars per 12 Removal of Existing Stand Pipes 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 13 Removal of Existing AC Paving for Installation of 4" VCP Sewer at Camino del Avion 200 SF $ $ Dollars per Earthwork and Grading 14 Excavation and Compacted Backfill 28,700 CY $ $ Dollars per I1 Drainagc, 15 4" VCP Sewer with Clean-Outs and Connect in Street 1,070 LF $ $ Dollars per 16 18" RCP Storm Drain Line 2,304 LF $ $ Dollars per 17 30" RCP Storm Drain Line 312 LF $ $ Dollars per 18 24" RCP Storm Drain Line 15 LF $ $ Dollars per 19 15" CMP Storm Drain Line 15 LF $ $ Dollars per 20 72" RCP Storm Drain Line 40 LF $ $ Dollars per 21 Connection Between 72" RCP Storm Drain Line&42" CMP LS $ $ Dollars per 22 12" x 12" Cast Iron Catch Basin 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 23 6' Dia. Cast Iron Catch Basin 9 EA. $ $ Dollars per 24 Catch Basin per Detail 1302/1308 9 EA. Dollars per 25 Catch Basin per Detail D Sheet PG 3 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 12 26 Catch Basin per Detail C Sheet PG 3 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 27 Junction Structures per Detail 1311 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 28 Junction Structure at Existing Storm Drain Stub at Camino del Avion 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per Construction 29 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 3,066 LF $ $ Dollars per 30 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 260 LF $ $ Dollars per 31 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 1, 200 LF $ $ Dollars per 32 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 50 LF $ $ Dollars per 33 20 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 210 LF $ $ Dollars per 34 6 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 35 10 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 13 36 16 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 37 20 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 38 4 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 12 EA. (T High) $ $ Dollars per 39 Decorative Steel Fencing (42" High) 489 LF $ $ Dollars per 40 Decorative Steel Fencing(72" High) 485 LF $ $ Dollars per 41 20 Ft. High Backstop 133 LF $ $ Dollars per 42 30 Ft. High Backstop 164 LF $ $ Dollars per 43 Handrails at Steps 136 LF $ $ Dollars per 44 Handrails at Ramp 303 LF $ $ Dollars per 45 A.C. Curb 110 LF $ $ Dollars per 46 4" A.C. Paving - Streets 2,100 TONS $ $ Dollars per 47 10-1/2"Thick Aggregate Base- Street 4,250 TONS $ $ Dollars per 14 48 3" A.C. Paving - Parking 1,300 TONS $ $ Dollars per 49 6" Thick Aggregate Base - Parking 2,000 TONS $ $ Dollars per 50 Concrete Poured in Place Retaining Wall with Footing per Detail G Sheet CD-1 3,450 SF $ $ Dollars per 51 4"Thick Concrete Flatwork with 35,900 SF $ $ Aggregate Base Dollars per 52 Concrete Bleachers 520 LF $ $ Dollars per 53 Concrete Mow Curb (6" x 6") 2750 LF $ $ Dollars per 54 Concrete Curb 4,753 LF $ $ Dollars per 55 Concrete Curb and Gutter 4,024 LF $ $ Dollars per 56 Concrete Service Access Ramp 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 57 Concrete Steps 160 LF $ $ Dollars per 58 Concrete Handicap Ramp per Detail P&Q/SC-2 17 EA. $ $ Dollars per 59 35" Concrete Swale 980 LF $ $ Dollars per 15 60 18" Concrete Swale 2,200 LF $ $ Dollars per 61 4" Thick Concrete Flatwork with Pea Gravel Finish 2,200 SF $ $ Dollars per 62 4"Thick Integral Colored Concrete Flatwork Broom Finish 1,300 SF $ $ Dollars per 63 Concrete Tree Well and Grate 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 64 12"Wide Tile Banding 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 65 Masonry Storage Bin LS $ $ Dollars per 66 Concrete Block Splash Wall 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 67 Stone Pilaster 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 68 Trash Enclosure 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 69 No Parking Sign 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 70 Stop Sign 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 71 Pedestrian Crossing Sign 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 72 Handicap Parking Stall Sign 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 16 73 Parking Stall Striping 203 EA. $ $ Dollars per 74 Handicap Stall Striping 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 75 Stop Sign and Bar Striping 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 76 Street Striping Double Yellow Line 2,617 LF $ $ Dollars per 77 Street Striping 4"White Line 65 LF $ $ Dollars per 78 Soccer Goal Nets 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 79 Horne Plate 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 80 Pitcher Rubber 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 81 Bases 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 82 Dugout Benches 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 83 Bat Rack 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 84 Four Pole 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 85 Scorekeeper Table 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 17 86 Aluminum Stadium Benches 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 87 3" Thick Brick Dust 30,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 88 Trash Receptacle 5 EA. $ $ Dollars per 89 Dumor Bench 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 90 Redwood Header 4,700 LF $ $ Dollars per 91 Shade Structure LS $ $ Dollars per 92 Concession/Restroom Building LS $ $ Dollars per 93 Pea Gravel 85 TONS $ $ Dollars per 94 Site Electrical (Including Conduit LS Systems for Sports Lighting) $ $ Dollars per 95 Installation of 10" and B'Water LS Lines and Gate Valves at Alipaz $ $ Dollars per Irrigation 96 Spray Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 1,534 EA. $ $ Dollars per 18 97 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 384 EA. $ $ Dollars per 98 Bubbler Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 22 EA. $ $ Dollars per 99 Remote Control Valve with Box Wiring and Riser 85 EA. $ $ Dollars per 100 Globe Valve with Box (Iron Body) 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 101 Globe Valve with Box (Brass Body) 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 102 Quick Coupler with Box, Riser and Swing Joint 21 EA. $ $ Dollars per 103 Backflow Preventer 1-1/2" Size 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 104 Backflow Preventer 4" Size 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 105 Water Meter 4" 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 106 Water Meter 1-1R" 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 107 Sleeving 1,900 LF $ $ Dollars per 19 108 Mainline with Fittings with Extra Valve Wiring 6,650 LF $ $ Dollars per 109 Hose Bib with Lateral Line 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 110 Master Control Valve 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 111 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 112 Controllers 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 113 Flow Sensor with Box and Cable 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 114 Testing and Flushing LS $ $ Dollars per 115 Thrust Blocks 29 EA. $ $ Dollars per 116 6" Supply Line from Well Connection 1,110 LF $ $ Dollars per 117 Fertilizer Injection System 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per Planting 118 24" Box Trees 300 EA. $ $ Dollars per 119 15 Gal. Trees 131 EA. $ $ Dollars per 20 120 Brahea edulis Palms 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 121 15 Gal. Shrubs 395 EA. $ $ Dollars per 122 5 Gal. Shrubs 2,824/EA. $ $ Dollars per 123 1 Gal. Shrubs 583 EA. $ $ Dollars per 124 Ground Cover(Hand Planted) 82,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 125 Turf(Hydroseed) 569,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 126 Ground Cover(Hydroseed) 82,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 127 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 651,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 128 30 Day Plant Establishment LS $ $ Dollars per 129 60 Day Post-Installation LS $ $ Dollars per Agdcultural PreaMP irrigation 130 Mainline 6' for Farm 4,860 LF $ $ Dollars per 131 Victalic Tee and Cap 36 EA. $ $ Dollars per 21 132 Thrust Blocks 11 EA. $ $ Dollars per 133 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 134 Globe Valves 8 EA. $ $ Dollars per 135 Connection to Pump Line 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 136 Testing and Flushing LS $ $ Dollars per 137 Connection to Well Line at East Property Line 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 138 Irrigation Pump Station L.S. $ $ Dollars per Miscellaneous Items 139 Painting of Curbs (red w/no parking) 6,625 LF $ $ Dollars per 140 Batter's Box Matt 2 EA. Dollars per 141 4" PVC Drain Line 410 LF Dollars per 22 142 2" Domestic Water Line to Restroom 800 LF Concession Building $ $ Dollars per 143 20 ft. High Chain Link Fence 50 LF Dollars per TOTAL BASE BID PRICE $ 23 ADDITYVE ALTERNATE ITEMS The following items may be added solely at the option of the City. jlgpl Aporox. Work Items With Unit Price Total Amount Quantity Unit Price (In Figures) (In Figures) (Written in Words) 1 Ballfield Lighting per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ Dollars per 2 Scoreboards per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ Dollars per 3 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 46 $ $ Dollars per 4 Remote Control Valves 7EA. Dollars per 5 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 6 Turf(Hydroseed) 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 7 30 Day Plant Establishment for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ Dollars per 8 60 Day PPost Maintenance Period for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ Dollars per 9 15 Gal. Trees 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 10 Erosion Control Plan LS $ $ Dollars per 24 DESIGNATION OF SUB-CONTRACTORS Submit with Proposal. In compliance with the Provisions of Section 4100-4107 of the Government Code of the State of California as amended, the undersigned certifies that he has used the sub-bids of the following listed sub-contractors in maldng up his bid, and that the sub-contractors listed will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the Project Manager, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Specifications. It is understood and agreed that all those portions of the work called for in the contract documents for which a sub-contractor is not listed will be performed by the undersigned through his forces. If no sub-contractors are listed, all bonds and insurance will be written in the name of the general contractor only. Item of Work Sub-Contractor City/Phone No. Amount 1. $ 2. $ 3. $ 4. $ 5. $ 6. $ 7. $ 8. $ 9. $ 10. $ 11. $ 12. $ 13. $ 14. $ 15. $ 16. $ 17. $ 18. $ 19. $ BIDDER'S NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 25 Coast P's'w ours, foss VOW top N wrf. tyhw *oss IS, e"" lateral leesylp at Nys Nis olerellei "all Y Naas _ as fila Iso N rorewoat of edge N !treat Swrfaee 1. Pow""I r r I sal. �hlla Oar. N R 166 one 1/e0 Nr A. h7 his" N rard 49. send ��Elevation Property Use soar Yatver essis per SK =9 ; r E N !fewer Yale K ' So* Yaless shown otherwfss so pleas • C of Nps _ I dell�i es na.tl• �' ' leesors eSw sage • Sears d9aa-� K . SOL all Plan Mer. anile� lelsWS #uNctss •7NIlrN�1t! sEN[R6l ROTS + sorer Yelw L Reeviros heaffll aeePaalNs a City Strsal9.sM , far Stets Hishwoy9 U%. 1 �• L. hs Nerlaw N the pain of Inter 'on N the E N Ike mower-pMestioa .VIP@ @aa the papery time to show* M foo Iwpnrewan pleas. Tht '0101 Ms N the (ower Ka**oNIM PIP* 96@11 N closes by a pe sena ter that prposo. The nwalesso para Is the socket ehelt M films With aver pee. Covered wile 0 NIP wa11*e N asst eoweat server. L The NN Mew* hone* 96011 M radtYs elyploa, Aepeleckp Stoner JM. Or iPrarae Segal. L dowrwrf aksll w 1"les N PaMgy the, Per RH- 111. 5� G�NN�ION 14MEF as Awit-6 Y40 'Ib M"M GNP.Nw L Fax Galt CAUcoNE NoT�: pKoYiOG ,�gu CIEl� 450 vel � Nr 1141 be t2��c 12M (2) 2A 10 Da1GLA5- FlR_- . 46 fir• ATACJ•t ?D -TU W. Get1JMN ►IMI BR ?o M6`>y►L FOOT, w/ czouwTW- your- leW N:j Pl�lK1E W/ '/4'1� 9Fjr-'�•Ka 7CwtWS. 2otftt Waco A`/ ft'Ef�'0 Ncq-w - Woco Nr 9 iaL-M Alr7r—H • P'r QAI F.R -ro ATE wfdWWrR4Uwr- 1 n (luJND HEAP �� E'} �L -ruPAF, �6. rt" rr OW P�'VC:L T40P v � II GaKerEae� S/8 CP a • .� u IL00 a • ` v G�NW VP7� E 51TUG'fUlzu O Z `+� N1r1M C nQiss35f4o�.;7 - Ilo o 1 II p E o � �,� rM►rn� E---- �� r sj�. y�/ O.b3�J Sd 31noyJ ' Y btu SdtJnwa o1 �7. (Z) l� 'b1 7`311 avw (Z) 'fg to G IGLA5 FIR RWT6_As lCenly AT mW/rW e�5>+ II Si er m4 iBS Yq ,rT � � • 11 . - OSI O �' • .� a . II 4 IIs Go(,UMN SAS E - Go�ESS IoN �lA'a Ul = N A%21' �u co�Ic.ESSbtJ �. B�f� M � � J II 3 �' II SII U BLrXa. -MEU.IS r---J-IsAM CoM3EL 11 '211 "(TAJ L - lc>�1 wc)A a-L LutAreK �.o1.IGE551o►� BIA'a_ 'f�1.45�6A �3f6r PlIf-M O pw" (Axe rt*N) ' P44o Cox 4pw&. 6qr MON, fMUA4 EIJ 2�c a1 i I E2 fa SA «ex I�mlwl a �'C CU��RE AL 71 CXGUpS 7cop 10 nA9 vrUcxe FidlsN . f KE C� c= 55iot., 5LCxq CI;U� EIJLAfZrA-F-D PcR TAi t) BUTYL MASTIC APPLIED TO THE WEATHER SIDE OF THE FASTENER rjHIP LAP FASTENER V/ NEOPRENE EXT• G4O• WASHER SPACE ! 24' OC cwTl ooK�R STANDARD GABLE FLASHING "for' OF F•A Ib- N CONTINUOUS CLEAT r---,Vf'CT Caw.. ��T Cort $ FAgcjN �+Uyxatr� Rake PE'TAjL O �� PlY41p SN�7tifll��i 1 �0 slll►'LA1' EXT• �ro:� w►v�s Ix3 Na IE¢ I � I GoRI�UEjA'1� tNE�T 5EE Po�'�IU►1r,�Jo Sroe I pe�aiElD. � x ATP �d Gdl�, �o�k �_ stUccv Fl►J ISN "TI1-F- V5 Cog-fiNUeS SOT. ca : O FR.'(�wo (wH�G crdRS) r, f � EAVE �ASNI►�j GOht'f� GLEAT I x 3 e rr. I,W I.EP- PI.1 LARGED EA\IE. pETALL: - 9 C:Z:,�551oNp[�. TWICE '�JC-[t��2� er 16912 bola Chia Meda.Mune 421 hunhnplen ween, ea 02649 DATE 74A SAO-558 4H. Qf I I i _ 7 I I ' O la � Go1Jc�55Lo1� �lrxa^CABS i i I A-000-� ��lcco- F1N15H I � i ' PoLY E POAFA 16 I T I -NA// ' T a'°Co, � I � 5E�-?1CN WAIL oR wooly PF�+,Mi NCr . ELEVAT I oly - i I •y• /SIiJ[L o LATH Ljc-ttl �Mx�Ep VY 511PA"f , rHQ �Lr %at wR 8 .or r ,.� To�c Nr.IL�TY� WAtL . 1 � I \41ALL g::4 fA F, �-N D \/eAT EAST WE5T EW Go1JGESS• (3ldxa IZ 1 I � IW-6c, LATu f. ExP�u P gI.P6+.f'A P � :.. � PeLf`ftYR�I� MAPA . (3 M PF$JSIT'f).AC14WC ( ( Qpta.fff EFn'��N -re o4K of , -b �XXAhC N�G1�lu * lrA4 1 I i Weoa fTjp WAIL 1 C-I Af3�E END �/E►•r'f Pb�Tl J 5;,ou" E 0J. Gor.LE�• �" 13 ,r (t-1/YMETER) CENTER METER iT IN BOX (2' METER) r, 3 s � , 35 MIN ppQ Q 6 00 4 p 0 0 7 0 8 0 p0 1 2 5 8 g METER AND CUSTOMER LEVELSERVICE VALVE TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY DISTRICT UPON PAYMENT OF ALL APPLICABLE FEES. NOTE: BRONZE STRAINER TO BE ITEM USED FOR 2' TURBO METERS NO. SIZE do DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER SPEC. NO. DOUBLE STRAP BRONZE SERVICE JONES J-979 I.P. O SADDLE 2" I.P. OUTLET MUELLER H-16102 TO H-16116 FORD 202—SIZE I.P.7 ROCKWELL 323—SIZE-14 Y BRONZE CORPORATION STOP — JONES J-1931 O BALL VALVE TYPE. MUELLER B-25028 I.P. THREAD X F.I.P. FORD FB1700 2" BRONZE ANGLE METER STOP — JONES J-1974—W O3 BALL VALVE TYPE. MUELLER B-24286 W/ LOCKWING F.I.P. X FLANGE FORD BA13-777W BRONZE CUSTOMER SERVICE — JONES J-1913—W ® BALL VALVE TYPE. FORD BF13-777 W/ HH-67 METER SIZE FLANGE X F.I.P. V COPPER TUBING ANACONDA COPPER TYPE Q5 PHELPHS—DODGE *K' SOFT CONCRETE METER BOX 1-1/f METER 2- METER © W/ READING LIND (SEE NOTES 3, 6, do 13) BROOKS 65—S 66 EISEL 655B 6668 O7 67 BASE OF 3/4 ROCK SEE SPECS. O8 Y ADAPTER MALE I.P. X SWEAT SEE SPECS. O9 V COPPER 900 ELBOW SWEAT SEE SPECS. 2" SERVICE INSTALLATION REVISIONS CAPISTRANO VALLEY �° NO. N0. DATE APPROVED / 1 01/09/92 WATER DISTRICT ® 2 2 06/111/92 RWC WC JOE APP s d ICT ENGINE E SHEET 1 OF 2 r:\�vwrrq�-m. 12- TO ANGLE METER STOP �\ ,.. . :.. . . PROPERTY UNE CHIP r "W' IN CURB FACE TO IDENTIFY POTABLE WATER SERVICE LOCATION OR r "NFf TO IDENTIFY NON—POTABLE WATER SERVICE LOCATION CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. DOUBLE STRAP SERVICE SADDLE REQUIRED FOR ALL SERVICE CONNECTIONS TO ANY SIZE MAIN. SERVICE SADDLE SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED WITHIN 16" OF A VALVE. COUPLING, FITTING, OR OTHER SERVICE. TAPPED COUPLINGS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 2. INSTALL CORPORATION STOP WITH KEY SIDEWAY IN OPEN POSITION. 3. SET TOP OF METER BOX FLUSH WITH SIDEWALK IN OPEN POSITION. 4. THE CORPORATION STOP TAP SHALL BE MADE AS SPECIFIED BY THE PIPE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE. ALL TAPS SHALL BE MADE WITH MACHINE GUIDE OR PILOT TAP. 5. THE WATER SERVICE SHOULD EXTEND PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE STREET FROM THE WATER MAIN TO THE METER STOP. 6. METER BOXES SHALL BE SET IN SIDEWALK WHERE SIDEWALK IS ADJACENT TO CURB, OR IN PARKWAY BETWEEN CURB AND SIDEWALK. 7. ALL SWEAT JOINTS SHALL BE SILVER SOLDER OR TIN/ANTIMONY (95/5) SOLDER. B. ALL NON—POTABLE SERVICES SHALL BE MARKED AS DETAILED IN SECTION 15151 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS. 9. COMPRESSION TYPE CORPORATION STOP AND ANGLE METER STOP MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE FEMALE IRON PIPE STYLE WITH MALE IRON BY SWEAT ADAPTORS AS SHOWN. 10. A 1" BYPASS LINE WITH LOCKING CURB STOP MAY BE REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATIONS NEEDING CONTINUOUS SERVICE. 11 . METER BOXES SHALL NOT BE LOCATED IN DRIVEWAYS. 12. METER BOX TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY APPLICANT. 13. FOR THE PURPOSE OF AN IRRIGATION SERVICE— NO BALL VALVE IS NEEDED, AND A STRAIGHT METER COUPLING SHOULD BE USED. FOR 1-1/r AND r IRRIGATION METERS USE A TURBINE METER WITH A STRAINER. 2" SERVICE INSTALLATION REVISIONS CAPISTRANO VALLEY STD. NO. NO. DATE APPROVED 1 01/09/92 RWC G , �PWATER DISTRICT W - 2 2 08/11/92 RWC ' t DSS ICT ENG EER DA SMEEf 2 OF 2 r.�en�osfo��-m� LOCATE AND SET METER AS SHOWN ON DETAIL W-1, do W-2. a a a 12^ 6. BACK OF CURB 3 FACE OF 8 24 MIN. 12, CURB TYP. o LIP OF 6 p.. 6 GUTTER o . . 12, 2 . 5 "LTJ 8 4 8 3 2 1 8 6' ACP OR URGER PLAN VIEW LIST OF MATERIALS 1a-- 4r TEE, R—T X FLG Q2 -- 4' FLG X R—T VALVE �— 4 DUCTILE IRON CLASS 50 TEENGE COUPLING AD FLANGED (SHORTTAPTER BODY MAY BE USED) 6�— 1- SERVICE INSTALLATION — SEE DWG. W-1 a— 40 CAST IRON CAP, PUSH—ON TYPE. BQ-- THRUST BLOCK — SEE DWG. W-14 MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY FOR 4 TO 10 SERVICES NO. oAena°APPROVED /� CAPISTRANO VALLEY S ° NO. 1. 01/09/92 Rwc WATER D STRICT ^T _ 2 06/11/92 RWC e , 4 Ap11 d ENG EER SNEET 1 °F 1 1 F. �r-oM COUPLING PIPE \ TRACER WIRE, 14 GAUGE ' BARE COPPER. TAPED T EVERY 10'. (TYP.) 4 MIN UNDISTURBED SOIL BELL HOLE PIPE BASE PER SPECIFICATIONS BELL HOLE PROFILE FOR ACP COUPLING PIPE 2'-6' 2'-6' 6• MIN I MIN '7 4' MIN. MOUND OF IMPORTED SANG UNDISTURBED SOIL MOUND PROFILE FOR ACP PAVED AC OR PCC PIPELINE UNPAVED AELLA PAVEMENT AREA PAVEMENT ZONE STREET18' BBASSEE, $TE TRENCH ZONE REQUIRED ZONE i G MIN. ON EACH SIDE 6' MAX TRENCH OF PIPE ZONE 12' ' PIPE PIPE ZONE ZONE PIPE VARIES. 47 MIN.. OR PIPE BASE 1/4 O.D. WHICHEVER BASE TRENCH SECTION CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1 . ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATION SECTION 02223. 2. ALL BACKFILL WITHIN THE PIPE BASE AND PIPE ZONE SHALL BE IMPORTED SAND OR GRANULAR MATERIAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3. A.C.P., D.I.P., AND P.V.C. PIPE SHALL BE INSTALLED AS DETAILED IN .SECTIONS 15702, 15056, AND 15064 RESPECTIVELY. TRENCH SECTION & ACP BEDDING DETAILS RSIONS NO. DATE EVI I APPROVED ` CAPISTRANO VALLEY - ND. ' 11/92 RR A WATER DISTRICT 2 088/11/92 WC L _ 4EN �EVt�Z W - 8 SHEET 1 OF 2 P\ r-0w CAP SCREW f A.W.WA 2' SQUARE OPERATING NUT 17 t/6' WELD - 6 1/Y DIA. X 3/16' SPACER PLATE 12' 4f BELOW TOP OF OPERATING NUT 18' MIN. 1(PIUARE STOCK NNED COUPLE1e SOLID, S ARE OR QUNACCEPTABLE) WELD SOCKET FOR Y SQUARE OPERATING NUT 2' CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. PROVIDE VALVE STEM EXTENSION WHEN 1 11/16' olA DEPTH TO OPERATING NUT EXCEEDS 36" (FABRICATE EXTENSION TO FIELD MEASURMENTS —SEE NOTE 2). 2 HOLES. 1' Du, 2. NO VALVE STEM EXTENSION SHALL BE LESS THAN 1W IN LENGTH. TERMINATE 6 1/2' DIX EXTENSION 18" TO 24' FROM FINISHED GRADE. SPACER PLATE 3. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SPACER PLATE PLAN WHEN DISTANCE TO BOTTOM SOCKET EXCEEDS 5'. VALVE STEM EXTENSION RE`ASWAP VECAPISTRANO VALLEY STD "° N0. pATE PROD 2 o6/„/ez RWC AP` WATER DISTRICT , ® 9 APP D J K;T ENGINEER OA SHEET 1 OF 1 BASIC SEPARATION STANDARDS 1. PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION: THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF POTABLE WATER LINES AND SEWER OR NON-POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF NON- POTABLE WATER LINES AND POTABLE WATER OR SEWER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. 2. PERPENDICULAR CONSTRUCTION (CROSSINGS): POTABLE WATER UNES SHALL BE AT }.EAST ONE FOOT ABOVE NON-POTABLE WATER LINES WHICH SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE FOOT ABOVE SEWER LINES. 3. SPECIAL CRITERIA: ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA WHERE THE BASIC STANDARDS CANOT BE ATTAINED ARE SHOWN BELOW. SITUATION: RELALTIVE LOCATION OF SEWER LINES TO POTABLE AND NON-POTABLE WATER ONES. w ZONE C ZONE p I (NO JOINTS) A N POTABLE 4 PROHIBITED ZONE 2 1' OR NON- T POTABLE POTABLE 6' 4' OR NON- 4' 6' WATER POTABIf W USE WATER 0] USE _ 4 PROHIBITED ZONE ZONE d IZONE 01 B PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION PERPENDICULAR CROSSING IF ANY SEWER IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN ANY OF THE ABOVE INDICATED ZONES, SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REQUIRED AS DESCRIBED BELOW. SEWER CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR ZONES A. B. C. & D SEWER A DO NOT LOCATE ANY PARALLEL SEWER IN THIS AREA WITHOUT STATE OR LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. B USE V.C.P. OR D.I.P. WITH COMPRESSION JOINTS. C - USE D.I.P. WITH MECHANICAL JOINTS OR CLASS 200 P.V.C. -- AWWA C900. D USE D.I.P. OR CLASS 200 P.V.C. -- AWWA C900. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - GENERAL NOTES 1 . NO PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE PERMITTED WITHIN ZONES C AND D. 2. ALL D.I.P. MUST HAVE HOT DIP BITUMINOUS COATING. 3. SEWER FORCE MAINS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED IN ZONES A THROUGH D. 4. THE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA SHOULD APPLY TO THE HOUSE LATERALS THAT CROSS ABOVE A PRESSURE WATER MAIN, BUT NOT TO THOSE HOUSE LATERALS THAT CROSS BELOW A PRESSURE WATER MAIN. STATE HEALTH DEPT. EXCEPTIONS TO BASIC SEPARATION REVISIONS AP , CAPISTRANO VALLEY �° NO. AP N0. DATE PROVED ' RW WATER DI TRICT W_ 12 2 08/11/92 RWC , AP 11 DO CT ENGINEER SHEET 1 OF 3 t BASIC SEPARATION STANDARDS 1. PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION: THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF POTABLE WATER LINES AND SEWER OR NON-POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF NON- POTABLE WATER LINES AND POTABLE WATER OR SEWER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. 2. PERPENDICULAR CONSTRUCTION (CROSSINGS): POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE FOOT ABOVE NON-POTABLE WATER LINES WHICH SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE FOOT ABOVE SEWER LINES. 3. SPECIAL CRITERIA: ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA WHERE THE BASIC STANDARDS CANOT BE ATTAINED ARE SHOWN BELOW. SITUATION: LOCATION OF NEW WATER LINE TO EXISTING SEWER LINE rL Z 31 8 1' Na Nis O PROHIBITED ZONE 4' N T ZONE 8• 4. (®RENON 4. '5• OR NON— 1' B POTABLSEV#VtE POTABLE UNE UNE _ PROHIBITED ZONE 1 4 L ZONE T xNE 1 a A 2 (N JOINTS) 1 PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION PERPENDICULAR CROSSING IF ANY WATER PIPELINE IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITHIN ANY OF THE ABOVE INDICATED ZONES, SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REQUIRED AS DESCRIBED BELOW CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR POTABLE WATER LINES IN ZONES A. B. C. do D. ZONE DOMESTIC WATER A DO NOT LOCATE ANY PARALLEL WATER LINES IN THIS AREA WITH OUT STATE AND LOCAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. B USE CLASS 200, TYPE II, A.C.P., D.I.P. C USE D.I.P. D USE D.I.P. STATE HEALTH DEPT. EXCEPTIONS TO BASIC SEPARATION REAS10N5CAPISTRANO VALLEY S ° NO. N0. DATE APPROVED '/® _L_0 1 91 RING WATER DI TRICT W- t2 2 08/17/92 RWC ON APPR -ece6614 p ENGINEER SHEEP 20F 3 n\cwosV%W'i= BASIC SEPARATION STANDARDS 1. PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION: THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF POTABLE WATER LINES AND SEWER OR NON-POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. THE HORIZONTAL SEPARATION OF NON- POTABLE WATER LINES AND POTABLE WATER OR SEWER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET. 2. PERPENDICULAR CONSTRUCTION (CROSSINGS): POTABLE WATER LINES SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE FOOT ABOVE NON-POTABLE WATER LINES WHICH SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE FOOT ABOVE SEWER LINES. 3. SPECIAL CRITERIA-- ALTERNATIVE CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA WHERE THE BASIC STANDARDS CANOT BE ATTAINED ARE SHOWN BELOW. SITUATION: LOCATION OF NEW WATER LINE TO EXISTING SEWER LINE q. 0 3t]2 PROHIBITED ZONE 6sEwERsEwFRPROHIBITED ZONEmZO1 p AZONE C a (NO JOINTS) PARALLEL CONSTRUCTION PERPENDICULAR CROSSING IF ANY NON - POTABLE LINE IS TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH IN ANY OF THE ABOVE INDICATED ZONES, SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REQUIRED AS DESCRIBED BELOW CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR NON — POTABLE LINES IN ZONES A B C. & D. jONE NON — POTABLE WATER A DO NOT LOCATE ANY PARALLEL WATER LINES IN THIS AREA WITH OUT STATE AND LOCAL - HEALTH DEPARTMENT APPROVAL. B USE CLASS 200, TYPE II, A.C.P., D.I.P. C USE D.I.P. D USE D.I.P. STATE HEALTH DEPT. EXCEPTIONS TO BASIC SEPARATION REMS1004S , CAPISTRANO VALLEY �° NO. AP N0. DATE APPROVED ' 0 10/10/91 RWC A �L. A WATER ISTRICT W_ t 2 2 08/11/92 RWC AP D ww q fdNEER SHEET 30F 3 n.cw9srTv-uC NON-POTABLE WATER DOMESTIC WATER BROOKS 4TT BROOKS 3RT H&C /1 H&C 10" N.P.W. WATER 24" DIA. FOR 3RT N 26" DIA FOR 4TT TOP A.C. PAVEMENT FINISHED GROUND SURFACE 2'R. rr: CLASS "B" // r .\ CONCRETE COLLAR SMID•) �\ �\ VALVE BOX b b Z I` COLLAR TRACER WIRE. 14 GA BARE O rY O FOR COPPER WIRE. TAPED TO PIPE i1 w Z PAVEMENT EVERY 10' AND FIXED TO TOP 5 CONDITION OF VALVE CAN. Z �b w O^ a o ' S' CL100 ACP OR 8' PVC SOR35 SEWER Z PIPE FOR VALVE WELL MATERIAL o ' 3 BACKFILL AROUND VALVE ' WITH SAND PER SECTION 15100 in M i ' i WATER MAIN CLASS 'Erf4 STEEL REINFORCING BARS CONCRETE �', ; � COATED WITH 3M EC-244. KOPPERS ANCHOR `. J CO. BITUMASTIC NO. 505 OR BLOCK APPROVED EOUAL ONLY TO EXPOSED PART OF REINFORCING A BARS VALVE & VALVE BOX INSTALLATION REVISIONS ® STD. NO. NO. DATE APPROVED /� CAPISTRANO VALLEY 1 3/11/92 RWC WATER DISTRICT IV- 2 08/11/92 RWC 13 A.01jWRIIEN."IEER E SHEET 10F 2 TYPICAL BUTTERFLY VALVE OPERATOR POSITION STREET fE VALVE (TYP.) P i PIPE (TYP.) I OPERATOR (TYP.) SEE NOTE 4 CONSTRUCTION NOTES: VALVE 1. PROVIDE VALVE STEM EXTENSION IF DEPTH WELL TO VALVE NUT EXCEEDS 3 FEET. SEE DWG. W-9. �-� 2. IN NEW TRACT DEVELOPMENTS. PRIOR TO PAVING EXTEND VALVE PIPE WELL 2' ABOVE GROUND ON "KEY VALVES" FOR EMERGENCY SHUTOFFS. VALVE C�-r` 3. BUTTERFLY VALVE OPERATORS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE LEFT-HAND SIDE OF THE VALVE (AT THE TEE OR CROSS) AND LOOKING THROUGH THE VALVE TOWARD THE PIPE END. 4. WHERE CONCRETE CROSS GUTTERS WILL EXIST AT STREET INTERSECTIONS WHICH WILL INTERFERE WITH VALVE BOXES. THE PIPELINE SHALL BE MOVED TO A POSITION OF 7 FEET OFF THE CURB FACE TO CLEAR CROSS GUTTER. ° 5. VALVES TO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO a 1 ° FITTINGS WHEREVER POSSIBLE USING ° B FLG X RT VALVES. 6. VALVES BOLTED TO FITTINGS WILL NOT v REQUIRE ANCHOR BLOCKS. ° ° VALVE SIZE DIMENSION 3 Q 6" OR SMALLER 12" 12" C 8" 13" 14" 1 O• 14" 16" 12" 14' 18" DIMENSION "C' m TRENCH WIDTH PLUS 2X PIPE DIAMETER VALVE AND VALVE BOX INSTALLATION REVISIONS CAPISTRANO VALLEY STD. NO. N0. DATE APPROVED ,�� 01 24 90 RW C h. goWATER DISTRICT W- 132 08/11/92 RW C AP? ICT ENGINEER SHEET 2 OF 2 '\cv.osm w-+.y �18r MIN. VERT. / EE SCHEDULE 5 BEARING HORIZ. SURFACE TYPICAL PROFILE HORIZONTAL TYPICAL BEARING SURFACE TYPICAL HORIZ. BEND / REDUCER PLAN I , T /4 BARS CROSS SECTION SEE NOTE 3 REDUCE TYPICAL END OF LINE SERVICE OR BLOW OFF INSTALLATION - SEE DWG. W-S 1 a ' o a 0 r ' 'I. ADDITIONAL BLOCKING AS DIRECTED TEE OR VALVE END CAP HORIZONTAL THRUST BLOCK DETAILS REM510N5CAPISTRANO VALLEY �° " ° 103/11/92 RWC ED / , 2 08/11/92 RWC WATXOPROdofER DISTRICT _ 4 ENGINEER SHEET 1OF 2 NOTES 1. THRUST BLOCK BEARING AREA BASED ON ALLOWABLE SOIL BEARING VALUE OF 1500 psf PRESSURE AND 225 psi UNE PRESSURE WITH 3'-0' COVER MINIMUM. — FOR BEARING = 1000 psf, 1.5 X AREA SHOWN — FOR BEARING = 500 psf, 3.0 X AREA SHOWN 2. ALL THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE CLASS 'B' CONCRETE AND PLACED AGAINST UNDISTURBED SOIL. DESIGN ENGINEER SHALL DETERMINE SIZES NOT SHOWN. 3. THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE USED ON CROSSES. 4. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A15 AND A305 INTERMEDIATE GRADE 5. AT ALL FITTINGS A 3'-3" MEE SHALL BE INSTALLED ON EACH SIDE OF THE FITTING. 6. CONCRETE SHALL NOT EXTEND ONTO FLANGE OR ADJOINING PIPE. MINIMUM SIZE OF HORIZONTAL THRUST BLOCK BEARING SURFACE PIPE 11 -1/4°8END 22-1/2°BEND 45° BEND 90° BEND TEE END CAP SIZE HORIZ. VERT. HORIZ. VERT. HORIZ. VERT. HORIZ. VERT. HORIZ. VERT. HORIZ. VERT. 4' 1'-6' 0'-9' 1'-6' 0'-9' 1'-6' 1'-0" 2'-3' 1'-3' 1'—G 1'-0' 1.-6' 1'-6' 5 2'—ar 1'-0' 2'-6' 1'-0' 3'-6' 1'-6' 4'-6' 2'-3' 4'-0' 2'-0' 2'-0' 2'-0' 8' 3'-0' 1'-6' 3'-0' 1'-6r 4'-3' 2'-3' 5'-6' 3'-0' 5'-0' 2'-6' 4'-6' 1'-6' 10' 3'-9' 1'-9' 3'-9' 1'-9' 5'-0' 2'-9' 7'-0' 3'-6' 5'-6' 3'-3' V-6' 2'-8' 12' 4'-3' 2'-3' 4'-3' 2'-3' 5'-6' 3'-6' 8'-3' 4'-0' 7'-0' 3'-6' 5'-3' 3'-0' HORIZONTAL THRUST BLOCK DETAILS REVISIONS / CAPISTRANO VALLEY SM. ° NO. H0. OATS APPROVED �� 1 03/11/92 RWC WATER DISTRICT W- 14 2 08/11/92 R AP ICI ENGMEER SHEET 2 OF 2 PROVIDE TRANSITION COUPLING D.I.P. RESTRAINED JOINT. FROM ACP TO DIP. A.C.P. OR 2-�4 STEEL REINFORCING BARS COATED D.I.P. WITH 3M EC-244, KOPPERS CO, 01,24 BITUMASTIC NO. 505 OR APPROVED EOUAL ONLY TO EXPOSED PART OF REINFORCING BARS. CONTINUE RESTRAINED JOINT DIP TO THE BOTTOM OF THE SLOPE. BARS TO HAVE 5 DIA ' HOOKS. ELEVATION 40 i S w Y -- a 0 O i • '♦ SECTION VERTICAL BEND CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1. VERITICAL INFLECTIONS SHALL BE ACOMPLISHED BY MEANS OF A DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP) RESTRAINED JOINT (CLASS 150), AND HAVE AT LEAST ONE LENGTH OF DIP PIPE COMMING INTO THE VERTICAL INFLECTION AND SHALL CONTINUE WITH RESTRAINED JOINT DIP FOR THE LENGHT OF THE SLOPE. 2. ALL THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE CLASS 'B" CONCRETE AND PLACED AGAINST UNDISTURBED SOIL. 3. REINFORCING STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A15 AND A305. 4. CONCRETE SHALL NOT EXTEND ONTO FLANGE OR ADJOINING PIPE. -'VERTICAL THRUST RESTRAINT DETAIL RONSNO. DATE�y APPROVED CAPISTRANO VALLEY �° "'° ' "/92 RWC 2 08/11/92 RWC WATER DISTRICT DIVRICT W- t5 JPP D ENGINEER SHEET , Of 1 r.\aosm�►-iso �Q TEST COCK FLow �1 CHECK VALVE �Q VALVE. BALL OR GATE REDUCED PRESURE SCHEMATIC PRINCIPLE ASSEMBLY. 6e — — — OPTIONAL SIAMESE FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION (2 1/27 X 2 1/2") ., . . . ,.... rt1, ................................. __..... yy...i...«__ ..... _.... ....... .__........... i �:-:...:. :a : . . . ..� i i T.. ..:_.:... 411 ;:;_......._. 2 — — _ , 18" ur MIN 3 36" MAX 4 MIN. 1?• a g 7 2 �-- CUSTOMER THRUST BLOCKS CONNECTS HERE CONNECTION FROM STANDARD EMBL METER ASSEMBLY ` ELEVATION LENGTH VARIES DEPENDING ON SIZE AND TYPE OF ASSEMBLY — — FLOW ► :•. r. , I`. .. -L - - - - - - - - -1 6 PLAN REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE ASSEMBLY NO. DATE�ISI APPROVED CAPISTRANO VALLEY "'° ' 10/14/97 RWC WATER DISTRICT W - 19 2 08/11/92 RWC � � APP NGINEER SHEET 1 O 2 l�CWDfiT�-1M MATERIAL NOTES (D— 90° CI ELL FLG X R-T �-- 90° Cl ELL FLG X FLG a— Cl OR DIP (CL)SPOOL FLG X FLG 4o--- 90' Cl (CL) ELL FLG X FLG OR OPTIONAL Cl (CL) TEE AND SIAMESE FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION (2-1/2" X 2-1/2") 5a— RESILIANT WEDGE OR GATE VALVE OS &'Y FLG X FLG o- APPROVED DOUBLE CHECK OR REDUCED PRESSURE DEVICE (SIZE DEPENDS UPON REQUIREMENT) �— REINFORCED CONCRETE SUPPORT O THICK - PIPE SIZE (MINIMUM 6") b WIDTH - PIPE SIZE + 18" e BURY - MINIMUM 12" (OR AS DIRECTED BY INSPECTOR BECAUSE OF UNSTABLE GROUND) d) REINFORCING BARS - #4 BARS ® 6" O.C. EACH WAY (2 BARS MIN. VERTICAL) SUPPORTS MAY BE OMMITED IF MNFG'S SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT REQUIRE SUPPORTS. 8�-- NOT USED. 9�— BLIND FLANGE GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL UNITS MUST BE IN THE LATEST EDITION OF THE LIST OF APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICES AS SUPPLIED BY THE "FOUNDATION FOR CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH' BY U.S.C. SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING (AVAILABLE FOR REVIEW AT CVWD). 2. NOTIFY CVWD PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF UNIT. 3. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST PLUMBING CODES AND APPLICABLE LOCAL AGENCY REQUIREMENTS. 4. UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE DEVICE, A TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED AND A CERTIFICATE OF ADEQUACY AND OPERATIONAL COMPLIANCE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO CVWD. THE TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED BY A TESTING AGENCY APPROVED BY THE ORANGE COUNTY HEALTH DEPT. 5. THE ABOVE MATERIALS NOTES PERTAIN TO RPPA'S 3" AND LARGER. WHEN INSTALLING AN RPPA LESS THAN 3" IN SIZE, USE TYPE K RIDGID COPPER PIPE AND FITTINGS. 6. THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE SIZED PER DWG. W-15. REDUCED PRESSURE PRINCIPLE ASSEMBLY REVISIONS CAPISTRANO VALLEY sr°. "°. NO. APPROVED O►,TE ' 03/11/92 R"° WATER DISTRICT IV. 1 2 08/11/92 RWC APP j s •� 0�5 iC ENGINE9 ER pA SHEET Z OF 2 r� r; ri .�I►r,..11 IIS--�tl'�II,.:_Iial r..li _ ,�nll�_�ir�'�It® © ffi -�HIM 1_u_IIu-11-moII�II�A�Ih-�II� �1 ROCK BASE It DIA SUMP TEM HOLE FILLED WITH PORARY THRUST BLOCK THRUST BLOCK -- 14 IF . . ELEVATION PIPING imil 0, 110 i�� i LIST OF MATERIALS ITEM OUANTI DESCRIPTION t�— As Req'd 4" PIPE 1 ea 4" CAST IRON 90° BEND R—T X FLG 5�-- 2 ea FLG X FLG D.I. SPOOL — METER SIZE X 2' —Cr j-- 1 ea 4" CAST IRON 900 BEND FLG X FLG 7a--- 1 ea 4" X 3" CAST IRON REDUCER FLG X FLG (FOR 3" SERVICE ONLY) 2 ea RW OR GATE VALVE FLG X FLG . OS do Y. 9 2 ea FLG X GROOVED END D.I. SPOOL — SIZE X 6" LONG n— 1 ea VICTAULIC COUPLING 11 1 ea STRAINER 1 ea TURBINE OR COMPOUND METER 13 1 ea FLANGED SPOOL WITH 2" FIP OUTLET — SIZE X 12" LONG. r+ 0 ea NOT USED 15 1 ea 2' CORPORATION STOP — MIP x MIP 1 ea CAST IRON BLIND FLANGE �Q-- 2 ea SERVICE SADDLE — SIZE X 2' I.P. THREAD 2 ea ADAPTER — 2" M.I.P. BY S.J. As Req'd 2" COPPER TUBING — TYPE "L" C 2 ea 2" 900 ELBOW — S.J. X S.J. 21 1 ea 2" BALL VALVE WITH LOCKING WING — F.I.P. X F.I.P. 1 ea 4" D.I. SPOOL — FLG X FLG (IF REQUIRED) �-- 3 ec ADJUSTABLE GALV. PIPE SUPPORT 1 ea PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT — SEE SCHEDULE BELOW — WITH 4'-0" X 4'-0" BILCO AL. COVER MODEL JD-2AL WITH A 6" X 12" READING LID INSTALLED OVER METER 2 ea BOLT AND FLANGE INSULATING KIT 1 ea SEAL SPACE AROUND PIPE WITH SILICONE SEAL. �— 1 ea LADDER—ALHAMBRA FOUNDRY A 3400 METER SIZE PRECAST VAULT INSIDE DIMENSIONS 3" 4'-0" X 6'-6" X 6'-0" 4" 4'-0" X 7'-0" X 6'-0" SPECIAL NOTES 1. VAULT SHOWN IS FOR PARKWAY USE ONLY. FOR TRAFFIC LOADING AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. CONTACT DISTRICT ENGINEER. 2. VAULT COVER TO BE SET TO CONFORM TO PARKWAY GRADE. 3" & 4" METER INSTALLATION R" VONS /�6 CAPISTRANO VALLEY SM. NO. N0. DATE APPROVED ' 3/11/92 RCWWATER DITRICT TAr 2 2 08/11/92 RWC M{ — O e Al APPR ';I t hJ RIOT (NEER SHEET 2 OF 2 k" KLEINFELDER July 21, 1993 Project 59-3129-01 Ms. Sharon Heider Open Space Project Manager City of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Pasco Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, California 92675 SUBJECT: Report of Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development San Juan Capistrano, California Dear Ms. Heider: Kleinfelder, Inc. (Kleinfelder), is pleased to present this report summarizing our geotechnical investigation performed for the proposed development. The site is located east of Alipaz Street on Camino Del Avion within an existing agricultural field in the City of San Juan Capistrano, California. The results of our geotechnical study, and our conclusions and recommendations for geotechnical design of the project, are presented in the attached report. In summary, the site can be developed as planned from a geotechnical perspective using conventional footings with slab-on-grade floors, as long as the recommendations presented in the attached report are incorporated into design and construction. The conclusions and recommendations presented in this report are subject to the limitations presented in Section 6. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service on this project. If you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (909) 396-0335. Respectfully submitted, KLELNTELDER, INC. Eric W. Noel john S. Lohman, G.E. yfO c•'1 Staff Engineer Senior Engineer UJii ' g zl ;ala 6E002210 �Z;l EXP. EWN:JSL:ech *� rnER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Cogynght 1993 Kleinfelder, Inc. - All Righu Rexrved City of San Juan Capistrano October 18, 1993 Page 2 . Question: What concrete pavement section should be used for the access road? Response: The subgrade soils encountered at the project site were generally fine grained sandy clays and silty clays which exhibit Iow R-value test results and potentially expansive characteristics. Therefore, the rigid concrete pavement will be suseptabie to cracking and should be designed to withstand these forces. Therefore,we recommend the following section: Concrete: 5-inch minimum thickness, 3500 psi minimum compressive strength Reinforcement: #3 bars, spaced at 1.8 inches on center in both direction Aggregate Base: 8-inch minimum thickness We trust that this letter satisfies your current needs. If you have any questions or require additional information. please contact us. Sincerely, KLEINEELDER, INC. Eric W. Noel John S. Lohman, P.E. Staff Eagineer Senior Engineer • • .]SdNid @rB lUearo dQIL n 6',,td cutte 150. D,amnnd Rar. i ^ +7 'ate. .•iagi 1,:5-�17' KLEINFELD ER TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................. 1 1 1.1 Purpose and Scope.......................................................... 1 1 1.2 Proposed Project ........................................................... 1-2 2 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ................................... 2-1 2.1 Site Description ............................................................. 2-1 2.2 Subsurface Soil Conditions................................................ 2-1 2.3 Groundwater Conditions................................................... 2-1 3 GEOLOGY .......................................................................... 3-1 3.1 Regional Geology .......................................................... 3-1 3.2 Faulting and Seismicity .................................................... 3-1 4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOINL1fENDATIONS ............................ 4-1 4.1 Geotechnical Feasibility.................................................... 4-1 4.2 Seismic Design Considerations ........................................... 4-1 4.3 Foundation Design.......................................................... 4-2 4.4 Construction Considerations...... .................. ..................... 4-4 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures..................................................... 4-7 4.6 Expansive Soils ............................................................. 4-7 4.7 Corrosivity .................................................................. 4-8 4.8 Pavements.................................................................... 4-8 5 ADDITIONAL SERVICES....................................................... 5-1 6 LIMITATIONS .................................................................... 6-1 7 REFERENCES APPENDICES ApMndix A FIELD EXPLORATION B LABORATORY TESTING !,ER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Weinfelder. Inc. - All Rights Reserved i k'■ KLEINFELDER 1 INTRODUCTION Kleinfelder, Inc. (Kleinfelder), was retained by The City of San Juan Capistrano to conduct a geotechnical investigation at the site of the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development in San Juan Capistrano, California. The proposed site is located east of Alipaz Street, on Camino Del Avion within agricultural fields in the City of San Juan Capistrano. The location of the site is presented as Figure 1, Site Location Map. The scope of our services was presented in a proposal entitled, "Proposal For Geotechnical Services, Proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development, San Juan Capistrano, California" dated May 18, 1993. 1.1 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this geotechnical investigation was to explore and evaluate the subsurface soil conditions at the proposed site and provide geotechnical recommendations for the design of foundations and pavements. This study also addressed the potential corrosivity of the near surface soils, the anticipated seismic shaking at the site, groundwater levels and earthwork construction considerations. A description of the scope of work performed is presented below. Task 1 - Utility Clearance. Each of our proposed field exploration locations was located and cleared with known existing utility lines and the participating utility companies through Underground Service Alert (USA). Task 2 - Field Exploration. A total of four (4) hollow-stem auger borings were advanced within the area of the proposed project. Borings were advanced to depths ranging from 11.5 to 31.5 feet below the existing ground surface. An engineer supervised the field operations and logged the borings. Selected bulk. disturbed and intact samples were retrieved. sealed and transported to our laboratory for further evaluation. The number of blows necessary to drive both a Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampler and a California-type sampler were recorded. A description of the field exploration and a Legend to the Logs of Borings are presented in Appendix A. The locations of the borings are given on the Boring Location Map presented as Figure 2. nER93-144 PA ject 58-3129-01 Copynght 1993 Meinfelder. Inc. - All Righu Rewmed 1-1 j T`■ RLEINFELDER Task 3 - Laboratory Testing. Laboratory testing was performed on representative bulk, relatively undisturbed and disturbed samples to substantiate field classifications and to provide engineering parameters for geotechnical design. Testing consisted of: moisture content and unit weight, laboratory maximum density, grain size distribution, Atterberg limits, R-value, expansion potential and chemical analyses. The test results are presented in Appendix B. Task 4 - Geotechnical Analyses. Field and laboratory data were analyzed in conjunction with the proposed site development. We evaluated potential foundation systems, soil corrosiveness and expansion potential, pavement design and construction considerations, including earthwork. Potential geologic hazards were addressed such as ground shaking, liquefaction, fault rupture and seismic settlement. Design recommendations for use with standard Uniform Building Code (UBC) seismic design were considered. Task 5 - Report Preparation. This report was prepared presenting our findings, conclusions and recommendations for earthwork and foundation engineering. Recommendations for foundation type(s), allowable bearing pressure, estimated settlement, passive resistance, lateral earth pressures for retaining structures, soil corrosivity, expansion potential and seismicity are presented. We have also provided preliminary pavement section thicknesses for on-site parking and driveway areas. The report contains a site map, logs of the borings and laboratory test results. 1.2 Proposed Project The proposed Kinoshita Farms Sport Park Development is to be located within existing agricultural fields of Kinoshita Farms in the City of San Juan Capistrano. California. The proposed development will consist of a 32,000 square-foot community center, a 50-meter swimming pool, a concession and snack facility, ball fields and associated parkin;/access areas. We have assumed that maximum fills or cuts associated with construction are expected to be on the order of 3 to 10 feet. The actual grading plan or topographic map was unavailable at the time of our report. ( )ER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Cogynght 1993 Klelnfelder, Inc. - kil Righu RemNed 1-2 ALEI \FELDER 2 SrrE AND SUBSURFACE CONDMONS 2.1 Site Description The site is located east of Alipaz Street, on Camino Del Avion within the existing agricultural fields of Kinoshita Farms in the City of San Juan Capistrano, California. The approximately 20- acre site is bounded on the west by an existing junior high school, on the north by existing commercial development, on the south by Camino Del Avion and on the east by the remaining agricultural fields of Kinoshita Farms. The site location is shown on Plate 1 - Site Location Map. The site is relatively flat and, at the time of our study, was planted with crops. 2.2 Subsurface Soil Conditions The surface soils consisted of cultivated silty clay in a relatively loose condition. This condition generally extends to a depth of 1 to 2 feet below the existing ground surface. Subsurface soils encountered in the borings generally consisted of interbedded silty clays and sandy clays in a medium stiff to hard condition. Sand and gravelly sand layers, in a dense to very dense condition, were encountered at various depth in the borings. Refusal was encountered in boring B-3 at a depth of approximately 15.5 feet below the existing ground surface. 2.3 Groundwater Conditions Groundwater was encountered within boring B-2 at an approximate depth of 20 feet below the existing ground surface. Based on our literature review, the depth to groundwater beneath the site is believed to be on the order of 15 to 20 feet below the existing ground surface. Based on the proposed maximum cut, we believe that groundwater should not negatively impact the project. �-/�F7t93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 FJeinfcIder. Inc. -AJI Rights Rexrved 2-1 + � K L E I \ F E L D E R 3 GEOLOGY 3.1 Regional Geology The site is located on the southwestern flank of the Peninsular Range geomorphic province of Southern California. The Peninsular Range province is characterized by northwest-trending structural blocks of basement rock which are bounded by northwesterly trending faults closely related to the San Andreas tectonic regime. The site is situated on the southwestern moist structural block within the Peninsular Range province which is bounded on the northeast by the Elsinore Fault zone and on the southwest by the Newport-Inglewood Fault zone and an offshore zone of deformation. The site is located at the southern end of the San Joaquin Hills, to the west of the confluence of the San Juan and Trabuco Creek drainages. This area was mapped by Morton and Miller (1981) and Edgington (1974) as being underlain by Holocene age, stream deposited alluvium (Qal). Generally, this alluvium is described as consisting of mixtures of unconsolidated, poorly to well sorted, yellowish brown to grayish brown sands, silts, and clays with some gravel. Edgington (1974) and Department of Water Resources (DWR) (1967) indicate that in San Juan Creek area the alluvium is up to 200 feet thick in the approximate area of the site. The site is located in San Diego Hydrogeologic Region, which covers portion of southern Orange County, in the San Juan Hydrologic Unit. According to DWR (1967), the depth to static groundwater beneath the site is approximately 15 to 20 feet and the groundwater has a southerly flow direction. 3.2 Faulting and Seismicity The subject site is located in the southwestern Peninsular Ranges geomorphic province. This region is tectonically characterized by a structural block of basement rock bounded on the southwest and northeast by the Newport-Inglewood and Elsinore Fault/offshore deformational zones. respectively. During recent geologic history, this region has undergone uplift on the order of several hundred meters, primarily along the Elsinore Fault. This uplift is believed to have occurred primarily during the Pleistocene Epoch (i.e. 10,000 to 1.6 million years ago). The Newport-Inglewood Fault zone is located at its closest point to the site approximately 10 miles MER93-164 Pmject 59-3129-01 Copynght 1993 Meinfelder. Inc. - All Righu Rcwrvcd 3-1 M&'■ KLEINFELDER southwest of the site. The Elsinore Fault zone is located approximately 21 miles to the northeast of the site. The offshore zone of deformation, related to the Newport-Inglewood and Rose Canyon Fault zones, is mapped as close as 5 miles to the southwest of the site. Other major faults are mapped in the area include the Pelican Hill Fault located approximately 5 miles northwest of the site and the Cristiantos Fault located approximately 2.5 miles northeast of the site. The Pelican Hill Fault may be a possible branch or splay of the larger Newport- Inglewood Fault zone. According to Morton and others (1976), the Pelican Hill fault displaces Pleistocene age sediments and the Cristiantos Fault displaces pre-Pleistocene age sediments, but are not known to be active. Table 1 - Significant Faults, summarizes Maximum Credible and Maximum Probable Earthquakes and their associated deterministic horizontal accelerations for active and potentially active faults within a 62-mile (100-kilometer) radius of the site, using attenuation relationships developed by Joyner and Boore (1982). Only those faults within the designated radius having peak accelerations in excess of 0.05 g. were listed. This table represents deterministic data only and therefore does not identify probability of reactivation. Listing peak acceleration is a convenient method of categorizing and comparing earthquakes for geologic purposes. However, peak accelerations are generally poor indications of potential building performance during earthquakes. The duration of the shaking, frequency of the motion, attenuating and/or amplification influences due to shallow subsurface conditions and the nature of the structures involved are all important factors influencing building performance. The Uniform Building Code (UBC) seismic design procedures for which the criteria are presented in Section 4.2.2 are generally used for projects having similar size and type of structures to be constructed for this project. ()ER93-I OM1 Project 58-3129-01 Copynght 1993 Kleinfelder. Inc. - All Righu Reserved 3-2 KLEI\FELDER Table I Significant Faults Approximate Maximum Peak Maximum Peak Distance Credible Site Probable Site Fault From Site Event Accel. Event Accel. Name (mi) (Richter Mag.) (g's) (Richter Mag.) (g's) Casa Loma-Clark 44 7.5 0.05 7.0 0.04 Chino 23 7.0 0.10 4.75 0.03 Cleghorn 57 6.5 0.02 6.25 0.02 Cucamonga 44 7.0 0.04 6.75 0.04 Elsinore 21 7.5 0.14 6.75 0.09 Glen Helen-Lytle Cr. 44 7.5 0.05 7.0 0.04 Hot Sprg.-Buck Rdg. 48 7.5 0.05 6.25 0.02 Ord Mountain 61 7.0 0.03 6.25 0.02 Newport-Inglewood 10 7.5 0.30 6.5 0.18 Offshore Zone of Def. 5 7.5 0.49 6.0 0.22 Palos Verdes Hills 21 7.0 0.11 5.5 0.05 Raymond 49 7.5 0.05 5.5 0.02 Rose Canyon 28 7.5 0.10 6.25 0.05 San Andreas (Mojave) 56 8.5 0.06 8.25 0.06 San Andreas (Southern) 52 8.0 0.05 7.25 0.04 San Clemente 58 7.5 0.04 6.25 0.02 San Gabriel 54 7.5 0.04 6.25 0.02 San Gorgonio-Banning 45 8.0 0.07 7.0 0.04 Santa Monica-Hollywood 54 7.5 0.04 6.0 0.02 Siete Madre-San Fernando 46 7.5 0.05 6.5 0.03 Verdugo 51 7.0 0.03 4.5 0.01 Whittier-North Elsinore 22 7.5 0.13 6.25 0.07 Shaded line denotes closest fault having highest peak site acceleration ()ER93-104 Project 58-3119-01 Copynght 1993 KleinkIder.I=. - All Rights Reserved 3-3 k'■ KLEI ` FELDER 4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 4.1 Geotechnical Feasibility Based on our field exploration, laboratory testing and geotechnical analyses conducted for this study, we believe that it is geotechnically feasible to construct the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development as planned, provided that the recommendations presented in this report are incorporated into the project design and construction. We propose that the foundation system be comprised of conventional shallow strip and square footings. Our recommendations are presented in the following sections. 4.2 Seismic Design Considerations 4.2.1 General The proposed development is located in a seismically active region and the proposed facility can be expected to be subjected to seismic shaking during its design life. Potential seismic hazards include ground shaking, liquefaction, ground rupture due to faulting, seismic settlement, and tsunamis and/or seiches. The following sections discuss these potential seismic hazards with respect to this site. 4.2.2 Ground Shaking Using the data from Table 1 and the attenuation relationship of Joyner & Boore (1982), the largest estimated peak horizontal ground acceleration that might occur at the site due to a "Maximum Probable Earthquake" event may be about 0.22 g's. This acceleration may come from a Richter magnitude 6.0 event on the Offshore Zone of Deformation located about five (5) miles from the site. Because this site is located in the seismically active Southern California region, we recommend that the proposed development be designed in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) for Seismic Zone 4. We recommend that a soil profile factor. S-, , of 1.2 be used with the UBC design procedure (Section 2312, Method B). C7)ER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kkinfelder. Inc. -All Righu Reterved 4-1 h" KLEINEELDER 4.2.3 Liquefaction Liquefaction occurs when loose, saturated sandy soils are subjected to strong shaking resulting from earthquake motions. The sands typically lose a portion or all of their shear strength and regain strength sometime after the shaking stops. Soil movements vertically and laterally have been observed under these conditions due to consolidation of the liquefied soils and the reduced shear resistance of slopes. The project site is generally underlain by stiff to hard sandy clays and silty clays. Based on this characterization of fine grained soils which generally occur at the site, we believe that the potential for liquefaction of the underlying materials is very low. 4.2.4 Other Seismic Considerations We have found no evidence that any known active faults trend toward or traverse the site. Therefore, the likelihood of ground surface rupture due to faulting is considered to be low. Due to the site's remoteness from large, land locked bodies of water and the Pacific Ocean, we do not feel that seismic seiches or tsunamis are a concern. The anticipated ground accelerations are not expected to induce significant seismic settlement. 4.3 Foundation Design 4.3.1 General The proposed structures may be designed using a conventional shallow strip and isolated spread column foundation system supported on the engineered existing on-site soils. Recommendations for the design of the shallow foundation system are presented below and are based on assumed structural load data. (TER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copynght 1993 Kleinfclder, Inc. - All Righu Rammed 4-2 k'■ K L E I \ F E L D E R 4.3.2 Shallow Foundations The proposed structures may be founded on a series of conventional shallow strip and square footings. We recommend that the foundations be placed at a minimum depth of 24 inches below the lowest adjacent grade both for interior and exterior footings. Footings should have a minimum width of at least 24 inches and shall rest on a minimum Moot thick layer of engineered fill, prepared as described in Section 4.4.5, Engineered Fill. For a foundation system designed and constructed in accordance with the recommendations presented above, we recommend that an allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square foot (psf) be used for the design of the foundation system. This recommended bearing value is for total dead plus live loads and may be increased by one-third for wind, seismic or other transient loading conditions. For continuous footings, a minimum reinforcement of two #4 rebars each, placed near the top and bottom of the footing should be used. Minimum reinforcement for isolated rectangular footings should consist of two #4 rebars, 12 inches on center, in each direction. Lateral load resistance may be derived from passive resistance along the vertical sides of the footings, friction acting at the base of the footing or a combination of the two. An allowable passive earth pressure of 320 psf per foot of depth may be used for design. The total allowable passive earth pressure should not exceed 2,000 psf. A coefficient of friction value of 0.30 between the base of the footings and the recompacted existing fill soils can be used for sliding resistance using the dead load forces. Friction and passive resistance may be combined without reduction. We recommend that the first foot of soil cover be neglected in the passive resistance calculations if the ground surface above is not protected from erosion or disturbance by a slab, pavement or in some similar manner. Based on the loading conditions presented above, we estimate that the total s:ttlement for foundations designed in accordance with the recommendations presented should be less than f- inch. Differential, post-construction settlement between similarly loaded adjacent columns is estimated to be less than 1/2 inch. C7)ER93-164 project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 xleinfelder. Inc. - All Rights Remmed 4-3 t 20" KLEINFELDER 4.3.3 Slabs-on-Grade Concrete slab-on-grade floors may be used for the proposed buildings. The slab-on-grade should be placed on at least 2 feet of engineered fill, prepared as described in Section 4.4.4, Engineered Fill. Concrete floor slabs should have a minimum nominal thickness of 4 inches, and should be reinforced with a 6x6-N10/lt10 welded wire mesh placed at midheight in the slab. All slabs should be designed for any specific loading conditions by the structural engineer. At the completion of grading, representative samples of the materials at pad grade should by tested for expansion potential. If medium to highly expansive soils are encountered, we recommend moisture conditioning of the slab subgrade (prior to the placement of concrete), to a depth of 18 inches, to a moisture content between optimum and 5 percent above optimum. We recommend that a vapor barrier be placed below the slab in areas where moisture sensitive flooring materials are planned. In addition, the barrier should be covered with 2-inches of clean sand and be underlain by 1-inch of clean sand to protect the barrier during construction, act as a capillary break and aid proper curing of the concrete slab. All areas adjacent to buildings, including planters, should be designed to drain away from the structure to avoid an accumulation of water beneath the slab or footings. 4.4 Construction Considerations 4.4.1 General All site preparation and earthwork operations should be performed in accordance with applicable codes. All references to maximum dry density are established in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D-1557. 4.4.2 Site Preparation Due to the loose, compressible nature of the upper 2 to 3 feet of existing soils, overexcavation and recompaction should be performed prior to placement of foundations. We estimate removals on the order of 2 to 3 feet will be required for slab and footing components. Localized areas requiring deeper removals should be anticipated. All surficial vegetation and deleterious, organic, inert and oversized materials (greater than 3 inches in maximum dimension) should be (/)ER93-104 Project 59-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder. Inc. - NI Rights Reserved 4-4 k'■ KLEINFE LOER stripped and isolated prior to removal of reusable soils. Areas to receive fill should be stripped of loose or soft earth materials until a firm unyielding subgrade is exposed. Prior to placement of compacted fills, after site preparation and excavation, processing of the approved subgrade should be performed by scarifying to a depth of 6 to 8-inches, moisture conditioning to within t 2 percent of the optimum moisture content and compacting to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density. The stripping work should include the removal of existing uncompacted fill and topsoil that, in the judgment of the geotechnical engineer, is compressible or contains significant voids. The stripping operation must expose a firm, non-yielding subgrade that is free of large voids. The subgrade soils exposed at the bottom of each excavation should be observed by a geotechnical engineer or geologist from our office prior to the placement of any fill. Additional removals may be required as a result of observation and testing of the exposed subgrade soils. 4.4.3 Excavation Characteristics The borings advanced at the site were advanced using a truck-mounted, hollow-stem auger drill rig. Drilling was completed with moderate to high effort through the existing soil deposits. Conventional earth moving equipment should be capable of performing the excavations required for site development. Refusal was encountered in boring B-3, located in the area of the swimming pool, at a depth of 15.5 feet due to very dense formational material. If the excavation for the swimming pool extends into the formational material, some additional effort may be required by the contractor to obtain the design excavation depth. 4.4.4 En2ineered Fill We anticipate that most of the on-site soils may be reusable as engineered fill once oversized material greater than 6 inches in diameter have been removed and after the vegetative laver and any organic debris is cleared and disposed off site. Fill should be placed in lifts no greater than 8-inches thick, loose measurement, and should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density. The upper 6 inches below the slab-on-grade, the foundations and pavements structural section should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density. Any imported fill soils should be approved by the geotechnical engineer before fill MER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder, Inc. - All Rights Reserved 4-5 KLEINFELDER placement. All earthwork operations should be observed and tested by a representative of this office. 4.4.5 Temporary Trench Excavations Shallow, temporary utility trench excavations are anticipated for installation of the required utility lines. All vertical or steeply-sided trench excavations greater than 5 feet in depth should be braced and shored in accordance with good construction practice and all applicable safety ordinances and codes. Due to the potential for local trench wall instability, we recommend that temporary cut slopes needed to achieve the proposed subgrade elevations be constructed at inclinations no steeper than 2H:iV in the existing soils. Heavy construction loads, such as those resulting from stockpiles and heavy machinery, should be kept back from the top of the excavation a distance equal to the depth of the excavation. and all surface water should be diverted away from the excavation. If very steep or vertical-sided excavations in excess of 5 feet deep are necessary, we recommend that the sidewalls be shored or sloped in accordance with OSHA standards to provide temporary trench stability during construction. The contractor should be responsible for the structural design and safety of the temporary shoring system. We recommend that this design be submitted to Kleinfelder for review and approval. 4.4.6 Pipe Bedding and Trench Backfill Pipe bedding should consist of sand or similar granular material having a minimum sand equivalent value of 30. The sand should be placed in a zone that extends a minimum of 6 inches below and 12-inches above the pipe for the full trench width. The bedding material should be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density. Trench backfill above pipe bedding may consist of approved, on-site or import soils placed in lifts no greater than 8-inches loose thickness and compacted to 90 percent of the maximum dry density. Jetting of pipe bedding or trench backfill materials is not recommended. MER93-104 Project 5&3129-01 Copynght 1993 Klelnfelder. Inc. - All Rights Reserved 4-6 k'■ KLEI ', FELDER 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures Active lateral earth pressures from horizontal backfills using the on-site soils on walls that are free to rotate at least 0.1 percent of the wall height can be taken as equivalent to a fluid weighing 40 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). Walls which are restrained against movement or rotation at the top should be designed for an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 60 pcf. The above values are applicable if the on-site soils are used for level backfill behind walls up to 10 feet in height. The recommended value does not include compaction or truck-induced wall pressures. Care must be taken during the compaction operation not to over stress the wall. Heavy construction equipment should be maintained a distance of at least 3 feet away from the walls while the backfill soils are being placed. Hand-operated compaction equipment should be used to compact the backfill soils within a 3-foot-wide zone adjacent to the walls. Kleinfelder should be contacted when development plans are finalized so we can review wall and backfill conditions on a case-by-case basis. The recommended lateral earth pressures assume that drainage is provided behind the walls to prevent the accumulation of hydrostatic pressures. Walls should be provided with backdrains, to reduce the potential for the accumulation of hydrostatic pressures. Backdrains may consist of a 2- foot wide zone of Caltrans Class 2 permeable material located immediately behind the wall, extending to within one foot of the ground surface. A perforated pipe should be installed at the base of the backdrain and sloped to discharge to a suitable collection facility or through weep holes. Alternatively, commercially available drainage products could be used. The product manufacturer's recommendations should be followed in the installation of a drainage fabric backdrain. 4.6 Expansive Soils The materials which underlie the site generally consist of fine-grained material with some granular soils. An expansion index test was performed on near-surface soils to evaluate the susceptibility to expansion in the presence of water. The result of this test indicated an expansion index of 24, which indicates a low potential for expansion per UBC 29-2. Based on this result, recommendations for a low expansion potential have been provided. MER93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfeider. Inc. - All Rights Rcurved 4-7 t k" KLEI ,FE LDER Testing of the final subgrade soils after completion of rough grading operations should be conducted to evaluate their expansion potential and confirm or modify the recommendations presented herein. 4.7 Corrosivity Laboratory test results for corrosion potential, performed by Applied P & Ch Laboratory, are presented in Appendix B. The test results indicate the corrosion potential of concrete placed within the native soil is very low, and no special design is necessary. The test results were also used with the methods described in California Test 643 to estimate the service life of steel culverts. The estimated time to perforation of an 18-gauge steel culvert placed in the native soils is approximately 25 years. The following table may be used to estimate the time to perforation of other steel pipe wall thicknesses by multiplying the corresponding factor by the time to perforation of an 18-gauge culvert given above. Thickness (inches): 0.052 0.064 0.079 0.109 0.138 0.168 Gauge 18 16 14 12 10 8 Factor 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 4.8 Pavements The following structural pavement sections are based on assumed traffic conditions for the development and laboratory test results. Based on this design R-value of 10 and the assumed traffic conditions, we have provided the following recommended asphaltic concrete pavement section design in accordance with California Test Method 301: Asphalt Class II Traffic Concrete Aggregate Base Index (inches) (inches) Light Duty Paving 4 2.5 7.0 Heavy Duty Paving 6 3.0 12.5 MER93.104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Mcinfelder. Inc. -.411 Rights Reserved 4-8 k" KLEIN FELDER Due to the nature of the near-surface soils, we recommend that the upper 18 inches of pavement subgrade be overexcavated and recompacted prior to placement of the structural pavement section. The uppermost 6 inches of subgrade and the Class 2 aggregate base should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The pavement section thicknesses should be increased for areas of heavy vehicular use and for areas where larger wheel loads are anticipated. Subgrade drainage is an important factor which enhances pavement performance. Subgrade surface beneath the flexible pavement structural section should be sloped to direct runoff to suitable collection points and to prevent ponding. Concrete curbs separating pavement and landscape areas should extend at least 6 inches below subgrade surfaces to reduce the potential for the movement of moisture through the aggregate base course layers. Water should not be allowed to pond on the subgrade surface. The actual soil present at subgrade elevations after grading may be different than those sampled and tested for this study. We recommend that bulk samples of the actual subgrade materials be retrieved and tested after finish grading is completed. Modified pavement design recommendations may be presented after reviewing the post-grading R-value test results. (-7)F1t93-104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder, Inc. - All Right Rextved 4-9 c J� KLEINFELDER 5 ADDITIONAL SERVICES We recommend that a general review of the project plans and specifications be conducted before they are finalized to verify that our geotechnical recommendations have been properly interpreted and implemented during design. If we are not accorded the privilege of performing this review, we can assume no responsibility for misinterpretation of our recommendations. The review can be completed on a time-and-expense basis in accordance with our current Fee Schedule. If future planned slopes for the site exceed a height of 10 feet, additional investigation and analyses should be performed to assess the stability and provide stabilizing measures, if necessary. The construction process is an integral design component with respect to the geotechnical aspects of a project. Because geotechnical engineering is an inexact science due to the variability of natural processes and because we sample only a small portion of the soils affecting the performance of the proposed development, unanticipated or changed conditions can be disclosed during grading. Proper geotechnical observation and testing during construction is imperative to allow the geotechnical engineer the opportunity to verify assumptions made during the design process. Therefore, we recommend that Kleinfelder be retained during the site grading and construction of the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development to observe compliance with the design concepts and geotechnical recommendations, and to allow design changes in the event that subsurface conditions or methods of construction differ from those assumed while completing this study. M 893.104 Project 58-3129-01 Copyngnt 1993 Kleinielder. [m.- All Righm Removed 5-1 k'1 KLEI \ FELDER 6 LEMTATIONS This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The City of San Juan Capistrano and their agents for specific application to the proposed development in San Juan Capistrano, California. The findings, conclusions and recommendations presented in this report were prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is made. Our field exploration program was based on the building locations provided to us at the time. No grading plan was available at the time of our field exploration and report preparation. We should review the final location map to verify that our borings were properly located, and to provide additional information regarding slope or retaining wall construction. The scope of our geotechnical services did not include any environmental site assessment for the presence or absence of hazardous/toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater or atmosphere, or the presence of wetlands. The client has the responsibility to see that all parties to the project, including the designer, contractor, subcontractors, etc., are made aware of this report in its entirety. This report contains information which may be useful in the preparation of contract specifications. However, the report is not designed as a specification document and may not contain sufficient information for this use without proper modification. This report may be used only by the client and only for the purposes stated, within a reasonable time from its issuance. Land use, site conditions (both on site and off site) or other factors may change over time, and additional work may be required with the passage of time. 3ased on the intended use of this report and the nature of the new project, Kleinfelder may require that additional work be performed and that an updated report be issued. Non-compliance with any of these requirements by the client or anyone else will release Kleinfelder from any liability resulting from the use of this report by any unauthorized party. MER93-101 Project 5841:9-01 Copynght 1993 Kteinfelder. Inc. - .411 Righu Rewrvcd 6-1 KLEINFELDER REFERENCES Bowles, J.E., (1988), Foundation Analysis and Design, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company. Design Manual 7.01 and 7.02,(1986), Naval Facilities Engineering Command. Department of Water Resources, 1967, Groundwater Occurrence and Quality, San Diego Region, Volume 1: Test; Bulletin 106-2 Edgington, W. J., 1974, Geology of the Dana Point Quadrangle, Orange County, California; California Division of Mines and Geology, Special Report 109 Joyner, W. B. and Boore, D. M., 1982, Prediction of Earthquake Response Spectra: U.S. Geological Survey, Open File Report 82-977. Morton, P. K., Miller, R. V. and Evans, J. R., 1976, Environmental Geology of Orange County, California; California Division of Mines and Geology, Open File Report 79-8 LA. Morton, P. K. and Miller, R. V., 1981, Geologic Map of Orange County, California, Showing Mines and Mineral Deposits; California Division of Mines and Geology, Bulletin 204, Plate 1. Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations, Final Pub., 1989. Recommended Practice to Minimize Attack on Concrete by Sulfate Soils and Water, undated, Cement Industry Technical Committee of California Uniform Building Code, International Conference of Building Officials, 1991 edition. Blake, Thomas F., 1989, EQFAULT: "A Computer Program for the Deterministic Prediction of Peak Horizontal Accelerations from Digitized California Faults" California Division of Mines and Geology, Special Publication 42, 1988, "Fault Rupture Hazard Zones in California" Jennings, Charles W., 1985, "An Exploratory Text to Accompany the 1:7,500,000 Scale Fault and Geologic Maps of California," California Division of Mines and Geology, Bulletin 201 (7)ER93404 IQ4 Project 58.3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder. Inc. -All Rights Reserved --- - - - = d - - = PACIFIC EIEACH OCEAN - SAN ALAS _-_= aysT. ma ___--__= -ARE& �H—_ _�_ I LOCATION IN CALIFORNIA cE.E:MEr+rE /f yJ rlllCl��1 a �� i rs /-' J r�� - 1 \ a� 174 l�r �� / ji /if c''taa+`•�)1 /L' fi�+`.IJan- uan`C`pistran0� ': i'll. 1 C \: ��1 ./;.�'�••. I e•( ., moi- I a• o � i '4_�s%� / jl\ J/ J I .1i• T'l in ril 44 � If \\$ .cW._IIf_, La �rtJ 0004 � �7 S 1 T E I �: '>J ':,y :fib:. _ ;k riy �° ,coal `3 p i an Juan Capistrano 5° °ou' Trailer` III JO .s s � 1 � Park ♦. o i / rr am Trailw Park 12 1,74 .1 ` w .../ b LaQY II \� r ` J.o- f .Water R' /9 =�• radar Park AV/ON—. 5. ✓ i _� � I ( 1� • r �� 2 i i 'ss sr ",e o Park �� .J" � I ` avYlIY.RLS�PlSTRbouc 57 i ..vf�a 4_• ."��20F/ � L Pd k, T.Sr /`�_ ♦ �� ((( J ��iy � t_ JI soti \'t `NT ; �,f t o I Off: '•� W el I' r�+ �+ '\L' I �a7 ✓ '`..� 0 SOURCE: U.S.G.S. 7.5' topographic series. San Juan Capistrano 0 FEET 2,000 and Dana Point, California Quadrangles .� �� CITY OF SAN JUAN Crk Oev lop FIGURE Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development SITE LOCATION MAP San Juan Capistrano, California [EflEl/EIDE[ Project: 58-3129-01 July 1993 0 c W W LL \ ZYd(ltl � I � I i z in m LL 1 I. W I— N Cc � I MLu , I rF %-1 o a J a pdS ,� .•��;� � SID = �� a a O �= a x Lu CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO FIGURE ICinosnita Farms Sports Park oeornia ent BORING LOCATION MAP n San Juan Capistrano, California G [[lIM IlIDlI Project: 58-3729-01 July 1993 k'■ ALEI \ FELDER APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION The subsurface exploration program for the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development consisted of the excavation and logging a total of four (4) hollow-stem auger borings. The borings ranged in depth from 11.5 to 31.5 feet below existing grades. Figure 2 presents the location of the borings. The Logs of Borings are presented as Figures A-2 through A-5. A legend to the logs is presented as Figure A-1. The Logs of Borings describe the earth materials encountered, samples obtained and show field and laboratory tests performed. The logs also show the location, boring number, drilling date and the name of the logger and drilling subcontractor. The borings were logged by an engineer using the Unified Soil Classification System. The boundaries between soil types shown on the logs are approximate because the transition between different soil layers may be gradual. Bulk and intact samples ' ---presentative earth materials were obtained from the bc, n,gs at maximum intervals of about 1C The exploratory borings were advanced using a CME , truck-mounted drill rig equipped with 6-inch-diameter hollow-stem augers provided by Spectrum Exploration, Inc. of Signal Hill, California. All borings were backfilled using the soil from cuttings and tamped when the drilling and excavating was completed. A California-type sampler was used to obtain relatively undisturbed samples of the soil encountered. This sampler consists of a 3-inch O.D., 2.4-inch I.D. split barrel shaft that is pushed or driven a total of 18 inches into the soil at the bottom of the boring. The soil was retained in 6 1-inch brass rings for laboratory testing. An additional 2-inches of soil from each drive remained in the cutting shoe and was usually discarded after visually classifying the soil. The sampler was driven using a 140 pound hammer falling 30-inches. The total number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 inches of an 18-inch drive is termed the blow count and is recorded on the Logs of Borings. Samples were also obtained using a Standard Penetration Sampler (SPT). This sampler consists of a 2-inch O.D., 1.4-inch I.D. split barrel shaft that is advanced into the soils at the bottom of the drill hole a total of 18-inches. The sampler was driven using a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches. The total number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the final 12-inches is termed the blow count (N) and is recorded on the Logs of Borings. The procedures we employed in the field are generally consistent with those described in ASTM Standard Test Method D- 1586-84. Bulk samples of the surface soils were retrieved directly from the auger blades. (7)ER93-144 project 58-3129-0l Copyright 1993 Kleinfeider. Inc. -All Righu Reserved A-1 Date Drilled: Water Depth: Drilled By: Date Measured: Driling Method: Reference Elevation: Logged By: Datum: m Z c = GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND m d o E E e c CLASSIFICATION c " " c c = in in c m c7 C 2 U Alt 1 6 108 10 0S, SE 2 12 - GS s (1) (2) (3) (4) (s) (6) (6) (7) 1a� NOTES ON FIELD INVESTIGATION t. SAMPLE -Grapnrall representation of sar ie type as snown wow. Split Spoon .Standard Penevauon Test Sample(SPT) Q Drive Sampo -California Sample(Cao Bulk Sample •Cbtiuned by coeecung cpmngs in a Plastic bag rVI Tube Sample -Shelby)Pnc!%v Tube Sarnoe in UU 2. SAMPLE NO.-Samole Number 3. SLOWS.'FT•Number of blows recuved to advance rambler 1 bet(unless a bssar distance a sol ofied). Samplars:n generat ware c rrmn into Ula sal at five bottom of me note writ a nairdard(tad ml nartverr aropprng a standam 14 utenes. Drive samclas comc:ea:n bucket auger Doings were ootained by raoopug non-standard wegns from vanacte heights. The harmer wegnt is recorded below the obwsrtt in mu case.Wharf a SPT sanpwr a used the blow count conforms to ASTM D 1586. SCRiROD • Samoe Care Peowry(SCR)in Percent t:)and Poor Quality Designation(ROCI in oareant(x). ROD a deened as the pereentage or.ire in earn run :n wn�Uw spaang berween natural'rw'.0 s a greater Tan a tion". Mecham"bras"at the con are not Nristbared. a. GRAPHIC LCG • Standard synbols for sod and rock types. as shown an page 2 of Kay. s- GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION JQU•Sal Cissihcauons we based on Me Unified Sod Ctaaf=oon System per ASTM D 2987.and designations include orsstancy.rnomurs. alor and doer nrooflers. �velo desmptions nave boon rnodi8ad to n6eC naWts of labaratdry analyses when awmrd aoproonau. a=- Root dassifi=,cris gennily ncuae a rack type.color. rnasmn. mneral mabluena.dagr"of weaTen g•an«naeon.and 'J%e n-ednanK3t properties of Ute cool Fabne.sInaawns.bedding spacing.tatlationts.am degree of cernentatian me also Presenia wnere tiodmonam. Cesenonon of sod ongm or root loriratlon is ptacad n bndtets at Uve beginning of the dastropan where applicable.for esani Residual Sal: s. DRY DENSITY, MOISTURE CONTENT: As"arnatod by laboratory or faid testing. 7. ADOMONAL TESTS—,ndiares samole tested for properties OMw than Te above): MAX -Maxmun Ory Oensry SG.Speck Greenly PP-Poc kat P*MMr wr GS -Grain Size Dlsvrtiubon HA.Hydrornater AnaMo WA-Wash Analyse SE- Sand F'vivarent AL-Ararberg Lima DS •Diraot Shaw Ei- • Expansion tribes RV-R-Value CP-C4NI m Potentiai CHEM -Sulfate ane Cnlood*Content pH.Ress4rnty, CN.Carsalidabon UC.Ummnfned Compression PM •perneabiliN CU-Consoitdated Urdminea iriaxal T-Tonane UU •Uncoriscticatea Undranea Triaxtet CO-Consaidalad Drarnea Triaxw 8, ATTTTUD ES-Cnentaticn a(rods disonttnuiry ocsorved in bucxat auger doing or root con.expressed in stril.roill and do angle. resoeC7Ve:v.Preceedad by a on"Iter syrnaol dandling nature of diseonanurry as snown below. 3:3addng ;are J:Jointing C.Contact F.Faud S.Shear K L E I N F E L D E R LEGEND TO LOGS Figure A-1a UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (ASTM D-2487) PRIMARY DIVISIONS GROUP SYMBOLS; SECONDARY DIVISIONS CLEAN yj t u GW ! WELL GRADED GRAVELS.GRAVELSANO MIXTURES.LITTLE CR NO FINES y I y�Z`03� I (LESS THAM GP :a. c x 5%PINES ..'-=1 POORLY GRADED GRAVELS OR GRAVEL-SMO MIXTURES.U7TLS OR NO PINES w W N 1 G t3 . GRAVEL GM SILTY GRAVELS.GRAVELSANOSILT MIXTURE.NON PLASTIC FINES LL J• WITH 3 j FINES GC i-� CLAYEY GRAVELS.GRAVELS.WO-CLAY MIXTURES.PLASTIC NEEDS y V H y i � I SW e e '_; WELL GRADED SANDS.GRAVELLY SANDS,LITTLE OR NO PINES SANvWi t-r=> SS ESR j I SP :i POORLY GRADED SAILS OR GRAVELLY SANOS.UTILE OR NO FINES t4 ,i1 S7 = I SANO9SM _ _ : Stitt SA105.SANO.9LT MIXTURES.NON.ALASTIC PINES 2 WH y FINES ! Sc CLAYEY SANDS.SANO-CLAY MIXTURES.PLASTIC FINES INORGANIC SULTS AND VERY FINE SANDS,ROCX FL04JR SILTY OR 2 y .. ML j I YCY MN ANDS CR Y SILT WITH S HT PI TICRY Z .NORGAWC GUYS C L W O IUL/PU57iG ,G VELLI CLAY , CL SANDY CLAYS SILTY CLAYS. CLAYS J) LL -IN X6.1 O Z 2 w I y I OL I: ;I: ;I:If ORGANO SILis ANO ORGANIC SCTY GUYS CFl.OW PULSTICTY w �W O WO SL .MICACIELIS A IA MACCWS iN SANDY OR ZN w� MH 51 Tr 501 Pt 71 SI it LTS O CH a 44 fNORGANC CLAYS OF NIGH PLASRCRY,PAT GUYS w C7 � S2--Us 0 - H U 0'" CH CRGANC CLAYS OF MEDIUM TO HIGH PLAS'C:TY,ORGANO SLTS 3999 HIGHLY CRGANUC SOILS PTI PEAT AND OTHER HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS SANDSTCNES SS — SILTSTONES SH CLAYSTONES j CS "a LIME37CNES LS SHALE SL CONSISTENCY CRITERIA BASED ON FIELD TESTS CONSISTENCY, POCKET- t NUhMER OF SLOWS HAMNER RELATIVE DENSrrY,COARSE-GRAIN SOL FINE•GRAIN SOL TOFNANE IPENETROMETER OFMNG 30 IN HES FALL2IG 30 INCHES RELATNEI (e SPT' RELA'VE UNDRAINED UNCONFINED TO DRIVE A 2 INCH OD. DENSrrY b srm DENSITY;x) CONSISTENCY SPT SHEAR COMPRESSNE (T/a INCH ID.) (s wawwM STRENGTH(ts0 SRENG-H(MA SPLIT BARREL SA3PLEA Vary Lxs* i <A 0- t5I I'Uory San d a.t7 a.25 (ASTM IS"STANDARD I ( PENETRATION TESTI Lt»se A.10 15.35 Son 1 2-4 0.13-015 015.0.5 MecrtYn Sat I ••d f 025-05 0 . I .5-' J N UNCONFINED Ma01Um Carse 10-30 j 35-as CCMPRESSNE Son 3. 15 Oz. ,o 10.27 STRENGTH IN Duca 30.50 j e5.ss V�SXM I%30 I 1.0-.;2.0 I 2.0-A.0 TONSSOFT. Vary parse I w j 85, too READ FROM POCKET �ar0 a.i0 >A 0 PENETROWTER MOISTURE CONTENT CEMENTATION OESCRIPTICN FIELD TES CESCRIPT04 F'E*Lo TEEST Dry AbsWC9 of mo13Rtre.awry,d.y a Ta!oun Weakly C.T 08 W WSaK% w n :11019V W W-CM NVW PtRadule k4ml parrm tut no m3as watts Maouatuy DAXndae a "WA ern CN50et=* 4Fgw P185510/ Wat Vis:bN Inse watu.US Iv soli.s 0a water able Sborkpy WiX 11b3 tsumtse or sreaA w01 irgw b mis �imA-1 b K L E 1 N F E L D E R LEGEND OF LOGS Figure I Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: > 11.5 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S.A- 6" Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A M o w cz° C w GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 'm y c W W U N U c « o M C - - 3 C AND Q .-. 3 c t N W v n. E E N CLASSIFICATION T U - c v in 4 W M N —cc LU 0 (n N my to 0 v LU ¢ I— SILTY CLAY with SAND(CL), olive-brown, moist, fine to medium I grained J 2 19 Decreased sand content,dark gray-brown,very stiff, trace caliche, fine grained at 2S feet AL 5 , 3 59 SANDY CLAY with SILT and trace GRAVEL(CL), olive-gray, moist, hard,fine sand and gravel,some caliche, some orange oxidation WA t7.t wA i toI s 27 _ - SANDY CLAY to CIAYEY SAND (CL SC), gray-brown, moist, very stiff, fine to medium aired Boring terminated at 115 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California A-2 PROJECT NO. 5S-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-1 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: 20.0 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S.A. 6' Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A c w X1 C i =w _j GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION a y c +- .. W W U W U W L� O IDS L — — 3 L AND U � � Cl t N w a n E E o° Ino CLASSIFICATION M U ^ c: — " W lE n —m L L O O V W W H O V) fn m 1 t7 0 L UI Q F TOPSOIL: I SILTY CLAY(CL), dark brown,moist, cultivated,slight organic odor NATIVE El CHEM 2 79/11' SILTY CLAY(CL),olive-brown,moist,hard,some veins of caliche, 96.0 15.9 no organic odor at 2.5 feet 5 3 53 I IO - 4 87/10' Fine to coarse gravel at 13 feet 15 GRAVELLY SAND (SP), light gray-brown,wet,very dense, fine to coarse sand and grave x2o 5 75/6' I SII-TY CLAY with GRAVEL and trace SAND (CL), dark gray-brown,moist, fine to coarse gravel and sand I Poo Color change to yellow-brown,increased fore to medium sand content, 30 no gravel at 29 feet No sampling at 30 feet due to bouvancy Borine terminated at 315 feet Groundwater was encountered at 20 feet Hole was backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings I �� K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California A-3 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-2 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: > 15.5 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S.A. 6" Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A +^ Q v C zo V« GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION y c + . N d U N U C L+ O AND > — — 3 t > d + a s 3 O n, � .U - C � � a w n e e o — ro CLASSIFICATION L n. 0 0 a d ' 0 ro n —m L W �+ O N N m� tJ TOPSOIL: t SILTY CLAY(CL), olive-brown,moist,cultivated,slight organic odor 2 87/10' NATIVE MAX SILTY CLAY with some SAND (CL),moist,hard,fine to medium grained,no organic odor at 25 feet 5 3 84/95• Color changes to brown at 5 feet Color changes to gray-brown at 55 feet Fine to coarse gravel at 8 feet 10j � .—� GRAVELLY SAND (SP), dark olive-brown, moist,very dense, fine to 4 53/6• coarse sand and gravel I CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL(SC), olive-brown, moist,very dense, fine to coarse sand, fine to coarse gravel 15 5 100/55 GRAVELLY SAND with CLAY SPS dense. fine to coarse sand and avel �' olive•brown,moist,very Refusal at 155 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings i I I i I i i K L E I N F E L D E R f KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California j A-4 PROJECT NO. 53-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-3 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: > 11.5 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S.A- 6" Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A 0 T X + o o z° GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION a m y c �- n w CI u N U C L C O M . C — 3 r AND c t0 + m a y ¢ E e 3° 0 CLASSIFICATION " a* — + T U •- C V N `�- v A A -m L L O O V d W , c u) N mC9 O � LU 6F SII-TY CLAY(CL), dark brown,moist,some veins of caliche RV 2 58 102.0 14.7 ! SANDY CLAY with SII.T(CL),light olive-brown,moist,hard,fine WA sand 5 3 25 Trace fine gravel,very stiff at 5 feet I 10 Hard, fine to 11, s 57 coarse sand at 10 feet SII.TY CLAY with trace SAND(CL),olive-brown, moist, hard, fine grained Boring terminated at 11-5 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole was backfilled and tamped using sod from cuttings ! i i I I I i II K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California A-5 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-4 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 KLEI % FE L D E R APPENDIX B LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed on representative intact and bulk soil samples to estimate engineering characteristics of the various earth materials encountered. Testing was performed in accordance with one of the following references: 1) Lambe, T. William, Soil Testing for Engineers, Wiley, New York, 1951 2) Laboratory Soils Testing, U.S. Army, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Engineering Manual No. 1110-2-1906, November 30, 1970 3) ASTM Standards for Soil Testing, latest revisions 4) State of California Department of Transportation, Standard Test ?, --thods, latest revisions. LABORATORY MOISTURE AND DEiNSITY DETE&MIINATIONS Natural moisture content and dry density tests were performed on 3 intact samples collected. The results are presented on the Logs of Borings and are summarized on Table B-1. GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION The grain size distribution of the selected soil sample was performed by wash sieving in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D422-63. The test result are presented on Figure B-1. MAXIIIUM DENSITY TESTS One maximum density test was performed on selected samples of the on-site soils to estimate their compaction characteristics. The test was performed in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D-1557. The test results are presented on Figure B-2. R-VALUE TESTS One sample of the near-surface soils encountered at the site were subjected to R-value testing in accordance with Caltrans Standard Test Method 301. The test results are presented on Figure B- 3. CORROSIVITY TESTS A series of chemical tests µere performed on one selected sample of the near-surface soils to estimate pH, resistivity and sulfate and chloride contents. Test results may be used by a qualified corrosion engineer to evaluate the general corrosion potential with respect to construction materials. The results are presented on Figure B-3. mER93-163 Project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder. Inc. -All Righu Reserved B-1 EXPANSION INDEX TESTS Expansion Index testing was performed on a selected sample of the near-surface soils to evaluate the expansion potential. The test was performed in accordance with Uniform Building Code (UBC) Standard No. 29-2, Expansion Index Test Method. Results are presented on Table B-2. TABLE B-1 MOISTURE CONTENT AND UNIT WEIGHT Sample Depth Moisture Content Dry Unit Weight (ft) ($) (pcf) B-1-3 5. 5 17 . 1 99. 7 B-2-2 3 . 5 15 . 9 96. 1 B-4-2 3 . 5 14 .7 102 . 3 TABLE B-2 WASH SIEVE RESULTS Depth % Passing Sample (ft) #200 Sieve B-1-3 6. 0 65 B-4-2 3 . 5 63 TABLE B-3 CORROSION TEST RESULT Depth Sulfate Chloride Resistivity Sample (ft) pH (ppm) (ppm) (ohm-cm) B-2-1 1-5 7 . 92 123 121 985 TABLE B-4 EXPANSION INDEX TEST RESL LT Sample Depth (ft) EI value B-2-1 1-5 24 MER93-104 project 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder. Inc. - All Rights Rexrved B-2 136 Curves of 100% Saturation 132 I I V Gs=2.65 128 Gs=2.70 I I I Gs=2.75 ,24 I I 0 120 I ! Ilillll I I L 116 i I I I I I I I I\ c IIIIIIII ! II V III °a Z ! I II l t04 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 100 I I l l Illl � li II I IIIIIIIIiII il ! I I ! IIII IIIIII ! i ! III III lill ! I IIIIII ! ! ill as ! 0 5 10 15 20 25 .1ATER CONTENT, Percent of dry density TEST CESCRZPTTCN TEST "ETii00: ASTM 0-1557 t.E71400 "A" Sample B-3 Depth 3.0 Description Silty Clay Classification CL Maximum Dry Density 119 pcf Optimum Water Content 13.7% KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE KLEI N F E L D E R San Juan Capistrano, California COMPACTION DIAGRAM i B-1 60 I I 50 I I I i I I CH I I CLH x40 W I z CL z H 30 . I I I I I H Ln 20 CL I I I NIH 101 i I NIL I I I I I 0 ! I I I I IOL I I 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 co 100 110 LICUI0 LIMIT (LL) Sample Depth (ft) LL (%)IPL (%)IPI (%) U (-) I Description • I B-1 2.5 I 37.8 1 24.1 I 13.7 1 1 Silty Clay with Sand LL- Liquid Limit PI - Plasticity Index PL- Plasticity Limit U- Liquidity Index Unified Soil Classification Fine Grained Soil Groups LL < 50 LL > 50 Inorganic clayey silts to very fine sands Inorganic silts and clayey sins NIL of shaht plasticlty I of bi h lasticity Inorganic clays of low to Inorganic clays of high plasticity CL medmm plasticity CH Organic silts and organic silty clays of OrPsnic clays of medium to QL low plasticity I , OH i hiA plasticity, organic silts KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE KLEI N F E L D E R 1 San Juan Capistrano, California PLASTICITY CHART B-2 =C.1 E C`NO. 58-3129-01 10000 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0100 90 I 90 80 80 70 70 60 60 Lu M J Q � 5 -T 5V i C 40 40 30 '0 20 20 10 10 01 L 0 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 EXUCATICN PRESSURE (psi) Sample B-5 Depth (ft) I 1-5 Description Silty Clay Classification CL R - VALUE 10 KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK :GURE K L E I N F E L D E R San Juan Capistrano, California R - VALUE TEST B-3 '?OJECT NO. 58-3129-01 J ' CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO COUNTY OF ORANGE ' STATE OF CALIFORNIA ' SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Sports Park-Phase One City of San Juan Capistrano t CITY COUNCIL COLLENE CAMPBELL,MAYOR GARY L. HAUSDORFER GIL JONES CAROLYN NASH JEFF VASQUEZ CITY MANAGER GEORGESCARBOROUGH ' City of San Juan C istrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto ' San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 December 1994 ' DECEMBER 1994 TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Sports Park- Phase One TID.H PAGE COVER SHEET TABLEOF CONTENTS.............................................................................i PROJECT DIRECTORY..........................................................................i i i NOTICEINVITING BIDS......................................................................... 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ..................................................................3 PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS BidProposal ...............................................................................7 Schedule of Work Items...................................................................10 Designation of Subcontractors............................................................24 Construction Project Reference...........................................................25 ' Bid Bond....................................................................................26 Non-Collusion Affidavit ..................................................................28 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Contract......................................................................................29 PerformanceBond .........................................................................32 Labor&Materials Bond...................................................................34 ' SPECIAL PROVISIONS Workto be Done ...........................................................................36 Standard Specifications....................................................................36 ' Definitions...................................................................................36 Workto be Done ...........................................................................37 Survey Services ............................................................................37 Trade Names or Equals ...................................................................37 Prosecution of Work.......................................................................38 Termination of Contract ...................................................................38 ' Working Day ...............................................................................39 Laws.........................................................................................39 Permits.......................................................................................39 Cleanup and Dust Control.................................................................39 ' Temporary Light, Power, and Water ....................................................39 DrainageControl ...........................................................................39 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements.................................40 ' TECHNICAL PROVISIONS TITLE PAGE ' Division 1 General Reguirements Section 01039 Coordination & Meetings..................................................................1 Section 01045 Cutting & Patching........0..............0.........0.................................0........5 ' Section 01340 Submittals..........................................................................................8 Section 01400 Quality Control................................................................................12 Section 01500 Temporary Facilities & Control.......................................................14 ' i (Table of Contents Cont.) Tl= PAGE Section 01620 Storage & Protection.......................................................................18 — Section 01630 Substitutions....................................................................................20 Section 01700 Contract Closeout............................................................................23 Section 01710 Cleaning..........................................................................................26 Division 2 Site Work Section 02110 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition.................................................28 Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading...................................................................31 Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand........................................................................36 Section 02280 Soil Treatment.................................................................................38 Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing........................................................................40 Section 02500 Site Drainage...................................................................................42 Section 02552 Domestic Water................................................................................45 Section 02552 Sewer Construction..........................................................................51 Section 02610 A.C. Paving.....................................................................................54 Section 02612 Infield Preparation...........................................................................58 Section 02710 Chain Link Fencing and Gates.........................................................61 Section 02750 Irrigation.........................................................................................63 Section 02760 Site Furnishings...............................................................................80 Section 02800 Landscaping....................................................................................83 _ Division 3 Concrete Section 03100 Concrete Formwork.........................................................................95 _ Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcements...............................................................100 Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...................................................................104 Division 4 Masonry Section 04100 Mortar and Grout..........................................................................108 Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry...............................................................112 Division 5 Metals Section 05120 Structural Steel..............................................................................120 Section 05150 Decorative Steel.............................................................................124 Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking......................................................................126 Section 05400 Metal Ceiling.................................................................................128 Section 05520 Handrails and Railings...................................................................130 Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication....................................................133 Division 6 Carpentry Section 06000 Carpentry......................................................................................137 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry...........................................................................140 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork......................................................144 Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing...............................................................................147 Section 07150 Liquid Water Repellent..................................................................149 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation............................................................151 Section 07600 Flashing, Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts...............................153 Section 07900 Caulking and Sealants....................................................................159 ii Table of Contents (cont.) TITLE PAGE ' Division 8 Doors & Windows Section 08110 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames....................................................167 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows......................................................................170 ' Section 08710 Finish Hardware.............................................................................174 Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Doors.....................................................................180 Section08800 Glazing..........................................................................................183 Division 9 Finishes Section 09200 Block Wall Stucco..........................................................................186 Section09310 Tile................................................................................................191 t Section 09900 Painting.........................................................................................196 Division 10 Specialties Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors....................................................................201 Section 10601 Screens and Expanded Metal Grilles..............................................204 Section 10800 Toilet Accessories..........................................................................206 Division 16 Electrical ' Section 16000 Electrical.......................................................................................208 iii CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO PROJECT DIRECTORY FOR SPORTS PARK - PHASE ONE Developer. Prime Consultant: AGENCY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE City of San Juan Capistrano HEIMBERGER HIRSCH&ASSOCIATES 32400 Paseo Adelanto 515 W. Commonwealth Street, Suite 205 San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 Fullerton CA 92632 — Contact: Sharon Heider Contact: Patrick L. Hirsch Subconsultants: Subconsultants: — CIVIL ENGINEERING GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES DGA CONSULTANTS INC Kleinfelder _ 2130 East Fourth Street, Suite 100 1370 Vista Drive, Suite 150 Santa Ana, CA 92705 Diamond Bar, CA 91765 Contact: Gregory Kahlen Contact: John Lohman ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ARCHITECT REEDCORP ENGINEERING CRANE ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1920 East Warner Avenue, Suite P 1335 West Valencia Drive, Suite E Santa Ana, CA 92705 Fullerton, CA 92633 Contact: Ron Reed Contact: Rick Crane iv SPORTS PARK-PHASE ONE NOTICE INVITING BIDS ' Public notice is hereby given that the City of San Juan Capistrano,Orange County, California will,yp to 2:00 p.m.. on the 24th day of January. 1995,receive sealed bids for the Construction of the Sports Park- Phase One. in accordance with the approved Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the ' Standard Specification for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all supplements therefore,on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of San Juan Capistrano, California, at which ' time said bids will be publicly opened and read. Bids will be received until the time hereinbefore stated at the City Clerk's Office at San Juan Capistrano City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. No bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal provided within these specifications. Each proposal or bid must be accompanied by a certified check, cash, cashier's check, or bidders bond ' payable to the City of San Juan Capistrano in the sum of not less than ten percent of the total bid amount. ' The bid check,cashier's check or bidder's bond of the successful bidder will be forfeited to said City in the event such successful bidder fails to enter into the required contract within 15 days after the written notice that said contract has been awarded to him for the work. A ore-bid conference is scheduled at 1:00 p.m. on the 5th day of January. 1991 in Council Chambers at San Juan Capistrano City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, CA. The contractor shall have the opportunity for clarification or interpretation of any point or points of question within the plans and contract documents or specifications. It is the contractor's responsibility to be in attendance ' at this conference to receive any information disclosed during the proceedings,for the City shall not the City shall not be responsible for any instructions, explanations, or interpretation of the plans, specifications, and contract documents presented to the bidders in any manner. ' The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the contract, will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond equal in the amount of one-hundred percent (100%) of the contract price. The surety bond company must be selected from among the surety companies set forth in the Standard Specifications. ' The City Council reserves the right to reject any and all bids received and to compare the relative merits of the respective bids and to choose that which in the opinion of said City will best serve the interests or ' needs of said City. A time limit of two hundred and ten (210) working days (including the 30 day plant establishment and ' 60 day post-installation period), has been set for the completion of the work,from the date of execution of the contract. I BIDDERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT, pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, - copies of the prevailing rate of mer diem waves, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the office of the City Clerk and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Copies of plans and specifications are on file in the office of the City Clerk of San Juan Capistrano, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. Copies of the plans and specifications for use in preparing bids may be obtained at the Office of the City Clerk, San Juan Capistrano, at the address shown above. One set of plans and specifications is available for each general contractor proposing to — submit a bid for said work. A charge in the amount of$90.00,refundable if in good condition and no writing or marking is required for obtaining each set of plans and specifications. There will be a non- refundable charge of $5.00 for postage and handling on all plans and specifications mailed. — Each bidder shall state the California Contractor's License number of such bidder so bidding,as no bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to the licensing of Contractors. This Notice is hereby given and published by order of the City Council of the City of San Juan Capistrano,and is dated this 15th day of December, 1994. CWY CLERK T '� CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' Securing Documents Plans,Specifications and other contract documents will be available for examination without charge and ' copies may be secured in accordance with the 'Notice Inviting Bids." Examination of Plans. Specifications and Site of Work ' The bidder is required to examine the site of work, the Proposal, the Plans and the Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1994 Edition, including all supplements, and addenda very carefully. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, ' quality and quantities of the work to be performed,the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Contract Documents. The plans for the work show conditions as they are believed to exist,but it is not to be inferred that all the conditions as shown thereon are actually existent,nor shall the City or any of its officers or agents be liable for any loss sustained by the Contractor as a result of any variance between conditions shown on the plans and actual conditions revealed during examination or progress of the work. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such Ian examination. Int r�rretation of Drawings and Documents ' If any bidder should find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the drawings, specifications or other proposed contract documents, or if he should be in doubt as to the true meaning of any part thereof, he ' shall at once make a written request to the Project Manager for correction,clarification or interpretation of the point or points in question. The person submitting such a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. ' In the event that the Project Manager receives such a request and it should be found that certain essential information is not clearly and fully set forth, or if the Project Manager discovers errors, omissions,or points requiring clarification in the drawings or documents, a written addendum will be mailed to each person to whom a set of contract documents has been delivered. Questions directed to the City or its representatives regarding interpretation of the construction documents will not be considered after 1 January 20, 1995, due to the inability to properly notify all bidders via addenda. The City will not be responsible for any instructions, explanations or interpretations of the documents presented to bidders ' in any manner other than written addendum. Addenda or Bulletins ' The effect of all addenda to the contract documents shall be considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the contract documents and shall be returned with them. Before submitting his bid, each bidder shall inform himself as to whether or not any such addenda have been issued,and failure to ' cover in his bid any such addenda issued may render his bid invalid and result in its rejection. 3 Disqualification of Bidders No person, firm or corporation shall be allowed to make,file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are called for. A person,firm or corporation who has submitted a sub-proposal to a bidder,or who has quoted prices on materials to a bidder, is not hereby disqualified from submitting a bid in his own behalf. E=sals Bids to receive consideration shall be in accordance with the following instructions: A. Bids shall be made only upon the forms provided within these specifications; all bid items shall be properly filled out;bid prices shall be stated both in words and in figures; and the signatures of all persons signing shall be in longhand. Where there is a conflict in the words and the figures, the — words shall govern. B. All prices and notations must be in ink or typewritten. No erasures will be permitted. Mistakes may be crossed out and corrections typed or written in ink adjacent thereto and must be initialed in ink by the person or persons signing the bid. C. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. Alternate proposals will not be considered except as required hereinabove. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered D. The City may require any bidder to furnish a statement of his experience, financial responsibility, - technical ability,equipment and references properly and fully filled out. E. Each.bidder shall list his proposed sub-contractors on the form accompanying the proposal in accordance with the provisions of the specifications. F. Each bidder must accompany his bid with either a cashier's check upon some responsible bank, or a properly certified check upon such bank, or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the City for such a sum of not less than ten percent (10%) of the aggregate sum of the bid, which check or bond and the monies represented thereby shall be held by the City as a guarantee that the bidder,if awarded the contract,will in good faith enter into such contract and furnish the required bonds. The bidder agrees that, in case of his refusal or failure to execute said contract and give bonds within the time required by these documents, such check or bond, and the money represented thereby, shall remain the property of the City and,if the bidder shall fail to execute said contract, said surety will pay to the City the damages which the City may suffer by reason of such failure, _ not exceeding the sum of ten percent (10%) of the amount of the bid. A bid received and not accompanied by such cashier's check,certified check or approved bond shall be rejected 4 ' G. Bids shall be delivered to the City at the location stipulated on or before the day and hour set for the opening of bids, as hereinbefore specified in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Bids shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope bearing the title of the work, the name of the bidder, bid opening ' date and time of bid opening. Licensing of Contractor ' All persons,funis,partnerships or corporations shall be licensed in accordance with the Business and Professions Code of the State of California and the applicable ordinances of the City and County before ' doing any work of any kind. State Class A Contractors License is requited. Withdrawal of Bids ' Any bidder may withdraw his bid in person or by written request at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. ' Ooeningy of Bid Proposals The City will, in open session, publicly open, examine and declare the bids at the time set forth in the ' "Notice Inviting Bids." Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present. Total Base Bid Price ' The Total Base Bid Price shall be the sum total of all items contained within the Schedule of Work Items. This price shall be the basis for the 10% bid surety. ' Bid Prices for Alternate Bid Items The Bid prices for alternate bid items shall be the items listed within the Schedule of Work Items. The City reserves the right to select any and/or all alternate bid prices at execution of the contract or any time ' during project construction. Award of Contract or Rejection of Bids ' No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of forty-five (45)days after the date set for the opening of bids. The contract for the work will either be awarded or the bids rejected within the forty-five (45) ' days from the date set for the opening of bids. ' The contract for the work will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder complying with these instructions and with the "Notice Inviting Bids." The City, however,reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive mere informalities, minor technical errors or irregularities,obvious clerical errors or erasures. The bidder to whom the award is made shall execute two copies of the written contract with the City ' and furnish the stipulated bonds, insurance and bid breakdown within fifteen (15) days after the notice of award of contract. The contract shall be made in the form adopted by the City. The release of the ' successful bidder's surety deposit, as previously stipulated, shall be made upon the City's acceptance of the Labor and Materials Bond and the Faithful Performance Bond. ' 5 If the bidder to whom the award is made fails to enter the contract as herein provided,the award may be annulled and an award may be made to the next lowest responsible bidder, and such bidder shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein, as if he were the party to whom the first award was made. A corporation to which an award is made shall furnish evidence of its corporate existence and evidence that the officer signing the contract and bonds for the corporation is duly authorized to do so. Bonds The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement,will be required to furnish a Labor and Material Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract and a Faithful Performance Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the contract. Said bonds shall be secured from a surety - company selected from the surety companies set forth in the Standard Specifications. Bonds must be submitted on the forms contained in these specifications. Time of Performance The work shall be commenced within fifteen (15)calendar days from the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall be diligently prosecuted until completion. A time limit of two hundred and ten (210)working days days (including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period), from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed has been set for completion of the work. The bidder's _ attention is directed to the specifications as to provisions for extension of time of completion and/or assessment of liquidated damages. Assignment of Contract No assignment by the Contractor of any contract to be entered into hereunder or any part thereof,or of funds to be received thereunder by the Contractor, will be recognized by the awarding authority unless such assignment has had prior approval of the awarding authority and the surety has been given notice of such assignment in writing and has consented thereto in writing. Workmen and Wages Attention is specifically directed to all provisions of the Labor Code of the State of California with _ regard to workmen and wages. Wages shall not be less than prevailing wage rates determined by the City pursuant to said Code and as listed in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Building Permits It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all necessary permits, bonds and insurance, as required, for the completion of the project. No extra compensation shall be made therefore. City permites shall be issued at no cost to the Contractor. 6 1 BID PROPOSAL For the: Construction of the Sports Park-Phase One, San Juan Capistrano From: Contractor To the Honorable City Council City of San Juan Capistrano Councilmembers: The undersigned,as bidder,declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work as described, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all supplements therefore,read the Instructions to Bidders, and is familiar with all proposal requirements, any and all Addenda, including any Addenda received via facsimile machine(FAX),(if any)issued during the bid period and I is thoroughly familiar with all contents thereof and acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: (Bidder to list all Addenda). ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; iADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; 1 ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; i 1 and hereby proposes and agrees,if the proposal is accepted, to furnish all material and do all the work required to complete the said construction in accordance with the Contract Documents, as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications, in the time stated herein, for the unit price or lump sum given on the following pages of this proposal,amounting to totals of: TOTAL BASE BID PRICE - ITEMS No.l THROUGH No.141 Words Figures Said amount to include and cover all taxes, the furnishing of all materials,the performing of all the labor requisite or proper and the providing of all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction; also, the performance and completion of all the work in the manner set forth, described and shown in the Specifications or the drawings for the work. If the contract is awarded, the undersigned agrees to enter into a contract with the City and to commence work within fifteen(15) calendar days from the date of execution thereof, and to diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of two hundred and ten (210) working days days(including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period). All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given Estimated Quantities of Work,as indicated — in this proposal, times the unit prices as submitted by the bidders. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and the extension thereof, the unit price shall prevail and bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of corrected totals. The estimated quantities of work indicated in the proposal are approximate only, being given solely as a basis for comparison of bids. It is understood that the City does not expressly, nor by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed expedient by the Project Manager. It is also understood by Bidder that the City of San Juan Capistrano has the right to reject this proposal or to award a contract to the undersigned at the prices stipulated. If the proposal is rejected, then any check or cashier's check shall be returned to the undersigned within thirty (30) days. No bid bonds will be returned, if the proposal is accepted and the undersigned fails to enter into a contract within fifteen (15)days after the agreement is delivered to him for signature,or within such further time as may be granted by the City Council, then said check shall be cashed or said bond declared forfeited and an amount equal to the difference between the lowest bid and the next lowest bidder who will execute a contract shall be paid into the treasury of the City of San Juan Capistrano as liquidated — damages for the failure of the undersigned to comply with the terms of this proposal. 8 Accompanying this proposal is (Insert "$ cash," cashier's check, certified check or bidder's bond on the forms from pages 1 thru 22 of these Contract Documents, as the case may be), in an amount equal to at least ten percent ' (10%) of the total bid. The following is the name and place of business of the surety company which will furnish the ' required bonds as surety if the work is awarded to the undersigned: Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors-License No. Signature of Bidder: (If an individual, so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm: President,Secretary,Treasurer,and Manager thereof.) ' Dated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number Further, the undersigned bidder certifies that he has thoroughly checked the figures set forth in this proposal, that they are correct to the best of his knowledge and that they constitute his proposal for the work called out herein. ' Dated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number 1 9 SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS Sports Park-Phase One All lump sum and unit prices provided for all items of work indicated shall inlcude all cost for profit, overhead, clerical, transportation material, labor, taxes and appurtenant and incidental cost required for construction and installation and as indciated on the project plans and specifications. nrox. Work Items w/Unit Unit Price Quantity Edm (In Figures) soya( (Written in Words) (In Figures) General Conditions 1 LS $ $ Dollars per Clearing and Grubbing _ 1 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing at School 500 LF $ $ Dollars per 2 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving and Drive Approach At School LS $ $ Dollars per 3 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving, Curb,Gutter and Catch Basin and Cap Drain Line at Camino del Avion LS $ $ Dollars per - 4 Remove and Install Speed Limit Sign. LS $ $ Dollars per 5 Sawcut and Remove AC Paving at Alipaz St. LS $ $ Dollars per — 10 6 Remove Existing Head Walt, CMP Pipe and AC Paving at Alipaz St. LS $ $ ' Dollars per ' 7 Remove existing Type V Inlet Structure and Salvage. LS $ $ Dollars per 8 Remove Connection Between Type V Inlet Structure and Existing 72" RCP Pipe LS $ $ Dollars per ' 9 Removal of Portions of Existng 10" and 6" water Lines at Alipaz LS $ $ Dollars per 10 Removal of 15" CMP Drain Line of ' Irrigation Lines at Alipaz LS $ $ Dollars per 11 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing Along Carmno del Avion 870 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 12 Removal of Existing Stand Pipes 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 13 Removal of Existing AC Paving for Installation of 4" VCP Sewer at Camino del Avion 200 SF $ $ ' Dollars per ' Earthwork and Grading ' 14 Excavation and Compacted Backfill 28,700 CY $ $ Dollars per ' 11 DrainagQ 15 4" VCP Sewer with Clean-Outs and Connect in Street 1,070 LF $ $ Dollars per 16 18"RCP Storm Drain Line 968 LF $ $ Dollars per 17 21"RCP Storm Drain Line 700 LF $ $ Dollars per — 18 27" RCP Storm Drain Line 95 LF $ $ Dollars per _ 19 24"RCP Storm Drain Line 750 LF $ $ Dollars per - 20 15" CMP Storm Drain Line 15 LF $ $ Dollars per 21 72" RCP Storm Drain Line 40 LF $ $ Dollars per 22 Connection Between 72" RCP Storm - Drain Line&42" CMP LS $ $ Dollars per 23 12" x 12" Cast Iron Catch Basin 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per - 24 6" Dia. Cast Iron Catch Basin 9 EA. $ $ Dollars per 25 Catch Basin per Detail 1302/1308 1 EA. $ $ -- Dollars per 26 Catch Basin per Detail 1301/1308 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 12 ' 27 Catch Basin per Detail D Sheet PG 3 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 28 Catch Basin per Detail C Sheet PG 3 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 29 Junction Structures per Detail 1311 4 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 30 Junction Structure at Existing Storm ' Drain Stub at Camino del Avion 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per Construction 31 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 205 LF $ $ Dollars per 32 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 260 LF $ $ Dollars per 33 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 1, 200 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 34 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 50 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 35 20 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 130 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 36 6 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 13 1 37 10 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 38 16 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 39 20 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate - 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 40 4 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate (T High) 8 EA. $ $ Dollars per 41 Decorative Steel Fencing (42" High) 658 LF $ $ Dollars per 42 Decorative Steel Fencing(72"High) 456 LF $ $ Dollars per 43 20 Ft. High Backstop 133 LF $ $ Dollars per 44 30 Ft. High Backstop 164 LF $ $ — Dollars per 45 Handrails at Steps 76 LF $ $ Dollars per 46 Handrails at Ramp 303 LF $ $ Dollars per - 47 A.C. Curb 110 LF $ $ Dollars per 48 4" A.C. Paving - Streets 2,100 TONS $ $ Dollars per 14 ' 49 10-1/2"Thick Aggregate Base- Street 4,250 TONS $ $ ' Dollars per 50 3" A.C. Paving - Parking 1,300 TONS $ $ Dollars per 51 6"Thick Aggregate Base-Parking ' 2,000 TONS $ $ Dollars per ' 52 Concrete Poured in Place Retaining Wall with Footing per Detail G Sheet CD-1 1,710 SF $ $ Dollars per ' 53 4"Thick Concrete Flatwork 35,900 SF $ $ Dollars per 54 Concrete Bleachers 520 LF $ $ tDollars per 55 Concrete Mow Curb(6" x 6") 2750 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 56 Concrete Curb 4,753 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 57 Concrete Curb and Gutter 4,024 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 58 Concrete Service Access Ramp 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 59 Concrete Steps 160 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 60 Concrete Handicap Ramp per Detail P& Q/SC-2 17 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 15 61 35" Concrete Swale 980 LF $ $ Dollars per 62 18" Concrete Swale 2,200 LF $ $ Dollars per — 63 4"Thick Concrete Flatwork with Pea Gravel Finish 2,200 SF $ $ Dollars per 64 4"Thick Integral Colored Concrete — Flatwork Broom Finish 1,300 SF $ $ Dollars per _ 65 Concrete Tree Well and Grate 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 66 12" Wide Tile Banding 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 67 Masonry Storage Bin 1 LS $ $ Dollars per 68 Concrete Block Splash Wall 3 EA. $ $ — Dollars per 69 Stone Pilaster 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 70 Trash Enclosure 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 71 No Parking Sign 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 72 Stop Sign 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 73 Pedestrian Crossing Sign 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 16 t74 Handicap Parking Stall Sign 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 75 Parking Stall Striping 203 EA. $ $ Dollars per t76 Handicap Stall Striping 7 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 77 Stop Sign and Bar Striping 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 78 Street Striping Double Yellow Line ' 2,617 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 79 Street Striping 4"White Line 65 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 80 Soccer Goal Nets 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 81 Home Plate 6 EA. $ $ tDollars per 82 Pitcher Rubber 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 83 Bases 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 84 Dugout Benches 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 85 Bat Rack 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 86 Four Pole 4 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 17 1 87 Scorekeeper Table 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 88 Aluminum Stadium Benches 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 89 3"Thick Brick Dust 30,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 90 Trash Receptacle 5 EA. $ $ Dollars per 91 Dumor Bench 4 EA. Dollars per 92 Redwood Header 4,600 LF $ $ - Dollars per 93 Shade Structure 1 LS $ $ Dollars per 94 Concession/Restroorn Building 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 95 Pea Gravel 200 TONS $ $ Dollars per 96 Site Electrical (Including Conduit Systems for Sports Lighting) 1 LS $ $ Dollars per 97 Installatin of 10" and 6"Water Lines and Gate Valves at Alipaz 1 LS $ $ Dollars per Irrigation 18 98 Spray Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 1,534 EA. $ $ 99 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and Dollars per ' Lateral Line 384 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 100 Bubbler Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 22 EA. $ $ tDollars per 101 Remote Control Valve with Box Wiring and Riser 85 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per ' 102 Globe Valve with Box (Iron Body) 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 103 Globe Valve with Box (Brass Body) 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per 104 Quick Coupler with Box, Riser and Swing Joint 21 EA. $ $ Dollars per 105 Backflow Preventer 1-1/2" Size 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 106 Backflow Preventer 4" Size I EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 107 Water Meter 3" 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per ' 108 Water Meter 1-1/2" 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 19 1 109 Sleeving 1,900 LF $ $ Dollars per 110 Mainline with Fittings with Extra Valve Wiring 6,650 LF $ $ Dollars per 111 Hose Bib with Lateral Line 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 112 Master Control Valve 2 EA. Dollars per 113 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 114 Controllers 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 115 Flow Sensor with Box and Cable 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 116 Testing and Flushing 1 LS $ $ Dollars per 117 Thrust Blocks 29 EA. $ $ — Dollars per 118 6" Supply Line from Well Connection 1,110 LF $ $ Dollars per 119 Fertilizer Injection System 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per Plantina 120 24" Box Trees 300 EA. $ $ Dollars per 20 121 15 Gal. Trees 131 EA. $ $ Dollars per 122 8' BTU Palms 18 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 123 15 Gal. Shrubs 395 EA. $ $ Dollars per 124 5 Gal. Shrubs 2,824/EA. $ $ Dollars per 125 1 Gal. Shrubs 583 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per ' 126 Ground Cover(Hand Planted) 82,000 SF $ $ Dollars per ' 127 Turf(Hydroseed) 569,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 128 Ground Cover (Hydroseed) 82,000 SF $ $ ' Dollars per 129 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 651,000 SF $ $ ' Dollars per 130 30 Day Plant Establishment LS $ $ Dollars per ' 131 60 Day Post-Installation LS $ $ Dollars per Farm Irrigation System 132 Mainline 6" for Farm 4,860 LF $ $ ' Dollars per ' 21 133 Vitalic Tee and Cap 36 EA. $ $ Dollars per 134 Thrust Blocks 11 EA. $ $ Dollars per 135 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 136 Globe Valves 8 EA. $ $ Dollars per 137 Connection to Pump Line 1 EA. Dollars per 138 Testing and Flushing LS $ $ Dollars per 139 Connection to Well Line at East Property Line 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 140 Irrigation Pump Station L.S. $ $ - Dollars per 141 Painting of Curbs (red w/no parking) 6,625 L.F. $ $ Dollars per 22 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE ITEMS The following items may be added solely at the option of the City. j� Al2=x, Work Items With Unit Price Total Amount Quaititvt Unit Price (In Figures) (In Figures) (Written in Words) ' 1 Ballfield Lighting per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ ' Dollars per 2 Scoreboards per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ ' Dollars per 3 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and ' Lateral Line 46 $ $ Dollars per ' 4 Remote Control Valves with Wiring and Riser 7 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 5 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 6 Turf(Hydroseed) 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per ' 7 30 Day Plant Establishment for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ Dollars per 8 60 Day PPost Maintenance Period for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ ' Dollars per 9 15 Gal. Trees 3 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 23 DESIGNATION OF SUB-CONTRACTORS Submit with Proposal. In compliance with the Provisions of Section 4100-4107 of the Government Code of the State of California as amended, the undersigned certifies that he has used the sub-bids of the following listed sub-contractors in making up his bid, and that the sub-contractors listed will be used for the work for which they bid, subject to the approval of the Project Manager, and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Specifications. It is understood and agreed that all those portions of the work called for in the contract documents for which a sub-contractor is not listed will be performed by the undersigned through his forces. If no sub-contractors are listed, all bonds and insurance will be written _ in the name of the general contractor only. Item of Work Sub-Contractor City/Phone No. Amount -- 1. $ 2. $ 3. $ 4. $ 5. $ 6. $ 7. $ 8. $ 9. $ 10. $ 11. $ 12. $ 13. $ 14. $ 15. $ 16. $ 17. $ -- 18. $ 19. $ BIDDER'S NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 24 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT REFERENCE In order to more fully evaluate your background and experience for the project herein proposed, it is requested that you submit a list of Sports Parks, Public Works and/or similar construction projects complected or in progress within the last two years. Your cooperation in this matter is greatly ' appreciated. Number of years as a contractor in construction work of the type: Three projects of this type recently completed: ' Tvve/Name of Project Contract Amount 1. 1. ' 2. 2. 3. 3. Name. Address and Phone No. of Owner Date Completed ' 2. 2. ' 3. 3. ' Bidder's Signature NOTE: If requested by the City, the bidder shall furnish a certified financial statement,references, and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition. ' Bidder's Signature 1 ' 25 v BID BOND NOW ALL HEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, _ as PRINCIPAL, and as SURETY, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, Obligee, hereinafter called City, in the sum of $ , for payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally fairly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated 19 , for the construction of for the City of San Juan Capistrano, Orange County, California. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within thirty (30) days after the opening of same, and shall, within fifteen (15) days after the agreement has been presented to him for execution, enter into a written contract with the City in — accordance with the bid as accepted, and if the Principal shall give the required bond with good and sufficient sureties, or sureties for the faithful performance and proper fulfillment of such contract and for the protection of laborers and materialmen or in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within the periods specified, or the failure to enter into said contract and give said bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall within sixty (60) days after request by the City, pay the City the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the City may procure the required work and/or supplies if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remind in full force and virtue. -- FURTHER, as a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. 26 IN WITNESS WHEREAS, the above-bounded parties have executed :tiffs instrument under their several seals this day of , 19 the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being affixed hereto and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of ' its governing body. Two Witnesses (If Individual) PRINCIPAL BY ATTEST (If Corporation) Corporate Seal ' SURETY BY ' Title ' ATTEST ' Title ' AP VED ?=O : City Attorney ' Page 2 - Bid Bond 27 1 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) SS. County of ) being first duly sworn deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing bid; that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association,organization or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; _ that said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded,conspired, connived,or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said bidder has not in any manner,directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said bidder or of any other bidder,or to fix the bid price of or cost element of such bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding — the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and further,that said bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof,or the contents thereof,or divulged information or data relative thereto,or paid and will not pay any fee in connection therewith, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, or to any other individual except to any person or _ persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said bidder in this general business. DATED: SIGNATURE On this the day of , 19_, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State,personally appeared ,personally known to me/proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged that executed it. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said State 28 ' CONTRACT This contract is made and entered into by and between the CITY OF SAN JUAN ' CAPISTRANO,hereinafter referred to as "CITY" and hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." ' TT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS: FIRST. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall be considered to include the Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, the Bid Bond, the Non- Collusion Affidavit, the Designation of Sub-Contractors, the Contract which is prepared for execution by the CITY and the CONTRACTOR, Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all Supplements, Contract ' Bonds, Resolutions adopted by the City Council pertaining to the work, insurance policies and certificates, and any supplemental written agreements amending or extending the scope of the work originally contemplated that may be required to complete the work in a substantial and acceptable ' manner. rSECOND. THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish all tools, labor, material, equipment, transportation, and supplies necessary to perform and complete in good and workmanlike ' manner the construction of The Sports Park- Phase One. San Juan Capistrano in strict conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other contract documents,which documents are on file at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. THIRD. PAYMENT. CITY agrees to pay, and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, the ' lump sum adjusted for variations of quantities, at the prices designated in bid proposal at the time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications. FOURTH. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR ' agrees to begin and complete the work within the time specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is agreed that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual amount of damages, and loss sustained by CITY, should CONTRACTOR fail to complete the work in the specified time; therefore, ' CONTRACTOR shall pay CITY, as liquidated damages, not in the nature of a penalty, two hundred fifty dollars ($250)per calendar day for each day delayed,provided that extensions of time with waiver of liquidated damages may be granted as provided in the Specifications. 29 FIFTH. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish bonds guaranteeing the performance of this contract and guaranteeing payment of all labor and material used under this contract, as required by the laws of the _- State of California,on forms approved by the CITY. The Performance Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned on full and complete performance of the contract, guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and materials for a period of one(1) year after completion and acceptance. The Labor and Material Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned upon full payment of all Labor and Material entering into or incidental to the work covered by this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish the bonds on the forms found within the Specifications. CONTRACTOR agrees to pay CITY such sum as the Court may judge as reasonable for the legal services of any attorney representing the CITY in any action brought to enforce or interpret the _ obligations of this agreement, and such sums shall be made a part of any judgment in such action against CONTRACTOR if such action is determined in favor of said CITY. The required Performance, Labor and Materials Bonds, and Bid Bond shall provide that the surety shall pay attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this agreement. SIXTH. GENERAL PREVAILING RATE OF PER DIEM WAGES. Pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California,cgl ies of the prevailing rate of ger diem wages, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the Office of the City Clerk, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California, and are hereby incorporated and made a part hereof. CONTRACTOR agrees that he, or any SUB-CONTRACTOR under him, shall pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract. SEVENTH. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall maintain at all times during this contract liability and property damage insurance naming the CITY and its elected and appointed officials as a named insured, which such policies shall be of an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit. Insurance certificates shall be for a minimum period of one year. The insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have an attached rider providing that in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the CITY shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with the applicable law or statute but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the policy certificate establishing that the required level of insurance has been satisfied. 30 ' CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims,demands, loss or liability of any kind or nature which CONTRACTOR, its officers, agents and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed ' upon them or any of them for injury to or death of persons,damage to property as a result of,or arising out of, or in any manner connected with the performance of the obligations under this construction ' agreement. EIGHTH. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW RELATIVE TO ' PUBLIC CONTRACTS. CITY is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State of California. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and shall be complied ' with by CONTRACTOR. These include,but are not limited to,the stipulation that eight(8) hours labor constitute a legal day's work and CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each workman employed in the execution of the Contract by CONTRACTOR,or by ' any SUB-CONTRACTOR, for each calendar day during which such workman is inquired or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in violation of the provisions of Article Three, Chapter One, Part ' Seven,Division 2,of the California Labor Code,except as permitted by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this contract is executed by the duly authorized agent(s)of CITY,pursuant to City Council action, and by CONTRACTOR on the date set before the name of each. CITY OF SANJUAN CAPISTRANO DATED: BY: ' MAYOR DATED: BY: CONTRACTOR ' ATTEST: ' Cheryl Johnson, City Clerk ' APPROVED AS TO FORM: 1 City Attorney 31 i. PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That as Principal, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and hereinafter called 5URETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, as Obligee, hereinafter called CITY, in the amount of Dollars for payment — whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, fairly by these presents. _ WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated entered into a (describe agreement) which contract is by reference made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform said agreement, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Surety waives whatever legal right it may have to require that a demand be made first against the priricipal in the event of default. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that: 1. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. 32 t2. Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no ' change, extension of time, alteration, or modification of the contract documents or of the work to be performed thereunder, shall in any way affect its obligations or this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or ' modification of the contract documents or of work to be performed thereunder. ' Executed this day of 19 . at . California. 1 APPROVED AS TO FORM: (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) ' City Attorney ' (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) 1 ' Page 2 - PERFORMANCE BOND ' 33 r LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND KNOW ALL !AEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That - WHEREAS, the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation of Orange County, California, has awarded to License No. hereinafter designated as "Principal", a contract for : and WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with the said contract providing that if said Principal, or any of his or its sub-contractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety or this bond will pay the same. NOW, THEREFORE, we Principal, and as Surety are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation, in the penal sum of DOLLARS ($ ), lawful money of the United States of America, for — payment of which sum well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or sub-contractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, or teams, or other supplies or equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor as required by the provisions of Title 1, Division 5, Chapter 3 of the Government Code of California as amended, that the Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond and also in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. This bond 34 ' shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled to file claims under said act, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. ' FURTHER, the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect it; obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or ' modification of the contract documents or of work to be performed thereunder. ' As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. IN WITNESS WHEREOF three (3) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly ' executed by the Principal and Surety herein named on the day of 19 The name and corporate seal of ' each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. 1 PRINCIPAL By ' SURETY By APPROVED AS TO FOR ' CITY ATTORNEY ' Page 2 - Labor & Materials Bond � S CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO Construction of Sports Park- Phase One SPECIAL PROVISIONS WORK TO BE DONE The work to be done under this contract consists of constructing a complete new sports park - phase one, together with all grading, infrastructure/utility and drainage work, hardscape, landscape, irrigation,etc. All work is to be completed in compliance with regulations set forth by the Americans With Disabilities Act(ADA) and consumer product requirements. SECTION I -STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction written and promulgated by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California Districts of the associated General Contractors of California shall be the Standard Specifications of the Owner. All work shall conform to the 1994 Edition, including supplements of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions which supplement or modify the Standard Specifications, and the standard Drawings as issued by the Owner available at the time bids are opened, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1994 Edition on the job-site at all times. The above-referenced Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and Standard Drawings are hereby made a part of the Contract Documents. For the convenience of the Contractor, the section and subsection numbering system used in these Special Provisions corresponds to that used in the Standard Specifications. Change 1: Definitions---Section 1-2 Whenever in the said Standard Specifications the following terms are used, it is hereby provided that the following City departments or person shall be intended: AGENCY or CITY shall mean City of San Juan Capistrano, whenever appropriate. BOARD, CITY COUNCIL or COUNCIL shall mean the City Council of the City of San Juan Capistrano. ENGINEER shall mean City Engineer or other person(s)designated by same. PROJECT MANAGER shall mean City Open Space Project Manager or other person(s) designated by same. 36 ' Change 2: Work to he done. Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting - Section 2-6 Prior to the commencement of construction, an-angements will be made for a meeting between the Contractor,Architect,Engineer,Project Manager, City inspectors and involved utility representatives. ' The purpose of this meeting is to coordinate the activities of the Contractor within the limits of this contract,review scheduling,discuss construction methods and clarify inspection procedures. tThe Contractor will be required to submit a complete detailed schedule showing the number of working days required to complete each phase of the project. The schedule shall include approximate dates of ' required submittals for approval, and be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered This schedule shall be approved by the Project Manager prior ' to the start of construction, and include periodic regularly scheduled meetings to be held on-site to review critical issues and progress. Minimally, the project inspector, project manager, and contractor shall attend these meetings. ' Change 3: Survey Services - Section 2-9.3 ' The Contractor will perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. Project survey shall be by a licensed engineer or surveyor and provide certification of construction to the required line and grade. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes ' and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at his expense. ' The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes. Unless otherwise specified, stakes will be set and stationed by the Contractor for curbs, headers, sewers, storm drains, structures, walls and rough grade and a corresponding cut of fill to finished ' grade(or flowline) indicated on a grade sheet(grading plan). Change 4: Trade Names or Equals - Section 4-1.6 The City of San Juan Capistrano will accept an approved equal product,as follows: ' Whenever in the specifications any material or process is indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name or by name of manufacturer, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating description of the material or process desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the ' words "or approved equivalent." However, if the material, process, or article offered by the Contractor is not, in the opinion of the ' Director of Building and Engineering, or other designated representative, equal to that specified, then the Contractor must furnish the material,process or article specified,or one which in the opinion of the Director of Engineering and Building or other designated representative is the equal thereof in all essential characteristics. ' 37 If the Director of Building and Engineering or other designated representative shall decide to accept for use of the project a material which is not the equal of that specified, authority for the substitution shall be made in the manner described for"Extra Work and Changes",with appropriate monetary allowance for the difference in value. For each exception and/or suggested change,the bidder must include: 1. The suggested change in the Specifications of rewording of the contractual obligations. 2. Reasons for submitting the proposed exception or change. 3. Any impact the change or exception may have on project costs, scheduling or other considerations. All requests to be considered as a pre-approved equal,including all pertinent supporting documentation, must be received by the City of San Juan Capistrano Project Manager no later than 35 days after award of contract. Change 5: Prosecution of Work - Section 6-2 Add, "Grading activities shall comply with AQMD Rules 402 and 403 and the City's Grading Code to minimize fugitive dust emissions. Grading and soil disturbance shall be terminated when winds exceed 25 mph. Vehicles hauling dirt on public roads shall be required to cover their load with tarping. Change 6: Termination of Contract - Section 6-5 Add, "If at any time, in the opinion of the Director of Engineering and Building, Contractor fails to supply suitable equipment, an adequate working force,or material of proper quality, or shall fail in any respect to prosecute any work with the diligence and force specified and intended in and by the terms of the contract, notice thereof in writing shall be served upon him, and should he neglect or refuse to provide means for satisfactory compliance with the contract, as directed by the Director of Engineering and Building, within the time specified in such notice, the City, in any such case, shall have the power to terminate all or any portion of the contract. "Upon receiving notice of such termination, Contractor shall discontinue said work or such parts of it as the City may designate. Upon such termination, the Contractor's control shall terminate and thereupon the City Council,or its duly authorized representative, may take possession of all or any part of the Contractor's materials, tools,equipment, appliances, and plant, and buy such additional materials and supplies at the Contractor's expense as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the work and for completion thereof; or may employ other parties to carry the contract to completion, employ the - necessary workmen, substitute other machinery or materials and purchase the materials contracted for, in such manner as the City may deem proper; or the City Council may annul and cancel the contract and re-let the work or any part thereof. Any excess of cost arising therefrom over and above the contract price will be charged against the Contractor and his sureties, who will be liable therefor. 38 1 "In the event of such termination, all money due the Contractor retained under the terms of this contract shall be forfeited to the City; but such forfeiture will not release the Contractor or the sureties from liability or failure to fulfill the contract. Contractor and sureties will be credited with the amount of monies so forfeited toward any excess of cost over and above the contract price, arising from the suspension of the operation of the contract and the completion of the work by the City as provided ' above, and the Contractor will be credited with any surplus remaining after all just claims for such completion have been paid." Change 7: Working Day Section 6.7.2 Add: '"The contractors activities shall be confined to the hours or 7:00 a.m.to 7:00 p.m. ' Change 8: Laws - Section 7-2.2 Add: "All contractors and subcontractors shall comply with all sections of the Municipal Code of the City of San Juan Capistrano, especially Section: 6-3.06(b), (c), (d), and (e) and shall secure the ' services of the City's exclusive solid waste hauler for their solid waste handling needs." ' Change 9: Permits -Section 7-5 The Contractor is responsible for contacting the City Building Division at (714) 493-1171 for all "no Fee" building permits and inspections. ' Change 10: Cleanup and Dust Control - Section 7-8.1 Revise the second paragraph as follows: "When directed by the City, the Contractor shall furnish and t operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles for the purpose of keeping paved areas and adjacent streets acceptably clean wherever construction, including hauling and restoration, is incomplete. Change 11: Temnorary Light, Power. and Water - Section 7-8.6 Add, "Water will be available from the Capistrano Valley Water District. Arrangements for temporary construction water services permit and water service may be made by contacting the Capistrano Valley Water District at (714) 493-1515 one week prior to need for service. All water facility construction shall conform to the "Standard Specifications," Capistrano Valley Water District, and "The Uniform ' Plumbing Code," 1982 Edition." Change 12: Drainage Control and Flow and Acceptance of Water - Section 7-8.7 ' Add, "Surface or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction. The Contractor,by submitting a bid,acknowledges that he has investigated the risks arising from surface or other waters and has prepared his bid accordingly. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor ' to protect his work from danger due to any waters encountered. Should any damage to the work due to surface or other water occur prior to acceptance of the work by the City,the Contractor shall repair such damage at his expense." 39 Change 13: Protection and Restoration of existing improvements.-Existing Utilities (underground Service Alert) - Section 7-9 Add, "The Engineer has endeavored to show all existing utilities. The Contractor must, however, take all due precautionary measures to protect all of the existing utilities. The Contractor shall have all utilities located by contacting the responsible agency at least 48 hours prior to commencing any construction work. The Contractor's attention is directed to the utility notification service provided by UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT(USA). USA member utilities will provide the Contractor with the locations of their substructures in the construction area when the Contractor gives at least 48 hours notice to the USA by calling 1-800-422-4133. Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the contract bid prices paid for the various items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor." Also add, "The Contractor must remain within the construction zone to the best of his ability. The Contractor must protect all existing private property. Contractor shall protect property and facilities adjacent to the construction zone, and all property and facilities within the construction zone which are shown on the plans to be protected. After completion of project, the construction zone shall be clean and in a presentable condition. All public- or privately-owned improvements and facilities shall be restored to their original condition and location. In the event improvements of facilities are damaged, they shall be replaced with new materials equal to the original. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the Contractor to the exclusive use of any public street,way or parking area during performance of the contract work, and Contractor shall conduct his operations so as not to interfere with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, ways or parking areas. The Contractor shall be responsible for investigating conditions of available public and private roads and of clearances,restrictions and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the work." Change 14: Facilities for Agency Personnel - Section 8 Delete this Section — 40 ' SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO SPORTS PARK TABLE OF CONTENTS ACT[ page No. Division 1 General Requirements Section 01039 Coordination & Meetings..............................................................................1 Section 01045 Cutting & Patching........................................................................................5 Section01340 Submittals......................................................................................................8 Section 01400 Quality Control............................................................................................12 Section 01500 Temporary Facilities & Control...................................................................14 Section 01620 Storage & Protection...................................................................................18 Section01630 Substitutions................................................................................................20 Section 01700 Contract Closeout........................................................................................23 ' Section 01710 Cleaning......................................................................................................26 Division 2 Site Work Section 02110 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition.............................................................28 ' Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading...............................................................................31 Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand....................................................................................36 Section 02280 Soil Treatment.............................................................................................38 Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing....................................................................................40 Section02500 Site Drainage...............................................................................................42 Section 02552 Domestic Water............................................................................................45 Section 02552 Sewer Construction......................................................................................51 t Section 02610 A.C. Paving.................................................................................................54 Section 02612 Infield Preparation.......................................................................................58 Section 02710 Chain Link Fencing and Gates.....................................................................61 Section02750 Irrigation.....................................................................................................63 Section 02760 Site Furnishings...........................................................................................80 Section 02800 Landscaping................................................................................................83 Division 3 Concrete Section 03100 Concrete Formwork.....................................................................................95 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcements...........................................................................100 Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...............................................................................104 ' Division 4 Masonry Section 04100 Mortar and Grout......................................................................................108 Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry...........................................................................112 Division 5 Metals Section 05120 Structural Steel..........................................................................................120 Section 05150 Decorative Steel.........................................................................................124 ' Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking..................................................................................126 Section 05400 Metal Ceiling.............................................................................................128 Section 05520 Handrails and Railings...............................................................................130 Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication................................................................133 ' Division 6 Carpentry Section 06000 Carpentry..................................................................................................137 ' Section 06100 Rough Carpentry.......................................................................................140 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork..................................................................144 Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection t Section 07100 Waterproofing...........................................................................................147 Section 07150 Liquid Water Repellent..............................................................................149 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation........................................................................151 Section 07600 Flashing, Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts...........................................153 ' Section 07900 Caulking and Sealants................................................................................159 ' i Table of Contents (cont.) Division 8 Doors & Windows Section 08110 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames................................................................167 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows..................................................................................170 Section 08710 Finish Hardware.........................................................................................174 Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Doors.................................................................................180 Section08800 Glazing......................................................................................................183 Division 9 Finishes Section 09200 Block Wall Stucco......................................................................................186 Section09310 Tile............................................................................................................191 Section09900 Painting.....................................................................................................196 Division 10 Specialties Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors................................................................................201 Section 10601 Screens and Expanded Metal Grilles..........................................................204 Section 10800 Toilet Accessories......................................................................................206 Division 16 Electrical Section16000 Electrical...................................................................................................208 ii ' SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "Green Book," Latest Edition,apply except as modified herein. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination B. Field Engineering C. Pre-construction Conference D. Progress Meetings E. Pre-installation Conference 1.2 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of various sections of project specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing,connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. ' C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on project drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, ' and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance, and for repairs. ' D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated,conceal pipes,ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. ' E. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion Inspection. F. After City occupancy of premises,coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City activities. ' G. Coordinate all utility company work in accordance with the General Provisions. tDivision 1 -General Requirements Page I 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of California and acceptable to the City Representative. B. Control datum for survey is that established by city provided survey. Contractor to locate and protect survey control and reference prints. C. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. 1.4 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. City will schedule a conference within 15 days after notice to proceed. B. Mandatory Attendance: City Representative,Contractor, Project Manager and Contractor's Job Superintendent. C. Optional Attendance: City Representative's consultants,subcontractors and utility company representatives. D. City Representative will preside at conference,record minutes and distribute copies. E. Agenda- 1. genda-1. Execution of City-Contractor Agreement. 2. Issue notice to proceed. 3. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 4. Distribution of Contract Documents. 5. Submission of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 6. Designation of responsible personnel representing the parties. 7. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments,proposal request, change orders and contract close-out procedures. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. City Representative will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at regular intervals. B. City Representative will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda, preside at meetings record minutes (Field Reports), and distribute copies. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and/or suppliers, City Representative,as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 2 D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. (Field Reports) 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. ' 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period ' 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. ' 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to work. ' 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. When required in individual specification sections,conduct pre-installation conference prior ' to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting,or affected by,work of the specific section. C. Notify City Representative 4 days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare Agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within two ' days after conference to participants. E. Review conditions of installation,preparation and installation procedures, and coordination ' with related work. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 3 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, — equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 4 SECTION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for all specific safety requirements promulgated by any government authority, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and CAL OSHA. The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "Green Book," Latest Edition,apply except as modified herein. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: 1. Structural integrity of any element of the project. ' 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of any operational element. ' 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of City or separate Contractor. ' B. Include in request: 1. Identification of project. 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used. ' S. Alternatives to cutting and patching. ' 6. Effect on work of City, Separate Contractor. 7. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. ' 8. Date and time work will be executed. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 5 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering existing work,inspect conditions affecting performance of work. C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the work- B. ork.B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage. C. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work. - 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting,fitting,and patching to complete work. B. Fit products together,to integrate with other work. C. Uncover work to install ill timed work. D. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. _ E. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. F. Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. 3.4 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching. C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves,ducts,conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. F. At penetrations of fire rated walls,partitions,ceiling,or floor construction,completely seal voids with fire rated material, to full thickness of the penetrated element. G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly,refinish entire unit. _. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 6 1 ' 3.5 CLEANING A. Prior to completion of work and leaving the site,remove firm the job site all tools, surplus materials,equipment, scrap,debris and waste, derived from this work,per Section 01710. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated ' in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION 1 1 i ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 7 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal Procedures. B. Construction Progress Schedules. C. Proposed Products List. D. Substitutions. E. Shop Drawings. F. Product Data. G. Samples. H. Manufacturers' Instructions. I. Manufacturers'Certificates. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit seven (7) copies of each submittal to the City Representative. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Re-submittals to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing sheet and detail - number(s), and specification section number, as appropriate. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required,field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and Contract Documents. Submittals without Contractor's stamp and signature will be returned without review. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the project, and deliver to City of San Juan Capistrano, Building and Engineering Dept. 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675. Coordinate submission of related items. F. Make submittals in groups containing associated and related items to make sure that information is available for checking each item when it is received Submittals for all items requiring color selection must be received before any item will be approved G. Make submittals 30 days in advance of scheduled dates for installation, to provide time for review and possible revisions, and re-submission prior to approval and subsequent placement of orders. — Division 1 -General Requirements Page 8 H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. I. Provide space for Contractor and City Representative's review stamps. J. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. ' K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. ' 1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within fourteen (14)days after date of Notice to Proceed for City Representative review and approval. B. Revise and resubmit as required when progress is not in compliance with original schedule. ' C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. ' D. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation,identifying first work day of each week. ' E. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. ' F. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission. 1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCT'S LIST ' A. Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog designation,and reference standards. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. B. All substitutions shall conform to the requirements and conditions of Section 01630. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A Submit one sepia transparency and two blue-line prints of each drawing. Review comments will be shown on the sepia transparency and contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposed. ' B. After review distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and for Record Documents described in Section 01700. ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 9 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit number of copies of data for each product which Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by _ City Representative. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufactures' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. C. After review,distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. B. Provide materials and products specified in the full range of color, texture and pattern for selection by City Representative. Range shall include standard stocked color/texture/pattern, standard color/texture/pattem not stocked, but available from manufacturer, and special color/texture/pattem available from manufacturer as advertised in product data and brochures. unless otherwise indicated in individual specification sections, City Representative may select from any range at no additional cost to the City. C. Include identification on each sample,with full Project information. D. Submit the number of samples which Contractor requires,plus two which will be retained by City Representative. E. Reviewed samples which may be used in the work are indicated in individual specification Sections. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assemble, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.10 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When specked in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to City Representative for review,in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements, submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to City Representative. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used _ Division 1 -General Requirements Page 10 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum ' price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SEMON 1 1 ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 11 SECTION 01400 — QUALITY CONTROL 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Manufacturers'field services and reports. — 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers'instructions,including each step in sequence. — C. Should manufacturers; instruction conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from City Representative before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses vibration,physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.3 REFERENCES — A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids except when a specific date is indicated. — B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at job site during progress of the specific work. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request written clarification from City Representative before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 12 1.4 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. ' B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed,clear area after field ' sample has been accepted by City Representative. 1.5 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Acceptable and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, ' flashings, seals and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed,clear area after mock-up ' has been accepted by the City Representative. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS'FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS ' A. When specified in individual specification Sections,require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions,conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and ' balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instruction given to applicators or ' installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. C. Submit report in duplicate within 15 days of observation to City Representative for review. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 13 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES &CONTROLS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for all specific safety requirements promulgated by any government authority, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and CAL OSHA. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities 1. Electricity,lighting,heat,telephone service,water,and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: 1. Barriers,enclosures and fencing,protection of the work,existing site conditions and water control. C. Construction Facilities: 1. Access roads,parking,progress cleaning,project signage,and temporary buildings. 1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide and pay for power service required from utility source. B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide flexible power cords as required. C. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. 1.3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide,pay for and maintain lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may not be utilized during construction. 1.4 TEMPORARY HEAT _ A. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Do not use permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes. C. Maintain ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, — unless indicated otherwise in specifications. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 14 ' 1.5 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent ' accumulation of dust, fumes,vapors,or gases. 1.6 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide,maintain and pay for telephone service to field office,for local calls at Contractors expense for the use of City Representative. ' B. Provide,maintain and pay for facsimile machine in field office. 1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations.Contractor may obtain water from existing fire hydrant if appropriate clearances are acquired and fees paid. ' B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. ' 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain temporary chemical type toilet facilities and enclosures. ' B. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.9 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage by construction operations. B. Provide protection for plant life and trees designated to remain or to be relocated, and for soft and hardscape areas adjacent to work, replace damaged materials in kind at no additional cost to the City. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures by damage. ' 1.10 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial Grade Chain Link Fence. ' B. A 6 foot high fence currently exist around park site property, Contractor to relocate on an "as needed" basis, in order to maintain work and security. When no longer required Contractor shall notify City Representative. Fence will be removed by others within 72 ' hours of notification to City Representative. 1.11 WATER CONTROL AND EROSION CONTROL ' A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. ' B. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. Contractor is responsible for all storm water damage to site and adjacent property. ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 15 1.12 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.13 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specifications sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs, sills,and soffits of openings. D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary,obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.14 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect work, and existing facilities from unauthorized entry,vandalism, or theft. — B. All items of work stolen or vandalized prior to acceptance by the City Representative shall be replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. 1.15 ACCESS ROADS A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thorough fares to serve construction area. Extend and relocate as work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. 1.16 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition at all times. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces and other closed or remote spaces,prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 16 ' D. Remove waste materials,debris,and rubbish from site periodically dispose off-site. 1.17 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 8 ft. x 4 ft. project sign of exterior grade plywood and wood frame construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter to City Representative's design and colors. B. List title of Project,Name of City,City Representative and Contractor. ' C. No other signs are allowed except those required by law. 1.18 STORAGE AREAS AND SHEDS A. Size to storage requirements for products of individual sections. Allow for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products. ' 1.19 REMOVAL OF UTII.TTIES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities,equipment,facilities, materials prior to ' Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 ft. Grade site as indicated. tC. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SEMON 1 1 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 17 SECTION 01620 - STORAGE&PROTECTION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Protect products scheduled for use in the work by means including, but not necessarily limited to,those described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS'RECOMMENDATIONS A. Except as otherwise approved by the City Representative, determine and comply with manufacturers'recommendations on product handling storage,and protection. 1.4 PACKAGING A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the City. B. The City Representative may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the City Representative as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information. 1.5 PROTECTION A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, — through which equipment and materials are handled. B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. Division I -General Requirements Page 18 ' C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitable protected until accepted by the City. ' 1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the City Representative and at no additional cost. ' B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the City Representative to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated ' in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 19 SECTION 01630 S 1B TIT 1TiON 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. This section supplements Section 4-16 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1994 Edition,as modified in the Special Provisions. — 1.2 PRODUCTS A. The term "Product" includes materials, systems, and equipment. Products shall be new,of the types specified, and furnished in ample quantities to facilitate proper and timely execution of the work. B. Use products of one manufacturer for each specific purpose,insofar as practicable. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTION A. For products specified,only by reference standards, select any product,meeting standards of any manufacturers. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product manufacturer named C. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating the option of selecting equivalent products by stating "or equal", "equal to", or "approved equal", "equivalent to", Contractor must submit a request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The City will consider written request from the Contractor for substitutions received at least thirty-five (35) days after execution of Contract. Requests received after that time will not be considered except for the following conditions. 1. Products discontinued. 2. Insufficient quantity: Except the following will not establish cause for substitutions: Failure to award subcontract in sufficient time, or failure to place orders for products so as to insure delivery without delaying work. 3. Delays beyond Contractor's control, such as strikes, lockouts, storms, fires, or acts of God, which may preclude the procurement and delivery of products for purposes of the project. 4. Other reasons as the City may deem justifying the Contractor in such action. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 20 ' B. Submit seven (7)copies of requests for substitutions.Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: ' a. Product identification,include manufacture's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. ' b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. ' 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method ' specified. 7. Relation to separate contracts, when applicable. ' C. In making request for substitution,Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and will pay all costs for testing of materials as requested by the City. t 2. He will provide the same warranty for substitutions as for product or method specified. ' 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives all claims for additional cost related to substitution which consequently ' becomes apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under his Contract, and costs ' under separate contracts, when applicable. ' Division I -General Requirements Page 21 D. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with this section. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. Colors or finishes required by City Representative are not available on the proposed substitution. E. Approvals: 1. The City Representative shall have sole and final authority in determining "or-equal" status for all requested substitutions. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 22 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout Procedures ' B. Final Cleaning C. Adjusting D. Demonstration and Instructions E. Project Record Documents F. Operation and Maintenance Data ' G. Warranties H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials ' 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and in complete accordance with Contract Documents and ready for City Representative's inspection. B. Provide submittals to City Representative that are required by governing or other authorities. ' C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. D. Coordination of City occupancy of facilities. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING ' A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and ' foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. ' D. Replace filters of operating equipment. ' E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 23 G. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to City Representative fourteen (14) days prior to date of final inspection. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. Supply three (3) copies of operations and maintenance manual to City Representative. D. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents;record actual revisions to the work in contrasting color. 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Order and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Reviewed shop drawings,product data, and samples. B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction in progress. D. Specifications: legibly mark and record at each product section in contrasting color ink, description of actual products installed,including the following: E. Part 1: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 24 ' 6. Maintenance instructions for finishes,including recommended cleaning methods and materials. F. Part 2: Project documents and certificates including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. Air and water balance reports. ' 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties. 1.7 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. ' D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated ' submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. ' 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in ' individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed; obtain receipt prior to final payment. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not used 4. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated ' in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECnON Division 1 -General Requirements Page 25 SECTION 01710 CLEANING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Execute cleaning daily,during progress of the work,and at completion of the work. B. If the Contractor fails to clean up during construction or at the completion of the work, the City Representative may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Each Specification section:Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.3 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes,ordinances,regulations, and anti-pollution laws. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazard to health or property and -- which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 3.0 PART 3 EXECU'T'ION 3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute daily cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials,debris, and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site daily and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 3.2 DUST CONTROL A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on as- needed basis until painting is finished. — Division I -General Requirements Page 26 ' B. Schedule operations so dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. ' 3.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. ' B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. D. Vacuum clean interior of buildings. ' E. Clean all hardware. F. Clean all fixtures. ' G. Touch-up wall and ceiling painted surfaces as needed. ' H. Comply with all special cleaning instructions contained in the Specifications. I. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces: rake clean other surfaces on the grounds. ' J. Prior to final completion or City occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 27 SECTION 02110 CLEARING.GRUBBING&DEMOLITION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Notify local utility companies. 2. Remove surface debris. 3. Removal of plant life and vegetation within work area as indicated. 4. Removal and storage of items to be salvaged,relocated or reused. 5. Remove root system of trees and shrubs. 6. Sawcut and removal of existing asphalt concrete paving, walks, curbs and miscellaneous items as indicated. 7. Demolition of structures other than foundations or slabs as indicated on plans. 8. Remove any other items indicated on plans or as directed. - 9. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) at 1-800-642-2444 and obtain an inquiry identification number. No excavation shall commence unless the CONTRACTOR has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number, and so notify the City Representative. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 01620 Storage and Protection 1.3 RECORD PRINTS A. Record prints shall be available on the site and shall be reviewed by the City Representative at appropriate times before work is covered The Engineer does not guarantee the accuracy of these plans. Contractor shall make all necessary excavations to verify actual site conditions prior to start of work. If Contractor fails to properly locate all existing conditions, all costs for repair or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. - 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used Division 2- Site Work Page 28 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING ' A. Examine the areas and conditions which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal of all natural and artificial objectionable materials from construction areas. ' C. Grubbing shall extend to the outside excavations and fill slope lines, except where slopes are rounded, the areas shall extend to the outside limits of slope rounding or daylight line. D. Clear ground surface of all vegetable growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps,roots, ' brush, grass, weeds, and all objectionable material within limits of construction area as designated on plans. ' E. All roots 1-inch and larger, rocks and/or debris 3-inch and larger, and all other objectionable materials shall be removed 3 ft. below existing ground surface or subgrade, whichever is deeper. ' F. All materials removed shall be legally disposed of off the site at a facility licensed to accept materials at regular intervals or as directed by the City Representative. ' G. Bituminous pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. When only surface of bituminous pavement is to removed, method of removal shall be approved by the City Representative. ' H. Concrete pavement shall be removed to neatly sawed edges. Saw cuts made to a minimum depth of one and 1-1/2-inch. Saw cuts shall be either parallel to the original saw cuts or shall be cut on an angle which departs from the original saw cut not more than 1-inch to 6- inch. I. Concrete curb, walks gutters, cross gutters, driveways and alley intersections shall be ' removed to neatly sawed edges with cuts made to a minimum depth of 1-1/2-inch. Curb and gutter shall be sawed to a depth of 1-1/2-inch on a neat line at right angles to the curb face. J. Removal of all natural and artificial objectionable materials from the right-of-way in construction areas including: 1. Existing A.C. paving, concrete curbs, walks, slabs,etc., as indicated. 2. Removal of items not designated to be salvaged,relocated or reused. 3. Any additional items as directed by the City Representative. ' 3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Underground site utilities. ' B. All items to be relocated,reused or salvaged shall be cleaned, reconditioned and protected from damage at all times. ' C. Protection of plant life, grass, trees and shrubs to remain or to be relocated shall be as directed by the City Representative. No excavation or compaction shall take place within Division 2 - Site Work Page 29 root zone of existing trees which are to remain on site. All necessary excavation or compaction for proper construction of proposed facilities shall be reviewed and approved by the City Representative prior to commencement of work. 3.3 SALVAGE MEMS A. Salvage items are the property of the City, if the City chooses not to accept these items, they then become the property of the Contractor and shall be immediately removed from the site and legally disposed of at a facility licensed to accept material. 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work to the satisfaction of the City Representative. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site,and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 30 ' SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK AND GRADING ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including ' but not limited to these major items: 1. Contact "Underground Service Alen" 1-800-642-2444, 48 hours prior to any ' digging. 3. Engineered fill under structures, approved by Soils Engineer. 4. Excavation, backfill and compaction to establish all subgrades for walks, slabs, sub- base and other items of work. 5. Finish grading of the site. 6. Placement, spreading and compaction of sub-base for asphalt concrete paving. 7. Excavation and backfill for all footings, structures etc. ' 8. Soil compaction as required. 9. Coordination of soil testing as required 10. Weed control treatment. ' 11. Protective measures. 12. Dust and noise abatement. 13. Perform all cutting, spreading,backfilling and compaction necessary. 14. Contractor shall secure and maintain all required permits and licenses necessary to ' legally complete the work of this section. 15. Contractor is responsible for paying any fees made necessary by the removal and disposal of earth and debris. 16. The Contractor shall provide all survey services necessary for horizontal and vertical control points, layouts, lines, levels and staking of work. 17. Erosion control and storm water run-off management. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 02110 Clearing,Grubbing and Demolition Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 02500 Site Drainage ' Section 02551 Domestic Water Section 02252 Sewer Construction Section 02612 Infield Preparation Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving ' Section 02750 Irrigation System Section 02800 Landscaping Section 03100 Concrete Formwork ' Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 16000 Electrical Division 2 - Site Work Page 31 1 1.3 GRADING OPERATIONS A. It is the intent that grading on this site shall balance. The City Representative reserves the right to adjust the finished grades as needed to meet this intent. All excess soil remaining after completion of site construction items must be spread on-site as directed by City Representative. All cost for spread of excess soil shall be included in unit price or lump sum price for grading. B. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to perform all cutting, spreading, backfilling and compaction operations necessary to comply with the intent of the project drawings. C. The Contractors attention is specially directed to the requirements of Section 300-4.4, and Section 300-4.5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition D. The City Representative will observe the placement of fill and backfill, foundation excavations, compacted fill and subgrade areas. Contractor shall contact City Representative 48 hours prior to execution of this work. E. The Contractor shall work closely with the City Representative during grading operations and shall receive written approval from the City Representative of grading, subgrade - preparation and compaction,prior to placement or construction of any item of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition.All work shall be performed in accordance with Section 300 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition 1.4 WATER A. Contractor shall make and pay for any necessary hook-up to provide construction water service to the site during construction. The Contractor will pay the cost for construction water used. _ 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.6 TESTING A. The Soils Engineer provided by the City shall submit a compaction report to the City Representative. The Contractor shall conform to these Specifications, project soils reports and City grading ordinances in placing all fill and backfill. The Soils Engineer shall conduct all specified tests to insure compliance. B. The cost of services of the Soils Engineer's specified field density and maximum density tests, compaction reports and certificates of compliance shall be borne by the City. Additional testing following re-compaction made necessary by failed tests shall be paid for _ by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. C. Number and locations of soils tests to be at the discretion of the Soils Engineer to assure conformity to the plans and specifications. _ Division 2- Site Work Page 32 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS ' A. Structural Backfill: 1 On site excavated fill as approved by the Soils Engineer. 2 Imported granular material as approved by Soils Engineer. B. Fill Materials: ' 1 Imported fill if required and as approved by the Soils Engineer. 2 On site soil materials as approved by Soils Engineer. 3. Rocks larger than 1-inch in diameter in the top 12-inch from finish grade elevations ' shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Clearing and grubbing operations shall be completed psi" to the start of grading ' procedures. 3.2 ROUGH GRADING A. The site shall be graded to the limit lines and elevations shown on the project drawings with such allowances as may be required for the construction of footings, slabs, walks, and other site improvements. Tolerance for rough grading is 1/10 ft.plus or minus at drainage swales,building pads and paved areas. In all areas, appearances and positive drainage shall be the governing factors in acceptability of grades. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Make necessary excavations for footings and slabs, and perform additional excavation necessary to provide for installation of concrete forms. ' B. Sides of footings shall be vertical and consisting of undisturbed soil or compacted fill as approved by the Soils Engineer. On site excavated materials may be used as approved by ' Soils Engineer and/or City Representative for a compacted fill. C. Bottom of footing excavations shall be horizontal and level, free from loose materials and brought to required grades in undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free from ' standing water. The Contractor shall perform all pumping or drainage necessary. Should excavations for footings through error be excavated, such additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete as specified for footings at the Contractors expense. ' D. Landscape fill; top 12-inch of planting areas shall be on-site soil as approved by Soils Engineer or City Representative. 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 33 3.4 FILL A. All fill material must be approved by Soils Engineer or City Representative prior to placement. Fill shall be placed in level layers not to exceed 6-inch in depth, and mechanically compacted using optimum amount of moisture to achieve maximum density, as specified by the Plans(laboratory standard). All landscaped areas shall not exceed eighty (80)percent of the maximum density(laboratory standard). B. Rocks larger than 1-inch in diameter shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction within the top 12-inch from finish grade elevations. 3.5 BACKFILL A. Material used for backfill of trenches, shall be free from large stones and clods. Material shall be as approved by the Soils Engineer and/or City Representative and in accordance with Section 306-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. Backfill shall be deposited in layers of a maximum 6-inch thickness and with water, amount to be rigidly controlled to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excess water causing saturation beneath footings, walks and/or curbs will not be permitted. C. Backfill shall be compacted by suitable means to a minimum of ninety (90) percent for areas requiring structural backfill. All landscaped areas shall not exceed eighty(80)percent. D. All trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with this section and may be tested at the discretion of the Soils Engineer. 3.6 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade preparation for building pads, concrete slabs, curbs, walks and gutters shall - conform to the requirements of Section 301-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 3.7 FINISH GRADES A. Finish grades shall slope to drain without water pockets or irregularities and shall conform to the intent of the Project Plans and Specifications after thorough settlement and - compaction of the soil. B. Finish grades shall meet all existing or established controls of sidewalks, curbs and walls, and shall be of uniform slope and grade between points of fixed elevations or elevation controls and from such points to establish grades. Tolerance for finish grading is plus or minus 1/10th ft. 3.8 DUST AND NOISE ABATEMENT A. During the entire period of construction, site areas shall be kept sprinkled as necessary to - reduce dust in the air and annoyance to surrounding properties. Adhere to the requirements of City Ordinances for dust and noise control. Division 2 - Site Work Page 34 1 t4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION 1 ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 35 SECTION 02220 WASHED PLASTER SAND 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Furnishing and installing all material,equipment and labor for the installation of sand at tot lot areas and volleyball court. _ 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02760 Site Furnishings 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 2- Site Work Page 36 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's ' name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIAL A. Sand shall be washed plaster sand,free of weed seed and of uniform condition. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. tCorrect conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. Sand shall be placed and leveled after installation of work items. B. Sand shall be furnished in such quantity as is required to meet the minimum depth required with surface plane level throughout the area of confinement and after thorough settlement. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price for related items as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to ' accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 37 SECTION 02280 - SOIL TREATMENT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals - Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A, Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B, Product Data:Within fifteen(15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; - 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B, Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Division 2 - Site Work Page 38 ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use only skilled and certified workmen who are completely familiar with the specific requirements and methods of application for this work. B. Notify City Representative two(2)days prior to application. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. 'Casaron W-50' (50% active dichlobenil) or equally effective physiologic-phytopathic equivalent chemical. ' B. 'Casaron W-50' applies as wetable powder at a rate of twenty-four (24) pounds in no less than one-hundred (100) gallons of water per acre, nor more than one-hundred-fifty (150) gallons per acre. Chemical shall be applied to damp soil surface. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 APPLICATION A. Apply after parking lot subgrade has been completed, and just prior to placing the aggregate ' base course. The placement of aggregate base shall be performed the same day of soil treatment application. B. After the chemical treatment has been made, the area shall be thoroughly sprinkled so as to distribute the chemical through the first 2 or 3-inch of the subgrade. C. Notify City Representative forty-eight (48)hours prior to application of chemical. D. Do=apply chemical except in the presence of City Representative. ' E. All solution mixed applications shall be applied with a paddle agitator spray rig. 3.2 PROTECTION ' A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animal or adjacent plant life and properties adjacent to the application of the soil sterilant. Contractor shall protect future planting areas from application of soil sterilant. ' B. The Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application of soil sterilant or the storage of the same. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION ' Division 2- Site Work Page 39 SECTION 02400 SHORING AND BRACING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. The Contractor's attention is directed to the provisions of Section 6424 of the Labor Code concerning trench excavation safety plans. 2. Prior to start of grading operations, Contractor shall obtain CAL-OSHA Certification, which shall remain in force during entire length of contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02500 Site Drainage 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 2 - Site Work Page 40 ' 3. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of all shoring signed by a California Licensed Structural Engineer. ' 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS As required for the proper execution of work. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 REQUIREMENTS A. Excavation for any trench 5 ft. or more in depth shall not begin until the Contractor has received approval from the City Representative of the Contractor's detailed plan for worker ' protection from the hazards of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. B. Plans shall be submitted at least five(5)days prior to beginning excavation for the trench, t and shall show details of the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection during such excavation. C. No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping or a protective system less effective ' than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety. If such plan vanes from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders, the plan shall be prepared and signed by an Engineer who is registered as a Civil or ' Structural Engineer in the State of California. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price for related items of work requiring shoring and bracing, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation ' costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION ' Division 2- Site Work Page 41 SECTION 02500 SITE DRAINAGE 1.0 EART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Excavation,Bedding and Backfilling. 2. Catch Basin. 3. Junction Structures. 4. PVC drain piping. 5. RCP Drain Piping. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals - Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS I SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. Division 2- Site Work Page 42 1 C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be ' used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Concrete shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. ' B. PVC piping shall be as indicated on the project drawings and conform to Section 207-16 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' C. RCP piping shall be as indicated on the Plans and conform to Section 207-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. D. Cement mortar, Subsection 201.5. of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. ' E. Pipe joint types and materials shall conform to Section 208 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. F. Concrete catch basins shall be Brooks Products as specified on Plans or City approved ' equal. G. Cast iron catch basins shall be Alhambra Foundry as specified on Plans or City approved ' equal. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 43 3.2 CATCH BASINS A. Catch basin shall be constructed in accordance with details as shown on the plans. B. All concrete construction shall conform to Section 303-1.4.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 3.3 PIPING A. Installed in accordance with Section 306-1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. All trench backfill and bedding fill materials due to over-excavation,shall be compacted to a relative density of ninety(90)percent as determined by the test described in Section 211-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 44 SECTION 02551 DOMESTIC WATER ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Connect water service to existing water meter ' 2. Testing existing backflow unit 3. Provide and install all domestic water piping 4. Provide and install all valves and backflow preventers. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals ' Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete ' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in ' the necessary crafts and who are family with specified requirements and methods necessary for the proper execution of the work of this section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be PVC Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe. 1. PVC mainline shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, 1-inch thru 2-inch use Sch. 40 ' PVC solvent weld type, 2-1/2-inch and over use Class 315 solvent weld type. 2. PVC laterals (non-pressure piping) shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, Sch. 40 PVC ' solvent weld type, lateral pipe beneath pipe shall be Sch.40 PVC. B. PVC pipe, all pipe shall be permanently and continuously marked with manufacturer's name,pipe size(IPS)class or schedule, SDR number (class-pipe only), ASTM D 2241-69 ' for class pipe and D 01785-68 for schedule pipe, manufacturer's lot number and NSF number. C. Place plastic tape imprinted with "Potable Water" over all lines, prior to backfill for continuous length of pipe run water meter to building and domestic quick coupler or hose bibbs,or use PVC piping with factory stencil "Potable Water" imprinted on pipe. Division 2- Site Work Page 45 I D. All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight Sch. 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved PVC fitting compound.All threaded plastic fittings shall have injection or molded threads.N2 cut threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight Sch. 80 PVC with molded threads. 2.2 STEEL PIPING A. Steel pipe shall be galvanized standard weight Sch.40 complying with the requirements of ASTM A120. Steel pipe shall be jointed with galvanized, threaded, standard weight malleable iron fittings and couplings. 2.3 COPPER PIPING A. Copper pipe shall be type K in accordance with ASTM B 88. Copper pipe shall be jointed with the appropriate solder type wrought copper fittings for 2-1/2-inch and smaller sizes. Cast brass fittings shall be used for sizes over 2-1/2-inch. 2.4 PIPE COMPOUND PVC JOINTS A. Threaded connections including PVC to steel make-up shall be best grade Teflon Tape. 2.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. The backflow prevention unit shall be a reduced pressure type vacuum breaker of the size, manufacturer, and model number as indicated on the Plans. If not indicated, the device shall be the same size as the water service, and the manufacturer and model number shall be approved by the City Representative. 2.6 JOINT CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be coated with primer and then with a 100% active solvent. B. Both primer and solvent shall be similar in all respects to that as manufactured by Christy's or City approved equal. 2.7 GLOBE VALVES A. All globe valves 3-inch and smaller shall be Bronze body with screwed fittings with 2-inch operating nut to T-handle extension wrench. Valves shall be 150 PSI rated. Install globe valve in valve box per detail on Project Plans. 2.8 QUICK COUPLER VALVES A. Quick coupler valves shall be 150 2-piece cast Bronze body, self closing metal cover with Yellow vinyl protective caps, (locking type). All valves are to be located in the landscape area directly adjacent to sidewalk or curb. Install valves in valve boxes per detail on Project Plans. Division 2 - Site Work Page 46 ' 2.9 GARDEN VALVE A. Garden valves shall be Brass or Bronze except for the handle.They shall have a replaceable compression disk,and shall be 3/4-inch straight-nosed,key operated and pressure rated for operation at 150 PSI install per detail on Project Plans. 2.10 VALVE BOXES A. Manufacturer shall be AMETEK or accepted equal. Round box for globe valves and quick coupler valves. All valve boxes shall be equipped with locking lips. 2.11 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS ' A. Brass pipe and fittings shall be standard 125 PSI rated, 85% red brass. Use Teflon tape for all thread connections. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 WATER METER ' A. Water meters are provided by the City. The Contractor shall contact Mr. Robert W. Clark at Capistrano Water District to coordinate installation. (714)493-1515) ' 3.3 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections shall be at the approximate locations shown on the Plans. Minor changes ' caused by actual site conditions shall be made without additional cost to the City. Contractor shall pay provide all materials,equipment and labor to make connection to water meter. 3.4 LAYOUT A. Layout system and make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and ' plans. Any such deviations in the layout shall be within the intent of the Plans and without additional cost to the City. Layout shall be approved by the City Representative before installation. ' 3.5 ASSEMBLIES A. Install lines and various assemblies to conform with details on Plans. B. Install no manifold assemblies or crosses and provide each assembly with its own outlet. Install all assemblies specified according to the respective detail on the Plans using the best ' standards of practice. C. All threaded pipe and fittings shall he assembled using Teflon pipe compound to male ' threads only. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 47 3.6 LINE CLEARANCE A. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 4-inch from each other and 12-inch from lines of other trades. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. 3.7 TRENCHING &BACKFILLING A. Provide all excavation for installation of work included in the Contract. Mechanical trenching machines shall cut trenches with straight sides. Trenches shall be only wide enough as may be required to lay the pipe and control wires. "Pulling" of pipe and/or control wires will not be permitted. 1. Provide for a minimum 30linch cover for all sleeves under paving. 2. Provide for a minimum of 24-inch cover for all supply lines. B. Dig trenches and support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Trenching depth shall be 2- inch below normal pipe depth to allow for 4-inch of washed plaster sand bedding at bottom of trench. Place 4-inch of washed plaster sand cover over pipe after installation. Backfill remainder of trench with on-site soil. C. Lay pipe to grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Plans. Where lines occur under paved areas these dimensions shall be considered below subgrade. Discrepancies between Plans and actual site conditions shall be brought to the attention of the City Representative prior to trenching. D. Install all sleeves as indicated on Plans under future paved areas prior to placement of paving. If cutting or breaking of pavement is necessary Contractor shall replace with like material at his own expense. Obtain approval from City Representative prior to proceeding with this work. E. After all work has been installed, flushed, tested and proved in the presence of the City _ Representative, backfill with fine materials or other objects larger than 1/2-inch in diameter to fall in the first 6-inch of cover. F. Backfill carefully and tamp properly to avoid any voids. Do not wheel-roll any trenches to — achieve compaction. Compact backfill over lateral lines to equal density of adjoining undisturbed soils. Remove all remaining debris caused by operation from the site and dispose of same at Contractor's expense in a legal manner. Any work covered prior to field _ review by the City Representative shall be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor to allow for such review. G. All boring under existing paved areas required for proper installation of piping and sleeves shall be performed by the Contractor and shall be considered as part of the installation operations. No additional compensation will be allowed for this item. H. No fittings including couplings will be permitted under surfaces to be paved except where the length of the lines are encased in sleeves,i.e.,parking lots,plaza,etc. Division 2- Site Work Page 48 ' 3.8 PIPE ASSEMBLY A. PVC pipe: Handle with care when loading, unloading, transporting and storing to avoid ' damage. Do not stone pipe and fitting in direct sunlight. Store pipe and fittings under cover before using. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with new material of different batch numbers. ' B. Joining by solvent weld: Use non-synthetic brush to spread primer and solvent. Cut pipe square, ream chamfer outside end. Clean and dry pipe and fittings socket. Scrub inside socket and pipe with primer,prime inside socket. Apply solvent to pipe end and to socket, ' and again to pipe end. Bottom the pipe in socket and trim. Hold joint together 30 seconds. Wipe off excess solvent. Allow to set 30 minutes before moving. Snake pipe side to side in trench bottom keeping 4-inch horizontal clearance between two pipes in same trench. Do ' not lay pipe in trench containing water or at less than 32 degrees F. Center load immediately,leaving joints exposed C. Galvanized steel pipeline: Ends of pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full size with a ' long taper reamer. Thread shall be cut with clean, sharp dies and shall conform to American Standards ' Association Specification B2. Joints shall be made with a non-toxic non-hardening joint compound applied to the male threads only. ' D. Brass pipe: Cut brass piping by power hacksaw,circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel or hand hacksaw. Cut no piping with metallic wheel cutter of any description.Ream ' and remove rough edges of burrs so smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained. Carefully and smoothly place on male thread only. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. Use Teflon tape joint compound at all points. E. Copper pipeline: Copper pipeline joints shall be made with sweated solder joints. Before jointing the end of the pipe for the depth of the fitting,the interior of the fitting shall be buffed to a bright finish and coated with solder flux. The assembled joint shall be made with a 50-50 tin-lead solder. A continuous solder bead shall show around the joint circumference after soldering. Copper pipe shall be joined to steel or cast iron pipe with a dielectric union. ' 3.9 FLUSHING AND TESTING A. Flush system before attaching quick coupler valves, hose bibbs or pressure relief valves ' and with pipe center-loaded. The system mainline must be complete and in place prior to pressure test. All water being discharged during flushing shall be piped up and out of the trenches. ' Trenches must be kept dry for pressure tests. Install all valves after acceptance of pressure test. ' B. A water pressure test shall be performed on the system before any couplings, fittings, valves, and the like are concealed. All open ends shall be capped after the water is turned Division 2- Site Work Page 49 into the line in such a manner that all air will be expelled.The constant test pressure and the duration of the test shall be 6 hours @ 125 PSI. Contractor shall supply and pay for all equipment necessary to perform test. If system — pressure test fails, the system shall be retested until it passes. Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments and repairs at no cost to the City. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave — installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT _ A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION -- Division 2- Site Work Page 50 SECTION 02252 SEWER CONSTRUCTION ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Sewer construction shall consist of installing sewer pipe, constructing sewer ' structures and appurtenances as shown on the Project Plans,in accordance with these Specifications and as directed by the City Representative. 2. Protective measures. 3. Connection to sewer main in Camino Del Avion. 4. AC patch in Camino Del Avion. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 01045 Cutting and Patching ' Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02200 Washed Plaster Sand Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 02610 AC Paving 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the ' City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1 ' Division 2- Site Work Page 51 1 C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING&.STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vitrified Clay Pipe(VCP): 1. Vitrified clay pipe known as extra strength clay pipe shall meet or exceed all the requirements of Section 207-8 of the Standard Specifications. The joints shall be Type "G" polyurethane elastomer sealing components, one bonded to the outside of the spigot and the other bonded to the inside of the socket. The joint shall conform in all respects to ASTM C-425. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) at 1-800-642-2444, and obtain an inquiry identification - number. No excavation shall commence unless the CONTRACTOR has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number and so notify the City Representative. C. Location of Sewer Main: Before laying of any pipe or digging any trench,contractor shall determine by actual excavation and measurement the exact location and depth of existing utilities and service lines to which the new sewer line is to connect or cross. In the event that a conflict with the existing utilities is encountered as a result of the exploratory work that would not permit installation of piping as detailed on the drawings, or to make connection in manner indicated, Contractor shall confer with the City Representative before proceeding with this work. The City Representative to inform Contractor of required -- modifications and/or adjustments to be performed. Division 2 - Site Work Page 52 D. Trench Excavation: Trench excavation shall be per section 306-1 of the Standard Specifications. The maximum length of open trench, except by permission of the City Representative is one 150 ft. ' E. Installation of Pipe: Pipe installation shall be per Section 306-1.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bedding shall be Type I The connections to the sewer main shall be as indicated on the Plans. F. Backfill and Densification: Backfill shall be per Section 306-113 of the Standard Specifications. Backfill compaction requirements shall conform to Section 306-1.3.4. ' G. Testing: Sewer testing shall be per Section 306-1.4 of the Standard Specifications. The water ex-filtration test per Section 306-1.4.2 is an acceptable test method. ' H. Temporary Asphalt Surfacing: Pipe trench and any other excavation in existing paved areas required to remain open to public use shall be re-paved with a minimum of 2 ft. of temporary A.C. paving. The contractor shall be required to maintain the temporary pavement in a safe condition until such time as the permanent resurfacing is initiated 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SEMON 1 Division 2 - Site Work Page 53 SECTION 02610 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Protective measures 2. Preparation and compaction of subgrade. 3. Aggregate base placement and compaction. 4. Asphalt concrete placement,compaction& surfacing. 5. All parking stall and street painting and signs,per Plans. 6. An emulsified asphalt seal coat applied to all new asphaltic concrete paving. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02280 Soil Treatment - 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 EART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAI-S A. Asphaltic Concrete: 1. Asphalt concrete binder shall be Grade AR 4000,in conformance with Section 203-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 2. Asphalt concrete shall be Class C-1 or C-2. Subject to the Engineers approval and/or option Class D-1 may be used for surface coarse and Class F for capping. Division 2 - Site Work Page 54 3. Asphalt concrete shall be constructed in accordance with Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, and to the limits and grades shown on the project plans, and as specified by the City t Representative. B. Seal Coat: ' 1. The emulsified asphalt shall be type CRS-1 and shall conform to the requirements of Section 203-3 and 203-9 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 2. Emulsified asphalt shall be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with water homogeneous throughout and when stored, shall show no separation ' within 30 days after delivery. C. Traffic Paint: ' 1. Paint shall be specifically manufactured for traffic line markings and parking stalls. Paint shall conform to Section 210-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition.Reflective glass beads shall be added to the paint. ' D. Liquid Asphalt: 1. Liquid asphalt used for tack coat shall be grade SS-IH Emulsified Asphalt in ' conformance with Section 203-3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' E. Aggregate Base: 1. Aggregate base material shall be Class 2, or conforming to Section 200, of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. The material shall be uniformly graded and meet the fine gradation requirements. The Contractor may substitute crushed aggregate base for that specified. 2. Aggregate base shall be delivered to the roadbed as a uniform mixture. Segregation shall be avoided, and the base shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material. 3. Test reports and certifications will be furnished in accordance with the provisions of ' Section 01340. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. No work of this section shall commence until subgrades have been inspected and accepted ' by the Soils Engineer and City Representative. Acceptance of subgrades shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to provide positive drainage of all pavement areas and gutters. Division 2- Site Work Page 55 3.2 PLACEMENT OF AGGREGATE BASE A. All subgrade work shall be completed, inspected and approved prior to placement of aggregate base. Aggregate base shall be placed to the thickness and grades as shown on the plans and compacted to 95 percent relative compaction. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placement of asphalt concrete. 3.3 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE A. Aggregate base work shall be completed,inspected and approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placement of asphaltic concrete pavement. B. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall be placed to the thickness as shown on the Plans and compacted to required density. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the City Representative. C. The rate of application of the tack coat shall be as designated in Section 302-5.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. D. The Contractor shall furnish and keep on site, an accurate thermometer suitable for determining the temperature of the asphalt. E. Tack coat shall be applied to all asphaltic concrete and P.C.C. surfaces to be joined by new asphalt concrete pavement. - F. The rate of application of the tack coat shall be as designated in Section 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 3.4 SEAL COAT A. Clean surface of asphaltic concrete paving by removing all dirt, grease and other elements to leave surface in a clean condition. B. Surface m=be inspected and approved by the City Representative prior to application of seal coat. C. Seal coat shall be applied thirty (30) calendar days after completion and acceptance of asphaltic concrete installation. 3.5 PAINTING A. All traffic painting on paved surfaces, including stall markings, striping, etc., shall be painted where noted on the project plans. B. Machine apply in strict accordance with manufacturers directions and with Section 310-5.6 of the Standard Specifications. C. A minimum of two (2) coats shall be applied to achieve the desired opacity. D. Add reflective glass beads to paint per Section 201-1.6.5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. _ E. Colors shall be white for all parking lot stalls, stop signs, bars and symbols. Division 2 - Site Work Page 56 F. Handicap symbols,stalls and pathway striping shall be International Blue. ' G. Install all handicap signs as required by plans,per City Details. H. Center line road striping to be Yellow (double line).Install traffic markers per City Details. ' 4. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 57 SECTION 02612 1NF1Ei_.D PREPARATION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Subgrade Preparation. 2. Furnishing and installing brick dust and clay. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02750 Irrigation System Section 02760 Site Furnishings Section 02800 Landscaping 1.3 REQUIREMENTS A. Submit one(1) sample of infield materials for approval,prior to ordering and delivery. B. Attach supplier certification of testing. C. Subgrade approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placing infield. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in _ the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Infield topping: 1. Suitable material is available from Corona Clay-Angel Mix or Shale Mix (714) 277- 2667. Division 2 - Site Work Page 58 1 2. Imported blend of crushed brick, brick dust and clay, pre-mixed, prior to delivery containing not less than 60 percent materials from brick sources and not less than 30 percent clay of the following gradation: ' % Passing min-max Sieve Size 95 - 100 9.5 mm 65 - 95 500 micron ' 30-45 53 micron 3. Minimum three (3%) percent extractable calcium based on dry weight utilizing ten ' (10)percent sodium acetate extracting solution. B. Sub-Base: Site Material as approved by Soils Engineer and City Representative. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 SITE PREPARATION A. Existing vegetation in the area of the infield shall be killed using a non-selective systemic ' herbicide. B. After all vegetation has been killed remove all debris, organic matter, rubble, etc., as ' required and legally dispose of at a facility licensed to receive it, at no additional cost to the City. C. Scarify subgrade to be 6-inch depth, and compact to ninety (90) percent relative ' compaction, prior to placement of brickdust. Subgrade to be 3-inch below surrounding finish grade. Subgrade shall be smooth and shall conform as shown on the Plans. ' D. Apply non-selective pre-emergent herbicide to subgrade, prior to placement of brickdust and adhering strictly to manufacturer's printed instructions. 3.3 TOPPING COURSE ' A. Spread infield topping material in a 3-inch layer. Grade topping material to smooth and uniform surface that shall not vary more than 1/4-inch in any direction when measured with ' a 10 ft. long steel straight edge. Thoroughly dampen and compact with minimum 3 ton Pollen. Scarify, regrade and recompact areas not conforming to finish grades as shown on the Plans. 3.4 WEED CONTROL A. During the construction period,landscape establishment and landscape maintenance period, ' kill all vegetation upon discovery using a non-selective contact herbicide in strict accordance with label instructions,regrade and compact affected areas ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 59 1 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave - installation ready for succeeding work- 4.0 ork4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 60 ' SEC'T'ION 02710 FENCES &GATES ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but ' not limited to these major items: 1. Furnish and install chain link fencing as shown on the Plans in heights as detailed. ' 2. Concrete footings for fences and gates shall be as shown on the Plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's ' name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All materials shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition, Section 206-6,except as modified herein. B. Chain link fabric shall be 2-inch mesh, 9 gauge galvanized steel fence for all fencing. ' Knuckled selvage top and bottom in a single width of the height of fence. 1. All fencing shall have top,middle and bottom rail as indicated. 2. All fittings shall be heavy duty galvanized steel. 3. All steel plates, angles, etc., shall be hot dipped galvanized. Division 2- Site Work Page 61 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 EXECUTION A. Posts for fences shall be sizes as shown on project drawings. Posts shall be set true and plumb and not over 10 ft.on centers. Concrete footings shall be allowed sufficient time to — properly set up at least twelve (12)hours prior to fencing work. B. Inclined braces shall be placed in one panel each way froth all comers and angles and in the panels adjoining terminal posts. "Comer" shall mean any point at which the fence changes direction horizontally more than 25 degrees. C. Top rail shall form a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts. D. The fence fabric shall be placed on the park side of fences, exterior side if around enclosures, and field side at ballfields. Fastenings shall be spaced not over 18-inch apart on line posts and rails. Bottom of fabric shall clear paving surface 1-3/4 inch maximum. E. All welding shall be performed by qualified welders in a workmanlike manner with all - joints,edges and comers shall be ground smooth where exposed. F. All welds and abrasions to galvanizing shall be touched up with Galvalloy, Galvicon or -- approved equal, and over-painted to match surrounding surfaces. G. All fences shall be complete and continuous between points indicated with all required parts, accessories and fittings provided and installed whether specifically mentioned herein or not. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, _ materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 62 ' SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish all materials, tools,permits,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to provide a complete and operational irrigation system,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials,including pipe with the landscape ' plans to avoid interfering with the trees, shrubs, other planting and site construction items. 2. For purposes of legibility, sprinkler lines are essentially diagrammatic. Although ' sizes and locations of irrigation equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible, the Contractor shall make use of all data shown on the contract documents and verify this information on the job site. 3. All work called for on the plans by notes, shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in these specifications. 4. When discrepancies exist between the plans and specifications and no specified interpretation is issued prior to bidding, the decision regarding final interpretation will rest with the City Representative. The Contractor will then be compelled to act on this decision as directed. In the event the installation is contradictory to the direction of the City Representative the installation shall be rectified by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 5. Do not willfully install the irrigation system as indicated on the plans when it is obvious in the field that unknown obstructions or grade differences exist that might not have been considered in the engineering, or if discrepancies in construction ' details, legends or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions or discrepancies shall be immediately brought to the attention of the City Representative for direction. In the event this is not done, the Contractor must assume full ' responsibility for all revisions necessary,including: A. Provide Product Submittals. B. Connection to Water Meters. ' C. Install and Test Backflow Unit. D. Irrigation Main Line Including all Valves, Tees, Fittings, Concrete Thrust Blocks, Etc. ' E. Flow Meter. F. Pressure Test Main Line. G. Irrigation Control Valves,Master Valve and Control Wires. ' H. Lateral Lines and Irrigation Heads. I. Quick Coupling Valves and Pipe. J. Excavation Backfill and Compact all Trenching. Division 2- Site Work Page 63 1 K. Irrigation Controller Including 120 Volt Electrical Hook-Up. L. Install Pressure Relief Valve. M. Provide Laminated Controller Charts. N. Provide For Irrigation Cover Test. O. Provide one(1)Year Guarantee. P. Provide "As-Built"Drawings. B. All materials shall conform with Section 212 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. Materials shall be fust quality of a domestic manufacturer and supplied in unopened containers. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02800 Landscaping 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material List: 1. Contractor shall submit within fifteen (15) days of award of contract, a complete materials list for approval by the City prior to performing any work. Catalog data and full descriptive literature must be submitted whenever the substitution of items different than those specified is proposed. Notarized certificate must be submitted by — plastic pipe and fitting manufacturer indicating that material complies with specifications,unless the piping material has been previously approved. 2. Material list shall be submitted using the following format: It= Description Manufacttrrer Model No. 1. Pressure Supply Line Lasco Sch. 40 - 2. Lawn Head Rainbird #1804 3. etc. etc. etc. B. 'Record" Prints: 1. Record accurately on one set of blue-line prints all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in pressure and - non-pressure line locations, sprinklers and valves. 2. These prints shall be available on-site at all times and shall be reviewed by the City -. Representative prior to work being covered. 3. The changes and dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City Representative,prior to final inspection of work, submit — record prints to City Representative for approval. Final product must be draftsmen quality,Contractor shall provide one (1) mylar and two(2)blueprints of all "as-built" information. 4. Dimension from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement, etc.) Data to be shown on record prints shall be recorded day-to-day as the project is being installed. Division 2 - Site Work Page 64 ' S. Show locations and depths of the following items: a. Point of connection ' b. Backflow preventer c. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100 ft, along routing) d. Gate valves e. Sprinkler control valves ' f. Master valve g. Flow teeter h. Quick coupling valves ' i. Routing of control wires j. Irrigation heads k. Moisture Sensors 1. Pressure relief valve ' m. Related equipment(as may be directed) 6. Record stationing of all valves operated by the control system ' 1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND COORDINATION A. Contractor shall verify the location and depth of all underground utilities prior to start of ' Work. Contractor is also responsible for coordination of irrigation water connection and electrical connections for irrigation controller. t B. Contractor shall coordinate his work with the General Contractor and all other trades present on the job site. Any delays or scheduling problems caused by project construction shall be at no additional expense or claims to the City. ' C. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials including pipe, with the landscape project drawings to avoid interfering with the trees, shrubs or other planting. ' 1.5 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Temporary water service shall be coordinated with General Contractor on job site. 1.6 PERMITS A. Contractor shall obtain all permits and inspections required by governing authorities for work described this section. City permits shall be issued to the Contractor at no cost. All other permits will be a reimbursable expense to the Contractor for the actual cost of permits only,no processing of application costs by Contractor will be allowed. ' 1.7 CODES A. All work and materials shall comply with governing codes, safety orders and regulations, and meet the minimum requirements of the "Uniform Building Code," "National Electrical Code," Latest Edition and Orange County Health Code,Latest Edition. ' 1.8 DISPOSAL AND CLEAN-UP A. Remove all waste materials (including excavated material classified as unsatisfactory soil material), trash and debris generated or encountered during the course of irrigation system installation and legally dispose of it to a facility licensed to accept it. Division 2 - Site Work Page 65 1 1.9 DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK A. All work which is determined by the City Representative's inspection to be defective in its construction or deficient in any of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor at own expense in a manner acceptable to the City Representative. 1.10 SURVEY,REFERENCE POINTS AND ELEVATION A. The Contractor is responsible for establishing all surveys,reference points and elevations required by him for proper execution of irrigation system installation. 1.11 CONTRACTOR LICENSING LAWS A. All Contractors performing irrigation system installation work must be licensed in accordance with the laws of the State of California 1.12 NOTIFICATION REQUIRED A. Ten (10)days prior to start of irrigation system installation, the Contractor shall notify the City Representative and give starting and completion dates. Contractor shall also supply the City Representative with the name and telephone number of the person in charge of the work. This person shall be responsible for the work until completion and be present at all meetings and inspections. 1.13 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall apply for and pay all cost incurred for all temporary utilities such as water,electrical power and gas as required by him for the construction of the project. 1.14 INSPECTIONS A. Inspections will be required for: 1. System Layout. 2. Pressure Test Of Irrigation Mainline. 3. Coverage Test. 4. Substantial Completion Inspection/Start Of Maintenance. 5. Final Inspection And Project Acceptance. B. Inspection Requests: 1. No inspection will commence without "record" prints. In the event the Contractor calls for an inspection without up to date "record" prints, without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for inspection, the _ inspection will be canceled and the Contractor back-charged for the direct costs of all City personnel time and Consultant time lost. Division 2- Site Work Page 66 1 2. Contractor shall notify the City Representative and Parks Department Representative 48 hours in advance for requesting all inspections as follows: ' a. System Layout b. Pressure Supply Line Installation And Testing- 36 Hours(1-1/2 Working Days) c. Coverage Tests- 36 Hours (1-1R Working Days) ' d. Substantial Completion Inspection-48 Hours Notice(2 Working Days). e. Final Inspection And Project Acceptance-48 Hours Notice(2 Working Days). ' C. Closing in uninspected work: 1. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected,tested and approved by the City Representative. ' D. Coverage test: ' 1. When the sprinkler system is completed, Contractor shall perform a coverage test in the presence of the City Representative(and Water District if necessary),to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. This test must be accepted by the City Representative before planting can commence. E. Hydrostatic test: ' 1. Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 PSI for a period of not less than two hours, with all ends of lines capped and the line fully charged with water after all air has been expelled ' from the line. 2. All hydrostatic test shall be made in the presence of the City Representative. No pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested, approved in t writing, and the mainline and valve locations have been noted on the "as-built"record drawings. t 3. Contractor shall furnish necessary hydrostatic force pump and all other test equipment. 1.15 TURNOVER ITEMS ' A. As-Built Drawings: ' 1. As-Built Drawings must be approved by the City Representative prior to acceptance of project. 2. The Contractor shall provide the City Representative with one (1)mylar and two (2) ' blueprints of all as-built information at no extra cost. Contractor shall also provide the City Representative with three (3) sets of laminated color-coded, clean, readable, zone charts for the irrigation systems, at no extra cost. Final products must be ' draftsman quality. 1 ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 67 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Within ten(10)calendar days after substantial completion,prepare and deliver to the City all required descriptive materials, properly prepared in two (2) individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual.The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to identify, operate and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer's information shall be included for each equipment item installed. Each complete,bound manual shall include the following information: a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, including names and addresses and telephone numbers of local manufacturer's representatives. b. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on each of the following pieces of equipment: (1) Backflow device. - (2) Control system components. (3) Remote control valves. C. Materials to be furnished: 1. Supply as part of this contract the following items: a. Two (2) each, or, four Percent (4%) (whichever is greater), of each type and spray pattern of sprinkler heads installed. b. Two (2) wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of each type sprinkler head installed. C. Two(2)keys for each automatic controller. d. Two (2) couplers with a 1-inch bronze hose bib, bent nose type with hand wheel and two coupler keys. e. One (1)valve box cover key. f. "As-built" record drawings. g. Remove and turn over backflow device valve handles. h. Controller charts: Charts shall be legible reduction of as-built plans with individual systems indicated in contrasting colors. Charts shall be plastic laminated after approval of City Representative. L Documentation of Water Department's inspection and acceptance of backflow device. j. Two (2) operating nut wrenches 6 ft. long. D. The above items shall be turned over to the City at the conclusion of the project - final _ inspection. Division 2- Site Work Page 68 ' 1.16 GUARANTEE A. General: 1. The entire sprinkler system, including all work done under this contract, shall be guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship for a period of one(1)year following the filing of the Notice of Completion. All materials used shall ' carry a manufacturer's guarantee of one (1) year. Control equipment shall carry an installer's warranty of five (5)years. t 2. Should any problem with the irrigation or control system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by the Contractor or installer at no additional expense to the District within seventy-two(72)hours of receipt of written notice from the City Representative. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the City ' Representative constitute an emergency (e.g. broken pressure line) the City Representative may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor's/installer's expense. Any and all damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or ' workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City Representative by the Contractor/Installer, all at no additional cost to the City. B. Form of Guarantee: 1. Guarantee/Warranty shall be submitted on Contractor'sAnstallers own letterhead as follows: GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO SPORTS PARK We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation control system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the ' drawings and specifications,ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted, and that the work, materials, and equipment as installed will fulfill the requirements of the guarantee included in the specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work together with any other adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of one year,five years for the control system from the date of final acceptance of the above named project by the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within seventy- two hours following written notification by the City. ' When the immediate repair or replacement of the work is necessary to ensure the public safety and welfare, which would be endangered by continued usage of the facility, such circumstance will be ' deemed an operational emergency. In the event of such an emergency after the City contacts our firm and after authorizing twenty-four hours to initiate repairs,if we fail to initiate and diligently complete such repairs in a timely manner, the Director may direct City forces to perform such functions as he may deem necessary to correct the work and immediately place the facility back in operational ' condition. If such procedure is implemented, we shall bear all expenses incurred by the City. In all cases, the judgment of the Director shall be final in determining whether an operational emergency exists. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 69 1 receipt of written notice from the City (other than an operational emergency), we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT: SIGNED: LOCATION: ADDRESS: PHONE: After the system has been completed and fully programmed,the Control System Installer shall instruct a minimum of three (3) Parks Department Representatives in the operation and maintenance of the system to the satisfaction of the department and shall furnish a complete set of operating instructions. Any settling of trenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the City Representative's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to the City. Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements of any kind as a result of the Work. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Irrigation Booster Pump Station: Pump control panel shall include a separate service transformer, to provide services lighting and power for small electrical service appliances, such as drill motors. Transformer shall be square D-Class 9070 Type K2000 DI-2KVA-15 amps capacity at 120 Vac. Circuitry shall include a circuit breaker disconnect,primary fuses two legs, an on-off switch, and a label identification. A weatherproof duplex receptacle, with GFCI and on-off switch, shall be mounted on the exterior of the pump panel, and wired to the service transformer. Division 2- Site Work Page 70 ' B. Irrigation Booster Pump: ConstantFlo#400 BP 175 P2--30.0- CDEFGHHCMX 400 GPM @ 175' Boost (75 PSI) ' 30 BP-3500 RPM-460V-30-TEFC-Code G Full Load Amps 36.0 ' Inrush Current 212.5 * Circuit Breaker In Main Switchgear 90.A ' * For short circuit protection. Motor current overload protection is provided by the MCP (Motor Circuit Protector)in the pump control panel. Note: Pressure regulating valve shall include a pressure sustaining feature. ' Air gap tank shall be furnished and installed on the pump skid by the pump manufacturer. ' 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Irrigation System Pipe-General: 1. All piping shall be "Alertline" manufactured from Purple colored PVC material meeting ASTM D-1784, Type I, Grade I, PVC 1120 Cell Class 12454-B Specifications,ASTM D-2241 for SDR pipe,2672 for solvent weld bell end pipe and ' 3139 for gasketed bell pipe. 2. Pressure supply lines 2-inch in diameter and up to 8-inch in diameter shall be Class 315 solvent weld PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. ' 3. Pressure supply lines I-1/2-inch in diameter and smaller shall be minimum schedule 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. ' 4. Non-pressure lines shall be minimum Sch. 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. B. Steel Pipe: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.2 to read: "All steel pipe shall be hot- dipped galvanized,...", and add: "All fittings for steel pipe shall be 250 pounds rated ' galvanized malleable iron, banded pattern. Pipe sizes indicated on the drawings are nominal inside diameter, unless otherwise noted" C. Plastic Pipe: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.3: All plastic pipe shall bear the following markings: manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, type of material, pressure rating in PSI, NSF seal of approval, and date of extrusion. ' 2. Amend Standard Specification Section 212-2.1.3 to read: All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight schedule 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved PVC fitting compound. All threaded plastic fittings shall have injection molded threads.NQ cut threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight schedule 80 PVC with molded threads. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 71 2.3 VALVES A. Remote Control Valves and Master Valve: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.4: Valves shall be spring-loaded, self-cleaning, packless diaphragm activated, of a normally closed type. 2. Valve solenoid shall be corrosion-proof and constructed of stainless steel molded in epoxy to form one integral unite, and shall be 24 volt A.C., 2.0 watt maximum (2- inch and smaller valves). 3. Valve shall close against flow without chatter and with minimum closing surge pressure(minimum 5 seconds closing time per valve). 4. Install reclaimed water warning tags per Orange County Health Department approved type of valve stems-one per valve. B. Quick-Coupling Valves: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.6: Quick coupling valves shall have locking rubber cover and shall be 1-inch in size and as indicated on Plans. All quick coupler valves attached to irrigation mainline shall be type manufactured for use on reclaimed water systems. Install reclaimed water warning tags on all quick coupler valves on irrigation system. C. Pressure reducing, sustaining valves shall be as shown on the plans. Division 2 - Site Work Page 72 ' D. Globe Valves: 1. All globe valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimum working pressure of not less than 200 PSI closed. Valve sizes 3-inch or less shall be Bronze body with ' screwed fitting. Valve sizes flinch and greater shall be cast iron body with flanged fittings and operation nut for opening and closing valve. Install reclaimed water warning tags on all valve systems per Orange County Health Department ' requirements. E. Air Release Valves: ' 1. Crispin Universal Air Release Valve, cast iron body with stainless steel trim. See plans for size. F. Check Valve: 1. OCV Control Valve,Diaphram Check Valve Series 94. Size per line size. ' G. Master Control Valve: 1. OCV Control Valve: OCV Control Valve, Solenoid Controlled Valve Series 115,24 ' volt solenoid, normally closed cast iron body, 200 PSI rated. See plans for size. H. Valve Boxes: ' 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.7: All remote control valve boxes shall be rectangular plastic boxes with non-hinged locking plastic covers. Valve boxes will be branded/embossed with controller and valve circuit number on lid ' with 2-inch high letters. Gate valve boxes shall be round plastic boxes with non- hinged locking plastic covers marked either "Gate Valve" or "G.V." with letters branded or embossed on the cover with 2-inch high letters. All valve boxes shall be ' manufactured for use on reclaimed water systems and be purple in color with the words "Warning - Reclaimed Water System - Do Not Drink" embossed or branded on cover in 2-inch letters. 2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.3: The backflow prevention unit shall be a reduced pressure type vacuum breaker of the size, manufacture, and model number as indicated on the Plans. If not indicated, the device shall be the same size as the water service and the manufacturer and model number shall be approved by the City ' Representative. 2.5 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS A. Conduit: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.1 to read: Conduit below paving ' shall be schedule 40 PVC of sufficient size to carry all proposed wiring.Wiring shall be in a separate sleeve. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 73 B. Wire: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.2: All common wire shall be white with a colored stripe. Stripe color shall be different for each controller _ installed. All control wire shall be of one color other than white or green. A different color control wire shall be used for each valve installed. Install three(3)extra control wires on all mainline runs from controller to furthest point of mainline for future use. C. Electrical Service: 1. Materials for electrical service shall comply with the standard specifications, governing utility agency standards,and requirements of all applicable codes. 2.6 CONTROLLER UNITS A. Controller assembly shall be of the model indicated on Project Plans. Available from: Pacific Technical Services 1-800-427-0779. B. All controllers shall be wall-mounted and the location approved by the City Representative. Contractor shall provide ground wires for controller and install per Local Code. C. All Local, State and National Codes shall take precedence in the furnishing and connecting a 120 volt electrical service to the controller. The Contractor shall notify the Electric Company of impending connections and coordinate with the Electric Company in all matters pertaining to the connection and all other materials necessary to abide with codes and U.L. Requirements. 2.7 IRRIGATION HEADS A. All irrigation heads shall be as shown on the plans and shall conform with Section 212 of the Standard Specifications. 2.8 SPRINKLER RISERS A. All sprinkler heads shall have an adjustable riser assembly (triple swing joint) with flexible riser installed between head and swing joint. Assembly shall be sized to inlet size of head. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All work shall conform with Section 308 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. No work of this section other than sleeving under pavement shall commence prior to the completion and acceptance of all grading work. Division 2 - Site Work Page 74 ' B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.1: 1. Irrigation System Design and Water Supply: ' a. The irrigation system design is based upon a minimum available water pressure of 70 PSI. at the water meter and a flow rate of 400 GPM Individual stations are designed to this minimum PSI. The system is also designed to withstand a maximum pressure of 120 PSI. Contractor shall verify the existing working water pressure at the water supply location shown on the drawings prior to starting construction. The Contractor shall notify the City Representative in ' writing of any discrepancies noted Failure to provide such written notification will result in the Contractor being required to provide and pay for all modifications to the irrigation system as necessary to achieve a fully operational system providing 100% coverage at the operating pressure available, all at no ' additional cost to the City. b. Connections to or the installation of the water supply shall be at the locations ' shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional cost to the City. C. Electrical Service: 1. Contractor shall provide 120 Volt electrical service as necessary to the irrigation controllers. ' D. Code Requirements: 1. Prior to all work of this section,verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. ' 2. In the event any equipment or methods indicated on the drawings or in specifications is in conflict with local codes,immediately notify the inspector prior to installing. If this notification is not provided,the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the cost of all revisions necessary to comply with code. E. Coordination with work of other trades: Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the ' installation of all irrigation materials with all other work. Special attention shall be given to coordination of piping locations versus tree and shrub locations and sleeve locations versus pavement installation to avoid conflicts. ' F. Contractor shall maintain record drawing blueprint on site at all times. Upon completion of work, transfer all as-built information on changes and dimensions to reproducible mylar. Final product must be draftsman quality,to the satisfaction of the City. 3.2 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING ' A. Trenching: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2: Dig trenches and ' support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Where lines occur under paved areas, depth dimensions shall be considered below subgrade. ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 75 2. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2.2 to read: Water lines continuously pressurized - minimum 24-inch below finish grade and 30-inch below subgrades in paved areas. (These measurements are to be from subgrade elevation for piping under pavement.) 3. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2, paragraph 3) to read: Lateral Sprinkler lines-minimum 12-inch for pop-up spray heads and 16-inch for rotor heads. 4. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2:Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, the Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and tree roots. Excavation in areas where 2-inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. All roots 2-inch and larger in diameter shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped with wet burlap to prevent scarring or drying. Where trenching machine is run close to trees having roots smaller than 2-inch in diameter,the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed,making a clean cut through the roots. Roots 1-inch and larger in diameter shall be painted with two (2)coats of tree seal or approved equal.Trenches adjacent to trees shall be closed within twenty-four (24) hours. 5. Permanent Resurfacing: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308- 5.1: All surface improvements damaged or removed as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be reconstructed by the Contractor to the same dimensions, except for pavement thickness, and with the same type materials used in the original work. Trench resurfacing shall be 1-inch greater in thickness than existing pavement. Concrete pavement shall be removed and replaced in "full panels" with no horizontal dimension less than 5 ft. Contractor shall review the planned limits and lines of concrete removal replacement with the City Representative prior to sawcutting for removal work. B. Backfill: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2 to read: Backfill shall be uniformly tamped in 4-inch layers under and around the pipe for the full width of the trench and the full length of the pipe. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades. 2. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed without specific prior written approval of the Soils Engineer and the City Representative. 3. Under no circumstances shall the wheels of any vehicle not designed for the purpose of soils compaction be used to compact backfill. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION _ A. General: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.2.1: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring, or hydraulic - driving. However, no hydraulic driving is permitted under asphaltic concrete pavement. Division 2 - Site Work Page 76 ' 2. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted except as approved by the City Representative. When approved, all necessary repairs and replacements will be considered as part of bid price at no additional cost to the City. 3. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation,removing all dirt, scale and burrs and reaming; install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification. ' 4. Contractor shall install concrete thrust blocking per the manufacturer's recommendations at all changes of direction and terminal points of pressure pipe. ' S. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. Provide a minimum of 12"horizontal separation for all parallel lines. ' 6. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non- hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal connections, except where noted otherwise. 7. All piping under pavement shall be sleeved using schedule 40 PVC sleeves. Each line shall be separately sleeved. Sleeve size to be two times the diameter of pipe being sleeved. 8. Do not install multiple assemblies ("manifold") on plastic lines. Provide each equipment assembly (e.g. RCV, quick coupler, ball valves, head, backflow device) with its own connection to its service line. B. Plastic Pipe: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.2.3: ' 1. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing plastic pipe and fittings, store plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install; transport plastic pipe on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow pipe to lay flat, avoid undue bending and any concentrated external load. 2. 3600 applicators shall be used to apply primer and solvent on pipe sizes 2-1/2-inch and larger. 3.4 BACKFLOW INSTALLATION ' A. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3: Install backflow assemblies at locations approved in the field by the City Representative and at heights required by local codes. ' 3.5 VALVE AND VALVE BOX INSTALLATION A. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3 to read: Valves shall be the same size as ' the pipeline in which they are installed unless otherwise specified on plans. Valves shall be installed a minimum of t3 ft. in horizontal distance apart, each with its own connection to the pressure main line. ' B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3: Valves shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible. C. All irrigation valve boxes shall have station and controller numbers branded/embossed on lids. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 77 3.6 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION A. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-5.4.1 to read: Sprinkler heads shall be installed as designated on the Plans. Upon coverage testing of the system, if 100% coverage is not afforded by the system as designed, additional heads shall be added as necessary to achieve 100% coverage.Up to 5% of the total number of heads in the system are to be added at no additional cost to the City. If a greater number of heads is needed, cost should be as negotiated by change order. 3.7 COMPLETION CLEANING A. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308: Upon completion of the work, Contractor shall smooth all ground surfaces, remove excess materials, rubbish, debris, etc., sweep adjacent streets, curbs, gutters, walkways and trails, and remove construction equipment from the premises. 3.8 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A. Due to the nature of the project, it will be necessary for the successful Contractor to coordinate with the existing maintenance Contractor when programming controllers. B. Concurrent with the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment period and the sixty (60) calendar day landscape maintenance period, the irrigation system shall be kept in operational working order at all times. C. The following conditions shall be met during the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment and the sixty (60)day landscape maintenance period. _. 1. Maintain the complete irrigation system in an operable and appropriate manner. 2. Repair and adjust all sprinkler heads to maintain proper coverage,including adjusting heads to proper height. 3. Adjust water application to compensate for changes in weather, and be responsible for damages occurring due to underwatering or overwatering. 4. Any material or equipment which fails shall be replaced with new equipment or material identical to the original. 5. Where equipment damage is a result of negligence of the Contractor,replace within one working day. - 6. Where equipment damage is not result of negligence of the Contractor, report the damage promptly to the City's maintenance personnel with an estimate of costs for _ repairs within one (1) working day. 7. Operationally check all systems at least once each week. Division 2 - Site Work Page 78 ' 8. Except as otherwise approved by the City's maintenance personnel, irrigation operations during 60 day post installation period shall be between 12:00 P.M. and 6:00 A.M. only. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION 1 Division 2 - Site Work Page 79 SECTION 02760 SITE FURNISHINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 01620 Storage and Protection Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 09900 Painting 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements Section 01620. B. Contractor assumes all responsibility for storage of all materials relative to this project, C. City assumes no liability for losses or damages from any cause as a result of such storage. Contractor should allow at least 4-6 weeks delivery time for all items. - 1.4 LOCATION INSPECTION A. No equipment, apparatus or foundations for same shall be placed until location stakes have been inspected and accepted by the City Representative. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. BENCH: 1. Dumor Model#93-06, Surface mount. Available from Hanson Associates(714) 258- 1616. Contractor or manufacturer to paint bench,color to match Frazee Paint#6105B Argyle Green. B. TRASH RECEPTACLE: 1. Timberfotm Renaissance Litter Container,flat top model#2814-FT-P, with 32 gallon steel liner and top. Available from Pierce Associates 1-800-750-4442. Contractor or manufacturer to paint container, liner and top, color to match Frazee Paint#6105B Argyle Green. Division 2- Site Work Page 80 ' C. BICYCLE RACK 1. Timberform Cycloops#2170-9-P with matching base color. Available from Pierce ' Associates 1-800-750-4442. Contractor or manufacturer to paint container,liner and top,color to match Frazee Paint#6105B Argyle Green. D. DRINKING FOUNTAIN ' '1. Haws drinking fountain, model #3380. Pedestal mount. Available from Haws Company (415) 525-5810.. Contractor or manufacturer to paint container,liner and top,color to match Frazee Paint#6105B Argyle Green. ' E. SCOREKEEPER TABLE 1. Quickcrete Products Inc.picnic table model#Q-QCPS-8 with one bench. Color to be L.M. Scofield#C-12 Mesa Beige.Epoxy table and bench to concrete slab.Available' form Quickcrete Products Inc. (909)737-6240. F. DUGOUT BENCHES 1. Mounting brackets shall be General Seating 2"x2" square tube model #PN-124-B. Backrest bracket shall be General Seating model#PN-120. Provide backrest model #PN-11 and contoured plank seat model #PN-20-IN. (See plans and refer to manufacturer's recommendations for proper installation) Attachment bolts shall be ' 1/2" carriage bolts with hex nuts, galvanized or cadium plated for rust resistance. Dugout benches are to be installed in 4 places. See Plans for locations. Available from General Seating Company(714) 884-9447. ' G. HOME PLATES,BASES, ANCHORS AND PITCHING RUBBER 1. Home Plate,Bolco vinyl coveted model#300-AS. Bases model#100-ML. Anchors model #205-BA, Pitching rubber vinyl model #410-FG. (See plans and refer to manufacturers recommendations for proper installation) Available from Bolco Athletic Company 1-800-242-4311. ' H. STADIUM SEATING 1. Seat bracket to be model#PN-120,backrest to be model#PN-11,planks to be model #PN 2-IN and mounting brackets to be model #PN-123. Available from Aluminum Seating 1-800-843-9512. I. SOCCER GOAL 1. Soccer goal and net shall be by Quick-Goal Limited,model#6666 (also supply nets). ' Color and selection to be coordinated with the City Representative 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work- *. Contractor shall stake/mark locations for all slabs and foundations and shall obtain approval of locations from City Representative,prior to commencing any digging. C. Locations shall be adjusted to provide minimum clear distances required from all edges of ' slabs, trees, irrigation heads and/or other obstructions. 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 81 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all site furnishing materials per project plans, details and manufacturer — recommendations. B. All fasteners shall be either deformed or tack welded together to prevent unauthorized _ removal of the fasteners. Paint with Galvalloy after deformation/welding. C. All concrete work shall conform with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. D. Contractor shall obtain the approval of all forming from the City Representative,Rrigr to pouring any concrete slabs. Foundation holes shall be inspected and approved by the City Representative,qf=to pouring of concrete. 3.3 STEEL FABRICATION&WELDING A. All steel members shall be thoroughly hand cleaned and solvent cleaned to remove all rust, scale,oil,grass,and foreign materials prior to welding. B. All welds shall be continuous fillet welds along all abutting surfaces. C. Touch-up after welding with Galvalloy paint. 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Contractor shall clean up and legally dispose of all unused materials,excess soil and debris at regular intervals throughout the duration of the work and/or as directed by the City Representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECITON Division 2 - Site Work Page 82 i ' SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Project Drawings, as speed and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Soil Testing, Planting And Maintenance Approvals. ' 2. Soil Preparation. 3. Application Of Fertilizers,Iron Sulfate,Wood Shavings And Plant Tablets,Etc. 4. Finish Grading And Fine Grading. t 5. Watering. 6. Planting Of Trees, Shrubs&Ground Cover. 7. Staking Of Trees. 8. Plant Establishment Period(30 Days). ' 9. Landscape Maintenance Period(60 Days). 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 01620 Storage and Protection Section 02210 Earthwork&Grading Section 02750 Irrigation System 1.3 APPROVALS A. All irrigation system work shall be inspected and approved by the City Representative, prior to start of any work in this section. ' B. An Agricultural Soil Suitability Report for all planting areas shall be furnished by the Contractor after completion of finish grading and prior to start of soil preparation work. The requirements for fertilization and amendments as specified herein,may be modified as ' necessary by the City Representative prior to start of work in this section. Soil suitability test shall be performed by Soil and Plant Laboratories, Santa Ana, CA (714)282-8777. ' C. Contractor to submit seven (7) copies of seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative prior to purchase. 1. Provide certification of application to City Representative. ' D. The Contractor shall obtain fine grading approval of the City Representative prior to hydroseeding. Division 2 - Site Work Page 83 E. Written kation required which are to be submitted to the City Representative upon delivery to the job site include: 1. Quantity of Commercial Fertilizers,by type. - 2. Quantity of Soil Amendments and Conditions,by type. 3. Quantity of Seed, by type. 4. Quantity of Mulch,by type. 5. Quantity of Fertilizer,by type. 6. Quantity of Plant Material,by type. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who aro thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the speed requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. All shrubs and trees shall be tagged by Nursery and have tags in-place upon delivery to site. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and Section 01620. Store all plant and soil preparation materials out of construction area. Plant material must be continuously cared for by the Contractor upon delivery to site and until final acceptance of the project. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. All trees, shrubs,vines and ground cover shall be guaranteed from date of final acceptance of project for the following periods of time. Trees and Shrubs 18" Box and larger...........................1 year Trees and Shrubs 15 Gallon and larger.......................90 days GroundCover....................................................90 days Bedding Plants...................................................90 days Lawn ..............................................................90 days B. Replace all plants, that in the opinion of the City Representative are either dead,dying or in an unacceptable condition at any time during the life of the Contract and guarantee period. Newly installed replacement plants shall cavy the same guarantee period as defined in paragraph A from date of replacement planting. — 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All plant material shall meet requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 212-1.4 except as modified herein, plant material — described in quantity, size and type on project plans. Division 2- Site Work Page 84 ' 2.2 SOIL A. On site soil or import Type A topsoil. ' 2.3 SEED A. Seed Mix -lawn: 1 1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed conforming to Section 212-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' 2. Seed shall be pre-mixed by mechanical mixer. Contractor to submit seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative,9II4i to purchase of seed ' &d Pro2Qrtions by Weight Hybrid Tall Fescue-Trailblazer Rebel II or equal 65% Unhulled or Hulled Common Bermuda(depending on season) 25% ' Parade Kentucky Bluegrass Im Total 100% Note: Seeding rate 435 lbs.per acre- 10 lbs. per 1,000 sq.ft. B. Seed Mix - Slopes and Shrub Beds: ' 1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed conforming to Section 212-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' 2. Seed shall be pre-mixed by mechanical mixer. Contractor to submit seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative,plim to purchase of seed ' 3. Seed: Eschscholzia Califomica, California Poppy - 8/lbs. per acre, Lobularia maritima, Sweet Alyssum- 50/50 mix,White and Violet-2/lbs.per acre. 2.4 SOIL AMENDMENTS (Quantities shown on Plans are for bid purposes only. The Contractor shall install soil amendments as specified by soil test results or designated by City Representative) A. Organic Soil Amendment: Ground or processed wood product shall be Type I, as approved by the Engineer and conform to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition Section 212-1.2.4. ' B. Commercial Fertilizer. Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 at 590 lbs per acre. All materials shall comply with Section 212-1.2.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction, Latest Edition. C. Iron Sulfate: Pellet or granular form containing not less than 18.5%expressed metallic iron and registered as an agricultural mineral, with the State Department of Agriculture in ' compliance with Article 2, "Fertilizer Materials," Section 1030 of the Agricultural Code. D. Agricultural Gypsum: Shall conform to Section 212-1.2 of the Standard Specifications for ' Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. E. Planting Tablet: Agriform 21 Gram. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 85 2.5 HYDROSEEDING MATERIALS A. Water: General precautions should be observed when drawing water from sources other than domestic water supply. B. Seed: Lawn seed as speed herein. C. Mulch: Mulch fiber shall be produced from cellulose such as wood pulp or similar organic materials and be of such character that will disperse into a uniform slurry when mixed with water. 1. The fiber shall be of such character that when used in the applied mixture, an absorbent or porous mat, but not a membrane will result on the surface of the ground. Materials which inhibit germination or growth shall not be present in the mixture. D. Binding Agent: Dry powder organic concentrate.Ecology Controls M-Binder or equal. 2.6 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Organic Soil Amendment: Ground or processed wood product shall be Type I, as approved _ by the City Representative and conform to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition Section 212-1.2.4. B. Commercial Fertilizer - Soil Preparation: Gro-Power Plus Controlled Release 5-3-1 or approved equal, pellet or granular form. Available from: Southern California Organic Fertilizer Company (213)245-6849. Chemical Analysis: Nitrogen 5%, Phosphate 3%, Potash 1%, Humus 50%, acids 15%, Soil Penetrant 1.25%. Physical Properties: A uniform"Beaded" homogeneous mixture, 100% passing through a#4 mesh screen. C. Iron Sulfate: Pellet or granular form containing not less than 18.5% expressed metallic iron and registered as an agricultural mineral, with the State Department of Agriculture in compliance with Article 2, "Fertilizer Materials," Section 1030 of the Agricultural Code. D. Agricultural Gypsum: Shall conform to Section 212-1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. E. Commercial fertilizer - Hydroseed: Gro-Power Hi-Nitrogen 14-4-9 or approved equal, as — specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition Section 212-1.2.3. Free flowing material delivered in unopened sacks. Material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Chemical Analysis: Nitrogen 14%, Phosphate 4%, Potash 9%, Sulfur 3%, Humus 30%, Humic Acids 6%. Physical Properties: A 'Beaded' 14-4-9 formulation in addition to humus and humic acids, a water-soluble, bio-degradable binder is used to insure fast breakdown. Division 2 - Site Work Page 86 1 ' 2.7 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Commercial fertilizer to be Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 and comply with the Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 212-1.2.3. Free flowing material delivered in unopened sacks. Material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged shall not be used. ' Lawn 7 lbs./1,000 S.F. Shrubs and Ground Cover 7 lbs./I,000 S.F. ' 2.8 MULCH A. Mulch shall be Type 1, mulch per Section 212-1.2.5 of the Standard Specifications for ' Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of Section 308-4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition,except as modified herein. ' C. All weed growth within areas to receive planting shall be removed. all trash and deleterious materials on the surface of the ground shall be removed from the site and legally disposed ' of. D. All areas to be planted in ground cover or shrubs shall have selected herbicide applied to entire area after plantings. Application shall be as recommended by a Certified Pest Control ' Applicator.Provide certification of application to City Representative. E. Lawn areas shall be graded so that after cultivation, amendment and settlement, the soil ' shall be 3/4-inch to 1-inch below the top of curb or paving. F. All flow lines shall be maintained to allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced material which would interfere with drainage shall be removed and placed as directed.Low ' spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. 3.2 PLANTING A. All planting areas shall be cultivated until the soil is brought to a loose friable condition to a depth of 6-inch. Remove all rocks and debris and legally disposed of off site. ' B. All areas to receive planting shall be finish graded per Section 308-2.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. Finish grades shall be so graded that required tolerances are met after settlement at the completion of the project ' maintenance period. C. Evenly distribute soil amendments in all Iawn and planter areas as indicated on plans. ' Thoroughly incorporate soil amendments into upper 6-inch of soil with mechanical tiller. Water all areas thoroughly after Rototilling is complete. ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 87 D. Plants shall be planted where shown on the project plans or as directed by the City Representative. E. TYees, shrubs and ground cover shall be planted before lawn. F. Plant pits for container plants if specified, shall have vertical sides and shall be of the size noted on the project plans. G. Before plants are transported to the planting area, they shall be properly pruned or cut back to reduce damage by wind and to force lateral growth. H. No plants shall be transported to the planting area that are not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of earth surrounding the roots. Plants should not be allowed to dry out, nor shall any roots be exposed to the air except during the act of placement. I. Any plants that in the opinion of the City Representative are dry, or in a wilted condition when delivered or thereafter, whether in place or not, will = be accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. - J. Backfill material for plant pits shall be a mixture as specified on plans and/or by Agricultural Soil Suitability Test, and conforming to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. The materials shall be thoroughly mixed to the bottom of the pit so they are evenly distributed and without clods or lumps. Backfill shall be so placed in the pits that the plants will be at their natural growing height, backfill material will be level 1-inch below the surrounding soil after - settlement. K. Position the plant in the hole and backfill no higher than halfway up the root ball. L. Place recommended number of planting tablets evenly around the perimeter of, and immediately adjacent to the root ball, at a depth which is between the middle and the bottom of the root ball. Complete the backfilling,tamp and water. - Install Planting tablets as follows: 1 gal.plants 1 tablet 5 gal.plants 3 tablets 15 gal. plants 5 tablets _ 24" box trees 7 tablets 30" box&larger 7 tablets plus 1 tablet for every T above 10'in tree height M. Install 1-inch layer of mulch overall shrub and ground cover planting areas after planting is - complete and prior to acceptance. 3.3 LAWN INSTALLATION(HYDROSEED) A. Grade smooth all surfaces to be seeded. Soil surface should be 3/4-inch below adjacent pavement after settling. Roll lightly in all soil depressions. All areas shall slope to drain. B. Soil shall be level, smooth and moist prior to hydroseeding. C. The seed bed shall be inspected by the City Representative to determine its suitability prior to planting. The Contractor shall obtain such approval prior to hydroseeding. No Division 2 - Site Work Page 88 ' hydroseeding shall be performed until all other construction operations have been completed except by authorization of the City Representative. ' D. Mixing of hydromulch slurry shall be performed in a tank with a built-in continuous agitation and recirculation system of sufficient operating capacity to produce a homogeneous slung of fiber, M-Binder, seed, fertilizer and water in the designated unit ' proportions: Conwed '2,000' or equal 2,000 lbs./per acre Seed As specified ' M-Binder 100 lbsJper acre Water 3,000 gallons/per acre ' E. With agitation system operating at part speed, water shall be added to the tank, good recirculation shall be established. Materials shall be added in such a manner that they are uniformly blended into the following sequence: 1. When tank is 1/3 filled with water: a. Add binding agent, 1/2 acre requirement b. Add 3 - 50 lbs. bales of fiber c. Add seed, 1/2 acre requirement d. Add fertilizer, 1/2 acre requirement 2. When the tank is 1/2 filled with water: a. Agitate mixture at full speed 3. Before tank is 3/4 filled with water: a. Add 7 - 50 lbs. bales of fiber 4. As tank becomes filled with water: ' a. Add remaining requirements b. Slurry distribution should begin immediately F. Area to be hydroseeded shall be moistened to a depth of 6-inch just prior to application. ' G. Add remaining fiber requirements; seven (7) bales before tank is three-quarter (3/4) filled with water. ' H. Slurry distribution should begin immediately. I. Area to be hydromulched shalt be moistened to a depth of 6-inch just prior to application. ' J. Application: Hydromulched slurry shall be applied under high pressure evenly and result in a uniform coat on all areas to be treated. Care shall be exercised to assure that plants in ' place are not subjected to the direct force of an application. Slurry shall be immediately removed from walks, structures, etc., that are inadvertently sprayed. 3.4 WATERING ' A. Apply water to all lawn areas and plants during operations and thereafter,until acceptance of the work. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 89 B. Immediately after planting, apply water to each shrub by means of a hose.Apply water in a - moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots are completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground. C. Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seasonal conditions require to keep planted areas wet at all times,well below the root system of grass and plants. D. All ground cover planting shall be immediately sprinkled to avoid drying out, until the entire planted area is thoroughly watered and soil soaked to the full depth of each plant hole. E. All hydroseed lawn areas shall be kept damp at all times and irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normally would involve four(4) to six (6) watering periods daily, each watering period (ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch and seeds without creating run Off. F. Intervals between irrigation (OFF) sequence should be judged by the length of the time mulch and seeds remain damp. Once the mulch and seeds begin to dry out, the water(ON) - sequence should be repeated. 3.5 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT(30 Consecutive Calendar Days) A. General: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor,materials, and equipment to perform work during the Plant Establishment Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material,replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds,rodents and other pests. 2. The Plant Establishment Period shall consist of thirty (30) calendar days prior to the Post-Installation Period. Following inspection of planting operations, including hydroseeding, the City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to - establish the effective beginning date of the Plant Establishment Period. 3. Time required for plant establishment shall not be considered as included in the total time limit specified in the Contract. 4. Plant Establishment Period may be extended by the City Representative if the planting areas are improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required or other corrective work becomes necessary. 5. The Park will not be available for public use during the Plant Establishment Period - Contractor shall coordinate with City and conduct operations to cause no danger or inconvenience to the public. 6. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 7. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto - adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. Division 2- Site Work Page 90 1 ' 8. In order to carry out the plant establishment work, the Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of men and adequate equipment to perform the work specified from the time any planting is done until final acceptance. 9. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk on grass areas unnecessarily prior, during,or after planting operations.Grass areas that have been damaged or compacted shall be recultivated and re-seeded at the contractor's expense. 10. The lawn areas shall be kept moist, but not glistening wet, until time for the first cutting of grass.Water lawn to maintain a thriving condition. ' 11. The City Representative must approve the lawn areas prior to the fust mowing. All lawn areas must then be mowed at least twice at proper mowing height of grass prior to requesting approval by City Representative. 12. The plant establishment period shall extend at least thirty(30)calendar days from the date of the last planting. The date of last planting may be the replacement planting of ' significant areas that failed to grow at the City Representative's discretion. Contractor shall bear all costs for extension of the plant establishment period. t 13. All plants that show signs of failure to grow at any time during the life of the contract, or those plants so injured or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the purposes intended, shall be immediately replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor and a new 90 day guarantee period shall be given. ' B. Execution: 1. All areas, including, but not limited to turf, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall be kept clean and free of weeds,litter and debris. 2. Contractor shall operate the irrigation system automatically and shall properly and ' completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to compensate for seasonal conditions. ' 3. Before weeds exceed 2-inch in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off- site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved equal, at the rate of five (5) quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10) calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City Representative,a second application of Roundup shall be made ten (10)calendar days ' after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight(48)hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off-site. (for newly ' planted shrub and ground cover areas only) 4. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of ' such verification.The Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every day after the ten (10)calendar days until such weeds have been kilted. 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 91 C. Fertilization: 1. Fertilize all areas (trees, shrubs and ground cover) with commercial fertilizer Best Turf Supreme 16-6-8 at rate specified by manufacturer at end of 30 day plant establishment period under direct supervision and observation of the City Representative. D. Inspection: 1. Upon completion of the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall request an inspection of construction to establish the beginning date of the Post-Installation - Period.The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for inspection. 3.6 60 DAY POST-INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. General: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor,materials, and equipment to perform work during the Post-Installation Maintenance Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material,replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds,rodents and other pests. 2. The Post-Installation Maintenance Period shall consist of sixty (60) calendar days, following inspection and approval of the Plant Establishment Period and project - construction performed in accordance with the contract documents. The City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to establish the effective beginning date of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. - 3. Contractor shall maintain the project weekly on a continuous basis until acceptance of the work. Areas shall be so cared for as to present a neat and clean condition at all times. 4. The park will not be available for public use during the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall conduct operations so as to cause no danger or inconvenience to the public. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 6. Notification shall be given to the City Representative forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Contractor performing "specialty-type" operations, including but not limited to; fertilization, chemical weed abatement and turf aerification, de-thatching and fungicide applications. 7. Time required for Post-Installation Maintenance shall not be considered as included in the total time limit specified in the Contract. 8. Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform maintenance - operations as specified herein or determined to be necessary by the City Representative will not be credited as Post-Installation Maintenance Period days. 9. Post-Installation Maintenance Period may be extended by the City Representative if the project is improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required, or other Division 2- Site Work Page 92 1 ' corrective work becomes necessary. Contractor shall schedule a preliminary walk- thru inspection five (5) calendar days prior to the end of the first thirty (30) days of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall correct deficiencies before ' the Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be allowed to continue to the remaining thirty (30) days. 10. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto ' adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. ' B. Execution: 1. All areas including, but not limited to turf, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall ' be kept clean and free of weeds,litter and debris. 2. Athletic equipment and park furniture shall be maintained in a safe condition without damaged or broken parts and free of"graffiti" and debris.Costs incurred for repair or ' replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Subsurface drains and catch basin grates shall be kept clear of leaves,litter and debris ' to ensure unimpeded passage of water. Drainlines shall be periodically flushed with clear water to avoid build-up of silt and debris. 4. Trash receptacles shall be emptied as needed and at a minimum of once every seven ' (7)calendar days. 5. Before weeds exceed 2-inch in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off- site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, but sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved equal,at the rate of five(5)quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10)calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City ' Representative,a second application of Roundup shall be made ten(10)calendar days after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight(48)hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten ' (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off-site. (for newly planted shrub and ground cover areas only) ' 6. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of such verification.The Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every day after the ten (10)calendar days until such weeds have been killed. ' C. Irrigation System: ' 1. Contractor shall operate the irrigation systems automatically and shall properly and completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system. 2. Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to ' compensate for seasonal conditions. 3. Irrigation system is designed for watering five (5) days a week, 10:00 PM. to 6:00 ' A.M. with even distribution. Division 2 - Site Work Page 93 4. Costs incurred due to repair or replacement of equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Replacement parts shall be identical to the material specified herein and on the drawings. D. Trees and Shrubs: 1. Trees planted as part of the Contract shall be pruned or headed back,as requested by the City Representative,to eliminate diseased or damaged growth,reduce toppling or wind damage,maintain growth within space limitations,maintain natural appearance, and to balance the crown with the root structure. 2. Staking of trees shall be checked frequently for damage, and to prevent chafing or girdling. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement of staking materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Contractor shall provide a clearance of not less than 7 ft. in height over walks, slabs and active play areas, and not less than 14 ft. in height over roadways. 4. As approved by the City Representative, all wounds over one and 1-1/2-inch in diameter may be sealed with a tree seal. 5. Dead or dying trees shall be immediately replaced with material of the same species and size and guaranteed as described in these specifications. All replacement plant material shall be guaranteed per contract documents. E. Fertilization: 1. Fertilize all newly planted areas (trees, shrubs, ground cover) at the end of each 30 days during the Post Installation Period with Commercial Fertilizer Turf Supreme (or equal) at the rate of 6-lbs. per 1,000 sq.ft. under the direct supervision and observation of the City Representative. 2. At the end of 60 days fertilize all areas with Best Turf Supreme 16-6-8 as noted. F. Inspection 1. Upon completion of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period, Contractor shall request an inspection for acceptance of the work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents.The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for inspection. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 94 ' SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK ' 1.0 PART I GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Forms for all concrete. ' 2. Shoring and bracing. 3. Setting of embedded items. 4. Removal of forms. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03100 Concrete Formwork ' Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement ' Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. ' B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: ' C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.' ' D. General Provisions for other Trades: Provide all openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades; accurately determine size and location of openings, recesses, etc., from trades providing or requiring such items; place items required for incorporating into concrete accurately and securely supported on forms. E. Design: Base form and false work on required values of live and dead loads, weight of moving equipment on formwork, height of concrete drop, foundation pressures, stresses, ' lateral stability and other safety factors required during construction. F. Materials used in formwork may not be reused except in forms without the City Representative's approval. tDivision 3 - Concrete Page 95 G. Concrete Surface Finishes: Use various form types as specified. Refer to Concrete Section and Concrete Finishes and use form materials for best results. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. PART 2 PRODUCT'S 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used for formwork shall conform to Section 204 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. All forms shall have smooth straight upper edges and shall be free of any warping. 2.2 FORM COATINGS A. Non-grain-rising and non-staining type that will not leave residue on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of paint, plaster, mortar or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils or other non-drying ingredients will =be permitted. Submit manufacturer's data to City Representative. 2.3 LUMBER A. Lumber shall be Construction Grade Douglas Fir. - 2.4 PLYWOOD A. Plywood shall be of grade Exterior B-B. All plywood shall be at least 5/8-inch thick, and edge sealed. Plywood for forming exposed concrete shall be Plyform. 2.5 METAL FORMS A. Removable metal forms shall be of proper gauges and sizes, carefully aligned and fitted. Removable metal forms shall be properly reconditioned for use, clean, free from dents, bends, rust, oil or other coatings, and shall meet the approval of the City Representative prior to installation. 2.6 FORM TIES A. Prefabricated rod, flat band or wire type, or threaded internal disconnecting type, of sufficient tensile strength to resist all imposed loads of fresh concrete and with external holding devices of adequate bearing area. Ties shall permit tightening and spreading of forms and leave no metal closer than 1-1/2-inch from surfaces. Division 3 - Concrete Page 96 2.7 FORM TYPES ' A. Exposed Surfaces - Plywood or Metal Forms as specified under Products. B. Concealed Surfaces-Boards or Plywood as specified under Products. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Build forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structure. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, joint screeds, bulk-heads, anchorages and other required features. Use nominal 2-inch thick wood or plywood or metal forms for all wall opening framing. ' C. Use metal spreaders to provide accurate spreading of forms and positive tying of forms together. D. Provide for recesses,rebates,drips and profiles as detailed. ' E. Forms shall be of materials and construction adequate to safely support all loads, so that no sagging, leakage or displacement occurs during and after pouring of concrete. F. Form joints shall not show in exposed concrete. ' G. Clean-outs and Cleaning: Provide temporary openings in wall and column forms for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring,clean all forms and surfaces to receive concrete. H. Provide 3/8" x 3/8" chamfer strips for exposed corners unless otherwise indicated. Use 8 ' ft. long plywood for exposed surfaces. I. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete ' surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. J. Forms shall be set with the upper edge of the board true to line and grade and shall be ' staked rigidly in place with stakes set not more than 4 ft. apart. K. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, ' sawdust, dirt and all other debris just before concrete is placed. Re-tighten forms during and after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. L. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or ' otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form-coating compound material to concrete contact form surfaces. M. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove pins and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use 'patched' forms for exposed concrete surfaces. ' Division 3 - Concrete Page 97 N. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain,nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. O. Thin form-coating compounds only with thinning agent of type,and in amount, and under conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 RELATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Check with all trades which require openings for the passage of pipes,conduits,ducts and other inserts;provide the necessary pipe sleeves, anchors or other required inserts properly and accurately installed. Sleeves, conduits, boxes and other items for mechanical and electrical work are specified to be installed under the appropriate sections of these specifications. Reinforce openings in the floors and walls for use of other trades as required. 3.3 REGLETS &REBATES A. Each affected trade required to fasten work to the structure,or to insert therein any piping, conduit, duct, box, bolt, anchor, insert or other rough hardware, shall set such items securely and accurately in the forms. Be responsible for any and all changes in the position of such piping, box, bolt, anchor, inserts and other rough hardware after they have been set in the forms. B. Conduits and pipes in concrete slabs will be permitted to be embedded therein under the following conditions: C. Conduit or pipe diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) of the slab thickness, minimum spacing of conduit or pipe shall be three (3)diameters; there shall be a minimum separation of 1-inch from parallel reinforcing steel and conduit. Minimum concrete coverage over conduits and pipes shall be I-inch. No crossovers will be permitted except as specifically detailed. No reinforcing steel shall be bent or displaced to permit passage of conduit or pipe. No conduit or pipe shall be placed in slabs 4-1/2-inch and less in thickness, unless specifically detailed or specifically authorized by the City Representative. D. Special Features: Build into forms as character and requirements of work dictate. - E. Pouring Strips - Place pouring strips in the forms wherever horizontal construction joints are made in exposed concrete. Place pouring strips level and place concrete flush with the top of the pouring strip. After cleaning concrete surfaces and just ahead of placing of subsequent concrete, tighten form ties to conceal shrinkage. F. Inserts, Anchors, etc.: Carefully check with other trades before completing forms and — placing concrete to determine all embedded items are in place in the forms. Set miscellaneous anchors, bolts, ties, dowels, plates, etc., necessary to complete the work as detailed. Embed no wood blocks other than treated built-in blocks or nailing blocks in concrete. Division 3 - Concrete Page 98 ' G. Remove forms only when concrete has developed sufficient strength to sustain its own weight and super-imposed loads. r 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION I r r r r r r r r rDivision 3 - Concrete Page 99 1 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Reinforcement 2. Wire mesh 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete' D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 'Manual of Standard Practice' E. American Concrete Institute, ACI 315, 'Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures'. F. American Welding Society, AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel,Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction' 1.4 TESTS &INSPECTIONS A. The City will pay for all tests and inspections of completed installation. Costs of all tests and inspections at material sources and costs of re-tests of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Arranging for and scheduling of tests and inspections are the responsibilities of the Contractor. Division 3 - Concrete Page 100 ' C. Submit written reports, seven (7) copies to the City Representative for each material sampled and tested, prior to the start of work. Provide the project identification name and ' number, date of report, time of Contractor, name of testing service, source of materials, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured material, values specified in the referenced specifications.Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use. D. Materials and installed work may require testing,re-testing and inspection as directed by the City Representative. Allow free access to materials stockpiles and facilities at all times. ' E. The Contractor shall provide certified test results from manufacturer. F. The approved Testing Laboratory,whose services will be chosen and paid for by the City, except as noted,and shall provide the following: G. Test reinforcing steel as follows: Make one tensile and one bending test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement, if steel is properly identified by mill test ' reports of each size and lot. Otherwise, make one tensile and one bending test for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement in each log. Contractor shall bear costs of tests. ' H. Provide a Registered Deputy Building Inspector at the job to inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement of concrete for all concrete having a design strength at 28 days of 2,000 PSI and above. Inspector shall be provided by the governing Building ' Department. I. Inspector shall furnish written certified reports that all reinforcing steel was placed in 1 accordance with contract drawings. J. The City Representative will inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement of concrete. ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All materials used for concrete reinforcement shall conform to Section 201.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' B. Billet Steel Bars: Conform to ASTM A615, grade as required by project drawings, No. 3 and larger bars deformed. ' C. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A185. D. Tire Wire:Annealed steel, 16 gauge minimum. E. Welding Electrodes: Conform to AWS requirements for this work. 1 Division 3 - Concrete Page 101 2.2 SUPPORTS FOR REINFORCING BARS A. Galvanized steel chairs and accessories or plastic-coated units for work exposed to view or weather so that finished surfaces will not be marred nor stained; use pre-cast concrete blocks only(no metal), suitability sized and spaced for load distribution at slabs on earth or membrane. Use no supports of wood or other cellulose material. B. No. 2 reinforcing bars: Conform to ASTM A30,Grade 80,round carbon steel bars. - 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. - 3.2 FABRICATION&DELIVERY A. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of indicated size and accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required, by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with bends or offsets not conforming to drawings will be rejected B. Marking and Shipping:Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing; transport and store at site so as not to damage materials. - C. Placing: Coordinate with other trades and expedite materials and labor to avoid omissions and delay. D. Cleaning: At time of placing concrete, all reinforcement shall be free from rust, scale, grease, or other coating. E. Securing In Place: Place all reinforcement in accordance with "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars",latest edition, and contract drawings.Use sufficient bar supports, ties, anchors, and other accessories to hold bars securely in place. Securely wire all stirrups and ties. 3.3 WELDING A. Perform welding of reinforcing bars in accordance with 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections for Reinforced Concrete Construction." (AWSD12.1) _. B. Welders shall be certified and qualified by tests as prescribed in the "Standard Qualification Procedures" (AWS B30.0), and approved by the governing Building Department. 3.4 FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A. Electric welded wire fabric will not be accepted on this job. It will not be allowed as a - substitution for reinforcement bar shown on project Plans. Division 3 - Concrete Page 102 ' 3.5 CLEARANCES A. Maintain minimum clear distance between reinforcing steel and face of concrete as indicated ' or as follows: Concrete footings formed against earth 3" Concrete in forms w/exposed face in contact w/earth 2" ' Walls As per plans Slabs Centered ' 4.0 HART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION 1 1 ' Division 3 - Concrete Page 103 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACR CONCRETE 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL. Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor inquired to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Concrete Work 2. Interior floor slabs 3. Exterior walks, slabs and steps 4. Curbs, gutters, mowing strips and swales 5. Cement,finish,joints, saw cuts and patching 6. Concrete block wall footings 7. Foundation for building 8. Setting of items to be inserted into concrete 9. Poured in place walls and foundations 10. Reinforcement dowels for masonry work 11. Curing 12. Testing 13. Miscellaneous concrete items 14. Joints 15. Sand Blasting 16. Integral color concrete 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02670 Site Furnishings Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03210 Concrete Reinforcement Section 15400 Plumbing Section 16530 Electrical - 1.3 DESIGN MIX A. Contractor shall submit all design mixtures for concrete to City Representative ten (10) days prior to pouring any concrete. Contractor shall =pour any concrete until design mixture is approved by City Representative. 1.4 STANDARDS A. Testing, materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works,Latest Edition. Division 3 - Concrete Page 104 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in ' the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the speed requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All materials shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. ' B. Concrete shall conform to Concrete Class Use Table, Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. C. Concrete shall be sulfate resistant type. D. Concrete curing compound shall be Type I, as called for in Section 201-4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' E. All integral colored concrete shall conform to L.M. Scofield Company Tech-Data Bulletin A-304.07 "Chromix Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete." ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. All work shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install concrete and cement finish work true to lines,dimensions and levels. ' B. Concrete which is not in accordance with these specifications,out of line, level or plumb, showing structural cracks, rock pockets, voids, spalls, honeycombing, exposed reinforcing or other damaged surfaces shall be considered as defective and shall be ' removed and replaced by the Contractor at own cost. C. All irregularities shall be removed from exposed concrete surfaces while the concrete is still ' damp. No patching will be permitted unless written approval is given by the City Representative. If patching is necessary and permissible, a bonding agent such as,or equal shall be used. ' D. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the Plans to determine the extent of which shall be included in the work of this section. ' Division 3 - Concrete Page 105 E. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the project drawings to determine the extent of the following and similar items of concrete work which may occur, all of which shall be included in the work of this section: 1. Foundations or bases for mechanical, irrigation and electrical equipment, concrete curbs, gutters, and mowing strips. F. Where structural details for the minor structures listed above are not complete, the walls, floors and covers shall be 6-inch in thickness and reinforced with 3/8-inch round bars, 6- inch on centers both ways in center of the members. G. The Mechanical and Electrical Contractors shall provide the Contractor with detailed information concerning the location, size and elevation of any and all items of the work listed above. They shall also provide all anchor bolts and other inserts that may be required and shall check the setting thereof prior to the pouring of concrete. H. The bottoms of trenches shall be wet down before pouring footings, earth shall = be muddy at time of pouring. I. Concrete shall not be placed until reinforcements,rough hardware, and forms are approved by the City Representative. J. Conveying and placing of concrete shall be performed to prevent separation of ingredients, in no case shall free fall exceed 6 ft. Tremies shall be used as required. Surfaces of concrete shall be kept reasonably level, with a minimum amount of concrete being allowed to flow after being placed. Placing shall be performed as a continuous operation until each section is completed. K. Concrete shall be spaded and vibrated with mechanical vibrators to a maximum subsidence without separation of ingredients. The moving of concrete by vibration will = be permitted. L. All slabs and walks shall be non-slip, uniform medium broom finish surface,transverse to direction of slab, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Interior slabs at restroom to be medium broom finish to prevent slipping on wet floors and sloped to drain. M. All handicap ramps shall be given a non-slip heavy broom finish. 3.3 CURING A. All concrete slabs on grade shall cure for at least one hundred sixty-eight(168)cumulative _ hours (not necessarily consecutive), during which the concrete has been exposed to air temperatures above 50 degrees F. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the curing period. B. Curing method may be moist curing, moisture retaining cover, membrane curing, or by - combinations thereof. C. Use water that is free of impurities which could etch or discolor concrete surfaces. _ D. Do not use liquid membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or with a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as other concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, damp-proof flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the City Representative. Division 3 - Concrete Page 106 1 tE. Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with the forms in place for the full curing period or until fomes are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by moist curing ' or moisture retaining cover. F. All posts, supports, bat racks, etc., shall be set in cured footings prior to placing of any concrete slabs. G. Fence post foundations shall cure at least fourteen (14)days prior to placing slabs. H. Installation of Chromix-Color-Conditioned Concrete. Installation of all integral color concrete shall conform to L.M. Scofield Company. 3.4 SMOOTHNESS TOLERANCE A. Interior and exterior cement finish surfaces shall be of such smoothness and evenness that they shall contact the entire length of a 10 ft.straight edge laid in any direction, with an ' allowable tolerance of 1/8-inch. Any operation necessary to achieve this result will be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. ' B. Inspections will be provided as necessary. Call for inspection twenty-four(24) hours prior to need. C, The Contractor shall call for inspection during specific phases of construction. They shall ' include: 1. All form work prior to pouring ' 2. All footings prior to pouring 3. Subgrade prior to pouring. D, Contractor shall notify the City Representative a minimum of twenty-four(24) hours prior to pouring any concrete. E. Any work covered prior to inspection shall be opened to view by the Contractor at his expense. F, All testing shall be as required by the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 Division 3 - Concrete Page 107 1 SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND GROUT 1.0 PART I GENERA Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Mortar and grout for masonry. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals 1.3 REFERENCES A. UBC Chapter 24, 1991 Edition — B. CCR California Code of Regulations,Chapter 24. C. ASTM C144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. D. ASTM C150 Portland Cement E. ASTM C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry G. ASTM C404 Aggregates for Masonry Grout. H. ASTM C476 Grout for Masonry 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness, freezing and foreign matter. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 50 degrees F. 10 degrees C. prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. Division 4 - Masonry Page 108 ' 1.6 MIX DESIGN A. Submit design mix prepared by a California Registered Civil Engineer to City tRepresentative for approval. 1.7 MIX TESTS ' A. Testing and analysis of mortar and grout will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 and as required by the City representative. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Unless otherwise specified herein after,mortar materials shall be as follows. 1. Portland Cement(Type I),ASTM C150. ' 2. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144,standard masonry type. 3. Masonry Cement, ASTM C91. 4. Quicklime, ASTM C5. ' 5. Hydrated Lime, ASTM C207 (C206-Type S). 6. Water shall be clean and potable. ' 7. Sand shall conform to ASTM C144 except that all sand for mortar in 1/4-inch(6 mm) joints shall pass a No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve. ' 8. Accelerating Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494, Type E, except that admixtures containing chlorides will not be permitted. Admixtures shall not be added unless approved by the City Representative. 9. Use mortar of color selected by the City Representative, composed of one part Medusa Custom Color Masonry Cement and three parts by volume of sand. Mix in ' accordance with directions of the manufacturer. 2.2 MORTAR MIXES ' A. Comply with CCR,Title 24, Section 2403 (r). B. Mortar for masonry below grade and in contact with earth Type M. ' C. Mortar for reinforced concrete masonry,Type S. D. Pointing Mortar, Type N, with maximum 2 percent stearate or calcium stearate per cement ' weight. E. interior use and nonload-bearing walls, Type O. ' Division 4 - Masonry Page 109 2.3 GROUT MIXES A. Comply with CCR,Title 24, Section 2403 (s). 1. Fine Grout: spaces less than 2-inch in horizontal dimension. 2. Coarse Grout: spaces 2-inch or more in least horizontal dimension. 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work B. Plug clean-out holes with masonry unit to prevent leakage of grout materials. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry section. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D. Remove grout spaces of excess mortar. 2.3 MORTARMIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. D. If water is lost by evaporation,retamper only within two(2) hours of mixing. E. Use mortar within two (2) hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F. 3.4 GROUT MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476. B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout. Division 4 - Masonry Page 110 1 1 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by 1 this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT 1 A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, 1 materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' Division 4 - Masonry Page I I I 1 SECTION 04340 CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Concrete block masonry 2. Grouted reinforcing steel in masonry 3. Concrete block lintels,as required 4. Installation of steel door frames in masonry walls 5. All necessary and incidental steel angles, braces, anchor bolts and inserts as required _ by the Plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete _ Section 04100 Mortar and Grout Section 07900 Caulking and Sealants Section 09310 Tile Section 09900 Painting 1.3 CONTINUOUS INSPECTION A. The City shall pay all costs of continuous inspection of the concrete block work. B. The City shall select and employ qualified Concrete Block Inspector to perform such _ inspection. C. Acceptance of inspector by a State or municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. D. Employment of Inspector shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with Contract requirements. E. The concrete block masonry Inspector will be at the site during all concrete block masonry construction and perform the following duties: 1. Review Plans and Specifications and meet with the Contractor to discuss requirements before work commences. 2. Before concrete block masonry work commences, meet with the Contractor to establish the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry work. Division 4 - Masonry Page 112 3. Check brand and type of cement,lime(if used) and source of sand. ' 4. Inspect the foundation to ascertain that it is clean and ready to receive concrete block units. 5. Check reinforcing steel dowels for straightness,proper alignment, spacing, size and length. 6. Observe manner in which units are laid up to insure that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. Inspect grout cells to assure that fins will not interfere with grouting. Instruct masons to keep grout cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. 8. Observe placing of grout continuously. 9. Perforce or supervise performance of required sampling and testing. 10. Submit Certificate of Compliance to City,with copy to City Representative. ' 11. Continuous inspection of reinforcing steel shall comply with requirements of local Municipal Code. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING ' A. Deliver reinforcing to the site,bundled,tagged and marked. ' B. Store materials off the ground, and keep covered for protection from staining and damage. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete block: medium weight load-bearing units,conforming to ASTM C90,Grade N-1. ' Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C331,expanded coated shale or clay. 1. Acceptable supplier: Angelus Block Co. ' 2. Description: 8"wide block (8"x8"x16') and 10" wide block(10"x8"x16"). 3. All units from the same plant with a uniform surface texture and color unless ' otherwise specified. 4. Provide special shapes such as cap block, open-end units, channel blocks, pilaster ' block, and radial block as required to complete the work. 5. Provide fire rated block where indicated or required B. Reinforcing steel: ASTM A615, grades indicated. C. Portland cement: ASTM C150,Type I or 11. ' D. Lime: ASTM C207,Type S. Division 4 - Masonry Page 113 E. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, clean, washed, natural sand with not less than 3% nor more than 5%passing No. 100 sieve,unifomily graded fine to coarse. F. Fine Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404,size No. 2,washed,clean,natural sand. G. Coarse Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, Size No. 8, with not more than 5% passing No. 8 sieve, 100%passing 3/8"sieve. II. Admixture: Subject to review by City Representative and local building authority for type, composition, and mix proportions. I. Water. Potable and fresh. J. Concrete block cleaner: Sure Klean No. 600 Detergent,by Process Solvent Co.,Inc. K. Miscellaneous materials: As hereinafter specified or as necessary to complete this work. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Strength: Mortar and grout shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2000 PSI. B. Slump: Mortar shall have slump of 2-3/4"+\- 1/4". Grout shall have slump of 5"+\- 1/2". C. Mortar: Proportion by volume of 1 part Portland Cement, 1/4 to 1/2 hydrated lime,4 parts damp loose sand. 1. Mortar exposed at joints shall match color of block. D. Grout: 1. Fine grout mix: For spaces less than 2-inch in width, proportion by volume of 1 part Portland Cement, 1/10 part hydrated lime, minimum 2-1/4 and maximum 3 parts sand. 2. Coarse grout mix: For spaces 2-inch or more in width,proportion same as fine grout mix,except sand minimum 2 parts to maximum 3 parts,gravel 2 part maximum. 3. Grout for pouring shall be of fluid consistency: Fluid consistency means: consistency as fluid as possible for pouring without segregation of constituent parts. 2.3 MIXING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Measuring: Measure materials for mortar and grout by accurate volumes; shovel measurements not acceptable. Do not mix materials before placing in mixer. B. Mixing: Blend sand and water before adding cement. Mix as long as necessary to produce smooth,plastic mass,free from lumps, but not less than 5 minutes. C. Re-tempering: Contractor may re-temper mortar which has not taken initial set by adding water within basin formed with mortar on mortarboard and working water into mix. Do not use mortar or grout which cannot be placed within 1 hour of leaving mixer. Division 4 - Masonry Page 114 ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. Execute masonry work according to the best standards of practice for the trade. Erect work ' plumb,square, straight and true to indicated lines,dimensions in level courses. B. Make provision for special units as required to form bond beams,openings and offsets and maintain a proper bond throughout entire length of wall. C. Coordinate and verify location of embedded items. Install anchors, plates, sleeves, and bolts furnished by other trades according to templates or approved shop drawings. ' Surround inserts with at least 1"of mortar and grout for entire embedded length. D. Provide clean-out openings at bottom of all filled cells where wall is constructed in lifts greater than 4 ft. E. Cut units accurately to fit openings for other work. Cut and parch holes nearly and ' accurately. F. Where necessary to cut concrete masonry units in order to conform to adjacent construction and/or to indicated joint pattern, saw masonry units with diamond or other abrasive saw to produce a straight, sharp edge without spalling or other defects. Cut units as required to maintain uniform joint widths throughout. 3.3 REINFORCING A. Center vertical steel in openings and brace at top, bottom and at intervals of 90"or 192 bar diameters. rB. Offset horizontal splices 48-inch minimum in alternate bars on opposite wall faces.Wire tie splices in 3 places minimum ' 1. Vertical bars shall not be spliced. Use open-ended block. C. Maintain 1/2-inch clearance around reinforcement. ' D. Keep reinforcing bars straight except for bends and hooks. Lap bars 48 diameters minimum at splices. E. Provide minimum 1/4-inch diameter steel ties at 24-inch o.c. maximum at intersecting masonry walls and partitions. F. When a foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical core, do not slope more than one horizontal in six vertical. G. Grout dowels into a core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to the vertical wall reinforcing. ' Division 4 - Masonry Page 115 3.4 INSTALLING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Roughen concrete surfaces supporting masonry to expose aggregate,remove laitance and coatings. Dampen surface immediately prior to laying blocks. B. Masonry units shall be sound,dry,clean and free from cracks when placed in the structure. C. Placing: 1. Dampen masonry units sufficiently for mortar to remain plastic while block is leveled without loss of bond but not enough to saturate block and prevent suction. 2. Lay masonry units to preserve unobstructed, vertical continuity of filled and reinforced cells,2"x 3"minimum. 3. Lay face shells, and cross webs forming cells, in solid, unfurrowed mortar bed full thickness of shell to prevent grout leakage. 4. Fill head joints solidly with mortar not less than thickness of face shells. 5. Fractional parts of masonry units are prohibited in the work where whole units can be used. Chinking of interstices with fragments and parts is prohibited. 6. Lay units in common running bond unless shown otherwise. Lay block on vertical and horizontal modules.Edges of openings in block shall be on module,unless noted otherwise. 7. If it is necessary to move a unit after it has been once set in place, remove the unite from the wall,clean and set in fresh mortar. 8. Maintain clearance as shown between top of non-bearing masonry walls and bottom of structural slabs and framing members. D. Bracing: Brace comers and ends of wall securely before grouting. Leave centering in place at openings for at least 14 days. E. Concrete block masonry exposed in the finished construction: 1. Contractor shall take notice that the concrete block work at areas so noted on drawings shall be exposed in the finished construction, shall have the standard of quality and workmanship of a finish trade, and not a "rough" installation to be covered by the work of other trades. 2. Extreme care shall be used in the handling of block. chipped edges and corners marred faces, will not be accepted. During construction or thereafter when walls and partitions are completed,cracked,chipped or defective blocks shall be replaced. 3. Blocks shall be cut accurately to fit around all pipes. 4. Necessary cutting of exposed blocks shall be done by neat sawing by means of motor driven masonry saws. Take great care in laying the blocks so that the finished work will be visually acceptable to City Representative and so that exposed faces of blocks _ will be free from chips, spalls, cracks, or other defects detrimental to their appearance. Division 4 - Masonry Page 116 5. Contractor shall select blocks that are uniform in size and out of wind,and with edges clean and sharp. 6. Form for all chases for piping, conduits, etc., do not cut in. Build partitions and furring enclosing pipes after pipes are in place and tested Do not cut exposed face of exposed blocks to allow for the installation of pipes,conduits,or ducts. If blocks are ' required to be cut through longitudinally,place strips of 3.4 lb. expanded metal lath in the horizontal joints of the split blocks in such a manner that the two faces of the blocks are tied together. ' 7. All exposed-to-view concrete block walls shall have a tolerance from the plane of no more than 1/4-inch in 10 ft. any direction. 8. Provide suitable recesses for built-in items,junction boxes,etc. using special shapes if necessary. ' 9. Whether or not shown on drawings, all continuous or unbroken straight runs of interior or exterior walls or partitions exceeding 45 ft. in length shall have vertical control joints formed at corner locations reviewed by City Representative. These joints shall be not less nor more than 3/8-inch wide, shall be continuous for the full height of the wall or partition, and extend through the full thickness of the block work. Control joint blocks or metal sash jamb blocks shall be used to form the control joint reglets. A continuous pre-molded or extruded rubber, neoprene or polybutene cross shaped control joint filler strip shall be built into the joint as the block work is laid up. The filler strips shall be of the proper width and thickness to fit the control joints and shall extend to within 3/4"of the face of the block work on each ' side. Provide rod shaped filler and sealant at joints in accordance with Section 07900. a. Note control joints at exterior walls and pilasters as shown on the Plans. 10. Exposed block work walls shall be bonded at corners and intersections with metal ties,except where control joints are required. ' 11. At areas of exposed block, provide openings for ducts and grilles built up around wood templates of actual size of ducts plus 1/2-inch at each side. 12. Lay our work so that no piece shorter than 4-inch will occur at any vertical angle or corner of jamb. Coordinate setting of all door frames with block dimensions, so that a minimum of blockwall will have to be cur, and only at jambs. Use half-length block units wherever possible. Any cut blocks at jamb shall be of equal dimensions on both ' jambs. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Testing laboratories shall test mortar and grout at the expense of the City,to extent required by the governing building code. B. Continuous inspection required. Division 4 - Masonry Page 117 3.6 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Locate door frames accurately, erect plumb and securely attach to floor and brace in position prior to start of masonry erection. 1. Frames are specified to be furnished with adjustable anchors. Adjust anchors to coincide with horizontal joints in masonry. 2. Fill frames solid with mortar as erection progresses. B. Provide temporary wood spreaders from jamb to jamb to insure that jambs do not bow in or distort from a straight line as frames are filled with mortar. C. Provide temporary shore to support heads of metal frames and prevent deflection from superimposed loads during erection. D. Install access door which occurs in masonry wall. E. Locate access door as indicated on project drawings. Install plumb, level and square to adjacent construction. 3.7 JOINTS A. Lay the starting joints on foundation with full mortar coverage on the bed joint. Keep area where grout occurs free from mortar so that grout will contact the foundation. B. Mortar joints shall be straight, clean and uniform in width. Tool round (unless detailed otherwise) to produce a dense, slightly concave surface well bonded to the block on each side.Where walls are plastered, strike mortar joints flush. C. Strike joints flush in concealed locations, behind finished base and round electrical devices in exposed locations. D. Perform tolling when mortar is partially set but still sufficiently plastic to bond. Use a tool which compacts the mortar,pressing excess mortar out of joint rather than dragging it out. - E. Rake out joints which are not tight at the time or tooling,point and then tool. F. Unless otherwise specified or detailed, make joints 3/8"thick with full mortar coverage on face shells and on the webs surrounding cells to be filled. G. Set steel or other lintels, and capping units in a full bed of mortar. 3.8 GROUTING A. Keep mortar droppings out of,or remove from, the grout space before grouting. B. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment to maintain a continuous unobstructed cell area. C. Perform grouting from the inside of masonry. D. Encase reinforcing in minimum of 1/2-inch of grout between block and reinforcing. Division 4 - Masonry Page 118 ' E. Puddle grout with a steel rod or vibrate in place. Grout masonry in heights of 4 ft. or less. F. Solid grout all cells containing reinforcement and all cells below grade. Solid grout all cells ' at load bearing walls, and at fire-rated walls. G. Grout beams over openings in one continuous operation. ' H. Grout bolts and anchors inserted in the wall solidly in place so that there is a minimum of 1-inch of grout between the bolt and the masonry unit. ' I. Protect base of wall from mud and mortar splashes with clean sand, building paper, or plastic sheet. Keep wall surfaces clean by continuously removing stains,mortar and grout droppings, flushing with clean water, and scrubbing with fiber brush before material hardens. ' J. Protect exposed masonry wall surfaces from too rapid drying when exposed to hot, dry winds and direct sun during construction. Cover tops of unfinished walls each day. 3.9 CLEANING AT MASONRY WALLS EXPOSED-TO-VIEW IN THE FINISHED CONSTRUCTION A. Remove concrete scum and grout stains on the wall immediately. B. After the wall is constructed, do not saturate with water for curing or any other purpose. ' C. Where atmosphere is dry,dampen the wall surface with a very light fog spray for 3 days. ' D. At conclusion of masonry work,clean masonry with specified cleaner. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION ' Division 4 - Masonry Page 119 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURALSTEEL 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not _ limited to these major items: 1. Structural steel foaming members and support members. 2. Baseplates and anchor bolts. 3. Grouting under Baseplates. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 09900 Painting 1.3 REFERENCES A. California Code of Regulations,Title 24, Chapter 2-27. — B. ASTM A36, Structural Steel. C. ASTM A108, Steel Bars, Carbon,Cold-Finished, Standard Quality. D. ASTM A307, Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. E. ASTM A500, Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. F. AWS A2.4, Standard Welding Symbols. G. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code. H. AISC, Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 1. AISC, Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. J. SSPC, Steel Structures Painting Council. Division 5 - Metals Page 120 ' 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings Submit seven (7)of the following: ' 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, connections, cambers and loads. ' 2. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols Indicate net weld lengths. ' B. Manufacturer's Mill Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01340,certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Mill Test Report: Submit under provisions of Section 01340,Manufacturer's Certificates, ' indicating structural strength and destructive and non-destructive test analysis. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. Perform work in accordance with AISC Specifications for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCT'S 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36 or as designated on project drawings. B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500,Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 and A325. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; Type required for materials being welded,or as designated on project drawings. E. Grout: Non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of development a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 PSI at 28 days. ' 2.2 FABRICATION A. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. ' B. Grind exposed welds smooth. 2.3 FINISH A. Rust proof prime all structural steel members. Do not primer surfaces that will be field welded or encased in concrete footings and slab. ' Division 5 - Metals Page 121 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. 3.2 ERECTION A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. B. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without prior approval of the City Representative. D. After erection, grind all welds, smooth and primer coat all exposed metal and surfaces not shop primered except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. E. Grout under Baseplates. — 3.3 PAINTING A. All work shall be thoroughly cleaned and given 1 coat of Rust Proof Primer. B. Paint shall be worked into all joints and corners, and shall cover all surfaces. C. Upon completion of erection of all steel in the field, areas of paint which have been damaged, shall be cleaned and given one(1) coat of primer. 3.4 WELDING A. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be electric arc process and shall conform to the practice recommended by the "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society." All welding to be performed by a certified welder. Copy of certificate to be presented to Engineer prior to commencement of work. All welding to be inspected at shop and in the field by Inspector provided by the — City. 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. — Division 5 - Metals Page 122 ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 ' Division 5 - Metals Page 123 SECTION 05150 DECORATIVE STEEL 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Handrails and Guardrails. 2. Decorative Steel Fencing. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS - A. Steel pipe for handrails and guardrails shall conform to all requirements as indicated on Project Plans. Pipe to be Schedule 40 galvanized steel. B. Threaded bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A-307,or as designated on Project Plans. C. Tubular steel members for decorative steel fencing. 2.2 METAL PRIMER A. Tube columns shall be as designated on Plans.Wall thickness to be .065-inch. Division 5 - Metals Page 124 ' 3. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. C. The exact section, shape, thickness, size, weight and details of construction shall be as indicated on the Plans. Work shall be accurately and neatly fabricated. Sharp burrs,welds and flame-cut edges shall be ground smooth Joints tightly fitted and members straightened and squared. All welding shall be by electric arc process,using standard coated rods. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. All work shall be thoroughly clean and given one (1) coat of rust proof metal primer. Primer shall be worked into all joints and corners and cover all surfaces. Apply one(1)coat of Semi-Gloss Enamel finish coat once primer has cured. Upon completion of erection of all steel in the field, areas of paint which have been damaged shall be cleaned and given one (1)coat of primer and one(1)finish coat. Color of finish coat to be as indicated on Plans. B. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be by electric arc process ' and shall conform to the practice recommended by the 'Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society.'All welding to be performed by an qualified welder. ' C. All fencing and handrails shall be installed and securely held in place prior to installation of surrounding concrete. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECCION ' Division 5 - Metals Page 125 1 SECTION 05310 METAL ROOF DECKING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 55000 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07600 Flashings, Sheet Metal and Downspouts 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. — B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS _ 2.1 MATERIALS A. All metal roof decking shall be as manufactured by ASC Pacific Inc. 1-800-272-2466. B. All metal roof deck shall be Klip Rib with Zincalume exterior finish, coloring shall be Weathered Copper. -- C. Manufactured product sheet and installation instructions shall become part of these specifications. D. Steel fascia and flashing shall be fabricated from 22 gauge steel in the dimensions indicated on the plans and as necessary to custom fit the roof. Steel fascia shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication and in the longest practical units. Fascia and flashing shall be — painted to match roof decking. Division 5 - Metals Page 126 ' E. Field process, such as welding and cutting which expose base steel will require an application of an approved preparation which will give protection equal to the galvanized or anodizing process and will match in color. ' 2.2 SEAM FASTENERS A. Teks 1 #10-16 x 3/4" screws with neoprene washers. ' 2.3 PANEL FASTENERS ' A. Teks MB with #14-10 xl" screws with neoprene washers. 10 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Prior to proceeding with fabrication of metal roof decking, the Contractor shall verify ' measurements, lines, locations and details of conditions upon which the work of this section may be contingent. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor shall fabricate the materials and erect the same with skilled workmen. The exact sections, shapes, thickness, size, weights and details of construction indicated on the ' plans shall be supplied; however, the Contractor due to his stock or shop practices may suggest changes herein, and the City Representative may approve such changes if the net area of the shape of section is not thereby reduced and if the section modules is at least ' equivalent and if the overall dimensions are not exceeded 3.3 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION ' Division 5 - Metals Page 127 SECTION 05400 METAL CEILING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 16000 Electrical 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal ceiling shall be manufactured by ASC Pacific, Inc. (714) 823-0401 or (800) 726- 2727 and shall include: 1. Exterior panels shall be roll-formed into profile ASC (R2)-12-1-1/2" deep concealed _ fastened profile with a 12-inch wide face,including 2 minor ribs at 4-inch o.c. 2. Exterior color shall be ASC Pacific, Inc. "Snowdrift White", Color chip samples shall be submitted and approved prior to fabrication of panels. — 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Flashing shall be factory formed from the same substrate gauge and finish as the ceiling. Division 5 - Metals Page 128 ' B. Fasteners shall be self-tapping#14 Type AB for sheet to sheet and a self-tapping#14 Type B,for sheet to structural steel. Fasteners shall be cadium plated or stainless steel with metal and neoprene bonded washers,color coated to match panels-verify color. ' C. Closures shall be made of closed cell pre-molded neoprene or polyethylene foam or metal and provided where indicated on the drawings. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. Metal panels shall be installed only if the ceiling gypsum wallboard work is complete and acceptable to the Contractor installing ceiling system. All deficiencies and/or defects shall be bought to the attention of the City Representative and City. All corrections must be ' completed prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION Installation shall be per approved Project Plans and shop drawings. 3.3 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave ' installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 Division 5 - Metals Page 129 1 SECTION 05520 - HANDRAILS &RAILINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A386-Zinc-Coating(Hot-Dip)on Assembled Steel Products -- B. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes C. ASTM B241 -Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube D. SSPC- Steel Structures Painting Council - 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design,engineer, fabricate and install railing assembly,wall rails, and attachments to resist force of 200 lbs. applied in any direction at any point on the rail without damage or permanent set. 1.4 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Project Plans. _ 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Steel tubing- ASTM A500, Grade B. B. Rails and Posts- 1-1/2-inch diameter steel tubing 3/16-inch wall thickness,welded joints. C. Fittings - Elbows, T-Shapes, wall brackets, escutcheons; machined steel. D. Mounting - Brackets and flanges, with steel inserts for casting in concrete with steel brackets for embedding in masonry. E. Splice Connectors- Steel welding collars. F. Shop and Touch-Up Primer- SSPC 15, Type 1,red oxide. _ G. Galvanizing- 1.25 oz/sq.ft. zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A386. Division 5 - Metals Page 130 2.2 FABRICATION ' A. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes,for delivery to site. B. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured ' C. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings - Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located;consistent with design of component,except where specifically noted otherwise. D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. ' E. Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. F. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints ' butt tight,flush and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 EXA1vIINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. ' B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. ' B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete and embedded in masonry with setting templates,to appropriate Sections. ' 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb and level,accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. B. Provide anchors required to connecting railings to structure. Anchor railing to structure. C. Field weld anchors as indicated on Project Plans. Touch-up welds with primer. ' D. Conceal bolts and screws wherever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. 1 ' Division 5 - Metals Page 131 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF sECPION Division 5 - Metals Page 132 1 SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Famish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Steel Pipe, Support, Angles and Braces. ' 2. Trash Enclosure Doors. 3. Miscellaneous metal items required in connection with mechanical and electrical work. (pertinent mechanical and electrical sections) 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals ' Section 02760 Site Furnishings Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 05150 Decorative Steel ' Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE ' A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S SHOP AND ERECTION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit seven (7) sets of shop drawings for the work to the City Representative. These drawings shall be based on the plans and details. The Contractor ' alone, shall be responsible for the correctness of all shop and erection drawings, and for all shop and field fabrication. If the City Representative in examining any shop or erection drawings, discovers any errors, he shall call the Contractor's attention to them, such ' notification shall not be construed as placing any responsibility on the City Representative. B. The omission of any material from the Contractor's shop or erection drawings that is indicated or specified shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such material, even though the City Representative approved the Contractors shop or erection drawings. Division 5 - Metals Page 133 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shall conform to ASTM-36,or as amended to date. _ B. Round pipe shall be steel pipe conforming to ASTM Designation A-53, Grade B for Welded and seamless Steel Pipe. C. All cast iron used where appearance, machinability and dimension tolerances are primary considerations, and shall conform to Tentative Specifications for Lightweight and Thin- Sectioned Gray Iron Casting;ASTM Designation A-100 as requited for other work. D. Threaded bolts and nuts shall conform to 'Bolts, Nuts, Studs and Tap Rivets' and material for same,ASTM A-307. E. All miscellaneous and/or structural steel where noted on the Plans, shall be galvanized in accordance with Standard Specifications for zinc (hot-galvanizing). Coatings on structural steel shapes,plates,bars and their products, ASTM-123. Exposed,painted galvanized steel — shall be shop treated to ensure paint grip. F. Arc-welded electrodes shall conform to Standard Specifications for Iron and Steel Arc- Welding Electrodes, ASTM Designation A-233 G. Metal primer shall be Rust-Oleum#769 Primer,Fullers Iron Oxide 2.2 BARS,FLATS AND ROUNDS A. Standard grade mild steel. _ 2.3 METAL PRIMER A. Primer, Pittsburgh Ironhide#8-2. — 2.4 TESTS A. Mill analysis and test reports indicating specifications and grade,the results of the specified chemical analysis, and tensile properties shall be submitted to the City Representative. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Prior to commencing work or proceeding with erection and shop drawings,the Contractor shall verify measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field conditions and shall be responsible for the correctness,conformity, accuracy and execution of the steel _ work to conform to the conditions. Division 5 - Metals Page 134 1 ' B. The variation between existing construction and Plans shall be indicated and necessary changes made in the Contractor's Plans to take care of said variations. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor shall fabricate the material and erect same with skilled workmen.The exact ' sections, shapes, thickness, sizes, weights and the details of construction as indicated on the Plans, provided however, the Contractor because of his stock or shop practices may if the net area of the shape or sections not thereby reduced, and if the section modules is at least equivalent and if overall dimensions are not exceeded B. All material before fabrication shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale and rust. All finished members shall be free from twists, bends, or open joints and shall present a neat and ' workmanlike appearance when completed. C. Punched holes shall not have a greater diameter than 1/16-inch larger than the diameter of the fastener to be used. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes will not be permitted. Slight ' mismatching may be corrected by reaming for the next standard size bolt or screw. D. All welds shall be made with the electric arc process. Rods shall be coated, not fluxed, to produce a shielded arc. All defective welds or rejected parts of welds shall be cut out and replaced. Cutting shall be performed with chisel and not be flame. E. After being deposited, welds shall be brushed with wire brushes and allow a uniform section, smoothness of weld, edges without cuts or overlays, free from porosity or clinkers.Welds shall indicate a good fusion with, and penetration into the base material. ' 3.3 DETAILS OF CONNECTIONS A. All field connections shall be bolted and welded as detailed. ' 3.4 CLEANING AND STRAIGHTENING A. All material prior to being fabricated, shall be thoroughly wire brushed,cleaned of all scale and rust, and be thoroughly straightened by methods that will not injure the materials before being worked on. After punching or working the component parts of riveted members shall be free from twists, bends,or open joints when erected. L3.5 PAINTING A. All exposed items shall be given one(1)coat of Metal Primer. ' B. All galvanized metal items shall be treated and primed with one coat zinc chromate prior to finish coat. ' C. All items shall receive one(1)coat Semi-Gloss Enamel after curing of primer. ' Division 5 - Metals Page 135 3.6 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Miscellaneous metal items which are indicated on the Project Plans or specified in other section of these Specifications, together with all miscellaneous items or metal which may not be specifically noted herein on the Project Plans but which are necessary to complete the work in all parts shall be installed or furnished as applicable,under this section of the - work to the satisfaction of the City Representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECT10N Division 5 - Metals Page 136 SECTION 06000 CARPENTRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract including but not limited to these items: ' 1. General Framing. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry&Millwork ' Section 08710 Finish Hardware 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative will be ' used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE ' A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' Division 6- Carpentry Page 137 1 B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING LUMBER A. Horizontal framing,joists, beams and headers: Douglas Fir#1 Grade, unless otherwise noted. B. Light Framing,Blocking and Furring: Douglas Fir, American Plywood Association Grade- Marked, Structural#1 INT-DRPA with exterior glue. C. Sill Plates Foundation grade of Douglas Fir, pressure treated with Tanalith or Chromated Zinc Chlorine in accordance with Federal Specification TT-W-573 OR IT-W-551. D. Nailing Blocks: Douglas Fir pressure treated as for sill plates if embedded in concrete or masonry. 2.2 LUMBER A. Rough Lumber: All lumber shall be thoroughly seasoned and well manufactured. Materials shall be free from any warping that cannot be corrected by bridging or nailing. All -- structural load bearing lumber (sizes 4' X 8" or over) shall bear the official grade and trademark of the association under whose rules it was graded 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Rough Hardware: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish and install all rough hardware items such as bolts, lag screws, nails, etc. Where exposed on exterior, — these items shall be hot dipped galvanized B. Metal Framing Anchors,Beam Seats&Hinges: All as noted on Plans. C. Milling: All lumber shall be S4S unless otherwise specified in the Specifications or in the Plans. D. Scaffolding: Provide and maintain required scaffolding, all scaffolding shall comply with governing local and state laws. Division 6- Carpentry Page 138 ' 3-0 PAM 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCnON AND WORKMANSHIP A. The Carpentry Contractor shall carefully lay-out and erect all structural members of rough carpentry,framing, sheathing, bridging and other items of work as necessary to install the finished work. Where work connects with work of other trades, all necessary cutting and ' fitting shall be performed so as to leave the entire work in a finished and workmanlike manner. All members shall be properly braced, plumbed and leveled to prepare for application of finish material to be level and true. All exposed structural members shall be ' protected during course of construction. Any damaged exposed beams or columns will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. ' B. All framing shall be installed closely fitted,accurately set in place to the required lines and levels and be of the dimension as shown on the Plans. Structural members shall not be impaired by improper splices, cutting or drilling. ' C. Blocking shall be provided as necessary for the application wallboard. D. The following schedule shall serve as a general guide: A sufficient member of nails shall be ' used to insure the rigidity of construction, where not specified,the Contractor shall consult the City Representative. All nailing shall conform to the applicable building code. All exterior nails shall be galvanized General Structure 16d box- 8d box nails E. All finish trim and woodwork shall be carefully fitted with tight fitting joints, carefully cut and secured. Exposed nails shall be set for putty. All work shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanded to receive the finish. Sharp corners of finish woodwork shall be slightly rounded. ' F. Wood and plywood paneling or siding shall be accurately fit into position. Ends shall be over framing nailing members. Pre-drill ends if necessary to prevent splitting when nailed. Vertical board siding shall be applied with horizontal joints only at locations shown. Blind ' nailing shall be set and stopped with a non-staining putty to match the finish. G. Accurately fit each door to frame and hardware with due allowance for painter's finish and possible swelling and shrinking. All doors must move freely, but not loosely, operating without sticking or binding and with all hardware properly adjusted and functioning. ' 3.2 FINISH HARDWARE A. Fit all finish hardware for wood doors and cabinet work in place prior to painting, then restore to original cartons. After finish painting is complete, re-set hardware and leave in ' perfect order to the satisfaction of the City Representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 ' Division 6- Carpentry Page 139 1 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. All rough carpentry and framework 2. Rough hardware 3. Furring, backing and wood supports 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry&Millwork Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen(15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; - 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be _ used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 6- Carpentry Page 140 ' 1.4 CODE REQUIREMENTS A. All work in this section shall be in accordance with the applicable Building Code and ' Chapter 2-24 of Title 24 of the California Administration Code, except where the requirements of the Specifications exceed those of the governing code, then the Specifications shall govern. Nothing in the Plans and Specifications shall be deemed as ' authority. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. Grading: All Douglas Fir 'Structural' and 'Framing' lumber shall be graded in accordance with the Standard Grading and Dressing Rules#15, of the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau,Latest Edition,or in accordance with Standard Grading Rulers of the Western Pine Association,Latest Edition. ' B. Grade Marking: Each piece of structural, framing lumber and plywood shall bear the official grading mark of the Association under those rules it was graded, or the official mark of other recognition grading agencies using the above mentioned grading rules. C. Sizing: All lumber except as otherwise shown on the Plans and/or specified shall be dressed to sizes in accordance with the standards of the association under which the lumber is graded. ' D. Use, Species &Grades: All structural, framing lumber and plywood shall be of the species and grades specified, unless otherwise noted on the Plans and/or as specified. All lumber shall be S4S. ' 11= Species Grade Structural Light Framing Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #134-B Posts &Timbers Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #131-B ' Joists &Planks Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #123-B 2" - 4" thick 6" and wider ' Beams &Girders Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #130-B 5" &thicker ' Division 6- Carpentry Page 141 Miscellaneous nailing Douglas Fir#1 WCL1B #122-B E. All items above where used as exposed lumber shall be of the grade specified but also selected for exposed use. - F. All lumber unincorporated in the permanent work shall be air or kiln dried to a moisture content not exceeding 19 percent and not less then 7 percent as measured by the surface meter method at time of erection. 2.2 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Treat wood, including lumber and plywood shown or scheduled as Treated' or specified herein to be treated to comply with the applicable requirements of the American Wood Preservers Institute(AWPI). See Plans for required method of treatment. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP A. Care shall be taken to fit all members carefully into their respective positions. All carpentry work shall be performed in a neat,workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Plans. B. Timbers shall be well nailed and bolted together using nails and/or bolts as noted and detailed on the Plans. Nails shall not be driven closer together than 1/2 their length. _ Whenever necessary to prevent the lumber from splitting,nail holes shall be pre-drilled. C. The Contractor shall maintain adequate shoring and temporary bracing at all times. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install all anchors, bolts, nuts, washers, strips, dowels, lag screws, timber connectors, _ etc., of sizes as specified on Plans. B. Holes for bolts shall be bored same as diameters of bolts and bolts driven in place with a tight fit. All threaded fasteners on wood shall have proper plates or steel washers at each end. C. Where lag screws are indicated to be used,they shall be screwed and not driven into place. All lag screws bearing on wood shall have steel washers under the head. In placing lag screws, a hole shall first be bored the same diameter and depth as the shank. Holes for the threaded portion of the screw shall be bored with a bit not larger than the base of the thread. D. Wood screws of 16 gauge or larger shall be pre-drilled holes as above specified for lag screws. For smaller screws one drill the size of thread base is permitted, except where splitting of the wood results. E. All bolts, lag screws shall be turned up tight at the time of installation and again at completion of the work. F. Where indicated on the drawings, use 'Strong-Tie'connectors manufactured and available from: Simpson Company 1425 Moonstone, Brea, California (714) 871-8373. Similar and equivalent Teco 'Trip-L-Grip' or 'Doub-L-Grip' anchors manufactured by the Timber Engineering Company of type specified will be acceptable. Nails shall be special length as Division 6- Carpentry Page 142 furnished by manufacturer for anchors used and a nail shall be placed in each nail hole in the anchor. ' 3.3 ROUGH HARDWARE A. All rough hardware consisting of nails, spikes,pins, screws, strong ties, (or other anchors as specified) and locks, hinged, etc., for work shall be furnished and installed fully in ' accordance with the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Exposed bolt ends shall be cut off flush at nut and peened 3.4 ROUGH HARDWARE A. The work shall be performed under the direction of a capable Foreman experienced in ' building construction. B. The Foreman shall coordinate all work of subcontractors and tradesman performing work under the contract. The foreman shall carefully plan and layout the work. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION t Division 6- Carpentry Page 143 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY&MILLWORK 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: A. Provide wood, nails, bolts, screws, framing anchors and other items as needed, for the construction as shown on the project drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Finish carpentry items,other than shop fabricated casework. C. Hardware and attachment accessories. - 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. 1. The work shall be performed under the direction of a capable Foreman experienced in building construction. 2. The Foreman shall coordinate all work of subcontractors and tradesman performing work under the contract. The foreman shall carefully plan and layout the work. 3. Manufacturer millwork and finish carpentry items in accordance with the standards of _ "Manual of Millwork" and of the Woodwork Institute of California. 4. Issue W.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate to City Representative prior to delivery _ of millwork. 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen(15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; Division 6- Carpentry Page 144 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation ' procedures used on the work. C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: ' 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish,showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. ' 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of 01600. B. Store materials in ventilated,interior locations under constant minimum temperatures of 70 degrees F. and maximum relative humidity of 50 to 55 percent. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Materials specified under Millwork Manual Section Numbers refer to lumber grades in Millwork Manual as follows: Section 3, Lumber Grades - Softwoods; Section 4, Lumber Grades - Hardwood; Section 5,Plywood Grades - Softwood; Section 6, Plywood Grades ' Hardwood. 2.2 FABRICATORS ' A. Vic Brown Cabinet Shop (714) 632-6953. B. Albin J. Czemiak, Inc. (714) 825-3702. C. K&Z Cabinet Company, Inc. (714) 947-3567. ' D. Roy E. Whitehead, Inc. (714) 682-1490. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR/INTERIOR MILLWORK A. Fabricate in accordance with Section 7 of Millwork Manual. 1. Exterior Frame: Fabricate in accordance with Section 9 of Millwork Manual. I2. Interior Millwork: Fabricate in accordance with Section 11 of Millwork Manual. ' 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Size and type to suit application, galvanized finish. ' B. Bolts, Nuts, Washer, Blind Fasteners, Lags and Screws: Size and type to suit application, galvanized finish. Division 6- Carpentry Page 145 C. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of Douglas Fir species. D. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer. E. Wood Filler: Solvent base,tinted to match surface finish color. 3.0 PART 3 EXECU77ON 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as _ instructed by the fabricator. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. D. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with W.I.C. Manual of Millwork, Section 26, Installation of _ Millwork, Custom quality standard. B. Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated. Adhere with adhesive over entire surface. Make joints and comers hairline. Match patterns. Cap exposed edges with 3/8-inch thick hardwood trim. Apply laminate backing sheet on reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. C. Maximum variation from true position: 1/16-inch. D. Maximum offset from true alignment with abutting materials 1/32-inch. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as - indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 6- Carpentry Page 146 ' SECTION 07100 ' WATERPROOFING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Provide waterproof foundation coating to the back side of all concrete or masonry ' walls that retain soil. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions, and inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. ' B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing building code. In case of conflict between these Specifications and Building Code,the more stringent shall govern. ' 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in ' the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Material shall be "Thoroseal Foundation Coating" or equal, as approved by City Representative. ' Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 147 3.0 PART 3 EXECUnON 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as instructed by the fabricator. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. D. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. _ 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract — lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 148 ' SECTION 07150 LIQUID WATER REPELLENT ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. The following applications of liquid water repellent are required, but exclude ' associated areas of paving. Area of coverage to include all exposed surfaces of concrete block masonry for inside of trash enclosure, storage bins and splash walls. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry ' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain primary water repellent materials from one manufacturer. B. Subcontract the water repellent coating work to a firm specializing in special coatings and experienced in the application of the types of water repellents required. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLVENT BASED SILICONE COATING A. Provide a 5.0% concentration of polymerized silicone resins in hydrocarbon solvents, complying with FS-SS-W-110. ' B. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements include the following: 1. Chem-Masters Corp. (216) 247-4277 ' 2. Dow Corning Corp. 1-800-662-0661 3. General Electric Co. 4. Grace Construction Products 1-800-521-2737 ' S. Valspar Corp (214) 276-5181 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 149 B. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with the application of water repellent (except with the written recommendations of the manufacturer), when the ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F., or when the substrate surfaces have cured for less than a period of two months; or when rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F., are — predicted for a period of 24 hours; or earlier than 3 days after the surfaces have become wet from rainfall or other moisture sources; or when the substrate is frozen, or at surface temperature of less than 40 degrees F. The Contractor must examine the substrate and the conditions under which the water repellent is to be applied. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Protect adjoining work from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Clean spillage of - water repellent from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning. D. Apply a heavy, saturation-type spray coating of water repellent to the surfaces indicated for treatment. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using airless spraying procedure unless otherwise indicated. E. Apply second,heavy saturated-type spray coating,repeating the first application. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying time between coats, and for drying times after rain storm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturers technical representative if recommendations are not applicable to project conditions. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. - 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 7- Thenal and Moisture Protection Page 150 1 SECTION 07213 BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Batt insulation and vapor barrier in exterior wall,ceiling,and roof construction. 2. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window, door shim spaced, and crevices in exterior wall and roof. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C665 -Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure elements. B. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of sound control where indicated or scheduled. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - INSULATION MATERIALS ' A. Manville Corp. B. Owens-Coming Fiberglass Corporation C. United States Gypsum Insulation Products D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01340 ' 2.2 MATERIALS ' A. Batt Insulation: ASTM C665 pre-formed glass fiber batt, Type III, Class B, with reflective covering and stapling flange one side with flame spread of 25 or less. Provide R30 at ceilings and roofs, R19 at walls. ' B. Batt Sound Insulation: ASTM C665 pre-formed glass fiber batt, Type I, un-faced, with flame spread of 25 or less, and a smoke density of less than 450 when tested in accordance with UBC Standard No. 42-1. Provide R-11, 3-1/2 min.. thickness. ' C. Nails or Staples: Steel wire; electroplated; type and size to suit application. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 151 D. Tape:Bright aluminum self-adhering type,mesh reinforced,2-inch wide. E. Support Wire: 16 gauge steel wire F. Support Rads: 13 gauge pointed spring steel,length as required for stud spacing. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior walls,roof and ceiling spaces without gaps or voids. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Install with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane between framing members. F. Staple or mail in place at maximum 6-inch o.c. G. Friction fit sound insulation between wood studs and fill as required to completely fill space between the wall finishes. Where wall finish does not occur, use support rods spaced not-to-exceed 16-inch o.c. vertically at wood studs. At metal studs, lace 16 gauge support — wire through studs not-to-exceed 16-inch o.c. vertically. H. Tape seal butt ends. _ 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 152 SECTION 07600 FLASHING& SHEET METAL GUTTERS &DOWNSPOUTS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Provide flashing and sheet metal materials not specifically described in other sections ' of these specifications but required to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. 2. Unless otherwise specified, galvanized steel and stainless steel sheet metal lighter than 10 gage is included in this section. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 05500 Metal Fabrication Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; ' 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 153 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in the current edition of"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). C. Comply with SMACNA Manual unless otherwise indicated or specified. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: ASTM A526, commercial quality. ASTM A525 coating designation G90. 1. Minimum Gage: Unless otherwise speed or shown,24 gage. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302 or 204, finish 21), fully annealed, dead soft tempered. - 1. Minimum Gage: Unless otherwise specified or shown, 20 gage. C. Sheet Metal Fastenings: 1. Rivets, nails sheet metal screws, machine screws, self-tapping screws, and stove bolts of the type and size best adapted to the conditions of use. Use galvanized, — cadium-plated or 300 Series alloy stainless steel. 2. Pop rivets, by USM Corp., may be used for metal connections when future - disassembly is not required. Open-end type may be used for all application except where water-tight connections are required, in which case,use closed-end type. 3. Fasteners shall be the same metal or metal compatible with the item fastened. Use stainless steel fasteners with stainless steel and to fasten dissimilar materials. D. Solder: - 1. Standard brand of 50:50 alloy lead-tin, ASTM B32. Name of manufacturer and grade designation shall be case or die-marked on each bar. _ E. Flux: Raw muriatic acid. F. Sealant: Conform to requirements of Section 07900. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 154 1 13.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify that substrates are smooth and clean to extent needed from sheet metal work. B. Verify that reglets,nails,cents,and blocking to receive sheet metal are installed and free of concrete and soil. ' C. Do not start sheet metal work until conditions are satisfactory. D. Before installing sheet metal,verify shapes and dimensions of surface to be covered ' E. Install work watertight, without waves, warps, buckles, fastening stress or distortion, allowing for expansion and contraction. F. Hem exposed edges. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drips. G. As a minimum requirement, install flashing and sheet metal to comply with SMACNA ' Manual. H. Protection from Contact of dissimilar Materials: ' 1. All Metal: Surfaces in contact with mortar, concrete,or other masonry materials shall be painted with alkali-resistant coatings such as heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 2. Wood: Wood surfaces that may become repeatedly wet and in contact with metal shall be painted with two (2)coats of aluminum paint or coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 3. Dissimilar Metal: Paint with a heavy-bodies bituminous paint. 3.3 FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Except as otherwise specified and indicated. ' 1. Select methods of fabrication, assembly and installation. Fabrication shall be in accord with best trade practices with joints and corners accurately machined, filled and fitted, and rigidly framed together and connected. a. Match components to product perfect continuity of line and design. 2. Make joints and connections in exterior face metal watertight. 3. Face of metal in contact shall have hairline joints, except for expansion or fittings. ' 4. Conceal fastenings except as otherwise indicated. 5. Conceal reinforcement within the finished assembly. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 155 6. Seal reglets with removal filler to prevent intrusion of foreign substances. B. Soldering: 1. Clean material and tin prior to soldering. Solder with heavy coppers of blunt design, properly tinned before use. 2. Solder slowly with well heated coppers;heat the seams thoroughly and completely fill with solder. 3. Exposed soldering with finish surfaces shall be neatly made full flowing and smooth. 4. Wash acid flux with a soda solution after soldering and remove soldering flux on exposed and painted surfaces. C. Expansion&Concentration: 1. Provide for thermal expansion and concentration and building movement in completed work, without over stressing the material breaking connections, or producing wrinkles and distortion in finished surfaces. Make water and weathertight throughout. 2. Where subject to thermal expansion and contraction, attach members with clips to permit movement without damage,or provide slotted or oversize holes with washers only, as approved. 3. Make lock seam work flat and true to line and sweat full of solder except where - installed to permit expansion and contraction. a. Flat lock seams, and lap seams where soldered shall lap according to pitch but in no case less than 3-inch. Make seams in direction of flow. D. Weatherproofing 1. Finish watertight and weathertight where so required 2. Make lock seam work flat and true to line, sweating full of solder. _ 3. Make lock seams and lap seams, when soldered, at least 1/2-inch wide. 4. Where lap seams are not soldered, lap according to pitch, but in no case less than 3- _ inch. 5. Make flat and lap seams in the direction of flow. 3.4 SPECIFIC ITEMS (fabrication& Installation) A. Pitch Pockets: I. Fabricate from 22 gage galvanized sheet steel with folded, lapped, riveted or bolted and soldered connections. -- 2. All joints shall be soldered after assembly to prevent leakage of bitumen. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 156 3. Install on top of roofing and attach to structure with fasteners best suited to the conditions involved. B. Counterflashing and Reglets: ' 1. Fry or Lane Air complete assemblies, including flashing, with all splices,pre-formed in-and-out comer assemblies, and accessories required for proper installation in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. ' 2. Fabricate and install flashing to exert a constant pressure against reglet and roofing. Install flashing with overlapped ends to insure a tight waterproof seal. Tape or fill reglets with a removable filler to prevent intrusion of mortar or dirt. 1 3. Flashings shall be readily removable and replaceable without clips or screws unless otherwise approved. Reglets and flashing shall be fabricated from 24 gage galvanized steel. ' 4. For installation with cement plaster: Fry 'Springlock' flashing system Type ST(Stucco). Install level and true as indicated. 5. Surface Mounted Flashing: Fry surface mounted Type SM with 'Expand-O-Seal' flashing reglet system. Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions, level and true, 7-inch minimum above high point. Step down to maintain 7-inch minimum ' above cant strip. Lap reglet 3-inch at joints. 6. After base flashing has been installed, and inspected, install counter-flashing in compliance with manufacturer's instruction. Lap flashing a minimum of 3-inch. 7. Flashing at Roof Penetrations& Equipment Supports: Provide metal flashing for all pipes, ducts, and conduits projecting through the roof surface and for equipment supports,and similar items supported by or attached to the roof deck. 8. Downspouts: Fabricate from 20 gage galvanized sheet steel to sizes and shapes ' indicated with longitude joints, lock lapped and soldered, cross joints lapped and soldered. Secure downspout to structure with 10 gage galvanized steel straps. ' 9. Scuppers: Fabricate as details or required. Support with concealed fastenings. Coordinate scuppers with roofing trade before submitting shop drawings. 10. Coping Covers: For typical application, fabricate from 24 gage galvanized sheet steel. ' For mechanical equipment screen only,fabricate form 18 gage galvanized sheet steel. 11. Fabricate to profiles shown, with all edges hemmed 1/2-inch for stiffness and drip ' formed where indicated or where required to provide a suitable watershed. All edges shall be sharp and clean, and flat surfaces free of dimpling, oil-canning, or similar defects. ' 12. Fabricate in as long sections as possible with butt joins between sections, backed up by 6-inch wide concealed joint plate with identical finish, and identical profile as flashing. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 157 1 13. Corner sections shall be prefabricated, with legs extending approximately 2' x 6" each way; corner joints shall be mitered and mechanically fastened in the shop, without exposed fastenings. 14. Nail flanges securely at 3-inch o.c., lap end joint 3-inch and seal with flashing compound,including the vertical rise. 15. Curb and Equipment Pad Flashing: Fabricate from 24 gage galvanized sheet steel with corners capped and soldered watertight. 16. Other Items: Provide other sheet metal items as indicated or as required to keep building water and weathertight. 3.5 REPAIRS TO "EXPOSED-TO-VIEW"FINISHES A. Scratches, abrasions, and minor surface defects of finish may be repaired in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions. B. Finish repaired surfaces shall be uniform and free from scratches, blemishes, and from variations or surface texture. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean per section 01710 B. Clean all exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. C. Grease and oil films, handling marks, contamination from steel wool, fittings and drilling — debris shall be removed, and the work scrubbed clean. D. All exposed metal surfaces shall be free of dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, and _ solder or weld marks. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, Iabor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 7 • Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 158 1 SECTION 07920 CAULKING& SEALANTS ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated 1 on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Caulking of interior and exterior cracks, crevices and joints between wood and 1 plaster, metal and masonry, wood, metal, glass, control joints in plaster, at exterior openings. ' 2. Caulking at all expansion joints in concrete or masonry as indicated on project drawings, or directed by the City Representative; to provide a watertight and weatherproof construction. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. ' B. Product Data: Within 15 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the ' specified requirements; 3. Shop drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation ' procedures used on the work. 5. Samples: Sealant: 1/3-inch cured beads of selected colors x 10" long, mounted on 1/8-inch thick hardboard backing with description of use and its location. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE ' A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 159 C. Cans of sealant at job site shall bear manufacturer's label with date of manufacture of sealant,or manufacturer shall otherwise attest to date of manufacture as follows: 1. A period of time no longer than six months for Polysulphide; three (3) months for Polyurethane and"wide joint sealant," shall have elapsed from date of manufacture to date of usage on project. 2. Do not use materials whose shelf life date has expired. Remove these materials promptly from the site. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained in caulking and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper _ performance of the work of this section. B A written guarantee to the City maintaining all caulking in a watertight condition for a period of 1 year. D. Manufacturer's Supervision: 1. Obtain manufacturer's or manufacturer's representative presence at job site for activities called for in this section. E. Notify the manufacturer at least seventy-two (72)hours prior to sealant time for inspection of all substrates and all locations to be sealed F. For a period of one year from date of Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall repair and replace at his expense, all defective sealant workmanship and/or materials. G. Warranty shall further state that all exterior sealants will be guaranteed against: 1. Adhesive or cohesive failure in joints where movement is under maximum 25 percent extension or compression. 2. Any crazing greater than 3 mils. in depth developing on surface of sealant materials. 3. Any straining of surfaces adjacent to joints by sealant or primer by mitigation through building materials in contract with them. 4. Chalking or visible color change on surface of cured sealant. 5. Increase or decrease of"Shore A" durometer hardness(5 second reading)of sealant of more than 30 percent of value of cured value of "Shore A" durometer hardness of sealant. H. Include in warranty provision and agreement to repair and/or replace promptly at Contractor's expense all sealant defects as listed above which develop during warranty period. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 160 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. At horizontal joints at floors and paving: ' 1. Sealant compound shall be two-part polyurethane-base sealant of self-leveling pour- grade consistency,meeting following standards: a. Federal Specifications T7-S-227e. b. "Shore A" hardness of installed cured sealant shall be 40+/-5. ' 2. Sealant compound at horizontal joints shall be produced by one of the following manufacturers'to meet requirements given herein: ' a. William Products, Inc. 1-800-521-9594 b. Polymeric Systems, Inc. 1-800-CAULK IT c. Sonnebom-Contech, 1-800-433-9517 or city approved equal. ' B. At vertical joints and horizontal joints other than at floors or paving: 1. Sealant compound shall be two-part polysulphide of non-sag consistency meeting the following standards: a. USA Standard A116.1. ' b. Federal Specifications TT-S-227e. b. "Shore A" hardness of installed cured sealant shall be 30+/-5. ' 2. Sealant shall be produced by one of the following manufacturers' to meet requirements given herein: a. William Products, Inc. 1-800-521-9594 b. Polymeric Systems, Inc. 1-800-CAULK IT C. Sonneborn-Contech, 1-800-433-9517 or city approved equal. C. Special wide joint sealant at 1-1/2-inch side joint: ' 1. Dymeric, by Trenco, applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Fire-rated Sealant: "Fire Barrier Caulk CP 25 and Putty 303" by 3M Corporation. E. Color of Sealants: 1. Unless specified or directed otherwise, match sealant color with color of adjacent ' materials as closely as possible or as determined by the City Representative. 2. City Representative will select the sealant color where adjacent materials on each side of the joint are of different colors. ' Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 161 1 2.2 INCIDENTAL MATERIALS A. General: Use only primer,joint filler and other materials which will not stain the sealant and contact surfaces. B. Primers: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction with the sealant for application onto the various types of materials to which the sealant is applied. When the manufacturer's instructions make reference to special surface preparations for the use of primers,comply with these instructions. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene or other plastic tape recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper sealant performance or where joint backing cannot be installed. Provide self-adhering tape wherever possible. D. Joint Backing: Compressible rod stock formed of closed cell polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable, non-absorptive material recommended by the sealant manufacturer or rod such as Dow Chemical Company, "Ethafoam." 1. Provide size and shape of rod which will control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back, and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. E. Joint Cleaner: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. F. Sealant Joints at Fire-rated Walls: Provide fire-rated filler material and other special — components as required by governing authority. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Prior to start of sealant work, the manufacturer or manufacturers',whose sealants are to be used, shall provide a qualified person to inspect all substrates and locations to be sealed. B. Manufacturer's inspector shall give written notification to city representative of any conditions which would adversely affect the required sealant work and guarantee requirements specified herein. Do not proceed with sealing work until such conditions have been corrected to manufacturer's inspector's satisfaction. C. Manufacturer's inspector shall certify, in writing,to the City representative, that the correct joint fillers, bond-breakers, primer and sealants are to be used for the various substrates and locations of same. C. Manufacturer's inspector shall at the start of the sealant work, instruct the sealant - applicators (at the job site) as to correct cleaning, priming, installing back-up material Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 162 (including bond-breakers) and sealing operations for applicable substrate and locations of same. Contractor shall conform to such instructions. D. Failure to comply with these requirements shall constitute grounds for non-acceptability of materials even though such materials have been specified or reviewed. ' 3.3 PREPARATION OF JOINTS A. Joints to be sealed shall be raked as required and thoroughly cleaned of mortar or any other foreign materials in an approved manner before any sealant materials are applied. Remove ' any coatings from metal surfaces before installation of said metal by use of solvent recommended by manufacturer of metal. ' B. Clean porous surfaces such as concrete and similar materials by sand or water blasting as required to provide a clean, sound base surface for sealant adhesion. Remove loose particles present, or resulting from blast cleaning by blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Concrete shall be fully cured and dried before primer is applied. Any ' alkaline seepage from fresh concrete shall be washed away and surface dried. C. Clean non-porous surfaces, such as metal and glass, either mechanically or chemically. Remove protective coatings on metallic surfaces by oil free solvents such as xylol, toluol, or methylethyl ketone (MEK). Do not use soap, detergent, or water based cleaners. Use clean, white cloths, or lint-less paper towels with solvent. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. D. Joint spaces and surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before installation of sealant materials. Unless approved means of drying joint is employed,do not install sealant materials during 1 and after rain and fog. To test for free moisture,run paper towel through joint. E. Joint Dimensions for Polysulphide and Polyurethane Sealants: ' 1. Depth of joint is defined as distance from outside face of material in which joint is located to closest point of rod-shaped joint back-up. 2. Minimum Depth, Width: Joints shall be never less than 1/4" depth by 1/3" width, unless approved by City representative in writing. 3. Joint Dimensions: a. Over 1/4" to 1/2" wide: Minimum depth 1/4",maximum depth equal to width. ' b. Over 1/2" to 3/4" wide: Minimum depth 3/8",maximum depth 3/4" of width. C. Over 3/4" to 1" wide: Minimum depth 1/2",maximum depth 5/8 of width. ' d. Over 1" to 2" wide: Minimum depth 1/2",maximum depth 1/2 of width. e. For joints exceeding 2" in width, depth shall be as directed by the sealant ' manufacturer. 4. Width of joint shall be as calculated from Thiokol Chemical Company's "Joint Design ' Aid" or similar manufacturer's data, to suit 25% compression/expansion capability of sealant. ' Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 163 A. Exterior: 1, Sealant of joints occurring at meeting of different materials at exterior of building, unless otherwise indicated on the project drawings. — 2. Sealant at perimeter of exterior frames for louvers, glass and window frames, and door frames in contact with exterior plaster,concrete or concrete block. 3. Joints in horizontal wearing surfaces. 4. Sealing of exterior perimeters of all electrical and mechanical items which penetrate — exterior building surfaces. S. Special sealant at 1-1/2-inch wide joints. _ 6. Fire-rated sealant at fire rated construction. 7. Sealant as noted on Project Plans except where included in the work on another — section. 8. Paving joints at building perimeter. _ B. Interior. I. Interior control joints. 2. Sealant at interior sleeves which receive piping or conduit,unless otherwise noted. 3. Sealant as noted on Project Plans except where included in the work of another section 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Do not proceed with the installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions when joint to be sealed is damp, wet or frozen, or when temperatures are below or above the — manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Consult the manufacturer for specific instructions before proceeding. B. Mixing and application of sealing compound shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed directions. Initial mixing and application shall be under the direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative. C. Comply with sealant manufacturer's current recommendations and instructions in mixing, preparatory work, priming, application life and procedure, and protection of caulking and sealing work for this project. Work shall be done by experienced mechanic using specified _ materials and proper tools. D. Prime concrete block and, if so recommended by sealant manufacturer, other surfaces before applying sealant. Prime with brush what will reach all parts of joints to be filled with _ sealant compound. E. Mask all edges not confined by other building materials, and make necessary provisions to avoid possibility of applying any sealant materials to any exposed surfaces adjacent to joints, and to prevent permanent staining or other damage to adjacent work. Contractor Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 164 ' shall be fully responsible for any staining and/or damage caused under work of this section to adjacent work. ' F. Back-up Material: Flexible of suitable size and shape so that, when compressed (25% to 50%), it will fit in joints as required. Roll stock into joint to avoid lengthwise stretching. Do not twist, braid or puncture. If finished sealant work has bubbles from gas escaping ' from punctured backer rod, sealant and rod shall be replaced at no additional expense to the City. G. Bond Breaker Tape: Install bond breaker tape smoothly at back of joint. Sealant shall ' adhere only to the sides and not to the back of the joint so as to eliminate three-sided adhesion. H. Fill joint with filler and back-up material so that depth and width of joint have relationships as noted herein under "Joint Dimensions." I. Bond Breaker: Sealant shall be bonded to the two opposite sides of joint only. Apply bond- breaker between sealant and back of joints where space for back-up material does not exist. J. Use primer as it comes from can, unadulterated. Apply as per manufacturer's printed ' directions, and/or recommendations. Prime joints before insertion of sealant back-up or joint filler material. Allow primer to dry before application of sealant. K. In mixing sealant components, do not excessively whip air into sealants. Mix with low speed equipment as recommended by manufacturer. L. Apply sealant material with approved type "caulking" gun (or container with spout or pour- grade sealant) at bottom of joint. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints. Where use of gun is not practicable, use suitable hand "caulking"tools. Clean tools and equipment before reuse. ' M. Tool to a neat, even place, using metal jointing tools. Perform tooling before sealant has had time to "film over." When tooling white, or light colored sealant, use tool or tooling solution recommended by sealant manufacturer. If manufacturer indicates there is any possibility of color of caulking material being changed by use of wetting agents while tooling, Contractor shall "dry tool." N. Take necessary measures to prevent leakage or other malfunction at locations where ' polyurethane type sealant meets Polysulphide type sealant compound. 3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING ' A. Leave work in a neat,clean condition to full satisfaction of the City Representative,and per the provisions of Section 01710. ' B. Adjacent surfaces shall be properly protected against stains, smearing, and other damages during the sealing operations. ' C. Ladders and scaffolds shall be cushioned to prevent damage to building surfaces. D. Cover joints or horizontal surfaces with suitable protection until sealant is cured. ' Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 165 3.6 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave — installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as — indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION _ Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 166 ' SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOOR AND FRAMES ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract including but limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer and delivery to the site of conventional type metal doors and frames. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK t Section 01340 Submittals Section 08710 Finish Hardware Section 09900 Painting ' 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: ' 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation ' procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: ' 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be ' used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1 ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 167 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of regulatory agencies: 1. Comply with the label requirements of UL and applicable codes. 2. Provide UL label on such doors and frames. a. Include anchoring devices which comply with above requirements and are suitable for the supporting wall and floor construction. _ 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING&DELIVERY A. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other suitable containers, separators, banding, spreaders and paper wrappings to protect hollow metal items. B. Store doors upright,in a protected dry area, at least 1-inch or more off the ground or floor, and provide at least 1/4-inch space between individual members. C. Follow special storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS -- Pioneer Industries, Carlstadt, NJ 07072, (201) 933-1900. BYMOCO Metal Fabricators,Birmingham,AL 35217-0009, (205) 841-5501. Security Metal Products Corporation,Hawthorne, CA 90250, (310)772-1171. Amweld Building Products,Inc.,Garrettsville, OH 44231, (216) 527-4385. Manufacturers shall comply with elevations indicated on Project Plans or as approved by the City - Representative. 2.2 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Frames shall be pressed of 14 gauge cold rolled, double annealed steel. All welded joints ground smooth. Reinforcements for mortise hardware and hinges shall be inserts spot- welded in place. B. Hinge plates to be 10 gauge or with 3 per door plates for lock and closers to be at least 12 gauge. There shall be 3 anchors at each jamb and 2 at the head. Temporary spreaders at _ bottom. Door stops at least 5/8" x 1-5/8" in size. 2.3 FINISH A. After fabrication, all welds and joints shall be ground smooth and filled flush with mineral filler to conceal all seams. All surfaces of the frames shall receive one (1) shop coat of air dried,Zinc Chromate Rust Inhibitive Primer prior to shipment. Refer to Plans for color of — frames and doors. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 168 ' 2.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings of fabricated items. Shop drawings shall clearly show sizes of all ' members and methods of joining and anchoring. Advise finish hardware supplier of work schedule and obtain templates,if required. 2.5 HARDWARE A. All metal door frames and doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for mortise hardware and cylinder locksets in accordance with templates or hardware ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All frames shall be erected plumb, square, true to line, and level with secure fastening to structure anchors. ' 3.2 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave in a clean and acceptable condition. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 169 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES - A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: 1. Extruded aluminum windows with fixed and operating sash. 2. Concession windows 3. Glass and glazing. 4. Operating hardware and insect screens. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA 101-88 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Door. B. ASTM 8221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar,Rod, Wire, Shape,and Tube. C. ASTM E283 -Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors. D. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. E. ASTM E331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. F. ASTM E547 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. G. FS L-S-125 - Screening,Insect, Nonmetallic. 1.3 PERFORMANCE A. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind as calculated in accordance with 1988 UBC code. — B. Comply with air infiltration, water penetration and structural performance requirements indicated in AAMA 101 for the type, grade and performance class of window units required. C. Test each type and size of required window unit through a recognized testing laboratory or agency, in accordance with ASTM E330 for structural performance, with ASTM E283 for air infiltration and with both ASTM E331 and ASTM E547 for water penetration. Provide certified test results. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 170 1.4 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen(15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the ' City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. ' 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect window units under provisions of Section 01620 of these ' Specifications. B. Provide wrapping or stripable coating to protect prefmished aluminum surfaces. ' 1.6 WARRANTY A. Provide five year manufacturers and SIGMA warranty under provisions of Section 01700. ' B. Warranty: Include coverage of insulated glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS ' A. Projected Windows: P-C45 type, grade, and performance class. ' 1. EFCO Corporation; 2400 Series, (714) 963-2198. 2. Wanusau Metals, Guaranteed Products 420 Series, (715) 845-2161. 3. Kawneer Company, Inc., PA-3 Series, (714) 523-4850. ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 171 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM 6063 alloy T5 or T6 temper. 2.3 FABRICATED COMPONENTS A. Frames: Nominal 2-1/8-inch wide x 2-inch deep profile, of non-thermally broken, flush -. glass stops of snap-on type. B. Insect Screens: FS L-S-125, woven fiberglass mesh; 16/18 mesh size; fitted taught in tubular aluminum frame. Miter and reinforce frame corners; provide with manufacturer's standard retainer. C. Operable Sash Weather-stripping: window manufacturers standard,permanently resilient, - profiled to effect weather seal. D. Operable Sash Hardware: Corrosion resistant; pivot bearings; positive position stop. Provide 4 ft. long pole handle for project in unit, one per room, with hanger, located as directed. E. Fasteners: Stainless steel. 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Specified in Section 08800. B. Glass- Exterior Type: 5/16-inch thick solar gray laminated glass. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate windows allowing for minimum installation clearances and shim spacing around perimeter of assembly yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make corner joints flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal corner joints with sealant. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. F. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions to maintain rigidity. G. Shop glaze window units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.6 FINISHES A. Color Shop Painted Finish: Baked-on silicone polyester M12-C41-RIX NAAMM AA, Class I (minimum thickness of 0.7 mils), to be selected by City Representative from standard range of colors. B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. Division 8 • Doors&Windows Page 172 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. ' B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install window frames, glass and glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame to structure. C. Align window frame plumb and level, free of warp or twist. maintain dimensional ' tolerances,aligning with adjacent work. D. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter to maintain continuity of thermal ' barrier. E. Adjust operable hardware for smooth operation and tight fit of sash. ' 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from prefnished aluminum surfaces. ' B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water. Rinse with clean water, and wipe dry with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from comers. Wipe surfaces clean. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION ' Division 8 - Doors &Windows Page 173 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install all finish hardware and related items necessary to complete the work as indicated on the project drawings and specified herein. B. Furnish all trim, attachments and fastenings specified or required for proper and complete installation. C. Furnish MK cylinder for doors and switches furnished under work of other sections, and lockset for wire mesh gate. D. Furnish all sound seal gaskets at head and jambs and astragals that are indicated or specified. E. Furnish all items of finish hardware necessary to complete the building, following hardware schedule intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the building, and to establish a type and standard of quality and; 1. Include all hardware under this section of the specifications that is not specified in other sections, whether or not such hardware is herein scheduled. F. It shall be the specific duty and responsibility of the Contractor to examine the project drawings and specifications, and furnish proper hardware for all openings whether listed or not, at no additional cost to the City. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals - Section 08100 Metal Door and Frames Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Doors Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Within 30 days after award of contract, prepare and submit to the City Representative 7 copies of hardware schedule and keying chart. 1. Hardware schedule shall identify each hardware item by manufacturer, manufacturer's catalog number and exact location in the work. 2. Hardware schedule shall be in suitable form to facilitate review. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 174 3. Review of the hardware schedule does not relieve the hardware suppler from the responsibility of furnishing the job complete. ' 4. The hardware supplier shall furnish to the City Representative, a copy of purchase order showing the date of placing order. ' C. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements; D. Shop drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and ' interface of the work of this section with the work of adjacent trades; E. Samples: 1. Submit,when so directed by the City representative,a sample of each and every item of hardware proposed in the work. ' F. Catalog Cuts: 1. Submit catalog cuts of every item fumished for this project. ' 2. Show all finishes, sizes, catalog numbers and pictures. Explain fully all abbreviations. 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Where finished shape or size of members taking hardware is such as to prevent or make unsuitable the use of the exact types specified, suitable types shall be furnished having as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the type specified. B. Electrical coordination: Before any electrical controlled and/or operated hardware is ' ordered,voltage must be coordinated with Electrical Contractor,in writing. C. Proper Kind and Type: The hardware shall be the proper kind for its required use and shall fit its intended location perfectly. Should any hardware, as specified, fail to meet the intended requirements or require any modifications to suit the intended location, this matter, or any other necessary advance information, shall be brought to the attention of the City Representative for correction or advice in ample time to avoid delay in the manufacture and ' delivery of the hardware. 1. Doors with fire-rating shall have hardware that conforms to an equal fire-rating. D. In order to insure proper placement and fit, all hardware in connection with metal doors and metal frames shall be made to template. Templates or physical hardware items shall be furnished to the manufacturer's concerned, and shall be supplied sufficiently in advance to ' avoid delay in the work. E. Warranty: All hardware shall be warranted for a period of one year from date of Final ' Acceptance. Defects in materials and workmanship occurring during the warranty period shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of the City representative. 1 ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 175 1.5 HANDLING&DELIVERY A. Each unit of hardware shall be individually packaged,completed with proper fastening and all appurtenances. Each package shall be clearly marked on the outside to show the contents and specific location in the work. Except where otherwise specified,or required,deliver all hardware to the job site. B. A typewritten shipping list shall accompany each shipment and shall conform to the reviewed Hardware Schedule. Contractor shall check upon receipt each shipment with the accompanying shipping list. He shall report shortage immediately to the City Representative. C. After fitting,the Contractor shall tag each key for identification. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LOCK UNIFORMITY A. Except where otherwise specified, all locksets, latchsets, cylinders and component parts, shall be by one manufacturer. B. Locks shall be heavy duty Kwikset locks. 2.2 LOCK STRIKES A. All lock strikes shall be boxed, and shall have a curved lip of sufficient length to protect the trim and jamb. 2.3 KEYING AND MASTER KEYING A. All locksets, and cylinders shall be keyed, master keyed, and grand master keyed at the factory where records shall be established and maintained with special keyway as directed. B. All master keys and grand master keys shall be identified with a registry number, NOT stamped with MASTER or letter "M". Individual roomkeys shall not be stamped with key — cut,but with a plain identification number. All keys shall be factory cut and stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE. C. In order to maintain the established master key system,all cylinders, locksets and padlocks shall be furnished to match keyway of record. D. All locksets,padlocks and cylinders shall be construction keyed. Contractor and hardware supplier shall be held responsible for permanent keys until all are delivered to the City representative. Furnish 10 construction master keys. E. All permanent keys shall be properly tagged and installed in the Key Cabinet upon presentation to the City representative. F. All grand master and master keys shall be delivered to the City representative by registered mail. Division 8- Doors&Windows Page 176 2.4 DOOR HARDWARE A. Hand of lock shall be as indicated on the project drawings or as directed by the Landscape ' City Representative. If door hand is changed during construction, the Contractor shall make necessary changes in hardware at no additional expense to the City. 2.5 DOOR BUTTS A. Hinges shall be full mortise,template type, unless half mortise hinges are required.Hinges shall have non-rising loose pins, ball or oilite bearings, and flat bottom tips, except when ' otherwise specified. B. Where necessary to keep door leaf clear of walls, casing, jambs or reveals in door openings,wide throw hinges of an approved type shall be furnished. C. Exterior door butts shall be steel, sheradized. D. For out-swinging doors, hinges shall have a set screw in the barrel to prevent removal of pin when door is closed. E. All doors over T-6" shall have one extra hinge for each 2-1/2 ft of height. 2.6 DOOR CLOSERS ' A. All door closers attached to mineral core or particle board core doors, shall be installed with six bolts. ' B. Provide drop brackets, mortise shoes and long arms as required. C. All door closers shall be adjusted for spring setting, Latch and sweep speeds and back ' check. 2.7 FINISH OF HARDWARE A. Special care shall be taken to coordinate the finish of the various manufacturers' to insure a uniform acceptable finish. ' B. The finish of all hardware shall match the finish of the lockset unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Representative. 2.8 HARDWARE SCHEDULES HDW Group A-Interior Doors Each to Have: 3 Hinges T2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 MC 1 Lock 400 entry,Bel Air Design KWIKSET 1 Stop 8061X BBW 1 Silencer W07 BBW Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 177 HDW Group B -Exterior Doors Each to Have: 3 Hinges TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 MCNPP SEC Stud 1 Lock 885 Deadlock Double Cylinder KWIK SET - 1 Closer 4040 LCN 1 Stop 9079X BBW 1 Threshold 271A P 1 Door bottom 412/420 P 1 Seal S88 P 2 Kickplates HDW Group C -Restroom Gates Each to Have: 4 Hinges TA2314 4 12 X 4 1/2 MCNPP SEC Stud 1 Lack 885 Deadlock KWIKSET 2.9 MAINTENANCE RELATED ITEMS A. The Contractor shall provide one set of adjusting tools,one set of maintenance manuals for locksets,door closers,floor hinges, and panic devices, directly to the City representative. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PACKING AND MARKING Package each item of hardware and lock-set separately,in individual containers complete with necessary screws, keys, instructions and installation templates for spotting mortising tools. Mark each container with the number corresponding to number shown on Contractor's - Hardware Schedule. 3.2 PROTECTION/ADJUSTMENT A. All finished hardware shall be protected from damage and injury during and after application and until building is finally accepted by the City. B. Shortage of items and/or incorrect items (based on project drawings and specifications in effect at time of bidding) shall be furnished and/or replaced with correct materials, at no additional cost to the City. - C. Adjustment&Inspections: 1. During the installation of hardware, a periodic inspection in the presence of City Representative shall be made by the Architectural Hardware Supplier, or his authorized representative. 2. Any hardware improperly installed shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 3. At the completion of the work, a final inspection shall be made by the Architectural Hardware Supplier,or his authorized representative. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 178 1 1 4. Make any and all adjustments recommended by the Architectural Hardware Supplier, or his authorized representative. 1 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract 1 lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed 1 END OF SECTION i 1 i i 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 Division 8 - Doors &Windows Page 179 1 SECTION 08725 METAL ROLL UP DOORS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not — limited to the following: 1. Roll-up doors complete with frame and hardware at concession windows. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit seven (7)copies of shop drawings to City Representative. - B. Indicate opening sizes,details of door panels, track and hardware, attachment,related and adjacent work,materials and finishes. -. 1.2 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the _ City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 8 - Doors &Windows Page 180 ' 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's ' name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUC'T'S 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES A. Overhead Door Corporation B. North American ' 2.2 ROLL-UP DOORS A. Crank operation, between jamb mounting, integral frame and shutter,#CB3-SS B. Curtain: Roll-formed steel of interlocking slats C. Guides: Formed from steel ' D. Counterbalance System: Oil tempered, stress relieved steel, helical torsion springs, cast iron anchors, steel torsion shaft and tension wheel,all concealed in hood ' E. Hood: Aluminum F. Locking Mechanism - Provide two (2) manually operated recessed slide bolts. Each door ' shall be equipped with a masterkeyed mortise type cylinder lock 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install unit in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. ' B. Fit, align and adjust assembly level and plumb for smooth operation. C. Coordinate installation with related work. D. Install and adjust door and operating hardware, to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion. ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 181 E. Examine substrate and conditions under which rolling doors are to be installed, and correct any conditions detrimental to its proper and timely installation prior to proceeding with the work. 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave in a clean and acceptable condition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 182 ' SECTION 08800 GLAZING ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: 1. Glazing 'Storefront' Construction. ' 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS ' A. FS DD-G-45 1 C-Glass,plate, sheet,figured (Flat,for glazing mirrors and other uses). B. FS DD-G-1403B-Glass, plate (Float),sheet, figured and spandrel (Heat strengthened and fully tempered). C. FS TT-S-230A-Sealing compound, synthetic rubber base, single component, chemical curing for caulking, sealing and glazing in building construction. D. FS TT-S-001543-Sealing compound, silicone base (For caulking and glazing in buildings and other structures). ' 1.3 GUARANTEF(WARRANTY A. Provide written guarantee as directed. ' 1.4 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: ' 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 183 C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Libbey-Owens-Ford Co. 1-800-438-2330 B. PPG Industries, Inc. (614) 363-9610 2.2 TEMPERED GLASS A. Plate glass (FS DD-G451, Type I), which has been heat-strengthened by manufacturer's standard process(After cutting to final size),to achieve a flexural strength of 4 times normal glass strength. B. Glazing Gasket-Type and size as recommended by Window Wall Manufacturer. — 2.3 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Glazing Compound: Modified oil type; FS TT-G-410E; now hardening, bronze color. 2.4 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 70-90 durometer hardness; 4-nch long X 3/32-inch thick x 1/4- irrch high. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene; 50 durometer hardness; 3-inch long x 3/32-nch thick x 1/4-inch high. C. Glazing Splines: Polyvinalchlorde; manufacturer's standard dry glazing splines to suit aluminum extrusions. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heel-bead compound,if any. B. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 United inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/8-inch maximum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. C. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of jambs and head (Do not leave voids in the sill channels) and type of glass,and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. — Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 184 D. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered, heat strengthened, or coated. E. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete 'wetting' or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. ' F. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial 'wash' away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. G. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass stops or frames promptly after installation,and eliminate stains and discoloration. H. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not 'walk' out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with ' matching ribs, or by proven adhesives, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. I. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at comers where gaskets are used for ' channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from comers and result in voids or leaks in the glazing system. ' 3.2 CURE,PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Cure, glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by attachment of ' crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass. C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped,cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during the construction period,including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT tA. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 185 SECTION 09210 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL .Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute work as indicated on the Project Plans and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to — these major items: 1. Exterior surface of restroom building and trash enclosure. B. Applicable provisions of local codes and ordinances shall be strictly adhered to. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry _ Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Reference Specifications and Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with current editions of the following: 1. California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association, Inc. Reference Specifications for Plastering. 2. ASTM C926-81. 3. Manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Allowable Tolerances: Exterior Cement Plaster: maximum deviation from true planes shall not exceed 1/4-inch in 10 ft. when measured with a straight-edge placed at any point on the — plaster. Division 9 -Finishes Page 186 D. Iob Mock-Up Panels: 1. At locations at the project site, as directed by the City Representative, provide ' minimum 2 ft x 2 ft finished sample panels of exterior cement plaster"fine sand float finish". ' 2. Show texture and workmanship of finished work. 3. Rework or replace panels until acceptable to the City Representative. 4. Do not proceed with work until sample plaster finishes are acceptable to the City Representative. 5. Maintain sample panels on job site for duration of project for comparison purposes. 6. Remove sample panels upon completion of project. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STUCCO ' A. Exterior plaster: Exterior Finish Stucco Coat shall be 'La Habra Mission Finish Stucco'or equal. Color to be selected by City Representative. B. Hydrated Lime shall be ASTM-C-206, Type B, Miracle or equal. C. Sand for Portland Cement Base Coats ASTM C-144. Sand for finish coats shall be White ' Silica Sand uniformly graded but all passing#20 sieve. D. Use clean water fit for domestic consumption. ' E. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150,Type I or II. F. Fiber Additive: Type AR Glass Fiber short, 1/2-inch long of Sanded Cement Plaster. G. Liquid Bonding Agent: Larsen's Plaster Weld. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITION A. Inspect all areas to be enclosed or covered by stucco and report any unsatisfactory conditions to the City Representative prior to commencement of work. Prior to proceeding with work, ascertain whether or not required inspections have been made. This work shall ' be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. All surfaces,items and accessories not to receive stucco finish shall be protected by use of paper or plastic wrap secured in place with mashing type. ' Division 9 - Finishes Page 187 3.2 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Provide adequate protection for all surfaces =to receive stucco, to ensure against damage, including staining, discoloring, etc., from plastering operations. All such exposed areas shall be left in perfect condition ready for immediate application of natural and stain finishes. B. Repair: Any sanding, scraping or other work necessary to bring surfaces to the condition description above,shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.3 MIXING A. All stucco material shall be prepared, mixed, installed and/or applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's current printed instruction and specifications. Care shall be taken to — complete a satisfactory installation as set forth in the manufacturer's specifications, and applicable industry specifications. B. Brown Coat: Same as above, except that sand may be increased to 4-1/2 parts of the total volume of cement and lime. Add l lb. glass fiber shorts per sack cement. C. Finish Coat (by weight): One part Portland Cement, not more than 1/2 part dry hydrated lime,and not more than 3 parts graded aggregate. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP _. A. All stucco shall be finished true and even,within 1/8-inch tolerance in 10 ft. measured with steel straight edge, without waves, cracks or imperfections which can be attributed to the Contractor's work and materials. Stucco with excessive thickness shall be plumb,level and — square. 3.5 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces to be plastered are free of dust, loose particles, oil and other foreign matter which would affect bond of plaster coats. B. Examine construction, grounds and accessories to insure that finished plaster surfaces will be true to line, level and plumb, without requiring additional thickness of plaster. 3.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cold Weather Requirements: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is less than _ 40F. B. Hot Weather Requirements: Protect plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot, dry weather. — 3.7 MACHINE APPLIED PLASTER A. Apply plaster by machine using experienced and properly equipped applicator. B. Employ only experienced machine applicator foreman and nozzlemen. Submit written evidence of such experience for review. Division 9 - Finishes Page 188 1 3.8 APPLICATION A. General: ' 1. Comply with reference standards. ' 2. Inspect location of control joints. 3. Apply plaster by machine or hand. 4. Interrupt plaster only at junctions of plaster planes, at openings,or at control joints. 5. Tool through first and finish coats to product "V"joints at intersection of frames or ' other items of metal or wood which act as plaster grounds. 6. Apply second coat to first coat,bringing out to grounds,flat to true surface, and free of imperfection which would reflect in finish coat. 7. Reconsolidate second coat by floating, and toughen to assure bond with finish coat. ' B. Two(2)coat cement plaster on Blockwall. 1. Apply liquid bonding agent on all substrate surfaces in strict accordance with instructions of manufacturer. 2. Brown Coat: After scratch boat has set firmly, apply brown coat, bring out to grounds, straighten to true surface with rod and darby and leave rough to receive ' finish coat. 3. Finish Coat: ' 1) Apply fine sand float finish coat to base which has been wetted by brushing or spraying with water. Lay on well,double back and fill out to true,even surface, 1/16-inch to 1/8-inch thick. 2) Hermetically placed dash coat. ' 4. Match finishes of the job mock-up panels as directed the City Representative. 5. Control joint location at plaster shall match control joint location in concrete block substrate. ' 6. Provide galvanized casing beads and corner reinforcement. ' Division 9 - Finishes Page 189 3.9 CURING OF PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Curing of Portland Cement: Make provisions for proper moist curing of Exterior Portland Cement Plaster including on weekends and holidays. Stucco with cracks, blisters, pits, checks and discoloration will=be accepted. B. Portland Cement Plaster Curing: Protect each coat from irregular or excessive drying. Protect plaster from hot dry winds to eliminate "dry-outs" and see that required heat and ventilation are provided as necessary to eliminate "sweat-outs". 1. Maintain moist conditions by fine fog spray. 2. Cure base coats minimum of 48 hours after application. 3. Cure finish boat for minimum of 7 days. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work, remove rubbish, debris, scaffold and tools and leave space broom clean. Remove all equipment used by this operation. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 9- Finishes Page 190 1 SECTION 09310 ME 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: ' 1. All interior restroom walls and floor tile. 2. Exterior tile banding in Plaza. B. The following American National Standards Institute Specifications apply unless modified ' in this Section. Keep a copy of each on job during work as follows: 1. Installation of Ceramic tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4. 3. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.1. 4. Installation of Glazed Wall Tile, Paver Tile with Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI ' A108.1. 5. Place W221 (one coat method)of Handbook of Ceramic Tile Installation. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. Samples: Submit the following: a. Sample of each type and color of tile and grout to match Engineer's color schedule. B. Manufacturer's Data: Submit data for proprietary grouts,mortar and additives. C. Master Grade Certificate: Provide tile and manufacturer's Master Grade Certificate with each shipment of tile to site. D. Extra Stock: Supply extra 2% of each tile used by size and color in clean marked cartons for City's emergency use. Division 9 -Finishes Page 191 E. Materials List: Submit names and locations of use(with type of tile and substrate noted)for all setting mortars,additives and grout. a. Furnish a statement that material usage has been reviewed and that materials are satisfactory for their purposes and are compatible with other 1.4 PRODUCE HANDLING _. A. Deliver materials in original containers with seals and grade labels intact. Keep materials clean,dry and undamaged. B. Store materials under cover. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCES 2.1 CERAMIC TILE MATERIALS A. Ceramic tile: 1. Grade: Domestic supplier, standard grade, ANSI A137.1. Cartons shall be grade sealed. 2. Interior tile:Vertical tile: to be "Dal-Tile" Corporation solid color"DK" type,nominal size to be 2"x2". Color to be selected by City Representative. Dal-Tile available at (818) 787-3224. _. 3. Interior Floor Tile and Exterior Plaza Tile: Horizontal tile to be 'Stonekrete Tile Products" 12"x12" regular sandblast. Color to be selected by City Representative. Stonekrete available at(818) 575-1668. — B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or 11. C. Sand: Clean and graded per ASTM C144. D. Lime: Hydrated, ASTM C206 or C207. E. Water: Clean and free from materials harmful to mortar. F. Grout: Factory-prepared Portland cement grout. Color as selected by City Representative. — 1. Joints less than 1/8" wide: Non-sanded grout by Custom Building Projects, or equal. 2. Joints 1/8"wide or wider: Sanded grout. _ 3. At exterior location,provide a latex additive formulated and pre-measured to be used with required grout. Conform to instructions of grout manufacturer. Division 9- Finishes Page 192 G. Dry-set Mortar: Use dry-set mortar or one of the following latex type thin-set mortars: 1. Mer-Krete 600 by Mer-Kole Products ' 2. Lat-A-Set by Pearsall Chemical Corp. 3. Custom Crete by Custom Building Products. H. Protective materials: ' 1. Neutral cleaner such as Hillyard Super Shine-All,or approved equal. 2. Heavy-duty,non-staining construction paper with compatible masking tape. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Examine surface to receive tile and related work such as concealed mechanical and electrical work. ' B. Check walls for plumbness and check angles for squareness before installation of tile. Check horizontal substrate for proper depth for setting bed ' C. Substrate surfaces must be clean, dry, firm, level, plumb and completely free of oily or waxy films or foreign substances impeding bonding of setting bed ' 1. Substrate surfaces shall have a finish satisfactory for bonding of setting bed D. Tolerances of substrate: ' 1. Vertical: Plumb and true within 1/8-inch in 8 ft.. 2. Horizontal: Flat within 1/8-inch 10 ft. or properly sloped to drain. ' E. Report unsatisfactory substrates to City and Engineer. Commencement of work on a given substrate shall indicate acceptance of condition of that substrate. F. Environmental conditions: 1. Maintain temperature at 50 degrees (F) minimum during tile work and for seven (7) ' days after completion. 2. Vent temporary heaters at interior installations to outside to avoid carbon dioxide ' damage to new tile work. 3. Provide adequate lighting for good grouting and clean-up. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE A. Type of installation shall be Portland cement mortar or thin set as shown. B. Comply with applicable referenced standards and reviewed materials list. ' C. Install proprietary materials in accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. tDivision 9 - Finishes Page 193 D. Layout: 1. Determine locations of all movement joints before starting file work. 2. Determine location of any accessories before starting tile work. 3. Lay out all tile work to match quarter-inch scale and half-inch scale elevations and so as to minimize cuts less than 1/2 tile in size. 4. Lay out file wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions shown. 5. Align all wall joints to give straight uniform grout lines plumb and level. 6. Align all floor joints to five straight uniform grout lines parallel with walls. -. 7. Align wall joints with floor joints. E. Workmanship: 1. Supply first-class workmanship in all tile work. 2. Use all products in strict accordance with recommendations and directions of manufacturers. 3. Proportion all mixes in accordance with latest ANSI Standard Specifications. F. Cwt tile for fitting around work in place and around outlets,pipes, fixtures and fittings so that plates, escutcheons or collars overlap cuts. Rub smooth all exposed cut edges with an - abrasive stone. Grind and carefully fit tile at intersections, against trim finish, between fixtures and accessories. 1. Cutting of full length of tile to fit incorrect dimensions of substrate areas will not be allowed. 2. Locate cuts in both walls and floors so as to be least conspicuous. 3. Set recessed soap holders at showers in Portland cement mortar bonded to galvanized metal lath attached between two wall studs. G. Sealant: Seal all penetrations through tiles including perimeter of each areas with sealant. Material and workmanship is specified in Section 07900. H. Unless otherwise shown on Plans, lay tile in grid pattern.Work from center of each wall or space to assure equal size tiles at ends of at least half tile sized. I. Provide P.C. mortar setting bed for tile over waterproofing membrane. J. Grouting: _ 1. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions. 2. Remove all grout haze, observing both tile and grout manufacturers' recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. Division 9 -Finishes Page 194 ' 3. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after chemical cleaners. t 4. Polish surface of tile work with soft cloth. 3.3 PROTECTION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT A. Apply to all clean, completed tile walls and floors a protective coat of neutral cleaner solution,one(1)part cleaner to one (1)part water. ' B. In addition, cover all tile floors with heavy-duty non-staining construction paper,masked in place. ' 3.4 PROTECTION FROM TRAFFIC A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly laid floors for at least three (3) days, preferably seven (7)days. ' B. Place large,flat boards in walkways and wheelways for seven (7) days where use of newly tiled floors is unavoidable. ' 3.5 PATCHING A. Remove cracked, broken or damaged tiles, replace with new tiles. Immediately repair ' faulty grouting. B. Repair damage caused by the work at no extra cost to City and to the satisfaction of City ' Representative. 3.6 FINAL CLEANING ' A. Just before final acceptance of tile work,remove paper and rinse protective coat of neutral cleaner from all tile surfaces. ' B. Remove tools, equipment, debris and surplus materials of the work from site. C. Clean exposed surfaces soiled by work of this Section. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 9 -Finishes Page 195 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: I. Preparation of surfaces to be painted. 2. Painting of all surfaces as indicated on plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK — Section 01340 Submittals Section 02760 Site Furnishings Section 05120 Structural Steel Section 05150 Decorative Steel Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry - Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07600 Flushing, Sheet Metal,Gutters &Downspouts Section 08100 Metal Doors&Frames Section 15400 Plumbing Section 16530 Electrical 1.3 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Electrical fixtures and receptacles in general (refer to electrical section). Anodized, stainless steel and galvanized finishes. — 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. Division 9 -Finishes Page 196 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Colors and Gloss as selected by the City Representative. ' B. Apply no paint in rain,fog,or mists or where temperature is below forty-five (45)degrees F. Insure proper ventilation during all interior painting. ' C. Insure that hardware is removed before painting is started and replaced only when paint finishes are thoroughly dry. D. The number of coats specified is the minimum number acceptable. If full even coverage is not obtained with the specified number of coats, re-apply at no extra cost to the City, such coats as necessary to produce the required finish to be approved by the City Representative. ' E. Protect floors and all adjacent surfaces from paint smears, spatters or droppings. Use drop cloths to protect floors. Cover fixtures and remove hardware not to be painted. Mask off areas where required. 2.2 APPROVED PRODUCTS A. Select materials from the Architectural Product line of Devoe, Dunn-Edwards, Pratt and ' Lambert, Sherwin-Williams, Sinclair or other recognized manufacturer as approved by the City Representative. Except for specialty items or as otherwise specified, all materials shall be by one manufacturer. ' B. Review paint and finish schedules with the City Representative and submit a complete list of materials proposed for the work for approval of the City Representative. C. Employ coats and undercoats for all types of finishes in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. D. Materials for undercoats and finish coats of paint shall be ready mixed and shall not be changed except thinning of undercoats (when required), reinforcing or coloring any of which shall be in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. ' 2.3 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of the work of this Section,deliver to the City Representative extra stock ' equaling 10 percent of each color, type and gloss of paint used on the work, a minimum one(1) gallon of each item. B. Tightly seal each container and clearly label with the contents and location used. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All surfaces to receive paint shall be clean,dry, smooth and dust free prior to application of any materials. Prepare surfaces as follows: Division 9 - Finishes Page 197 1 C. Wood: Sand smooth and remove dust. Fill open joints,cracks, nail holes and other pits or depressions flush and smooth with putty or wood dough after priming. Color putty to match finish paint coat. Touch-up knots or sap streaks with shellac or other approved sealer before priming. D. Unprimed Ferrous Metal: Remove all foreign matter. Touch-up abrasions with ferrous metal primer. - $. Galvanized Metal: Remove all foreign matter and clean entire surface with mineral spirits. Pre-treat with phosphoric acid etch or vinyl wash. Apply primer the same day as pre- treatment is applied 3.2 PRIMING _ A. Wood: Before installation,prime and back-prime all items partially or completely concealed in the finish work. Use factory mixed primer. B. Galvanized Metal: Prime all surfaces except where to be embedded in concrete,masonry or roofing and allow to dry before installation. C. Ferrous Metal: Prime all surfaces with Ferrous Metal Primer. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply material evenly, free from sags,runs, crawls,or defects. Mix to proper consistency, brash out smooth, leaving minimum of brush marks,enamel and varnish uniformly flowed on. B. Apply paint by brushes,roller or spray. C. Tint all pigmented undercoats to approximately same shade as final coats. Perceptively increase the depth of shade in successive coats. D. Allow each coat to thoroughly dry before succeeding coat application. For oil paints,allow at least 48 hours between coats of exterior work,except where otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. 13. Finish all four edges of doors with the same number and kind of coatings as specified for main surfaces. Where there are openings into rooms having different finishes, finish door edges as directed. F. Do not paint factory finished items unless specifically directed. G. Finish mill or shop primed items with materials compatible with prime coat. 11. All other mechanical equipment exposed to view, such as covered and/or uncovered piping and ductwork, pumps, compressors, air conditioning equipment, tanks, etc., shall be painted as specified herein. I. Miscellaneous Painting: Surfaces to be painted and not specifically described herein shall be painted with a product specifically manufactured or prepared for the material and surface, — prime coat and two (2) finish coats. Division 9 - Finishes Page 198 • J. Upon completion, remove all rubbish and/or debris caused by this trade. Remove spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. Leave premises in a clean and orderly condition. • K. At the completion of other trades, touch-up damaged surfaces as required, at no additional cost to the City. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. The number of coats herein specified are the minimum to be applied over the surface and materials designated. It is the intent of these Specifications to obtain painted finishes of • even, uniform color and texture, free from cloudy or mottled appearance on surface and evident thinness of coatings on risers, and to this end the Contractor shall perform all spot coating and undercoating necessary to produce such results. • B. Each coat is to be of the proper ground color for each succeeding coat. C. All surfaces are to be prepared for succeeding coats by puttying, spackling and sanding to • the end that the final coat will obtain a smooth even finish, free from holes, cracks, runs, fat edges and corners, brush marks and other blemishes. • 3.5 FINISHES Fin # Tvoe of Work Coats Tvne of Finish 1. Exterior&Interior Wood 2 Olympic Stain Wood Stain 2. Exterior&Interior Metal Door& Screens 1 Primer • 2 Exterior Enamel, Semi Gloss 3. Interior Non-Tiled Concrete Block 1 Primer • 2 Interior Enamel, Semi Gloss 4. Exterior Stucco 1 Clear Seal Coat ■ Color chart will be provided by the Contractor for the City Representative's use. 3.6 CONDUITS ■ A. Exposed piping, conduits, duct work and hangers generally shall be painted the color and texture to match adjacent structural members or other electrical equipment. • 3.7 CLEAN-UP A. All rubbish, waste, or surplus materials shall be removed at regular intervals, all wood work, hardware, floors or other adjacent work shall be cleaned-up when so directed. B. All glass throughout the building shall have all paint or enamel spots and brush marks removed upon completion of the painting work, if damaged while cleaning shall be replaced at own cost. ■ Division 9 - Finishes Page 199 • 2.1 MATERIALS A. Doors: 1. Doors shall be fabricated from Polymer Resins under high pressure,forming a single component section which is waterproof, non-absorbent and a surface that resists marking with pens, pencils or other writing utensils. Only virgin resin allowed, no wood,water affected cores,laminated or metal partitions allowed 2. Doors shall be 1-inch thick and all edges machined to a radius of 0.25-inch. 3. Doors shall be 60-inch high and mounted at 12-inch above finish floor. _ 4. Door color shall be as selected by City Representative. B. Hardware and Fittings: Non-corrosive metal alloy with nickel-chrome plated finish or of stainless steel. C. Hinges: Concealed gravity type,manufacturer's standard,adjusted to hold doors ajar at 30 — degrees. Provide concealed self-lubricating moving parts. D. Brackets and Trim:Provide wall bracket to secure door hinges to masonry walls. E. Coat Hook-Bumper and Latches: On the inner side of each door,install a combination coat hook with rubber-tipped bumper and latch with stop and keeper. F. Fasteners: Provide all fasteners required for complete installation using materials matching hardware, use one-way, theft-proof head type fasteners for attaching metal to metal. 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Frame: Stainless steel finish, square comers mitered, welded and ground smooth. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Install at locations indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Attach to supporting construction rigidly secure, level and plumb. Adjust hardware to perfect working order. B. Conceal all evidence of cutting and/or drilling of rough fasteners. Division 10- Specialties Page 202 ' 3.3 CLEANING A. After all work,wash and polish to remove dirt,grease and all other imperfections. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION ' Division 10- Specialties Page 203 SECTION 10601 jSCREENS &EXPANDED METAL GRILLES 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not _ limited to the following: 1. Interior Expanded Metal Grille at Restroom/Concession Building. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 08710 Finish Hardware Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER A. Wire mesh screens - Acceptable Manufacturer: Acorn Wire and Iron Works, Inc., or an approved equal by California Wire Product Corporation or Miller Wire Works, Inc., or McNichols Company. B. Expanded Metal Grille - Acceptable manufacturer Sunshield Type, 4-inch openings, 18 gage, by McNichols Company, or equal. Division 10-Specialties Page 204 i ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. r3.2 FABRICATION&INSTALLATION A. Grilles and screen shall be fabricated to size based on field measurements. rB. Securely weld grilles and screens to fiames. All wires shall be passed through center bar. Attach vertical frame with 1/4-inch bolts at 12-inch o.c. rC. All joints shall be mortised to receive a tenon or another piece for joining. D. Perform cutting and drilling,and provide fastening devices as required for accurate fitting, rassembly and attachment of work. E. After installation, touch-up all damaged painted surfaces to match shop finish, at no additional cost to the City. 4. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT r A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as rindicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 r r i r r r rDivision 10- Specialties Page 205 r SECTION 10800 TOILET ACCESSORIES 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: 1. Toilet accessories as indicated 2. Mirrors 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry Section 09310 Tile Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to applicable requirements of ANSI Standards for Handicapped. B. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened and undamaged package. Clearly — identify manufacture, brand name, contents, color and stock number. Packages showing indications of damage that may affect condition of contents are not acceptable. Handle materials to prevent damage to products and finishes. B. Store in original packaging under protective cover and protect from damage. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. American Standard, Inc. 1-800-921--7700 B. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. (818) 764-1000 C. Acorn Manufacturing Co. 1-800-835-0121 F. World Dryer Corporation 1-800-323-0701 G. Vandal Stop Products (408) 374-0341 Division 10- Specialties Page 206 ' 2.2 MATERIALS A. Toilet Compartment Garb Bars: Bobrick B-6202 ' B. Hand Dryers: Fast Air HDO4 C. Seat Cover Dispenser. Bobrick B-3013 D' Paper Holder: Bobrick B-274 E. Feminine Napkin Disposal: bobrick B-271 F. Toile Paper Dispenser for Public Restrooms: Vandal Stop Products(408) 374-0341 2.3 FABRICATION A. Frame: Stainless steel finish, square cornets mitered, welded and ground smooth. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Provide accessories as indicated on the Plans and as required. Provide grounds, inserts, brackets, plates, anchors, screws, bolts, and nuts as required. Use brass screws or bolts where concealed, chromium-plated brass where exposed. Use tamperproof hardware, provide templates where required for installation of'through', recessed, or semi-recessed mounted accessories. B. Install accessories according to manufacturers instructions. C. Instructions: Provide copies of instructions prepared by manufacturers for use and care including specific instructions for type, shape, size, and amount of refill material for dispensing accessories. D. - Mirrors: Install where indicated on Plans, plumb, accurate position, attached securely to walls by concealed hangers. Install mirrors in accordance with manufacturers instructions. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION Division 10- Specialties Page 207 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART I: GENERAL 1.00 SPECIAL BID REQUIREMENTS — See 1.11,B and 1.11,C for special bid submittals and services included by the Contractor. 1.01 DESCRIPTION Division 16 includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing electrical work,except as hereinafter excluded. 1.02 WORK IN DIVISION 16 Furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment necessary for complete and working - electrical systems except as noted otherwise. The following list shall not be considered as a complete and detailed list of work and materials to be supplied, but shall be used as a guide. A. Panelboards,distribution and branch circuit wiring for lighting and power systems. B. Lighting fixtures,lamps,outlets,wiring devices,connection of all equipment furnished by others except as specifically excluded — C. Conduit and wiring, including final connections and all control systems. D. Misc. Items: • Tests required by City. • Materials List and Shop Drawing submittals. • Lighting pole foundations. _ • Spare parts. • Submittal of work schedule. • Record drawings and guarantee. • Excavation for pole foundations • Excavation,backfill and compaction for pull boxes and trenches. • Disposal of excess earth as directed by Inspector(City). • Provide approved shoring, lights and barricades during construction. • Bore under existing walks. Sawcut and or repair existing walks and AC paving. • Repair all damage to all existing improvements caused by this work including landscaping and irrigation systems.. bivision 16-Electrical Page 208 0 • Obtain all necessary permits and building department inspections and include fees in bid. E. Scoreboard System. E. All power and lighting for building structures. ' H. Provide temporary power for all trades. Associated fees and charges are to be obtained and paid for by the contractor. ' 1.03 PERMITS AND FEES Secure and pay for all necessary permits (and testing per Paragraph 1.17). ' 1.04 REGULATIONS AND CODES All work and materials shall conform to the latest edition of amendments thereto of the following Codes where specified. ' National Electrical Code, 1990 Edition. • National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). • Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL). • Requirements of the serving utility companies. • Requirements of Federal, State,or City agencies having jurisdiction. • Standard Specifications for Public Works,latest edition (Herein referred to as "Standard Specifications") ' 1.05 KNOWLEDGE It is anticipated and required that the Electrical Subcontractor be thoroughly familiar with local electrical codes and regulations. Every attempt has been made to eliminate unnecessary redundancy and duplication of requirements for materials and installation methods already contained in existing codes and regulations. 1.06 CONFLICTS When Plans or Specifications call for materials or work different than, but not in conflict with, requirements of governing codes provide and install these materials or work. If there are any apparent conflicts between Plans and Specifications and prevailing Codes and regulations, verify with City and City Representative. Do not proceed with any related work until such clarification has been made. Nothing in these Plans or Specifications is to be construed to permit work in violation of governing codes. 1.07 LISTING AND APPROVAL ' All materials installed on this project shall be listed or approved by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and shall bear the label thereof where applicable. Under certain conditions, such as when UL has not established testing procedures, no listing or approval is available. In these cases obtain prior approval from local authorities and review with City and City Representative. 1.08 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ' A. Architectural and Structural Plans take precedence over Electrical Plans. Mechanical and Plumbing Plans contain information pertinent to the electrical installation. The electrical installation shall conform to the applicable requirements of all the drawings, and the electrical work shall be coordinated with that of all other trades. Division 16-Elect ical Page 209 B. Electrical Plans are diagrammatic in many respects. Sizes and locations of equipment and wiring are shown to scale where possible but may be distorted for clarity on the Plans to show all necessary bends, offsets, pull boxes and obstructions. Contractor shall install the Work to conform to the structure, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. 1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide equipment and materials conforming to the Plans and Specifications. Manufacturers Shop Drawings will be reviewed by the City and City Representative as a service to the Contractor to assist him in obtaining equipment which is in compliance with Plans and Specifications. However, Shop Drawings will not be accepted for review by the City and City Representative until the Contractor has reviewed them and is satisfied that the equipment he is proposing to furnish will be in compliance with these Specifications and Plans. 1.10 SUBMITTALS AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT A. Submittals. Within fourteen (14) days after award of Contract, submit six (6) sets of Shop drawings for the following items. - 1. Switchgear, including service equipment, sub-distribution switchboards and panelboards, lighting and power panelboards, and other related items of _ equipment. 2. Wiring devices and plates. 3. Lighting fixtures, including installation details. 4. Lamp/Ballast information per Par. 3.02. _ 5. Special systems as specified in this Contract. 6. Pole suppliers, Pole drawings (include order and delivery schedule). 7. Items listed in Par. 3.02 (lamps) and Part V. B. Submittals - (To be submitted with bid) If other than specified equipment, see Par. 1.20. 1. Submittals prior to bid (to be submitted with bid). All contractors bidding on - project shall provide the following with his sealed bid: • Manufacturer and Catalog brochure of proposed ballfield lighting — fixture. • Manufacturer of proposed ballfield lighting pole with description of pole (i.e.: Tapered, round, hex, sectional, etc.). • Computerized read out of submitted ballfield lighting fixture indicating footcandle read out as described in Part 5 on plans. 2. Failure to submit above item 1.11,13 (if substitution to specified product) with bid shall result in rejection of bid. Division 16-Electrical Page 210 ' C. Special Bid Requirements 1. Successful contractor shall include in this bid(contract) through the successful ' pole manufacturer a licensed (California) Structural Engineer to provide ballfield pole and pole footing structural calculations indicating conformance with all local and state codes for structural integrity.All structural calculations for poles ' and footings shall submitted within 14 days after award of contract. All structural engineering fees to be included in bid and scope of work. 1.12 INFORMATION TO MANUFACTURERS Furnish to the various equipment manufacturers copies of Plans and Specifications relating to their products. 1 1.13 AS BUILT DRAWINGS Keep an accurate dimensioned record on reproducible transparencies of asbuilt locations, and of work which is installed differently from that shown. 1.14 LOCATIONS AND ACCESSIBILITY Contractor shall fully inform himself regarding peculiarities and limitations of spaces available for installation of work and materials furnished and installed under this Division. Plans indicate location and arrangement of conduit, equipment, and other items, and are to be followed as closely as possible. Work specified and not clearly defined by Plans shall be installed and arranged in a manner satisfactory to the City Representative. In the event changes in indicated locations and arrangements are deemed necessary by the City Representative, they shall be made by the Contractor without any additional charge provided that change is ordered before the work is installed and no extra materials or labor is required. The City Representative shall reserve the right to move any outlet or device six ft. without additional charges by the Contractor prior to the rough-in. 1.15 CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT,MATERIALS AND PREMISES Clean equipment and materials thoroughly. Leave surfaces to be painted smooth and clean, ready for painter. Clean entire premises of unused materials,rubbish, debris, and dirt created by work under this Division. 1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Fully instruct and demonstrate to the City's operating personnel the performance, operation and maintenance of equipment. 1.17 OBSERVATION.TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT A. COVERING OF UNINSPECTED WORK- NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION. 1. Contractor shall notify City Representative 48 hours (two working days) prior to observation for City Representative and Building Department. ' Division 16-Electrical Page 211 B. TESTS: 1. The Contractor shall make all test required by the City Representative, the Electrical Inspection Division of the Building Department, or other authorities — having jurisdiction. 2. The cost of all tests,the replacing and/or repairing of any damage resulting from these tests and any other work necessary to replace materials, etc. not in accordance with the Electrical Ordinance, Safety Orders, Specifications and accompanying Plans shall be home by the Contractor. 3. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to satisfy the City Representative or his representative that he has carried out the true intent and meaning of the specifications and the accompanying Plans, the City _ may make such tests and charge the expense thereof to the Contractor, to be retained out of final payment. 4. All wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, grounds and short circuits before the devices and equipment are connected. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the City Representative, the satisfactory operation of the entire electrical system. At the time of the final _ observation, the Contractor shall have a qualified electrician at the job site to make all required tests or demonstrate operation of electrical equipment and lighting system. 1.18 FINAL OBSERVATION AND ACCEPTANCE After all requirements of Plans and Specifications have been completed,representative of City will observe the Work. If requested by the City, the Contractor shall provide competent personnel to demonstrate the operation of any item or system involved. 1.19 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall furnish to the City a written warranty to guarantee all work under this contract to be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance of work and contract, and he shall guarantee to repair or otherwise make good at his own expense any defects developing within that period of time. Work shall be performed within 48 hours after receiving notice from the City. Notice may be by phone or letter. B. Warranty shall include all lighting ballasts and H.I.D./fluorescent lamps. C. Warranties for equipment furnished that have warranties greater than one year shall be — extended to City(in writing). 1.20 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS AND APPROVED EQUALS (SEE 1.11,B): A. Equipment and wiring shown on Plans is for materials as specified. Should equipment of other manufacturers be approved and used, the Contractor shall make all changes in other equipment, conduit, wiring, or location of equipment, as approved by the City without charge to the City. B. All requests for substitutions shall be submitted in writing to City Representative ten (10) days prior to bid date. City Representative shall respond within two (2) working — days as to acceptance. If accepted, floodlight and pole substitutions shall conform to Division 16-Electrical Page 212 Par. 1.11, B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to show that all products proposed for substitution are equal to the item specified, by submitting sufficient information to permit a comparative check, including three (3) copies of a complete materials list with brochures showing all substituted equipment. Materials list shall be indexed with job title. Material must be submitted with bid. Proposed substitutions submitted after bid will not be accepted. Submitting a catalog number and manufacturer's name and stating that the item will be furnished to meet specifications ' will not be acceptable. C. The term "or approved equal" shall mean the product or this specified item used shall have equivalent or more value based on the value of the item set forth in the specifications or plans, and then only after a submittal in writing,by the Contractor and written approval received. If, after installation substituted equipment is found not to be equal to material specified, it shall be replaced with approved material at no cost to the ' City. D. The City Representative reserves the right to charge the Contractor $100.00/hour (minimum of$200.00) for review of substitution. E. If requested by the City Representative provide a sample of any lighting fixture proposed as a substitution for a specified fixture. Sample fixture shall be delivered to the City Representative's office for review and shall be picked up within (10) working days after review comments have been received; any samples left over this time will be discarded by the City Representative. Decision of the City Representative regarding acceptability of any fixture is final. 1.21 PROTECTION OF EXISTING S=IMPROVEMENTS Restore disturbed turf and landscaped areas, irrigation, concrete, etc. Repair damaged park equipment and turf caused by Contractor to like new condition including backfill and re- sodding of trench surface per instruction of City. Repairs to the irrigation system shall be made in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. Materials shall be as designated by the City Park and Recreation Department. PART II: GENERAL MATERIALS 2.01 DESCRIPTION Materials specified herein are general in nature only, and are not necessarily complete. All material specified may not be required. Furnish and install only materials indicated and specified. Substitutions are not permitted. A. Wiring Devices and Plates. Sierra Electric Corp., unless otherwise specified. B. Lamps. Sylvania,Westinghouse and General Electric,or as indicated on Plans. C. Ballasts. Universal, Advance or approved equal. D. Panelboards and Switchboards (Switchgear). Square D, Sylvania, General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, RSE Co. and Challenger. ' E. Safety Switches and Motor Starters. Same as Panelboards and Switchboards. ' Division 16-Electrical Page 213 F. Fuses shall be class"R"Type as indicated on Drawing, as manufactured by Bussmann. No substitutions allowed. Furnish to City two extra fuses of each size and type used in main switchboard in a metal hinges type box, size as required. All mount box in electrical room. All fuses shall be type required by plans. (i.e.: LPN-RK, KTN-RK, — etc. ). NOTE:Pull out "T" type fuses will be allowed where indicated on plans. 2.03 FINISHES A. Metal Surfaces shall be cleaned by means of a process equivalent to "Parkerizing" and given a rust inhibiting coat, such as zinc chromate,prior to application of finish paint. 13. Surface Mounted Equipment, such as panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, gutters,pull and junction boxes and cabinets for control, and signal systems, including telephone, and like items shall have a nameplate showing pertinent information. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated bake-lite or aluminum, with — white letters on black background. Attach with 6 x 32 self-tapping machine screws. Card holders,plastic tape or other means of attachment are not acceptable. Do not use abbreviations. _ C. Exterior surface mounted cabinets mounted to side of switchboard shall be painted same color as switchboard. 2.04 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS Wire and cable conductors shall be copper No. 12 AWG minimum unless specifically noted otherwise on PIans. Conductors No. 10 AWG copper and smaller shall be solid and No. 8 _ AWG copper and larger shall be stranded.Type of wire shall be as follows: A. Type THW/I'HWN 600 volt insulation may be used for all wiring and shall be used for.all underground wiring (wet location). 13. Type THHN, 600 Volt insulation shall be used for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit above grade, outside of air conditioned spaces and other hot — locations. (THHN not approved for underground). THHN shall also be used in light fixtures for feed through wiring and in wire gutters. C. All conductors to be copper only. D. Cable Markers. 1. Lettering is to be black on a white background. 2. Lettering is to be typed. — 3. Lettering shall be either: a white tape that is applied directly to the cable and then covered with a clear heat-shrinkable material or typed directly on heat- _ shrinkable material. 2.05 TIME SWITCHES/PHOTO CELL(See Plans) 2.06 CONTACTORS AND RELAYS — A. Electrically operated, mechanically or magnetically held as required with coil contacts, no overload, 250 volt or 600 volts AC as required. Amperage and number of poles as — indicated. Mount contactors on sound absorbing rubber mounts. Division 16-Electrical Page 214 B. Relays for control of individual night-lighting circuits as specified on plans. 2.07 PANELBOARDS A. General Construction. Panels shall have hinged doors, not lockable.Where such panels are flush mounted, fronts and doors shall be of concealed construction with no visible hinges or mounting hardware. B. Panels shall contain thermal magnetic trip (bolt-on type),QB circuit breakers rated for voltage as shown on drawings,60 cycle, AC(10,000 A.I.C. rating) Ampere rating and number of poles are shown on panel schedules. C. Bus Size shall be as indicated. Where not shown, size the bus to equal ampacity of feeder switch or circuit breaker. In no case shall bus ampacity be less than 100 amperes. D. Finish. Where panels are mounted flush with wall, the trim and door shall be given a primer coat, to be finished painted by others. Where panels are surface mounted, all exposed surfaces shall be finished as specified previously. E. Nameplates. Panel nameplates shall show panel name, voltage, phase and number of wire. Example: PANEL2A 120/208V 30, 4W ' F. Circuit Directory. Each circuit shall be identified by a card mounted on inside of panel door with following information neatly typed; Number and type of outlets on circuit location of outlets and load in volt-amps per phase. ' 2.08 CONDUIT A. Rigid conduit shall be used when installed in concrete slabs,encased in concrete below slabs, in concrete or masonry walls,exposed on building exterior or exposed in interior wall below 4 ft. above floor. B. Concrete Encasement. If concrete encasement of underground conduit is called for on ' plans (rigid or PVC SCH 80 only) conduit shall be encased 3-inch on all sides with red mixed concrete envelope. Concrete mix shall be 5.5 sack, using pea gravel as aggregate. C. Rigid Underground Protection: PVC coated only. D. EMT(Interior Use Only) E. Flexible conduit: Use where indicated on drawings and in other locations due to structural conditions as permitted by code and with review of the City. Other locations ' permitted by N.E.C. and/or local Codes. F. Use of conduit and fittings not specified shall not be used without prior review of City Representative. G. Seal-tite flexible conduit shall be used for all final connections to motors and in wet, damp or outdoor areas where drawings indicate use of flexible conduit. Division 16-Electrical Page 215 H. Terminate conduit runs to rotating, adjustable, or moveable equipment with flexible connections. I. Install flexible isolating connections in conduit tuns between building structure and air- conditioning equipment, transformers or other equipment transmitting vibration or noise. J. (Not Used) K. Do not use threadless conduit couplings for rigid conduit except for connections requiring union. L. Rigid conduit shall be terminated with metallic bushings. M. Mark underground conduit stubs from building (or switchgear as indicated) with 6 x 6 12-inch deep concrete block over end of stub, flush with finished grade elsewhere. Provide 3 x 3 inch brass plate,engraved"ELECT" secured to block with brass dowels. N. Conduit shall not be embedded in concrete slab less than 4-inch thick and conduit+1- 1/4-inch and larger shall not be installed in slab. Install conduit embedded in concrete slabs not on grade between reinforcing bars and bottom of slab. For slabs on grade, _ install conduit below slab as specified. O. Non-metallic conduit (PVC SCH. 40) shall be installed underground and in duct banks. Bends and risers shall be PVC SCH. 80 with out of grade risers to be rigid steel — conduit. Risers shall terminate at panels and pullboxes with double locknuts and insulated grounding bushing. Bare copper ground wire shall be installed in conduit runs between panels and pullboxes and connected to ground busing at each end. _ Ground wire shall be code sized or as indicated on Plans. Where installed below floor slabs or below grade, conduits shall be separated by a minimum of 3-inch between identical systems. P. Non-metallic conduit in duct banks shall be installed as described in Concrete Encasement (if indicated on plan). Q. Provide secure mounting facilities for conduits. Wire or plumber's tape shall not be used for hanging suspended conduit. Conduits shall not be secured to suspended ceiling hanger wires or to suspended ceiling structure. R. Provide junction or pullboxes where required for pulling conductors due to excessive numbers of bends or lengths of conduit runs. S. Provide expansion couplings wherever conduits cross expansion or seismic joints or for continuous straight runs in excess of 100 ft. except when embedded in concrete. Expansion fittings shall have bonding jumper or be of grounding type. _ T. Re-route conduit where necessary to clear structural and mechanical obstructions. U. Bury underground conduit except under buildings to depth of not less than 24-inch - below finish grade. Bury runs smaller than 1-1/4-inch to minimum depth of 6-inch under floor slabs and provide 3-inch concrete encasement. For conduit 1-1/2-inch and larger, trench sufficiently under floor slabs to provide a minimum buried depth of 36- inch below finish grade. Minimum depths are to top of conduits. Division 16-Electrical Page 216 ' V. Install long-radius bends in underground service conduits and in other long underground runs in excess of 100 ft. Do not flatten or kink bends. W. Conduits installed in concrete, wet locations, exposed to weather,or underground shall have threads filled with red lead and oil before screwing into couplings and threaded fittings. ' X. Run conduits in spaces above suspended ceilings parallel to walls and floors. Y. Where more than two conduits are installed in one common concrete envelope, separate ' conduits with conduit spacers. 2.09 PULLBOXES IN GRADE A. Quickset No. EQ-17 (or as indicated on plans) concrete type for all lighting circuits in landscape areas. Provide bolt-down concrete lid in landscape areas and steel traffic lids in driving areas. All lids shall be engraved "electrical." ' B. Set pullbox on compacted pea gravel base(minimum 12-inch of base material). C. All splices inside pullbox to be wrapped and have waterproof compound applied around splice(skotchguard). Conductors to be identified with circuit number. 2.10 MAIN SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWYFCHBOARD A. Series Rated System: 1. The entire main switchboard and electrical panel system shall be U.L. listed for series rating of 100,OOOA RMS SYMM when used with down stream series rated circuit breakers and,or devices 2. The short circuit current .rating of each panel shall be equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any device installed but not more than the main rating at the system voltage. Additional or replacement devices shall be of same manufacturer, type designation and an equal or greater interrupting capacity. 3. Provide red engraved plate with white letter: "Switchboard is series rated. Replacement devices shall be of same manufacturer, type designation and an equal or greater interrupting capacity." B. Provide single or three phases, 3 or 4 wire, switchboards containing circuit breakers and switches with ratings,components and arrangements as indicated on the single line ' drawings and herein specified. C. Enclosure: Total enclosed sections bolted together to form a single floor-standing ' section, NEMA Type I for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor general purpose with front access only. Sections 90" high and all of the same depth, width as required. Legal gauge sheet steel finished hammertone gray or manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel. Copper bussing shall be 1000A/sq. inch for 100% rating. Aluminum bussing shall be 750A/sq. inch for 100% rating. D. Busbars: Rectangular cross-sections, full height in each distribution section with horizontal cross busbars between sections. Fully insulated, UL rated tin plated aluminum, braced for 50,000 KASYM. Division 16-Electrical Page 217 1 E. Lugs: Shop drawings must indicate lug size based on the actual conductors to be - provided. F. Main Circuit Protector: (As shown on plans - Circuit Breaker or Switch and Fuse): Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker pad lockable in the "off position with minimum interrupting capacity of 42,000 symmetrical RMS amperes at voltage shown on plans. All multi pole units with common trip and single handle. Feeder rejection switch and fuses per single line diagram, provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type. Provide fuse holders in cabinet in electrical room. Label with nameplate "Spare Fuses." G. Nameplates: Black-on-White engraved laminated plastic. Provide a main nameplate for each section with first line in 1/2-inch high letters stating (Example: "MAIN SWITCHBOARD")the second line in 1/4-inch high letters indicating the second line in 1/4-inch high letters indicating voltage, phases, amperes (of main busbars) and year, (Example: "480/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire-800A 1991"). Provide nameplate for each circuit protector. H. Installation: Use leveling screws to set the switchboard plumb and true, and with the bottom approximately 1-inch above finished floor slab. Completely fill space between the floor and the bottom of the switchboard with cement grout. _ I. Provide switchgear and all components made by one of the following manufacturers: General Electric, ITE, Sylvania or Westinghouse. J. Service entrance equipment shall include underground pull section combination service and distribution section, and shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility company. _ K. If switchboard is located against a wall the top of the service/switchboard lineup shall be bolted to the wall within three feet of each end with 1/4-inch thick angle iron or P100 Uni-Strut and fittings or with equal top support. If switchboard is free standing outdoor unit than bolt to concrete slab with 1/2-inch single phase Phillips red head wedge anchors 4-inch embedment. Cat. No.WS-1242(4) bolts per unit(2 at each end). L. Contractor shall send switchboard shop drawing to power company representative for approval by power company and confirmation that switchgear complies with power company regulations. M. All dimensions of switchgear is based on RSE-Sierra (714/529-3471). Contractor is responsible for any substitution of equipment with greater dimensions than manufactured by RSE-Sierra and for allowed space and code clearance. N. Contactors and/or relays and/or time clocks to mount in separate sections with hinged (lockable)doors.Time clocks to have no live contacts exposed to operator. O. Outdoor switchgear to have hinged pad lockable doors with door handle hardware at meter section capable of two(2)padlocks. P. All 100A meter sockets and disconnects shall have field interchange hardware to 200A. PART III- LIGHTING FIXTURES/LAMPS/BALLASTS 3.01 GENERAL Division 16-Electrical Page 218 ' A. Provide light fixtures complete including lamps, ballasts, sockets, housings, ceiling trim rings for special ceilings,brackets,diffusers/lenses and outlet boxes. B. The catalog numbers included in the description of the various types of lighting fixtures .shall be basically considered to establish the type or class of the fixture with a particular manufacturer only. The fixture length, number of lamps, component materials, accessories,mounting type and all other features required to fulfill the total description of the fixture based on all drawing and specification information shall be complied with regardless of whether or not the catalog number specifically includes these features. If any conflict exists between the catalog number and the description,the Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with the City prior to submittal of his bid or furnish the fixture to meet the intent as later interpreted by the City without change in contract price. C. Lighting fixtures shall be of types as indicated in fixture schedule on drawings. D. All fixtures of one type shall be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. 3.02 LAMPS: A. Submit certification letter from manufacturers of lamps and ballasts stating the specific lamp and ballast combination comply with manufacturers approval for the combined use, shown on the drawings. Lamps manufactured 360 days prior to start of 1 construction shall not be used. B. Submit manufacturers certified lamp and ballast test report data showing compliance with contract document. C. Provide complete manufacturers catalog data information for each light fixture, ballast and lamp. ' D. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse (W&K trademark), Norelco or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp. ' E. High pressure sodium and metal halide lamps shall be clear unless noted otherwise on drawings. 3.03 BALLASTS A. Each ballast shall be independently fused within ballast compartment. Provide a label next to ballast cover reading: 'Ballast if fused, check fuse prior to relamping". Provide an additional quantity of 10% spare fuses and deliver to City. ' B. Metal halide and high pressure sodium, fixtures equipped with constant wattage, H.P.F. ballasts. 3.04 (NOT USED) 3.05 LIGHT FIXTURES - GENERAL A. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to complete and properly install the fixture. All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type specified. 1 Division 16-Electrical Page 219 B. Fixtures shall be wired from outlet boxes supplied with fixture to socket with #14 AWG Underwriters'Type BS I"AF"or"CF" fixture wire. Electrical 16000 C. The fixture to bear Underwriters label of approval for the wattage indicated. D. Light fixtures installed outdoors in damp or wet locations shall be U.L. labeled for said location. E. Ballfield lighting fixtures. See Part V. 3.06 BALLFIELD FLOOD LIGHTING(See Part V of this Specification.) _ 3.07 LENS AND DIFFUSERS A. Lens and diffusers shall be completely cleaned of all dust,dirt and fingerprints after the _ installation of the light fixtures,ceiling,painting, lamps, and prior to occupancy of the facility by the City. PART IV:GENERAL INSTALLATION 4.01 DESCRIPTION Installation requirements specified herein are general in nature and are not necessarily complete. — All installation requirements listed may not be used 4.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Excavation and backfilling required for electrical work shall be performed under this section, unless otherwise specified, and shall conform to requirements of applicable sections of these specifications and public authorities having jurisdiction. A. The contractor shall make all necessary excavations for footings and slabs and do any additional excavations necessary to provide ample room for installation of concrete forms where required. Sides of footings may be poured against undisturbed soil if Soils Engineer approves. Bottom of footing excavations shall be level, free from loose materials, and brought to the indicated or required grades in undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free from standing water. The Contractor shall do all pumping or drainage that may be necessary in carrying on the work. Should excavations for footings through error be excavated to a greater depth or size than indicated or required, such additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete as specified for footings at the _ Contractor's expense. B. Backfilling: • Select site material shall be used for backfill of trenches and shall be free from large stones and clods. Material shall be as approved by the Soils Engineer. • Backfill shall be deposited in layers of maximum 6-inch thickness. • Layers of backfill shall be moistened with water, the amount to be rigidly controlled to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excess water causing saturated earth beneath footings, walks, and curbs will not be permitted. • Backfill shall be compacted by suitable means to a minim of ninety percent (90%). Division 16-Electrical Page 220 • All trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with this section and may be tested at the discretion of the City. IC. Placement of Aggregate Base: (If indicated on Plans) All subgrade work shall be completed, inspected, and approved prior to placements of aggregate base material. Aggregate base material shall be placed to the thickness as shown on Plans and compacted to required density. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the Soils Engineer prior to placement of A.C. paving. D. Dust and Noise Abatement: During the entire period of construction, site areas shall be kept sprinkled as necessary to reduce dust in the air and annoyance to surrounding properties. Adhere to the requirements of the City Ordinances for dust and noise control. 4.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Provide inserts,hangers and supports required for supporting switches,conduits,junction and pull boxes, fixtures and similar materials and equipment. Conduit 1-inch size or smaller, located above suspended ceilings, may be fastened to ceiling furring or support wires in an approved manner. 4.04 LIGHTING FIXTURES (See Part III and Part V) 1 4.05 PULL WIRES Provide a 1/8-inch size Polypropylene pull wire in all empty conduits, including those for sig- nal and telephone systems. Identify conduits at exposed ends with tags. Tags shall identify location of other end of conduit. 4.06 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS Cut conduit squarely and ream ends to remove burrs. Close open ends of conduit, unless in a closed box or cabinet, with approved conduit caps or closures as soon as installed and keep closed until ready to pull in conductors. 4.07 TERMINATION OF CONDUITS Terminate conduits of 1-1/4-inch size and larger with insulated bushings, with grounding lugs where required, O.Z. Type BLG, or equal. 4.08 RUNNING OF EXPOSED CONDUIT Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to building structure. Bends for conduits used for telephone systems shall be long radius. 4.09 FLASHINGS Where conduits extend through roof, provide flashings as required in other sections of specifications. ' 4.10 WIRE AND CABLE A. Splices, Joints and Taps. 1. For wire in sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller, use Ideal "Wire-Nuts" or 3M "Scotchlocks". Division 16-Electrical Page 221 2. For Copper Wire in sizes No. 6 AWG and larger, use Bundry split-bolt type connectors. 3. Make Splices,joints and taps,and connections to motors and related equipment with approved solderless lugs sized for the wire or conductor size involved B. Tagging of Conductors _ 1. Tag branch circuits in panelboards, in gutters, and in junction boxes where unused circuits terminate for purpose of identifying various circuits. 2. Tag feeders and mains in switchboards. 3. Tag with adhesive type of marker manufactured by Brady as distributed by _ Graybar Electric Co. C. Branch Circuit and Feeder Wiring for all systems shall be continuous from switch to terminal or farthest outlet. No joint shall be made except in pull junction or outlet boxes,or in panel or switchboard gutters. D. Installation.Thoroughly clean conduit and wire-ways and ensure all parts are perfectly _ dry before pulling wires. Do not install permanent wiring, without special permission from City, until plastering is done and dirt removed.Wire shall be neatly arranged and laced together. 4.11 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING METHODS A. Fluorescent Fixtures shall not be used as a raceway for branch circuit conductors except where installed end-to-end to form a continuous assembly. B. Wall Outlets shall not be wired back-to-back. Boxes on opposite sides of a common wall be separated horizontally by a space of at least 6". - 4.12 PANEL 30ARDS Install wall mounted panelboards at 6 ft. from top of panelbox to finish floor, except as — otherwise required. PART V: BALLFIELD LIGHTING 5.01 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS A. LIGHTING PERFORMANCE - San Juan Capistrano Sports Park _. The manufacturer shall supply lighting equipment and computer generated point by point analysis to meet the following: 1. Performance Criteria-Field Lighting a. The performance criteria requires lighting equipment which will provide initial average light levels of 46 footcandles infield, 38 footcandles outfield for the softball field, 38 footcandles for the soccer field and 67 footcandles infield, 37 footcandles outfield for the baseball field. A maintenance factor of.8 is to be used in determining the initial light value after adjustment for a tilt factor. These — initial light levels will provide a maintained lighting level of 37 footcandles Division 16-Electrical Page 222 ' infield, 30 footcandles outfield for the softball field, 30 footcandles for the soccer field and 54 footcandles infield, 30 footcandles outfield for the baseball field.. The light levels are to be stated in the numeric values to be obtained during the initial hours of the operation of the lighting system. Bidders shall supply computer generated point by point light scans based on 155,000 lumens per lamp showing both initial and designated maintained footcandle levels. b. Uniformity ratio - The footcandle level shall have a uniformity ratio of maximum to minimum of not greater than 2.0:1 infield and 3.0:1 outfield for the softball field and 2.5:1 for the soccer field or better. 2. Spill/Glare Light-Designated Areas a. Maximum spill light values - light levels shall not exceed the designated maximum footcandles or average footcandles shown below. These levels shall be shown as initial footcandles and shall be measured at a distance of 70 feet from the boundary of the playing field in any direction. 7 ' From Field Boun Horizontal Fotocanles Footcandles wiffi meter awned toward brightest light bank. Max. Footcandles 9.16 14.51 Average Footcandles 1 1.24 ' b. Are Tub Brightness (Luminance) (1) No portion of any arc tube shall be visible beyond 12 degrees vertical and 35 degrees horizontal measured from thecenter axis line of the light out put in the direction of the defined problem. 2. Beam Control Fixtures The approved lighting fixture shall not exceed the candlepower of specified degrees above the maximum candlepower in the vertical plane as specified in the following table. 12,000 candlepower is the unit of luminous intensity that often begins to cause discomfort and interfere with vision. Nema Type Reflector Candlepower Degrees A ve Maxmimum Candlepowcrin Vertical Plane Nema 2 12,000 17.5 degrees ema B 12,000 14.5 degrees ema D 12,000 18.5 degrees ' Nema 4 12,000 16 degrees Nema 5 12,00 degrees Nema 6 12, 00 24 de es B. POINT BY POINT ANALYSIS Division 16-Electrical Page 223 1. Computer Models-Test Stations a. Softball infield test stations for the horizontal field measurements shall consist of 25 points covering on an equally spaced 20' by 20' grid (commencing 10'outside each baseline). b. Baseball outfield test stations for the horizontal field measurments shall consist of 25 points covering on an equally spaced 30' x 30' grid (commencing 15'outside each baseline). C. Softball outfield test stations for the horizontal illumination levels should - cover the entire outfield area to fence. Test stations shall be on an 20'x 29' grid and consist of 161 locations. d. Baseball outfield test stations for horizontal illumination levels should cover the entire outfield area to fence. Test stations shall be on an 30'x 30' grid and consist of 78 locations. e. Soccer field test stations for the horizontal field measurements shall consist of 160 points covering 330 by 210 on an equally spaced 30' x 20' grid. _ f. Spill/glare test stations shall consist of horizontal footcandles and maximum footcandles on a line 70 feet from the boundary of the playing field.Horizontal maximum footcandle readings shall be shown every 30 feet on the line. C. INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION 1. Test and Measurement Procedures a. All testing will be done with entire facility illuminated. b. Horizontal footcandle readings shall be taken with the meter positioned horizontal 36-inch above grade. C. Maximum footcandles as specified in Section A.2.a. shall be taken with the test cell positioned 36-inch above grade and aimed at the brightest light source. d. Ambient light levels shall be measured at the specified test stations. Maximum ambient footcandle level explored in all planes for each test station shall be recorded. Once the maximum spill light readings as defined in Section A.2.a. have been recorded, subtract the ambient light readings from the respective footcandle readings at each test station. e. Testing equipment for measurement of footcandle levels shall be a calibrated Gossen Panalux Electronic 2 or an approved equal. f. For final approval of the project the manufacturer shall provide a final - report from the test results that shall provide the following items: Division 16-Electrical Page 224 1 ' (1) Identification of number and location of the test stations. (2) Actual horizontal footcandle readings taken at each test station. (3) Actual spill/glare footcandle readings taken at each test station. 1 (4) Number of hours of operation. D. LIGHT-STRUCTURE SYSTEM 1. General Description -The Light-Structure System as manufactured by Musco Sports Lighting,or approved equal shall consist of: ' a. Pre-stressed centrifically spun concrete base b. Hot-dip galvanized steel shafts. C. Hot-dip galvanized steel crossarms. d. Fixture consisting of: lamp, lamp socket, reflector, lens, lamp cone, reinforcing retaining ring. e. U.L. listed double fusing for the lamp circuits. f. Enclosure to consist of: NEMA 3R enclosure with ballasts and capacitors. 1 g. Thermal magnetic breaker. h. All wiring from the load side of the breaker to the lamp socket. i. Plug-in or landing lug connection devices for all electrical circuits on the pole. j. Aiming method for alignment of the luminaires. k. Method for re-alignment of the luminaire after movement for relamping. E. LUMINAIRE STRUCTURE 1. Factory Construction ' The lamp and reflector mounting device shall be factory assembled to the crossarms and the crossarms shall be attached to a section of the pole by the i manufacturer. 2. Single Photometric Unit ' Each reflector shall be attached to the crossarm in such a way that its aiming position has been determined relative to all other fixtures on the pole so that in the factory all luminaires on the assembly are oriented to form a single photometric unit. 3. Lamps ' Division 16-Electrical Page 225 Lamps shall be 150OW watt metal halide and shall meet ANSI designation M48PC-1500BU and be Philips#MH1500BU or an approved equal. 4. Reflector and Lamp Supports The reflector shall be fastened to the lamp cone with a reinforcing retaining ring containing an acrylic compressed fiber ring which centers and stabilizes the _ lamp in the reflector and provides heat shield to protect the lamp socket from heat. 5. Lens — A removable lens of impact and thermal resistant glass with silicone gasket shall be centered in a stainless steel lens rim and attached to the reflector with a hinged cable or chain. 6. Aiming The manufacturer shall provide a memory positioning device for each luminaire on the assembly. The device shall provide for automatic repositioning of the aiming after relamping. — 7. Field Alignment Luminaire assembly shall be provided from the factory to the job site as a unit which may be universally oriented in a manner that the entire luminaire assembly can be field aimed as a single unit. 8. Materials and Coatings All steel components shall be hot dip galvanized ASTM A-123. High purity _ reflector grade aluminum shall be alzak finished. All other aluminum components shall be heavy anodized to military MIL-A-8625E Type III (commercial AAC12A41) specification and shall further be coated with an epoxy primer and heavy top coat of polyurethane enamel. All non-current — carrying fasteners, hinges, and latches shall be stainless steel and shall be coated with a thermoset epoxy type organic coating such as Empigard to prevent galvanic interaction. 9. Crossarm Welding Crossarms for the luminaire assembly shall be welded to the pole section before galvanizing by certified welders. Any additional fasteners used for the attachment of accessories to the crossarm shall be stainless steel and coated with Empigard or equivalent. — 10. Structural Strength The crossarrtl,reflector and its attachment to the pole shall be provided by the manufacturer such that it will structurally withstand winds of 125 m.p.h. with 1.3 gust factor without misalignment of any luminaire and without any damage to the crossarms or its components. Luminaires shall be attached to the — crossarm by a minimum of two bolts, which fasteners shall be stainless steel Division 16-Electrical Page 226 ' and Empigard coated. There shall be no penetrations of the top or sides of the crossarm. 1 F. WIRE HARNESS 1. Strain Relief 1 The wiring harness shall be supported at the top of the pole by a stainless steel wire mesh grip matched to the size of the harness.There shall be not more than 13 conductors supported by a single wire mesh grip. If harness is longer than L 65', an interim wire mesh grip support shall be located approximately half way down the pole. 2. Strain Relief Slippage There shall be protection around the conductors, in addition to the insulation to protect from damage from the wire mesh grip and also to avoid slippage of the grip on the wire harness. The wire mesh grip shall also be clamped to the harness with a cable tie at the bottom of the grip to avoid loosening. 3. Pole Attachment The wire mesh grip shall be mechanically attached to the pole to an enclosed mounting loop so that it cannot accidentally be removed in any direction. 4. Spiral Winding The harness being supported by the wire mesh grip shall consist of multiple 14 gauge THHN conductors and shall be continuously spiral wound and bound with mylar wrap to prevent slippage of individual conductors within the wiring harness. Additionally, a cable tie shall be tightly wrapped around the harness at not more than 10 ft. increments. 5. Abrasion Bumper tThere shall be provided at 2 ft. below the wire mesh grip and then at not more than 10 ft. intervals along the entire length of the wire harness an abrasion protective bumper device of soft, durable abrasive resistant material not less than 2-inch in diameter attached around the wiring harness to protect the harness from striking and being abraded by the interior surface of the pole. 6. Labeling All wiring harness conductors shall be color coded and clearly labeled. 7. Plug-Ins Each end of the wire harness shall be terminated into a plug-in with conductors sequenced consistent with the pattern of the wiring schematic provided by the manufacturer. 8. Testing Division 16-Electrical Page 227 All conductors and plug-ins shall be tested for resistance underload, for continuity, schematic sequence, and for insulation integrity. Manufacturer shall ship with the wire harness a copy of the test results. 9. Grounding There shall be included within the wiring harness one conductor for use as a - grounding conductor.The grounding conductor shall be equal in size to the load carrying conductors. 0. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT ENCLOSURE(ECE) 1. NEMA 3R The ECE shall be a NEMA 3R rated gasketed enclosure to house the ballasts, capacitors,fuses,thermal magnetic circuit breaker,and distribution lugs. 2. Two Compartments The ECE shall be divided into two compartments.The upper compartment shall house the ballasts,capacitors, and fuses. The lower compartment shall provide for the thermal magnetic circuit breaker,distribution lugs, and connection of all circuits coming into and out of the ECE. 3. Galvanize The ECE shall be heavy hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-123 standards after fabrication to a thickness of not less than 3 mils, Continuous galvanized materials will not be accepted. 4. Stainless Steel All latches, hinges, and non-current carrying fasteners, either outside or inside the enclosure, shall be stainless steel and shall further be coated with a clear thermoset polymer coating such as Empigard to prevent galvanic interaction. 5. Hinged Door Access The access door to the ECE shall be attached by a full-length stainless steel hinge and shall be secured when closed by lockable stainless steel latches. _ 6. Pole Attachment The ECE shall attach to the pole by means of a device which is sufficient to - align the ECE and support its weight. There shall be a sealed joint with a non- threaded connection to provide wiring access from the pole to the ECE for both the primary and secondary circuits. The connection shall be gasketed for _ watertight protection. All wire passages shall be protected to prevent wire abrasion or damage. 7. Capacitors Division 16-Electrical Page 228 In the ECE,capacitor cases shall be made from zinc coated steel or aluminum and top coated with enamel. Each capacitor shall have a ground terminal welded to its case and such terminal shall be connected to ground via a grounding wire. ' The capacitor case shall not make direct contact with surface of the ECE. 8. Disconnecting Device There shall be provided within the ECE a U.L. listed thermal magnetic circuit breaker such that electrical power to all equipment on the pole served by the feeder circuit shall be disengaged by the operation of one switch. The breaker shall be located in a compartment separated from any capacitors or ballasts. 9. Lugs The breaker shall provide landing lugs for the conductors which provide power to the pole. ' 10. Distribution Terminal Blocks There shall be provided by the manufacturer a set of distribution terminal blocks which shall be factory wired from the breaker to the blocks. These blocks shall provide for termination of all ballast connection wiring. 11. Fusing There shall be provided an individual fuse for each ballast conductor except neutral conductors which shall not be fused or switched. 12. Plug-In All lamp supply circuits in the ECE shall be color-coded and labeled and shall terminate into a U.L.recognized plug-in device in the lower compartment of the ECE in a manner suitable for plug-in to the wiring harness. 13. Wire Harness Connection The wiring harness circuits from the lamps shall be attached to the ECE circuits by U.L. recognized plug-in connectors. 14. Grounding ' There shall be provided in the ECE located in the lower compartment of the enclosure one equipment grounding lug rigidly fastened to the enclosure, sized to accept up to a 1/0 conductor. There shall also be provision in the upper compartment for a ground terminal of sufficient size to permit connection of the grounding conductors from the capacitors and the ground wire from the wiring harness. 15. Ballast Type There shall be an individual ballast for each luminaire.The ballast shall be a lead ' peak auto-regulating ballast and be available for use with_volt supply. The ballast shall be located remote from the luminaire crossarm and shall be placed approximately ten (10) feet above ground level. Ballast box must be a NEMA Division 16-Electrical Page 229 3R enclosure and must be manufactured by the luminaire assembly manufacturer and all mounting hardware shall be included with the ballast box assembly. The remote ballast system described above shall be located on the same pole as the luminaire assembly in the NEMA 3R enclosure with the — capacitors and the capacitors shall operate in ambient air not to exceed 70 degrees C. The assembly design shall be adaptable to various standard ballast and must retain U.L. listing. 16. Plans Attached The manufacturer shall provide an electrical schematic of the ECE circuits, — which schematic shall be of a durable material and affixed to the inside of the ECE door for use by maintenance personnel. 17. Location The ECE shall be attached to the pole with the lower end approximately 10 feet above grade at the pole foundation. - 18. U.L. Listing The ECE shall be listed by U.L. both for use with 90 degrees C rated supply conductors and as suitable for use in wet locations. H. POLESTRUCTURE 1. Safety Factors AASHTO structural design criteria shall be used to determine the pole stress allowance. 2. Wind Factors The poles and foundations shall be designed to withstand windloads based upon structural engineers calculations. — 3. Height and EPA The pole shall be designed to provide a mounting height above the surface at its foundation of 60 and 70 feet and to be of sufficient strength to support the effective projected area (EPA) of the pole and all of the attached devices including, as applicable, light fixtures, crossarms, mounting brackets, ballast — boxes,and any other devices which are to be attached to the pole. 4. Pole Material _ The pole shaft shall be high strength low alloy tapered tubular steel with galvanized coating inside and out. All connections of pole sections shall be by slip fitting the top section over the lower section by a length of at least 1 1/2 — diameters. Division 16-Electrical Page 230 5. Resistance to Corrosion Steel components of the pole shall be hot dip galvanized ASTM A-123. Steel ' portions of the pole shall be constructed such that all segments of the pole can be readily heated to like temperatures in commercially available galvanizing methods. To avoid problems of galvanize adherence to differing steel alloys, all steel components used for the pole must be of the same type steel. All exposed steel components of the pole shall be at least 18" above the surface of the ground to avoid exposure of the steel to the heavily moisture and oxygen laden air, both above and below the surface. There shall be a cap to cover the ' top of the pole so that rain will not enter the interior of the pole. To avoid stress corrosion of the pole, there shall be no critical stress points of the steel portion of the pole within 18" of the ground. I. FOUNDATION 1. Safety Factor ' Broms safety factor of three (or UBC) shall be used in the foundation design. 2. Foundation Strength Any concrete portions of the pole in which steel components that provide tension strength are contained, shall be allowed to harden for a minimum of 28 days before stress loads of pole attachment are applied. 3. Concrete Material ' The foundation of the pole shall be constructed of not less than 9,500 psi pre- stressed centrifically cast concrete such that the steel reinforcement within the concrete shall be protected from slippage and exposure to oxidation through voids in the concrete or exposure of the steel through porous concrete material. 4. Soil Conditions ' The design criteria for these specifications are based on soil conditions with 2000 psf soil at the surface. It shall be the contractors responsibility to notify the owner of soil conditions other than the design criteria. The owner shall then be responsible and absorb the additional costs associated with: a. Providing engineered foundation/embedment design by a registered engineer in the State of California for soils other than specified soil conditions. b. Additional materials required to achieve alternate foundation. c. Excavation and removal of materials other than normal soils, such as rock,caliche,etc. ' Division 16-Electrical Page 231 J. SAFETY - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. U.L. Listing There shall be provided a U.L. listing for all electrical components from its connection to the feeder conductors, to its completion at the lamp socket including all connections. This listing shall be based upon U.L. testing and _ evaluation of the compatibility of the enclosures and the components for use in combination in this application in addition to the individual components being U.L. listed or recognized. 2. U.L. Test Report Bidder shall supply in advance of bid a copy of the complete Underwriters _ Laboratory report covering the entire luminaire assembly being bid for the owner's review and retention. Partial U.L. files will not be accepted per the requirements of U.L. 3. Codes Sports Lighting Structure shall meet National Electrical code. - 4. Warranty a. Manufacturer shall warrant in writing the entire structure (excluding - fuses and lamps) to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of seven years starting from the date of delivery. b. Manufacturer agrees in writing to provide labor and materials for a period of two years to replace defective parts or repair defects in workmanship, or, at its election, to pay reasonable costs of labor for such repairs. For the remainder of the warranty period, replacement materials will be provided at no charge. C. Lamps shall be warranted by the manufacturer in writing not to fail for two years from the date of delivery. Lamps which fail during the first year of the warranty period will be replaced and installed at no cost to the owner. Lamps which fail during the second 12 months will be replaced by the manufacturer but installation will be the owner's responsibility. d. Manufacturer warrants in writing accurate alignment of the luminaires - on the luminaire assembly for a period of seven years starting from the date of delivery. e. The contractor shall furnish to the owner of the facility 5% extra lamps or a minimum of 3 and 6 extra fuses for future use. K. INSTALLATION 1. Weight and Size Division 16-Electrical Page 232 To permit ease of handling of material at the job site and to avoid damage to the existing facility, no single component of the pole shall be in excess of 2,400 lbs., nor be greater than 41'in length. 2. Backfill ' The pole base shall be installed in an excavation as prescribed by the Broms or UBC standards for foundation design. Concrete backfill is required. 3. Assembly ' The concrete backfill allowing for inspection prior to the attachment of the steel The pole base shall be separate from the pole such that the base may be ' installed,properly plumbed,and enlarged as to the bearing surface by pole. 4. Electrical Wiring i ' The pole and the luminaires shall be designed such that all wiring remains underground before entering the base of the pole and that no wiring shall be exposed to sun or weather as it transitions through the pole and to the ballast and on to each lamp. There shall be provided a non-threaded hot-dip galvanized steel or concrete enclosed raceway for transition of the pole feeder conductors from the trench to the ECE. 5. Field Connections All field electrical connections on the pole shall be achieved by U.L. listed plug- in or lug method of attachment from the load side of the breaker/disconnect to the lamp socket. The feeder and grounding conductors from the service entrance ' to the pole shall be connected at the pole by landing lugs. L. PATENT RIGHTS AND INFRINGEMENT There are various established performance criteria throughout this request for products and services. There may exist patent coverage for some means and methods of ' achieving those performance criteria. Bidders are responsible for ascertaining that means and methods of the products and services which they are providing are not being provided in violation of any such patent rights. Bidders responsibilities are as follows: ' 1. To hold harmless, the owner, as to any violation to include dollar amounts that could be owing as a result of damages for infringement including potential treble damages as provided for under U.S. Patent Law. 1 2. Any and all costs that the owner would incur in replacing materials and services which are determined to infringe patent rights. ' 3. All administrative, legal and other costs that would be incurred as a result of an infringement. ' If any product or services proposed to be provided by the bidder are known by the bidder to be subject to any existing claims of infringement,bidder shall notify owner of ' Division 16-Electrical Page 233 such claim and provide evidence of financial ability to perform on the above hold harmless requirements. M. FIELD TECHNICIAN ON-SITE VISIT Manufacturer shall provide an on-site visit by a factory technician after completion of the installation.The factory technician shall make any necessary adjustments to the aiming in order to ensure that specified maximum footcandle levels are not exceeded(refer to section A.2.a of the lighting specifications). This service shall be included at no additional cost to the owner or installing contractor. N. ALTERNATE SUBMITTAL-DATA TO BE PROVIDED Failure to provide any of the following information with the alternate submittal will be grounds for rejection of the alternate. Each item listed below shall be provided in the form of clear and concise statements and/or plans and drawings which can be easily read and clearly interpreted. Each item shall also be clearly lettered to correspond with the following list. All items shall be assembled in the order indicated and secured or bound in a neat and orderly fashion for easy use and reference. City must notify all bidders of any approved alternate by addendum only. Bidders requesting to use equipment other than that specified shall submit ten (10)days prior to bid opening the following: 1. Lighting layout design showing luminaire mounting heights, aiming focus points,reflector types number of luminaires per pole and kilowatt consumption. 2. A drawing of the Sports Lighting Structure meeting or exceeding specified criteria. 3. Computer generated point-by-point analysis of field light values as set forth in accordance with lighting performance specifications. 4. Written statements of model number and manufacturer for all equipment bid. 5. Written warranty from the manufacturer covering entire structure as outlined in specifications. 6. Certified engineer, independent of manufacturer, shall verify and stamp wind load test of luminaire assembly to meet or exceed structural strength as described in specifications. Please note, EPA test does not constitute mis- alignment verification. (refer to page 234 "Structural Strength"). 7. Complete U.L. Test Report - Bidder shall supply for the owner's review and retention a copy of the Underwriters Laboratory report covering the luminaire assembly being bid. 8. Manufacturer shall submit in writing a minimum of five similar lighting projects in the state of California where the specifications outlined have been met. Include the project name,contact person and telephone numbers. _ 9. Manufacturer shall submit a letter guaranteeing that footcandle levels and uniformities as specified will be met. In addition, manufacturer's remedy to deficiencies will be noted. Division 16-Electrical Page 234 1 10. There shall be provided by the pole supplier sufficient data and calculations to show that the specified criteria will be met. 11. Manufacturer shall submit a test report confirming that capacitors operate at 70 degrees Celsius,Ballast Type under Section Electrical Component Enclosure. 12. Manufacturer shall submit a test report confirming that capacitors operate at 70 degrees Celsius,please refer to page 10, Ballast Type under Section Electrical Component Enclosure. 1 1 1 1 ' Division 16-Electrical Page 235 1 PART VI: DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER 6.01 GENERAL A. Furnish and install, as indicated on the electrical plans; Sorgel dry-type transformers as manufactured by the Square D Company, or approved equal. See plans for exact voltages and kVA ratings. — B. Single phase transformers shall be 480 volt primary and 120/240 volt secondary. Three phase transformers shall be 480 volt delta primary and 208Y/120 volt delta secondary. _ Transformers 25 kVA and larger shall have a minimum of 4-2 1/2% full capacity primary taps. Exact voltages and taps to be as designated on the plans or the transformer schedule. C. Transformers 15 kVA and above shall be 150 degree C. temperature rise above 40 degree C. ambient. All insulating materials to be in accordance with NEMA ST-20- 1972 standards for a 220 degree C. U.L component recognized insulation system. D. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction and shall be impregnated with non-hygroscopic,thermosetting varnish. E. All cores to be constructed of high grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability,and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point.The core laminations shall be clamped together with structural steel angles.The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated therefrom by means of rubber, vibration-absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure. On transformers 500 kVA and smaller, the vibration isolating system shall be designed to provide a permanent fastening of the core and coil to the enclosure. Sound isolating systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices will not be acceptable. — F. Transformers 15 kVA and larger shall be in a heavy gauge sheet steel, ventilated enclosure. The ventilating openings shall be designed to prevent accidental access to _ live parts in accordance with U.L., NEMA, and National Electrical Code standards for ventilated enclosures. Single phase transformers 15 kVA through 167 kVA and three phase transformers through 112.5 kVA shall be designed so they can be either floor or wall mounted. Larger transformers shall be designed only for floor mounting. — G. The entire transformer enclosure shall be degreased, cleaned, phosphatized, primed, and finished with a gray, baked enamel. _ H. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50 degrees C. above a 40 degree C. ambient. I. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA, IEEE, and ANSI standards. — J. Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer not to exceed the following: 15 to 50 kVA-45 DB; 51 to 150 kVA-50 DB; Division 16-Electrical Page 236 ' 151 to 300 kVA-55 DB; 301 to 500 kVA-60 DB K. The transformers shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratory for the specified ' temperature rise. PART VII METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated ' in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 ' Division 16-Electrical Page 237 1 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO COUNTY OF ORANGE ' STATE OF CALIFORNIA t ' SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' Sports Park -Phase One City of San Juan Capistrano t CITY COUNCIL CAROLYN NASH, MAYOR COLLENE CAMPBELL WYATT HART ' GIL JONES DAVID SWERDLIN ' CITY MANAGER GEORGESCARBOROUGH City of San Juan Capistrano ' 32400 Pasco Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 ' December 1994 Revised March 8, 1995 JUN 0 6 1995 1 (Table of Contents Cont.) TITLE kAQE Section 01620 Storage & Protection:......................................................................18 Section 01630 Substitutions....................................................................................20 Section 01700 Contract Closeout............................................................................23 Section 01710 Cleaning..........................................................................................26 Division 2 Site Work Section 02110 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition.................................................28 _ Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading...................................................................31 Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand........................................................................36 Section 02280 Soil Treatment.................................................................................38 Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing............:...........................................................40 — Section 02500 Site Drainage...................................................................................42 Section 02551 Domestic Water...............................................................................45 DI Section 02552 Sewer Construction..........................................................................51 Section 02610 A.C. Paving.....................................................................................54 — Section 02612 Infield Preparation...........................................................................58 Section 02710 Chain Link Fencing and Gates.........................................................61 Section 02750 Irrigation.........................................................................................63 Section 02760 Site Furoishings...............................................................................80 _ Section02800 Landscaping....................................................................................83 D'vision 3 Concrete _ Section 03100 Concrete Formwork.........................................................................95 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcements...............................................................100 Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...................................................................104 Division 4 Masonry Section 04100 Mortar and Grout..........................................................................108 Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry...............................................................112 Division 5 Metals Section 05120 Structural Steel..............................................................................120 Section 05150 Decorative Steel........ ........................ ......---............ ....J24 Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking......................................................................126 Section 05400 Metal Ceiling.................................................................................128 Section 05520 Handrails and Railings...................................................................130 Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication....................................................133 _ pivision 6 Car�ntry Section 0600OCarpentry......................................................................................137 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry..........:................................................................140 — Section 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork......................................................144 Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing...............................................................................147 - Section 07150 Liquid Water Repellent..................................................................149 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation............................................................151 Section 07600 Flashing, Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts...............................153 _ Section 07920 Caulking and Sealants..................................................................I59 D Table of Contents (cont.) 1 DigcEion 8 Doors & Windows PAGE Section 08110 _ Hollow Metal Doors and Frames....................................................167 Section 08520 Alum*mumWindows......................................................................170 Section 08710 Finish Hardware.............................................................................174 Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Door .....................................................................180 Section 08800 Glazing..........................................................................................183 ' vision 9 Finishes Section 09210 Exterior Cement Plaster.................................................................186 , Section 09310 Tile................................................................................................191 Section 09900 Painting.........................................................................................196 Divicion 10 Specialties Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors....................................................................201 Section 10601 Screens and Expanded Metal Grilles..............................................204 Section 10800 Toilet Accessories..........................................................................206 Division 16 Electrical Section 16000 Electrical.......................................................................................208 Attachments: Geotechnical Report. Prepared by Kleinfelder, Inc. Date July 21, 1993. 1 CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO PROJECT DIRECTORY FOR SPORTS PARK • PHASE ONE Developer: Prime Consultant: AGENCY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE City of San Juan Capistrano HEINIBERGER HIRSCH&ASSOCIATES 32400 Paseo Adelanto 515 W.Commonwealth Street, Suite 205 San Juan Capistrano,CA 92675 Fullerton CA 92632 Contact: Sharon Heider Contact: Patrick L. Hirsch — Subconsultants: Subconsultants: CIVIL ENGINEERING GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES DGA CONSULTANTS INC Kleinfelder 2130 East Fourth Street, Suite 100 1370 Vista Drive, Suite 150 Santa Ana,CA 92705 Diamond Bar,CA 91765 Contact:Gregory Kahlen Contact:John Lohman ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING ARCHITECT REEDCORP ENGINEERING CRANE ARCHITECTURAL GROUP 1920 East Warner Avenue,Suite P 1335 West Valencia Drive,Suite E _ Santa Ana, CA 92705 Fullerton, CA 92633 Contact:Ron Reed Contact:Rick Crane iv ' SPORTS PARK - PHASE ONE NOTICE INVITING BIDS Public notice is hereby given that the City of San Juan Capistrano,Orange County,California will,yR to 2.00 p,-m.. on the 24th day of January. 1995.receive sealed bids for the Construction of the Sports Park - Phase One, in accordance with the approved Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specification for Public Works Construction, 1994 Edition, including all supplements therefore,on file in the office of the City Clerk of the City of San Juan Capistrano,California, at which ' time said bids will be publicly opened and read. Bids will be received until the time hereinbefore stated at the City Clerk's Office at San Juan Capistrano City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano,California. No bid will be received unless.it is made on a proposal provided within these specifications. Each proposal or bid must be accompanied by a certified check, cash, cashiers check, or bidders bond payable to the City of San Juan Capistrano in the sum of not less than ten percent of the total bid amount. ' The bid check,cashier's check or bidder's bond of the successful bidder will be forfeited to said City in the event such successful bidder fails to enter into the required contract within 15 days after the written notice that said contract has been awarded to him for the work. A pre-bid conference is scheduled at 1.00 p.m. on the 5th day of January. 1995,in Council Chambers q San Juan Capistrano City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, CA. The contractor shall have the opportunity for clarification or interpretation of any point or points of question within the 1 plans and contract documents or specifications. It is the contractors responsibility to be in attendance at this conference to receive any information disclosed during the proceedings,for the City shall not the City shall not be responsible for any instructions, explanations, or interpretation of the plans, specifications,and contract documents presented to the bidders in any manner. ' The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the contract, will be required to furnish a Faithful Performance Bond equal in the amount of one-hundred percent (100%) of the contract price. The surety bond company must be selected from among the surety companies set forth in the Standard Specifications. The City Council reserves the right to reject any and all bids received and to compare the relative merits of the respective bids and to choose that which in the opinion of said City will best serve the interests or needs of said City. ' A time limit of two hundred and ten (210)working days (including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period),has been set for the completion of the work,from the date of execution ' of the contract. I BIDDERS ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT,pursuant to the Labor Code of the State of California, copies of the rrevailing rate of ver diem wages, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the office of the City Clerk and shall be made available to any interested party on request. Copies of plans and specifications are on file in the office of the City Clerk of San Juan Capistrano, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. Copies of the plans and specifications for use in preparing bids may be obtained at the Office of the City Clerk, San Juan Capistrano, at the address shown above. One set of plans and specifications is available for each general contractor proposing to submit a bid for said work. A charge in the amount of$90.00,refundable if in good condition and no writing or marking is required for obtaining each set of plans and specifications. There will be a non- refundable charge of $5.00 for postage and handling on all plans and specifications mailed. Each bidder shall state the California Contractor's License number of such bidder so bidding,as no bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to the licensing of Contractors. _ This Notice is hereby given and published by order of the City Council of the City of San Juan Capistrano,and is dated this 15th day of December, 1994. — r CITY CLERK CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO ORANGE COUNTY,CALIFORNIA _ 2 ' Securing Documents INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Plans, Specifications and other contract documents will be available for examination without charge and copies may be secured in accordance with the"Notice Inviting Bids." Examination of Plans Specifications and Site of Work The bidder is required to examine the site of work, the Proposal, the Plans and the Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all supplements, and addenda very carefully. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality and quantities of the work to be performed,the materials to be furnished and the requirements of the Contract Documents. The plans for the work show conditions as they are believed to exist,but it is not to be inferred that all the conditions as shown thereon are actually existent,nor shall the City or any of its officers or agents be liable for any loss sustained by the Contractor as a result of any variance ' between conditions shown on the plans and actual conditions revealed during examination or progress of the work. The submission of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such an examination. Inta1=411on of Drawings and Documents If any bidder should find discrepancies in, or omissions from, the drawings, specifications or other proposed contract documents, or if he should be in doubt as to the true meaning of any part thereof,he shall at once make a written-request to the Project Manager for correction,clarification or interpretation of the point or points in question. The person submitting such a request shall be responsible for its prompt delivery. In the event that the Project Manager receives such a request and it should be found that certain essential information is not clearly and fully set forth, or if the Project Manager discovers errors,omissions,or points requiring clarification in the drawings or documents, a written addendum will be mailed to each ' person to whom a set of contract documents has been delivered. Questions directed to the City or its representatives regarding interpretation of the construction documents will not be considered after January 20, 1995, due to the inability to properly notify all bidders via addenda. The City will not be responsible for any instructions, explanations or interpretations of the documents presented to bidders in any manner other than written addendum. Addenda r Bulletins The effect of all addenda to the contract documents shall be considered in the bid and said addenda shall be made a part of the contract documents and shall be returned with them. Before submitting his bid, ' each bidder shall inform himself as to whether or not any such addenda have been issued,and failure to cover in his bid any such addenda issued may render his bid invalid and result in its rejection. ' 3 Dis,gualification of Bidders No person,firm or corporation shall be allowed to make,file or be interested in more than one bid for the same work unless alternate bids are called for. A person,firm or corporation who has submitted a sub-proposal to a bidder, or who has quoted prices on materials to a bidder, is not hereby disqualified from submitting a bid in his own behalf. _ Proposals Bids to receive consideration shall be in accordance with the following instructions: — A. Bids shall be made only upon the forms provided within these specifications; all bid items shall be -properly filled out; bid prices shall be stated both in words and in figures; and the signatures of all persons signing shall be in longhand. Where there is a conflict in the words and the figures, the words shall govern. B. All prices and notations must be in ink or typewritten. No erasures will be permitted. Mistakes may be crossed out and corrections typed or written in ink adjacent thereto and must be initialed in ink by the person or persons signing the bid. C. Bids shall not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done. Alternate proposals will not be considered except as required hereinabove. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. The City may require any bidder to furnish a statement of his experience,financial responsibility, technical ability,equipment and references properly and fully filled out. E. Each,bidder shall list his proposed sub-contractors on the form accompanying the proposal in accordance with the provisions of the specifications. F. Each bidder must accompany his bid with either a cashiers check upon some responsible bank, or a properly certified check upon such bank, or an approved corporate surety bond payable to the City for such a sum of not less than ten percent(10%)of the aggregate sum of the bid,which check or bond and the monies represented thereby shall be held by the City as a guarantee that the bidder,if awarded the contract,will in good faith enter into such contract and furnish the required bonds. The bidder agrees that, in case of his refusal or failure to execute said contract and give bonds within the time required by these documents, such check or bond, and the money represented thereby, shall remain the property of the City and,if the bidder shall fail to execute said contract, said surety will pay to the City the damages which the City may suffer by reason of such failure, not exceeding the sum of ten percent (10%) of the amount of the bid. A bid received and not accompanied by such cashiers check,certified check or approved bond shall be rejected 4 ' G. Bids shall be delivered to the City at the location stipulated on or before the day and hour set for the opening of bids, as hereinbefore specified in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Bids shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope bearing the title of the work, the name of the bidder, bid opening date and time of bid opening. Licensing of Cn_nfractor All persons, firms,partnerships or corporations shall be licensed in accordance with the Business and Professions Code of the State of California and the applicable ordinances of the City and County before doing any work of any kind. State Class A or B Contractors License is required. Al Withdrawal of Bids Any bidder may withdraw his bid in person or by written request at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids. Qpening of Bid Pronosal_s The City will, in open session, publicly open,examine and declare the bids at the time set forth in the "Notice Inviting Bids." Bidders or their authorized representatives are invited to be present. Total Base Bid Price sss The Total Base Bid Price shall be the sum total of all items contained within the Schedule of Work Items. This price shall be the basis for the 10% bid surety. I4d Prices for Alternate Bid Items ss• The Bid prices for alternate bid items shall be the items listed within the Schedule of Work Items. The City reserves the right to select any and/or all alternate bid prices at execution of the contract or any time during project construction. ' Award of Contract or Rejection of Bids No bidder may withdraw his bid for a period of forty-five (45)days after the date set for the opening of ' bids. The contract for the work will either be awarded or the bids rejected within the forty-five (45) days from the date set for the opening of bids. ' The contract for the work will be awarded to the lowest responsible bidder complying with these instructions and with the "Notice Inviting Bids." The City, however,reserves the right to reject any or 1 all bids and to waive mere informalities,minor technical errors or irregularities, obvious clerical errors or erasures. The bidder to whom the award is made shall execute two copies of the written contract with the City and furnish the stipulated bonds, insurance and bid breakdown within fifteen (15) days after the notice ' of award of contract. The contract shall be made in the form adopted by the City. The release of the successful bidder's surety deposit, as previously stipulated, shall be made upon the City's acceptance of the Labor and Materials Bond and the Faithful Performance Bond. 5 1 If the bidder to whom the award is made fails to enter the contract as herein provided,the award may be _ annulled and an award may be made to the next lowest responsible bidder, and such bidder shall fulfill every stipulation embraced herein, as if he were the party to whom the first award was made. A corporation to which an award is made shall furnish evidence of its corporate existence artd evidence that the officer signing the contract and bonds for the corporation is duly authorized to do so. Bonds The successful bidder, simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement,will be required to furnish a Labor and Material Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount payable by the terms of the contract and a Faithful Performance Bond in a sum not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the contract. Said bonds shall be secured from a surety company selected from the surety companies set forth in the Standard Specifications. Bonds must be submitted on the forms contained in these specifications. Time of Performance The work shall be commenced within fifteen (15)calendar days from the date of issuance of the Notice to Proceed and shall be diligently prosecuted until completion. A time limit of two hundred and ten (210)working days days (including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period), from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed has been set for completion of the work. The bidder's attention is directed to the specifications as to provisions for extension of time of completion and/or assessment of liquidated damages. Assignment of Contract No assignment by the Contractor of any contract to be entered into hereunder or any part thereof,or of funds to be received thereunder by the Contractor,will be recognized by the awarding authority unless such assignment has had prior approval of the awarding authority and the surety has been given notice of such assignment in writing and has consented thereto in writing. Workmen and Waees _ Attention is specifically directed to all provisions of the Labor Code of the State of California with regard to workmen and wages. Wages shall not be less than prevailing wage rates determined by the City pursuant to said Code and as listed in the 'Notice Inviting Bids." Buildini! Permits _ It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain all necessary permits, bonds and insurance, as required, for the completion of the project. No extra compensation shall be made therefore. City permites shall be issued at no cost to the Contractor. - 6 ' BID PROPOSAL For the: ' Construction of the Sports Park-Phase One,San Juan Capistrano From: Contractor To the Honorable City Council City of San Juan Capistrano 1 Councilmembers: The undersigned,as bidder,declares that he has carefully examined the location of the proposed work as described, examined the Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions, and the Standard ' SSp=ifications for Rblic Works Con=iction 1994 Edition,including all supplements therefore,read the Instructions to Bidders, and is familiar with all proposal requirements, any and all Addenda, including any Addenda received via facsimile machine(FAX),(if any)issued during the bid period and ' is thoroughly familiar with all contents thereof and acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: (Bidder to list all Addenda). IADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ' ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ' ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ' ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; ADDENDUM NO. DATE RECEIVED; 1 1 and hereby proposes and agrees,if the proposal is accepted,to furnish all material and do all the work required to complete the said construction in accordance with the Contract Documents, as defined in Section 1-2 of the Standard Specifications, in the time stated herein, for the unit price or lump sum given on the following pages of this proposal, amounting to totals of: TOTAL BASE BID PRICE - ITEMS �1 lOUGH No.145 Words Figures Said amount to include and cover all taxes, the furnishing of all materials, the perfomting of all the labor requisite or proper and the providing of all necessary machinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction; also, the performance and completion of all the work in the manner set forth, described and shown in the Specifications or the drawings for the work. If the contract is awarded, the undersigned agrees to enter into a contract with the City and to commence work within fifteen (15)calendar days from the date of execution thereof, and to diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of two hundred and ten (210) working days -- days(including the 30 day plant establishment and 60 day post-installation period). All bids are to be computed on the basis of the given Estimated Quantities of Work, as indicated in this proposal, times the unit prices as submitted by the bidders. In case of discrepancy between words and figures, the words shall prevail. In case of discrepancy between unit prices and the extension thereof, the unit price shall prevail and bids will be computed as indicated above and compared on the basis of corrected totals. The estimated quantities of work indicated in the proposal are approximate only, being given solely as a basis for comparison of bids. It is understood that the City does not expressly, nor by implication, agree that the actual amount of work will correspond therewith, but reserves the right to — increase or decrease the amount of any item or portion of the work or to omit portions of the work as may be deemed expedient by the Project Manager. It is also understood by Bidder that the City of San Juan Capistrano has the right to reject this proposal or to award a contract to the undersigned at the prices stipulated. If the proposal is rejected, then any check or cashier's check shall be returned to the undersigned within thirty (30) days. No bid bonds will be returned, if the proposal is accepted and the undersigned fails to enter into a contract within fifteen (15)days after the agreement is delivered to him for signature,or within such further time _ as may be granted by the City Council, then said check shall be cashed or said bond declared forfeited and an amount equal to the difference between the lowest bid and the next lowest bidder who will execute a contract shall be paid into the treasury of the City of San Juan Capistrano as liquidated — damages for the failure of the undersigned to comply with the terms of this proposal. 8 ' Accompanying this proposal is (Insert $_ cash," cashier's check, certified check or bidders bond on the forms from pages 1 thru 24 of these Contract Documents, as the case may be), in an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total bid. +•• The following is the name and place of business of the surety company which will furnish the required bonds as surety if the work is awarded-to the undersigned: rLicensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors-License No. 1 Signature of Bidder: (If an individual,so state. If a firm or co-partnership, state the firm name and give the names of all individual co-partners composing the firm: President, Secretary,Treasurer, and Manager thereof.) IDated: Business Address Dated: Telephone Number Further, the undersigned bidder certifies that he has thoroughly checked the figures set forth in ' this proposal, that they are correct to the best of his knowledge and that they constitute his proposal for the work called out herein. ' Dated: Business Address Dated:_ Telephone Number 9 SCHEDULE OF WORK IMMS Sports Park- Phase One All lump sum and unit prices provided for all items of work indicated shall inlcude all cost for profit, overhead, clerical, transportation material, labor, taxes and appurtenant and incidental cost required for construction and installation and as indciated on the project plans and specifications. j ARprox. Work Items w/Unit Unit Price 1911 Mantily 1'd9c (In Figures) Amount (Written in Words) (In Figures) General Conditions LS $ $ Dollars per Clearing and Grubbing 1 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing at School 500 LF $ $ Dollars per - 2 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving and Drive Approach At - School LS $ $ Dollars per _ 3 Sawcut and Removal of Existing AC Paving, Curb,Gutter and Catch Basin and Cap Drain Line at Camino del Avion LS $ $ Dollars per _ 4 Remove and Install Speed Limit Sign. LS $ $ Dollars per 5 Sawcut and Remove AC Paving at - Alipaz St. LS $ $ Dollars per 10 6 Remove Existing Head Wall,CMP Pipe and AC Paving at Ahpaz St. LS $ $ Dollars per 7 Remove existing Type V Inlet Structure and Salvage. LS $ $ Dollars per 8 Remove Connection Between Type V Inlet Structure and Existing 72" RCP Pipe LS $ $ Dollars per 9 Removal of Portions of Existng 10" and 6"water Lines at Alipaz LS $ $ 10 Removal of 15" CMP Drain Line of Dollars per Irrigation Lines at Alipaz IS $ $ Dollars per 11 Removal of Existing Chain Link Fencing Along Camino del Avion � 870 LF S $ ' Dollars per 12 Removal of Existing Stand Pipes 1 EA. $ $ Dollars Per 13 Removal of Existing AC Paving for Installation of 4" VCP Sewer at Camino del Avion 200 SF $ $ Dollars per ' Earthwork and Grading 14 Excavation and Compacted Backfill 28,700 CY $ $ Dollars per 11 min= 15 4" VCP Sewer with Clean-Outs and _. Connect in Street 1,070 LF $ $ Dollars per 16 18"RCP Storm Drain Line 2,304 LF $ $ Dollars per — 17 30" RCP Storm Drain Line 312 LF $ $ Dollars per 18 24"RCP Storm Drain Line 15 LF $ $ Dollars per 19 15"CMP Storm Drain Line 15 LF $ $ Dollars per 20 72"RCP Storm Drain Line 40 LF $ $ Dollars per 21 Connection Between 72" RCP Storm Drain Line&42" CMP LS $ $ Dollars per 22 12" x 12" Cast Iron Catch Basin 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 23 6' Dia. Cast Iron Catch Basin 9 EA. $ $ Dollars per 24 Catch Basin per Detail 1302/1308 9 EA. Dollars per 25 Catch Basin per Detail D Sheet PO 3 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per — 12 26 Catch Basin per Detail C Sheet PG 3 i EA. $ $ Dollars per 27 Junction Structures per Detail 1311 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 28 Junction Structure at Existing Storm Drain Stub at Camino del Avion 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per Construction truction 29 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 3,066 LF $ $ Dollars per 30 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence 260 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 31 6 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 1, 200 LF $ $ 32 10 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Dollars per Mow Curb 50 LF $ $ ' Dollars per ' 33 20 Ft. High Chain Link Fence with Mow Curb 210 LF $ $ Dollars per 34 6 Ft. Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 35 10 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 13 36 16 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 37 20 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 38 4 Ft.Wide Chain Link Fence Gate 12 EA. (T High) $ $ Dollars per 39 Decorative Steel Fencing (42"High) 489 LF $ $ Dollars per 40 Decorative Steel Fencing(72"High) — 485 LF S $ Dollars per _ 41 20 Ft. High Backstop 133 LF $ $ Dollars per - 4tL 30 Ft. High Backstop 164 LF $ $ Dollars per - 43 Handrails at Steps 136 LF $ $ Dollars per 44 Handrails at Ramp 303 LF $ $ — Dollars per 45 A.C. Curb 110 LF $ $ Dollars per 46 4" A.C. Paving - Streets 2,100 TONS $ $ Dollars per 47 10-1/2"Thick Aggregate Base- Suwt 4,250 TONS $ $ Dollars per 14 48 3" A.C. Paving - Parking 1,300 TONS $ $ Dollars per 49 6"Thick Aggregate Base-Parking 2,000 TONS $ $ Dollars per ' 50 Concrete Pouted in Place Retaining Wall with Footing per Detail G Sheet CD-1 3,450 SF $ $ 1 Dollars per ' 51 4"Thick Concrete Flatwork with 35,900 SF $ $ Aggregate Base Dollars per 52 Concrete Bleachers 520 LF $ $ Dollars per 53 Concrete Mow Curb(6" x 611) 2750 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 54 Concrete Curb 4,753 LF $ $ Dollars per 55 Concrete Curb and Gutter 4,024 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 56 Concrete Service Access Ramp 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 57 Concrete Steps 160 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 58 Concrete Handicap Ramp per Detail P& Q/SC-2 17 EA. $ $ Dollars per 59 35" Concrete Swale 980 LF $ $ ' Dollars per 15 60 18"Concrete Swale 2,200 LF $ $ Dollars per _ 61 4" Thick Concrete Flatwork with Pea Gravel Finish 2,200 SF $ $ - Dollars per 62 4"Thick Integral Colored Concrete -- Flatwork Broom Finish 1,300 SF $ $ Dollars per 63 Concrete Tree Well and Grate 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 64 12"Wide Tile Banding 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 65 Masonry Storage Bin LS $ $ Dollars per 66 Concrete Block Splash Wall 3 EA. $ $ r Dollars per 67 Stone Pilaster 18 EA. $ $ - Dollars per 68 Trash Enclosure 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 69 No Parking Sign 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 70 Stop Sign 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per - 71 Pedestrian Crossing Sign 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 72 Handicap Parking Stall Sign 7 EA. $ $ — Dollars per 16 73 Parking Stall Striping 203 EA. $ $ Dollars per 74 Handicap Stall Striping 7 EA. $ $ Dollars per 1 75 Stop Sign and Bar Striping 4 EA. $ Dollars Per 76 Street Striping Double Yellow Line 2,617 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 77 Street Striping 4"White Line 65 LF $ $ Dollars per ' 78 Soccer Goal Nets 6 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 79 Home Plate 6 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 80 Pitcher Rubber 6 EA. S $ Dollars per 81 Bases 6 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per ' 82 Dugout Benches 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 83 Bat Rack 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 84 Four Pole 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 85 Scorekeeper Table 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 17 86 Aluminum Stadium Benches 300 LF $ $ Dollars per 87 3"Thick Brick Dust 30,000 SF $ $ Dollars per - 88 Trash Receptacle 5 EA. $ $ Dollars per 89 Dumor Bench 4 EA. $ $ Dollars per 90 Redwood Header 4,700 LF $ $ Dollars per 91 Shade Structure LS $ $ Dollars per 92 Concessior/Restroom Building LS $ $ Dollars per 9� Pea Gravel 85 TONS $ $ Dollars per - 94 Site Electrical(Including Conduit LS Systems for Sports Lighting) Dollars per 95 Installation of 10" and 6"Water LS Lines and Gate Valves at Ahpaz $ $ Dollars per 7mEat14II 96 Spray Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 1,534 EA. $ $ -- Dollars per 18 97 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 384 EA. $ $ Dollars per 98 Bubbler Head with Swing Joint and - Lateral Line 22 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 99 Remote Control Valve with Box Wiring and Riser 85 EA. $ $ Dollars per 100 Globe Valve with Box(Iron Body) 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 101 Globe Valve with Box (Brass Body) 6 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 102 Quick Coupler with Box,Riser and Swing Joint 21 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 103 Backflow Preventer 1-1/2" Size 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 104 Backflow Preventer 4" Size I EA. $ $ Dollars per 105 Water Meter 4" 1 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 106 Water Meter 1-1/2" 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 107 Sleeving 1,900 LF $ $ IDollars per ' 19 108 Mainline with Fittings with Extra Valve Wiring 6,650 LF $ $ Dollars per 109 Hose Bib with Lateral Line 18 EA. $ $ Dollars per 110 Master Control Valve 2 EA. Dollars per 111 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ - Dollars per 112 Controllers 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 113 Flow Sensor with Box and Cable 2 EA. $ $ Dollars per 114 Testing and Flushing LS $ $ I Dollars per 115 Thrust Blocks 29 EA. $ $ — Dollars per 116 6" Supply Line from Well Connection 1,110 LF $ $ Dollars per - 117 Fertilizer Injection System 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per Planting 118 24" Box Trees 300 EA. $ $ Dollars per — 119 15 Gal.Trees 131 EA. $ $ Dollars per 20 120 Brahea edulis Palms 18 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 121 15 Gal. Shrubs 395 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 122 5 Gal. Shrubs 2,824/EA. - $ $ Dollars per 123 1 Gal. Shrubs 583-EA. $ $ Dollars per ' 124 Ground Cover(Hand Planted) 82,000 SF $ $ Dollars per ' 125 Turf(Hydroseed) 569,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 126 Ground Cover (Hydroseed) 82,000 SF $ $ Dollars Per 117 Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 651,000 SF $ $ ' Dollars per ' 128 30 Day Plant Establishment IS $ $ Dollars per ' 129 60 Day Post-Installation LS $ $ Dollars per Agricultural Preserve Irrigation 130 Mainline 6" for Farm 4,860 LF $ $ Dollars per 131 Victalic Tee and Cap 36 EA. $ $ ' Dollars per 21 1 132 Thrust Blocks 11 EA. $ $ Dollars per - 133 Check Valve Assembly 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 134 Globe Valves 8 EA. $ $ Dollars per 135 Connection to Pump Line 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 136 Testing and Flushing LS $ $ Dollars per 137 Connection to Well Line at East Property Line 1 EA. $ $ Dollars per 138 Irrigation Pump Station L.S. t Dollars per Miscellaneous Items 139 Painting of Clubs (red w/no parking) 6,625 LF $ $ Dollars per 140 Batter's Box Matt 2 EA. Dollars per 141 4" PVC Drain Line 410 LF Dollars per 22 1 ' 142 2"Domestic Water Line to Restroom 800 LF Concession Building $ $ ' Dollars per 143 20 ft. High Chain Link Fence 50 LF ' Dollars per 144 Air Release Valve 2 EA Dollars per 145 Temporary Goal Fencing 2 EA Dollars per ' TOTAL BASE BID PRICE $ e 23 ADDITIVE ALTERNATE ITEMS The following items may be added solely at the option of the City. jt App=, Work Items With Unit Price Total Amount Quantity Unit Price (In Figures) (In Figures) (Written in Words) 1 Ballfield Lighting per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ Dollars per 2 Scoreboards per Note Sheet E-1 LS $ $ Dollars per — 3 Rotor Head with Swing Joint and Lateral Line 46 $ $ Dollars per 4 Remote Control Valves 7EA. — Dollars per f Soil Preparation and Fine Grading 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per - 6 Turf(Hydroseed) 101,000 SF $ $ Dollars per 7 30 Day Plant Establishment for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ Dollars per 8 60 Day PPost Maintenance Period for 101,000 SF of Turf LS $ $ Dollars per 9 15 Gal.Trees 3 EA. $ $ Dollars per 10 Erosion Control Plan LS $ $ - Dollars per 24 DESIGNATION OF SUB-CONTRACTORS ' Submit with Proposal. In compliance with the Provisions of Section 4100-4107 of the Government Code of the State of California as amended, the undersigned certifies that he has used the sub-bids of the following listed sub-contractors in making up his bid, and that the sub-contractors listed will be used for the work for ' which they bid, subject to the approval of the Project Manager, and in accordance with the applicable provisions.of the Specifications. It is understood and agreed that all those portions of the work called for in the contract documents for which a sub-contractor is not listed will be performed by the undersigned through his forces. If no sub-contractors are listed, all bonds and insurance will be written in the name of the general contractor only. ' Item of Work Sub-Contractor City/Phone No. Amount 1. $ 2. $ ' 4, $ ' S, $ 6, $ 7, $ 9. $ id. $ 11. $ 12. $ 13. $ ' 14. $ 15. $ ' 16. $ 17. $ 18. $ ' 19. $ ' BIDDER'S NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE 24 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT'REFERENCE In.order to more fully evaluate your background and experience for the project herein proposed, it is requested that you submit a list of Sports Parks, Public Works and/or similar construction projects complected or in progress within the last two years. Your cooperation in this matter is greatly appreciated. Number of years as a contractor in construction work of the type: Three projects of this type recently completed: L3MVame of Project Contract Amount - 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. Name. Address and Phone No. of Owner Date Completed 1. 1. 2. 2. e 3. 3. Bidder's Signature NOTE: If requested by the City, the bidder shall furnish a certified financial statement,references,and other information sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of his current financial condition. Bidder's Signature 25 1 ' BID BOND NOW ALL AEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, as PRINCIPAL, and ' as SURETY, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO, Obligee, hereinafter called City, in the sum of $ ' for payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, . administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally fairly by these presents. ' THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that whereas the Principal has submitted the accompanying bid dated , ' 19 . for the construction of for the City of San Juan Capistrano, ' Orange County, California. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall not withdraw said bid within thirty (30) days after the opening of same, and shall, within fifteen (13) days after the agreement has been presented to him for execution, enter into a written contract with the City in accordance with the bid as accepted, and if the Principal shall give the required bond with good and sufficient sureties or sureties for the faithful 8 performance and proper fulfillment of such contract and for the protection of laborers and materialmen or in the event of the withdrawal of said bid within the periods specified, or the failure to enter ' into said contract and give said bond within the time specified, if the Principal shall within sixty (60) days after request by the City, pay the City the difference between the amount specified in said bid and the amount for which the City may procure the required work ' and/or supplies if the latter amount be in excess of the former, then the above obligation shall be void and of no effect, otherwise to remind in full force and virtue. ' FURTHER, as a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included In any judgment rendered. ' 26 IN WITNESS WHEREAS, the above-bounded parties have executed :lis instrument under their several seals this day of I - 19 , the name and corporate seal of each corporate party being affixed hereto and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative pursuant to authority of _ its governing body. Two Witnesses (If Individual) PRINCIPAL BY ATTEST (If Corporation) Corporate Seal SURETY BY Title ATTEST Title - AP VEDA , O M: City Attorney Page 2 - Bid Bond 27 ' NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) SS. ' County of ) ' being first duly sworn deposes and says that he is of the party making the foregoing bid; that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, ' company, association,organization or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded,conspired,connived,or agreed with any bidder or ' anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said bidder has not in any manner,directly or indirectly, sought by agreement,communication or conference with anyone to ' fix the bid price of said bidder or of any other bidder,or to fix the bid price of or cost element of such bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in such bid are ' true; and further,that said bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof,or the contents thereof,or divulged information or data relative thereto,or paid and will not pay any fee in connection therewith, to any corporation,partnership,company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, or to any other individual except to any person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said bidder in this general business. ' DATED: SIGNATURE ' On this the day of , 19,, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said State,personally appeared 'personally known to ' me/proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence, to be the person(s) whose name(s) subscribed to the within instrument, and acknowledged that executed it. ' WITNESS my hand and official seal. Notary Public in and for said State 28 CONTRACT This contract is made and entered into by and between the CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO,hereinafter referred to as"CITY" and hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR." IT IS HEREBY AGREED BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS: FIRST. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The contract documents shall be considered to include the Notice Inviting Bids, the Instructions to Bidders, the Proposal, the Bid Bond, the Non- Collusion Affidavit, the Designation of Sub-Contractors, the Contract which is prepared for execution by the CITY and the CONTRACTOR, Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1994 Edition, including all Supplements, Contract _ Bonds, Resolutions adopted by the City Council pertaining to the work, insurance policies and certificates, and any supplemental written agreements amending or extending the scope of the work originally contemplated that may be required to complete the work in a substantial and acceptable - manner. SECOND. THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish all tools, labor, material, equipment, transportation, and supplies necessary to perform and complete in good and workmanlike manner the construction of The Spits Park-Phase One. San Juan Capistrano in strict conformity with the Plans, Specifications and all other contract documents, which documents are on file at the Office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, California. THIRD. PAYMENT. CITY agrees to pay, and CONTRACTOR agrees to accept, the lump sum adjusted for variations of quantities,at the prices designated in bid proposal at the time and in the manner set forth in the Specifications. FOURTH. COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTOR agrees to begin and complete the work within the time specified in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is agreed that it would be impracticable and extremely difficult to fix the actual amount of damages, and loss sustained by CITY, should CONTRACTOR fail to complete the work in the specified time; therefore, CONTRACTOR shall pay CITY, as liquidated damages, not in the nature of a penalty, two hundred fifty dollars ($250)per calendar day for each day delayed,provided that extensions of time with waiver of liquidated damages may be granted as provided in the Specifications. - 29 ' FIFTH. PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL BOND. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish bonds guaranteeing the performance of this contract and ' guaranteeing payment of all labor and material used under this contract, as required by the laws of the State of California,on forms approved by the CITY. The Performance Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned on full and ' complete performance of the contract,guaranteeing the work against faulty workmanship and materials for a period of one(1)year after completion and acceptance. The Labor and Material Bond shall be for an amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the amount of this contract and shall be conditioned upon ' full payment of all Labor and Material entering into or incidental to the work covered by this contract. CONTRACTOR agrees to furnish the bonds on the forms found within the Specifications. ' CONTRACTOR agrees to pay CITY such sum as the Court may judge as reasonable for the ' legal services of any attorney representing the CITY in any action brought to enforce or interpret the obligations of this agreement, and such sums shall be made a part of any judgment in such action against CONTRACTOR if such action is determined in favor of said CITY. The required Performance, ' Labor and Materials Bonds, and Bid Bond shall provide that the surety shall pay attorney's fees incurred by CITY in enforcing this agreement. SIXTH. GENERAL PREVAILING RATE OF PER DIEM WAGES. Pursuant to the ' Labor Code of the State of California,dies of the prevailing rate of per them waggc, as determined by the Director of the State Department of Industrial Relations, are on file in the Office of the City Clerk, 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano,California, and are hereby incorporated and made a part ' hereof. CONTRACTOR agrees that he, or any SUB-CONTRACTOR under him, shall pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workmen employed in the execution of the contract. SEVENTH. INSURANCE. CONTRACTOR shall maintain at all times during this contract ' liability and property damage insurance naming the CITY and its elected and appointed officials as a named insured, which such policies shall be of an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000)combined single limit. Insurance certificates shall be for a minimum period of one year. ' The insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have an attached rider providing that in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever,the CITY shall be notified by registered mail, return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date ' thereof to comply with the applicable law or statute but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY the policy certificate establishing that the required level of insurance has been satisfied. 1 30 CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and save harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims,demands,loss or liability of any kind or nature which CONTRACTOR, its officers, agents and employees may sustain or incur or which may be imposed - upon them or any of them for injury to or death of persons,damage to property as a result of,or arising out of, or in any manner connected with the performance of the obligations under this construction agreement. EIGHTH. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER PROVISIONS OF LAW R .t.ATIvE To PUBLIC CONTRACTS. CITY is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State of California. It is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this contract to the same extent as though set forth herein and shall be complied with by CONTRACTOR. These include,but are not limited to,the stipulation that eight(8)hours labor constitute a legal day's work and CONTRACTOR shall, as a penalty to CITY, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25)for each workman employed in the execution of the Contract by CONTRACTOR,or by - any SUB-CONTRACTOR,for each calendar day during which such workman is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in violation of the provisions of Article Three, Chapter One, Part Seven,Division 2,of the California Labor Code,except as permitted by law. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this contract is executed by the duly authorized agent(s)of CITY,pursuant to City Council action,and by CONTRACTOR on the date set before the name of each. CITY OF SANJUAN CAPISTRANO DATED: BY: MAYOR DATED: BY: CONTRACTOR ATTEST: Cheryl Johnson, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: City Attorney 31 I( PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 1 That as Principal, hereinafter called CONTRACTOR, and ' hereinafter called SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, as Obligee, hereinafter called CITY, in the amount of Dollars for payment ' whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, fairly by these presents. WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated ' entered into a (describe agreement) which contract is by reference made a part hereof. r NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that, if Principal shall promptly,and faithfully perform said agreement, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Surety waives whatever legal ' right it may have to require that a demand be made first against the priAcipal in the event of default. ' BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that: ' 1. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including ' reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. ' 32 1 2. Said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or modification of the contract documents or of the work to be performed thereunder, shall in any way affect its obligations or this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration, or modification of the contract documents or of work to be performed thereunder. Executed this day of 19 , at . California. APPROVED AS TO FORM: (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) City Attorney (NOTARIZATION AND SEAL) Page 2 - PERFORMANCE BOND 33 r LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND ' KNOW ALL NEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That WHEREAS, the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation of tOrange County, California, has awarded to License No. ' hereinafter designated as "Principal", a contract for and WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connectian with the ' said contract providing that if said Principal, or any of his or its sub-contractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender or other supplies or teams used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor ' done thereon of any kind, the Surety or this bond will pay the same. ' NOW, THEREFORE, we Principal, and as Surety are held firmly bound unto the City of San Juan Capistrano, a municipal corporation, in the penal sum of ' DOLLARS ($ ), lawful money of the United States of America, for payment of which sum well and truly to be made we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and successors, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if said Principal, his or ' its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or sub-contractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, or teams, or other supplies or equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor as required by the provisions of Title 1, Division 3, ' Chapter 3 of the Government Code of California as amended, that the Surety will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this bond and also in case suit is brought upon the bond, a reasonable attorney's fee to be fixed by the court. This bond ' 34 shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies and corporations entitled file claims under said act, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. FURTHER, the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the work to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of work to be performed thereunder. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and. in addition -to the face - amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. IN WITNESS WHEREOF three (3) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original thereof, have been duly executed by the Principal and Surety herein named on the day of , 19 . The name and corporate seal of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its - undersigned representatives pursuant to authority of its governing body. PRINCIPAL By SURETY — By _ APPROVED AS TO FOR CITY ATTORNEY Page 2 - Labor do Materials Bond — 35 ' CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO ' Construction of Sports Park- Phase One SPECIAL PROVISIONS WORK TO BE DONE ' The work to be done under this contract consists of constructing a complete new sports park - phase one, together with all grading, infrastructure/utility and drainage work, hardscape, landscape, irrigation,etc. All work is to be completed in compliance with regulations set forth by the Americans With Disabilities Act(ADA) and consumer product requirements. ' SECTION 1 - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ' The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction written and promulgated by the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California Districts of the associated General Contractors of California shall be the Standard Specifications of the Owner. All work shall conform to the 1994 Edition, including supplements of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions which supplement or modify the Standard Specifications, and the standard ' Drawings as issued by the Owner available at the time bids are opened, unless otherwise specified in thg Contract Documents. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 1994 Edition on the job-site at all times. ' The above-referenced Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, and Standard Drawings are hereby ' made a part of the Contract Documents. For the convenience of the Contractor, the section and subsection numbering system used in these Special Provisions corresponds to that used in the Standard Specifications. Change 1: Definitions - Section 1-2 ' Whenever in the said Standard Specifications the following terms are used, it is hereby provided that the following City departments or person shall be intended: ' AGENCY or CITY shall mean City of San Juan Capistrano,whenever appropriate. ' ]BOARD, CITY COUNCIL or COUNCIL shall mean the City Council of the City of San Juan Capistrano. ENGINEER shall mean City Engineer or other person(s)designated by same. PROJECT MANAGER shall mean City Open Space Project Manager or other person(s) designated by same. ' 36 Change 2: Work to be done. Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting - Section 2-6 Prior to the commencement of construction, arrangements will be made for a meeting between the Contractor, Architect, Engineer, Project Manager,City inspectors and involved utility representatives. _ The purpose of this meeting is to coordinate the activities of the Contractor within the limits of this contract,review scheduling,discuss construction methods and clarify inspection procedures. The Contractor will be required to submit a complete detailed schedule showing the number of working days required to complete each phase of the project. The schedule shall include approximate dates of required submittals for approval, and be supported by written statements from each supplier of materials or equipment indicating that all orders have been placed and acknowledged and setting forth the dates that each item will be delivered This schedule shall be approved by the Project Manager prior to the start of construction, and include periodic regularly scheduled meetings to be held on-site to review critical issues and progress. Minimally, the project inspector,project manager, and contractor shall attend these meetings. Change 3: Survey Services - Section 2-9.3 The Contractor will perform and be responsible for the accuracy of surveying adequate for construction. Project survey shall be by a licensed engineer or surveyor and provide certification of construction to the required line and grade. The Contractor shall preserve construction survey stakes and marks for the duration of their usefulness. If any construction survey stakes are lost or disturbed and need to be replaced, such replacement shall be by the Contractor at his expense. The Contractor shall dig all holes necessary for line and grade stakes. Unless otherwise specified, stakes will be set and stationed by the Contractor for curbs, headers, sewers, storm drains, structures, walls and rough grade and a corresponding cut of fill to finished — grade(or flowline)indicated on a grade sheet(grading plan). Change 4: Trade Names or Eauals - Section 4-1.6 The City of San Juan Capistrano will accept an approved equal product, as follows: Whenever in the specifications any material or process is indicated or specified by patent or proprietary name or by name of manufacturer, such specifications shall be deemed to be used for the purpose of facilitating description of the material or process desired and shall be deemed to be followed by the words "or approved equivalent." However, if the material, process, or article offered by the Contractor is not, in the opinion of the — Director of Building and Engineering, or other designated representative, equal to that specified, then the Contractor must furnish the material,process or article specified,or one which in the opinion of the Director of Engineering and Building or other designated representative is the equal thereof in all essential characteristics. 37 1 ' "In the event of such termination, all money due the Contractor retained under the terms of this contract shall be forfeited to the City; but such forfeiture will not release the Contractor or the sureties from liability or failure to fulfill the contract. Contractor and sureties will be credited with the amount of monies so forfeited toward any excess of cost over and above the.contract price, arising from the suspension of the operation of the contract and the completion of the work by the City as provided above, and the Contractor will be credited with any surplus remaining after all just claims for such completion have been paid." Change 7: Working Day - Section 6-7.2 Add: "The contractor's activities shall be confined to the hours or 7:00 a.m, to 7:00 p.m. Change 8: Laws - Section 7-2.2 Add: "All contractors and subcontractors shall comply with all sections of the Municipal Code of the ' City of San Juan Capistrano, especially Section: 6-3.06(b), (c), (d), and (e) and shall secure the services of the City's exclusive solid waste hauler for their solid waste handling needs." Change 9: Permits -Section 7- The Contractor is responsible for contacting the City Building Division at (714) 493-1171 for all "no Fee"building permits and inspections. Change 10: Cleanup and Duct Control - Section 7-8.1 Revise the second paragraph as follows: "When directed by the City, the Contractor shall furnish and operate a self-loading motor sweeper with spray nozzles for the purpose of-keeping paved areas and 'adjacent streets acceptably clean wherever construction, including hauling and restoration, is incomplete. Change 11: Temnorary Light Power. and Water - Section 7-8.6 Add, "Water will be available from the Capistrano Valley Water District. Arrangements for temporary construction water services permit and water service may be made by contacting the Capistrano Valley Water District at (714) 493-1515 one week prior to need for service. All water facility construction shall conform to the "Standard Specifications," Capistrano Valley Water District, and "The Uniform Plumbing Code," 1982 Edition." Change 12: Drainage Control and From and Acceptance of Water - Section 7-8.7 Add, "Surface or other waters may be encountered at various times during construction. The Contractor, by submitting a bid,acknowledges that he has investigated the risks arising from surface or ' other waters and has prepared his bid accordingly. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to protect his work from danger due to any waters encountered. Should any damage to the work due to surface or other water occur prior to acceptance of the work by the City,the Contractor shall repair such ' damage at his expense." 39 RAN .IIIAN CAPIRTRANO SPORTS PARK TARLE OF CONTENTS AM Paec No. Division 1 General Reouirements Section 01039 Coordination & Meetings......................:.......................................................1 Section 01045 Cutting & Patching.;................................. .....................................................5 Section01340 Submittals......................................................................................................8 Section 01400 Quality Control......:.....................................................................................12 Section 01500 Temporary Facilities & Control...................................................................14 Section 01620 Storage & Protection...................................................................................18 Section 01630 Substitutions................................................................................................20 Section 01700 Contract Closeout.....................e..................................................................23 Section01710 Cleaning......................................................................................................26 Division 2 Site Work Section 02110 Clearing, Grubbing and Demolition.............................................................28 Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading...............................................................................31 Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand....................................................................................36 _ Section 02280 Soil Treatment.............................................................................................38 Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing....................................................................................40 Section02500 Site Drainage...............................................................................................42 Section02552 Domestic Water....................................................................................:.......45 Section 02552 Sewer Construction..............................................................................:.......51 Section02610 A.C. Paving.................................................................................................54 Section02612 Infield Preparation.......................................................................................58 Section 02710 Chain Link Fencing and Gates.....................................................................61 Section02750 Irrigation.....................................................................................................63 Section 02760 Site Furnishings...........................................................................................80 Section 02800 Landscaping................................................................................................83 Division 3 Concrete Section 03100 Concrete Formwork.....................................................................................95 Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcements...........................................................................100 Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete...............................................................................104 Division 4 Masonry Section04100 Mortar and Grout......................................................................................108 _ Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry...........................................................................112 Division 5 Metals Section 05120 Structural Steel..........................................................................................120 - Section 05150 Decorative Steel.........................................................................................124 Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking..................................................................................126 Section05400 Metal Ceiling.............................................................................................128 Section 05520 Handrails and Railings...............................................................................130 Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrication................................................................133 Division 6 Carpentry Section06000 Carpentry..................................................................................................137 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry.......................................................................................140 Section 06200 Finish Carpentry and Millwork..................................................................144 Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection Section 07100 Waterproofing..............................o......................--_-.......... ..............—147 Section 07150 Liquid Water Repellent.:............................................................................149 Section 07213 Batt and Blanket Insulation........................................................................151 — Section 07600 Flashing, Sheet Metal Gutters and Downspouts...........................................153 Section 07900 Caulking and Sealants................................................................................159 i Table of Contents (cont.) Msion R Doors & Windows Section 08110 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames................................................................167 Section 08520 Aluminum Windows..................................................................................170 ' Section 08710 Finish Hardware................................................................................:........174 Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Doors.................................................................................180 Section08800 Glazing......................................................................................................183 Division 9 Finishes Section09200 Block Wall Stucco......................................................................................186 Section09310 Tile............................................................................................................19, Section 09900 Painting.....................................................................................................196 ' Division 10 Specialties Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors................................................................................201 Section 10601 Screens and Expanded Metal Grilles.....:..:.................................................204 Section 10800 Toilet Accessories......................................................................................206 Division 16 FI ctrical ' Section 16000 Electrical...................................................................................................208 1 1 ii SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "Green Book," Latest Edition,apply except as modified herein. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination B. Field Engineering C. Pre-construction Conference D. Progress Meetings E. Pre-installation Conference _. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals,and work of various sections of project specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. _ B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to,and placing in service, such equipment. — C. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicated diagrammatically on project drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, _ and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations,for maintenance,and for repairs. D. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes,ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. E. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion Inspection. F. After City occupancy of premises,coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City activities. G. Coordinate all utility company work in accordance with the General Provisions. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 1 ' 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of California and acceptable to the City Representative. B. Control datum for survey is that established by city provided survey. Contractor to locate and protect survey control and reference prints. C. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. ' 1.4 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. City will schedule a conference within 15 days after notice to proceed. B. Mandatory Attendance: City Representative, Contractor, Project Manager and Contractor's Job Superintendent. C. Optional Attendance: City Representative's consultants, subcontractors and utility company representatives. D. City Representative will preside at conference,record minutes and distribute copies. ' E. Agenda: 1. Execution of City-Contractor Agreement. ' 2. Issue notice to proceed. t 3. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. ' 4. Distribution of Contract Documents. 5. Submission of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. ' 6. Designation of responsible personnel representing the parties. ' 7. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments,proposal request, change orders and contract close-out procedures. 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. City Representative will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at regular intervals. ' B. City Representative will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda, preside at meetings record minutes (Field Reports),and distribute copies. ' C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and/or suppliers, City Representative, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 2 D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. (Field Reports) — 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations,problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress. 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. - 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to work. 1.6 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. When required in individual specification sections,conduct pre-installation conference prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting,or affected by,work of the specific section. C. Notify City Representative 4 days in advance of meeting date. D. Prepare Agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days after conference to participants. E. Review conditions of installation,preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECtI'f_TON Not Used Division 1 -General Requirements Page 3 1 ' 4A PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OFISEMON Division 1 -General Requirements Page 4 SECTION 01045 CUJ7rl_NG AND PATCHING 1.0 PART.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for all specific safety requirements promulgated by any- government authority, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and CAL OSHA. The provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, "Green Book," Latest Edition,apply except as modified herein. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements and limitations for cutting and patching of work. 1.2 SUB=ALS A. Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration which affects: — 1. Structural integrity of any element of the project. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant element. 3. Efficiency,maintenance,or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. 5. Work of City or separate Contractor. B. Include in request: 1. Identification of project 2. Location and description of affected work. 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration. 4. Description of proposed work, and products to be used. _ 5. Alternatives to cutting and patching. 6. Effect on work of City, Separate Contractor. - 7. Written permission of affected separate Contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Primary Products: Those required for original installation. Division I -Genend Requirements Page 5 ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. B. After uncovering existing work,inspect conditions affecting performance of work. - ' C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A: Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the work. B. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of project from damage. tC. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work. 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting,fitting, and patching to complete work. ' B. Fit products together,to integrate with other work. C. Uncover work to install ill timed work. ' D. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming work. r E. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested. F. Provide openings in the work for penetration of mechanical and electrical work. ' 3.4 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work, and which will provide ' appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. B. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching. C. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval. ' D. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. E. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts,conduit,and other penetrations through surfaces. ' F. At penetrations of fire rated walls,partitions,ceiling,or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material,to full thickness of the penetrated element. ' G. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finish. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly,refinish entire unit. 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 6 3.5 CLEANING A. Prior to completion of work and leaving the site,remove from the job site all tools, surplus — materials,equipment, scrap,debris and waste,derived from this work,per Section 01710. 4:0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract-lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION t Division I -General Requirements Page 7 SECTION 01340 SLR3MITTALS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Submittal Procedures. B. Construction Progress Schedules. ' C. Proposed Products List. D. Substitutions. ' E. Shop Drawings. ' F. Product Data. G. Samples. ' H. Manufacturers' Instructions. I. Manufacturers'Certificates. 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit seven(7) copies of each submittal to the City Representative. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Re-submittals to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. ' C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification section number,as appropriate. ' D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required,field dimensions, adjacent construction work, and Contract Documents. Submittals without Contractors stamp and signature will be returned without review. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the project, and deliver to City of San Juan Capistrano, Building and Engineering Dept. 32400 Paseo Adelanto, San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675. ' Coordinate submission of related items. F. Make submittals in groups containing associated and related items to make sure that information is available for checldng each item when it is received Submittals for Su items ' requiring color selection must be received before=item will be approved. G. Make submittals 30 days in advance of scheduled dates for installation,to provide time for review and possible revisions, and re-submission prior to approval and subsequent placement of orders. 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 8 1 H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. I. Provide space for Contractor and City Representative's review stamps. J. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. K. - Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within fourteen(14)days after date of Notice to Proceed for City Representative review and approval. B. Revise and resubmit as required when progress is not in compliance with original schedule. C. Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. D. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation,identifying first work day of each week. E. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities.Indicate the early and late start,early and late finish, float dates, and duration. F. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission. 1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within fifteen (15) days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog _ designation, and reference standards. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS A The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. B. All substitutions shall conform to the requirements and conditions of Section 01630. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A Submit one sepia transparency and two blue-line prints of each drawing. Review corrunents will be shown on the sepia transparency and contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposed. B. After review distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and for Record Documents described in Section 01700. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 9 ' 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit number of copies of data for each product which Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies which will be retained by City Representative. ' B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufactures' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. ' C. After review,distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. ' B. Provide materials and products specified in the full range of color, texture and pattern for selection by City Representative. Range shall include standard stocked ' color/texture/pattern, standard color/texture/pattern not stocked, but available from manufacturer, and special color/texture/pattern available from manufacturer as advertised in product data and brochures. unless otherwise indicated in individual specification sections, City Representative may select from any range at no additional cost to the City. ' C. Include identification on each sample,with full Project information. ' D. Submit the number of samples which Contractor requires,plus two which will be retained by City Representative. E. Reviewed samples which may be used in the work are indicated in individual specification ' Sections. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS ' A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assemble, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. ' 1.10 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES ' A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to City Representative for review,in quantities specified for Product Data. ' B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements, submit supporting reference date,affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be ' acceptable to City Representative. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 10 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. — END OF SECTION Division I -General Requirements Page I1 ' SECTION 01400 OUALITY CONTROL 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. ' E. Manufacturers'field services and reports. ' 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCFJCONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship,to produce work of specified quality. ' B. Comply fully with manufacturers'instructions,including each step in sequence. ' C. Should manufacturers; instruction conflict with Contract Documents,request clarification from City Representative before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more ' stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. ' E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses vibration,physical distortion or disfigurement. ' 1.3 REFERENCES ' A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids except when a specific date is indicated. ' B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at job site during progress of the specific work. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request written ' clarification from City Representative before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 12 1.4 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as inquired by individual specifications Sections for review. - B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by City Representative. 1.5 MOCK-UP - A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Acceptable and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been accepted by the City Representative. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS'FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification Sections,require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions,conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment,test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable,and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instruction given to applicators or - installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers'written instructions. C. Submit report in duplicate within 15 days of observation to City Representative for review. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used — 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated _ in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 13 ' SECTION 01500 ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES &CONTROLS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL The Contractor shall be responsible for all specific safety requirements promulgated by any government authority, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act ' (OSHA)and CAL OSHA. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Temporary Utilities 1. Electricity,lighting, heat,telephone service,water,and sanitary facilities. B. Temporary Controls: 1. Barriers,enclosures and fencing,protection of the work,existing site conditions and water control. C. Construction Facilities: ' 1. Access roads,parking,progress cleaning,project signage,and temporary buildings. ' 1.2 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide and pay for power service required from utility source. ' B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide flexible power cords as required. ' C. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction. 1.3 TEMPORARY LIGHTING ' A. Provide,pay for and maintain lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, ' pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may not be utilized during construction. 1.4 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide and pay for heat devices and heat as required to maintain specked conditions for construction operations. B. Do not use permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes. C. Maintain ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 14 1 1.5 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent _ accumulation of dust,fumes,vapors, or gases. 1.6 TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide,maintain and pay for telephone service to field office,for local calls at Contractors expense for the use of City Representative. B. Provide,maintain and pay for facsimile machine in field office. 1.7 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations.Contractor may obtain water from existing fire hydrant if appropriate clearances are acquired and fees paid. — B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACII.ITIES A. Provide and maintain temporary chemical type toilet facilities and enclosures. — B. Existing facilities shall not be used. 1.9 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage by construction operations. B. Provide protection for plant life and trees designated to remain or to be relocated, and for soft and hardscape areas adjacent to work, replace damaged materials in kind at no _ additional cost to the City. C. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic,stored materials,site and structures by damage. 1.10 FENCING A. Construction: Commercial Grade Chain Link Fence. — B. A 6 foot high fence currently exist around park site property, Contractor to relocate on an "as needed" basis, in order to maintain work and security. When no longer required Contractor shall notify City Representative. Fence will be removed by others within 72 hours of notification to City Representative. 1.11 WATER CONTROL AND EROSION CONTROL — A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment. B. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. Contractor is responsible for all storm water damage to site and adjacent property. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 15 1.12 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES ' A. Provide temporary weather-tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for materials, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification-sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. ' 1.13 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A.. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specifications sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. ' C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs, sills,and soffits of openings. ' D. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is ' necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. ' F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 1.14 SECURITY ' A. Provide security and facilities to protect work, and existing facilities from unauthorized entry,vandalism,or theft. ' B. All items of work stolen or vandalized prior to acceptance by the City Representative shall be replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. 1.15 ACCESS ROADS A. Construct and maintain temporary roads accessing public thorough fares to serve construction area. Extend and relocate as work progress requires. Provide detours ' necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. ' 1.16 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and ' orderly condition at all times. B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces and other ' closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space. C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue ' cleaning to eliminate dust. Division I -General Requirements Page 16 D. Remove waste materials,debris,and rubbish from site periodically dispose off-site. 1.17 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Provide 8 ft. x 4 ft. project sign of exterior grade plywood and wood frame construction, painted, with exhibit lettering by professional sign painter to City Representative's design and colors. B. List title of Project,Name of City,City Representative and Contractor. C. No other signs are allowed except those required by law. 1.18 STORAGE AREAS AND SHEDS A. Size to storage requirements for products of individual sections. Allow for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products. 1.19 REMOVAL OF UTI LJT1ES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment,facilities,materials prior to Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 ft.Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCES Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 17 ' SECTION 01620 STORAGE&PROTECTION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Protect products scheduled for use in the work by means including, but not necessarily limited to,those described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications. ' 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Include within the Contractors quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS'RECOMMENDATIONS ' A. Except as otherwise approved by the City Representative, determine and comply with manufacturers'recommendations on product handling storage, and protection. 1.4 PACKAGING A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact ' and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. ' 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional ' cost to the City. B. The City Representative may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the City Representative as to manufacturer, grade, ' quality, and other pertinent information. 1.5 PROTECTION ' A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through which equipment and materials are handled. ' B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. Division I -General Requirements Page 18 C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitable protected until accepted by the City. 1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the City Representative and at no additional cost. B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the City Representative to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. - 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT _ A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated - in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division i -General Requirements Page 19 SECTION 01630 SUBSTTTIJIIONS ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS A. This section supplements Section 4-16 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction, 1994 Edition,as modified in the Special Provisions. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. The term "Product" includes materials, systems, and equipment. Products shall be new, of the types specified, and furnished in ample quantities to facilitate proper and timely execution of the work. ' B. Use products of one manufacturer for each specific purpose, insofar as practicable. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTION A. For products specified,only by reference standards, select any product, meeting standards of any manufacturers. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product manufacturer named C. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating the option of selecting equivalent products by stating "or equal", "equal to", or "approved equal", "equivalent to", Contractor must submit a request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 1.4 SUBSTTI'UTIONS ' A. The City will consider written request from the Contractor for substitutions received at least thirty-five (35) days after execution of Contract. Requests received after that time will not ' be considered except for the following conditions. 1. Products discontinued. ' 2. Insufficient quantity: Except the following will not establish cause for substitutions: Failure to award subcontract in sufficient time,or failure to place orders for products so as to insure delivery without delaying work. ' 3. Delays beyond Contractor's control, such as strikes, lockouts, storms, fires, or acts of God, which may preclude the procurement and delivery of products for purposes of the project. 4. Other reasons as the City may deem justifying the Contractor in such action, ' Division 1 -General Requirements Page 20 B. Submit seven (7)copies of requests for substitutions. Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification,include manufacture's name and address. b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. c. Samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified - 5. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 6. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 7. Relation to separate contracts,when applicable. C. In making request for substitution,Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and will pay all costs for testing of materials as requested by the City. 2. He will provide the same warranty for substitutions as for product or method specified. 3. He will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. He waives all claims for additional cost related to substitution which consequently becomes apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under his Contract, and costs under separate contracts, when applicable. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 21 D. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with this section. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. _ 3. Colors or finishes required by City Representative are not available on the proposed substitution. ' E. Approvals:, 1. The City Representative shall have sole and final authority in determining "or-equal" status for all requested substitutions. 2.0 PART 2 PROD IM ' Not Used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, ' equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION Division 1 -General Requirements Page 22 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CL.OSEOt1T 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout Procedures B. Final Cleaning C. Adjusting D. Demonstration and Instructions E. Project Record Documents F. Operation and Maintenance Data G. Warranties H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials - 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and in complete accordance with Contract Documents and ready for City Representative's inspection. B. Provide submittals to City Representative that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. D. Coordination of City occupancy of facilities. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters,downspouts, and drainage systems. F. Clean site; sweep paved areas,rake clean landscaped surfaces. Division 1 -General Requirements Page 23 ' G. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 1.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. ' 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to City Representative fourteen (14) days prior to date of final inspection. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other ' season within six months. C. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of ' manual with Owner's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. Supply three (3) copies of operations and maintenance manual to City Representative. ' D. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location. ' E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. ' 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site,one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the ' work in contrasting color. 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications t 3. Addenda 4. Change Order and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Reviewed shop drawings,product data, and samples. ' B. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. ' C. Record information concurrent with construction in progress. D. Specifications: legibly mark and record at each product section in contrasting color ink, description of actual products installed,including the following: ' E. Part 1: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and ' suppliers. Identify the following: 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. Division 1 .General Requirements Page 24 6. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials. F. Part 2: Project documents and certificates including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data. 2. - Air and water balance reports. 3. Certificates. 4. Photocopies of warranties. 1.7 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers,and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed;obtain receipt prior to final payment. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used 3.0 PART 3 EXECLITION Not used 4. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents, and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECnON Division 1 -General Requirements Page 25 1 ' SECTION 01710 ' CLEANING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED ' A. Execute cleaning daily,during progress of the work, and at completion of the work. B. If the Contractor fails to clean up during construction or at the completion of the work, the City Representative may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ' A. Each Specification section: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.3 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,regulations, and anti-pollution laws. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS t A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazard to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. ' B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. ' C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute daily cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. ' B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials,debris, and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site daily and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. ' 3.2 DUST CONTROL ' A. Clean interior spaces prior to the start of finish painting and continue cleaning on as- needed basis until painting is finished. 1 Division 1 -General Requirements Page 26 B. Schedule operations so dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet or newly-coated surfaces. 3.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces. C. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. D. Vacuum clean interior of buildings. E. Clean all hardware. F. Clean all fixtures. G. Touch-up wall and ceiling painted surfaces as needed. H. Comply with all special cleaning instructions contained in the Specifications. I. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces: rake clean other surfaces on the grounds. J. Prior to final completion or City occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all work areas, to verify that the entire work is clean. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents,and no additional compensation will be allowed. _ END OF SEMON Division 1 -General Requirements Page 27 SECTION 02110 CLEARING.GRUBBING &DEMOLITION ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements.- 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including ' but not limited to these major items: 1. Notify local utility companies. ' 2. Remove surface debris. 3. Removal of plant life and vegetation within work area as indicated. 4. Removal and storage of items to be salvaged,relocated or reused. ' 5. Remove root system of trees and shrubs. 6. Sawcut and removal of existing asphalt concrete paving, walks, curbs and miscellaneous items as indicated 7. Demolition of structures other than foundations or slabs as indicated on plans. ' 8. Remove any other items indicated on plans or as directed. 9. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alen of Southern California) at 1-800-642-2444 and obtain an inquiry ' identification number.No excavation shall commence unless the CONTRACTOR has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number, and so notify the City Representative. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 01620 Storage and Protection 1.3 RECORD PRINTS A. Record prints shall be available on the site and shall be reviewed by the City Representative at appropriate times before work is covered. The Engineer does not guarantee the accuracy of these plans. Contractor shall make all necessary excavations to verify actual site conditions prior to start of work. If Contractor fails to properly locate all existing ' conditions, all costs for repair or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 28 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Examine the areas and conditions which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal of all natural and artificial objectionable materials from construction areas. C. Grubbing shall extend to the outside excavations and fill slope lines, except where slopes are rounded, the areas shall extend to the outside limits of slope rounding or daylight line. D. Clear ground surface of all vegetable growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots, _ brush, grass, weeds, and all objectionable material within limits of construction area as designated on plans. E. All roots 1-inch and larger, rocks and/or debris 3-inch and larger, and all other objectionable materials shall be removed 3 ft. below existing ground surface or subgrade, whichever is deeper. F. All materials removed shall be legally disposed of off the site at a facility licensed to accept materials at regular intervals or as directed by the City Representative. G. Bituminous pavement shall be removed to clean, straight lines. When only surface of bituminous pavement is to removed, method of removal shall be approved by the City Representative. H. Concrete pavement shall be removed to neatly sawed edges. Saw cuts made to a minimum depth of one and 1-12-inch. Saw cuts shall be either parallel to the original saw cuts or shall be cut on an angle which departs from the original saw cut not more than 1-inch to 6- inch. I. Concrete curb, walks gutters, cross gutters, driveways and alley intersections shall be removed to neatly sawed edges with cuts made to a minimum depth of 1-12-inch. Curb and gutter shall be sawed to a depth of 1-12-inch on a neat line at right angles to the curb face. J. Removal of all natural and artificial objectionable materials from the right-of-way in construction areas including: 1. Existing A.C. paving, concrete curbs, walks, slabs, etc., as indicated. 2. Removal of items not designated to be salvaged,relocated or reused. 3. Any additional items as directed by the City Representative. 3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Underground site utilities. B. All items to be relocated, reused or salvaged shall be cleaned, reconditioned and protected from damage at all times. C. Protection of plant life, grass, trees and shrubs to remain or to be relocated shall be as directed by the City Representative. No excavation or compaction shall take place within Division 2- Site Work Page 29 1 1 root zone of existing trees which are to remain on site. All necessary excavation or compaction for proper construction of proposed facilities shall be reviewed and approved by the City Representative prior to commencement of work. 3.3 SALVAGE ITEMS 1 A. Salvage items are the property of the City, if the City chooses not to accept these items, they then become the property of the Contractor and shall be immediately removed from the site and legally disposed of at a facility licensed to accept material. 1 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by 1 this work to the satisfaction of the City Representative. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site,and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT 1 A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. 1 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 30 1 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK AND GRADING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Contact "Underground Service Alert" 1-800-642-2444, 48 hours prior to any _ digging. 3. Engineered fill under structures,approved by Soils Engineer. 4. Excavation,backfill and compaction to establish all subgrades for walks, slabs, sub- base and other items of work. - 5. Finish grading of the site. 6. Placement,spreading and compaction of sub-base for asphalt concrete paving. 7. Excavation and backfill for all footings, structures etc. 8. Soil compaction as required. 9. Coordination of soil testing as required. 10. Weed control treatment. 11. Protective measures. 12. Dust and noise abatement. 13. Perform all cutting, spreading,backfilling and compaction necessary. 14. Contractor shall secure and maintain all required permits and licenses necessary to — legally complete the work of this section. 15. Contractor is responsible for paying any fees made necessary by the removal and disposal of earth and debris. 16. The Contractor shall provide all survey services necessary for horizontal and vertical control points, layouts, lines, levels and staking of work. 17. Erosion control and storm water run-off management. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 02110 Clearing,Grubbing and Demolition Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 02500 Site Drainage Section 02551 Domestic Water Section 02252 Sewer Construction Section 02612 Infield Preparation Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving _ Section 02750 Irrigation System Section 02800 Landscaping Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 16000 Electrical Division 2 - Site Work Page 31 ' 1.3 GRADING OPERATIONS A. It is the intent that grading on this site shall balance. The City Representative reserves the 1 right to adjust the finished grades as needed to meet this intent. All excess soil remaining after completion of site construction items must be spread on-site as directed by City Representative. All cost for spread of excess soil shall be included in unit price or lump sum price for grading. B. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to perform-all cutting, spreading, backfilling and compaction operations necessary to comply with the intent of the project drawings. ' C. The Contractors attention is specially directed to the requirements of Section 300-4.4, and Section 300-4.5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition D. The City Representative will observe the placement of fill and backfill, foundation ' excavations, compacted fill and subgrade areas. Contractor shall contact City Representative 48 hours prior to execution of this work. E. The Contractor shall work closely with the City Representative during grading operations and shall receive written approval from the City Representative of grading, subgrade preparation and compaction,Drior to placement or construction of any item of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. All work shall be performed ' in accordance with Section 300 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition 1.4 WATER A. Contractor shall make and pay for any necessary hook-up to provide construction water service to the site during construction. The Contractor will pay the cost for construction water used. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1 A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.6 TESTING A. The Soils Engineer provided by the City shall submit a compaction report to the City Representative. The Contractor shall conform to these Specifications,project soils reports and City grading ordinances in placing all fill and backfill. The Soils Engineer shall conduct all specified tests to insure compliance. ' B. The cost of services of the Soils Engineer's specified field density and maximum density tests, compaction reports and certificates of compliance shall be borne by the City. ' Additional testing following re-compaction made necessary by failed tests shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. C. Number and locations of soils tests to be at the discretion of the Soils Engineer to assure ' conformity to the plans and specifications. ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 32 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Structural Backfill: I 1 On site excavated fill as approved by the Soils Engineer. 2 Imparted granular material as approved by Soils Engineer. B. Fill Materials: 1 Imported fill if required and as approved by the Soils Engineer. 2 On site soil materials as approved by Soils Engineer. 3. Rocks larger than 1-inch in diameter in the top 12-inch from finish grade elevations shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Clearing and grubbing operations shall be completed RIL to the start of grading procedures. 3.2 ROUGH GRADING A. The site shall be graded to the limit lines and elevations shown on the project drawings with ' such allowances as may be required for the construction of footings, slabs, walks, and other site improvements. Tolerance for rough grading is 1/10 ft. plus or minus at drainage swales,building pads and paved areas. In all areas, appearances and positive drainage shall be the governing factors in acceptability of grades. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Make necessary excavations for footings and slabs, and perform additional excavation necessary to provide for installation of concrete forms. B. Sides of footings shall be vertical and consisting of undisturbed soil or compacted fill as approved by the Soils Engineer. On site excavated materials may be used as approved by 1 Soils Engineer and/or City Representative for a compacted fill. C. Bottom of footing excavations shall be horizontal and level, free from loose materials and �. brought to required grades in undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free from standing water. The Contractor shall perform all pumping or drainage necessary. Should excavations for footings through error be excavated, such additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete as specified for footings at the Contractors expense. D. Landscape fill; top 12-inch of planting areas shall be on-site soil as approved by Soils Engineer or City Representative. _ Division 2- Site Work Page 33 ' 3.4 FILL A. All fill material must be approved by Soils Engineer or City Representative prior to 1 placement. Fill shall be placed in level layers not to exceed 6-inch in depth, and mechanically compacted using optimum amount of moisture to achieve maximum density, as specified by the Plans(laboratory standard). All landscaped areas shall not exceed eighty ' (80)percent of the maximum density (laboratory standard). B. Rocks larger than 1-inch in diameter shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction within the top 12-inch from finish grade elevations. 3.5 BACKFILL A. Material used for backfill of trenches, shall be free from large stones and clods. Material shall be as approved by the Soils Engineer and/or City Representative and in accordance with Section 306-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. Backfill shall be deposited in layers of a maximum 6-inch thickness and with water, amount to be rigidly controlled to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill ' material used. Excess water causing saturation beneath footings, walks and/or curbs will not be permitted. ' C. Backfill shall be compacted by suitable means to a minimum of ninety (90) percent for areas requiring structural backfill. All landscaped areas shall not exceed eighty(80)percent. D. All trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with this section and may be tested at the 1 discretion of the Soils Engineer. 3.6 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade preparation for building pads, concrete slabs, curbs, walks and gutters shall conform to the requirements of Section 301-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' 3.7 FINISH GRADES I A. Finish grades shall slope to drain without water pockets or irregularities and shall conform to the intent of the Project Plans and Specifications after thorough settlement and compaction of the soil. B. Finish grades shall meet all existing or established controls of sidewalks,curbs and walls, and shall be of uniform slope and grade between points of fixed elevations or elevation controls and from such points to establish grades. Tolerance for finish grading is plus or ' minus 1/10th ft. 3.8 DUST AND NOISE ABATEMENT A. During the entire period of construction, site areas shall be kept sprinkled as necessary to reduce dust in the air and annoyance to surrounding properties. Adhere to the requirements of City Ordinances for dust and noise control. 1 ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 34 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 35 SECTION 02220 ' WASHED PLASTER SAND ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard ' Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Furnishing and installing all material,equipment and labor for the installation of sand at tot lot areas and volleyball court. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals ' Section 02760 Site Furnishings 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3 . Shop Drawings in suffleient de#ail to show fabriea#ion, insfaUafieff, adjoeenf fmdes, &"roved by she Gily Representai4e, will beeome the basis for r Al 1 . Sample of eaeh exposed memben Ughtest proposed for use on this work. Samples when a"rove F 1, — ' City Represenialipe .:// be ed fa verify Mai finish ....s..../l.. i :..Led . ' Division 2- Site Work Page 36 1 4 DD/1 UG-T >L4N►111NG AND STO&4Gc Q A . Deliver / _ manafeesurer 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Sand shall be washed plaster sand,free of weed seed and of uniform condition. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Cornct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION r A. Sand shall be placed and leveled after installation of work items. B. Sand shall be furnished in such quantity as is required to meet the minimum depth required with surface plane level throughout the area of confinement and after thorough settlement. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specked under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price for related items as indicated and shall include all costs for _ installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 37 ' SECTION 02280 SOILTREATMENT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02610 Asphalt Concrete Paving 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Division 2- Site Work Page 38 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use only skilled and certified workmen who are completely familiar with the specific requirements and methods of application for this work. B. Notify City Representative two (2) days prior to application. _ 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS - 2.1 RODUCTS -2.1 MATERIALS A. 'Casaron W-50' (50% active dichlobenil) or equally effective physiologic-phytopathic equivalent chemical. B. 'Casamn W-50'applies as wetable powder at a rate of twenty-four(24) pounds in no less than one-hundred (100) gallons of water per acre, nor more than one-hundred-fifty (150) gallons per acre. Chemical shall be applied to damp soil surface. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Apply after parking lot subgrade has been completed, and just prior to placing the aggregate _ base course. The placement of aggregate base shall be performed the same day of soil treatment application. B. After the chemical treatment has been made, the area shall be thoroughly sprinkled so as to distribute the chemical through the first 2 or 3-inch of the subgrade. C. Notify City Representative forty-eight (48)hours prior to application of chemical. D. Do=apply chemical except in the presence of City Representative. E. All solution mixed applications shall be applied with a paddle agitator spray rig. 3.2 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide all necessary protection to prevent injury to animal or adjacent plant life and properties adjacent to the application of the soil sterilant. Contractor shall protect future planting areas from application of soil sterilant. B. The Contractor will be held responsible for all personal injury or property damage caused by the application of soil sterilant or the storage of the same. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract _ lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 39 SECTION 02400 ' SHORING AND BRACING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated - on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract , including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. The Contractors attention is directed to the provisions of Section 6424 of the Labor Code concerning trench excavation safety plans. 2. Prior to start of grading operations, Contractor shall obtain CALrOSHA Certification, which shall remain in force during entire length of contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02500 Site Drainage ' 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and ' interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the ' City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 2- Site Work Page 40 3. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of all shoring signed by a California Licensed Structural Engineer. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. - B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2,0 PART 2 PRODUCTS As required for the proper execution of work. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 REQUMEMENCS A. Excavation for any trench 5 ft. or more in depth shall not begin until the Contractor has received approval from the City Representative of the Contractor's detailed plan for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. B. Plans shall be submitted at least five (5) days prior to beginning excavation for the trench, and shall show details of the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection during such excavation. C. No such plan shall allow the use of shoring, sloping or a protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders,the plan shall be prepared and signed by an Engineer who is registered as a Civil or - Structural Engineer in the State of California. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price for related items of work requiring shoring and bracing, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SEMON Division 2 - Site Work Page 41 1 SECTION 02500 ' SITE DRAINAGE 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL- ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Excavation,Bedding and Backfilling. 2. Catch Basin. 3. Junction Structures. ' 4. PVC drain piping. 5. RCP Drain Piping. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 01045 Cutting and Patching ' Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete ' 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. ' B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and ' interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. Division 2- Site Work Page 42 C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings,submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish,showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be _ used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. — 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Concrete shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. — B. PVC piping shall be as indicated on the project drawings and conform to Section 207-16 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. C. RCP piping shall be as indicated on the Plans and conform to Section 207-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. D. Cement mortar, Subsection 201.5. of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. E. Pipe joint types and materials shall conform to Section 208 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. F. Concrete catch basins shall be Brooks Products as specified on Plans or City approved 1 equal. G. Cast iron catch basins shall be Alhambra Foundry as specified on Plans or City approved — equal. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. — Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Division 2- Site Work Page 43 ' 3.2 CATCH BASINS A. Catch basin shall be constructed in accordance with details as shown on the plans. 1 B. All concrete construction shall conform to Section 303-1.4.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. ' 3.3 PIPING ' A. Installed in accordance with Section 306-1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. All trench backfill and bedding fill materials due to over-excavation,shall be compacted"a relative density of ninety (90)percent as determined by the test described in Section 211-2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials, equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 44 SECTION 02551 DOMESTIC WATER 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Connect water service to existing water meter 2. Testing existing backflow unit 3. Provide and install all domestic water piping 4. Provide and install all valves and backflow preventers. - 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02220 Washed Plaster Sand Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete - 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are family with specified requirements and methods necessary for the proper execution of the work of this section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All plastic pipe and fittings shall be PVC Polyvinyl Chloride Plastic Pipe. 1. PVC mainline shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, 1-inch thru 2-inch use Sch. 40 PVC solvent weld type, 2-1/2-inch and over use Class 315 solvent weld type. 2. PVC laterals (non-pressure piping) shall be 1120/1220 normal impact, Sch. 40 PVC - solvent weld type, lateral pipe beneath pipe shall be Sch.40 PVC. B. PVC pipe, all pipe shall be permanently and continuously marked with manufacturer's name,pipe size (IPS) class or schedule, SDR number(class-pipe only), ASTM D 2241-69 for class pipe and D 01785-68 for schedule pipe, manufacturer's lot number and NSF number. C. Place plastic tape imprinted with "Potable Water" over all lines, prior to backfill for continuous length of pipe run water meter to building and domestic quick coupler or hose bibbs,or use PVC piping with factory stencil "Potable Water'imprinted on pipe. - Division 2- Site Work Page 45 1 ' D. All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight Sch. 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved PVC fitting compound.All threaded plastic fittings shall have injection or molded threads.E2 cut threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight Sch. 80 PVC with molded threads. ' 2.2 STEEL PIPING ' A. Steel pipe shall be galvanized standard weight Sch. 40 complying with the requirements of ASTM A120. Steel pipe shall be jointed with galvanized, threaded, standard weight malleable iron fittings and couplings. 2.3 COPPER PIPING A. Copper pipe shall be type Kin accordance with ASTM B 88. Copper pipe shall be jointed 1 with the appropriate solder type wrought copper fittings for 2-1/2-inch and smaller sizes. Cast brass fittings shall be used for sizes over 2-1/2-inch. 2.4 PIPE COMPOUND PVC JOINTS A. Threaded connections including PVC to steel make-up shall be best grade Teflon Tape. ' 2.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A. The backflow prevention unit shall be a reduced pressure type vacuum breaker of the size, ' manufacturer, and model number as indicated on the Plans. If not indicated, the device shall be the same size as the water service,and the manufacturer and model number shall be approved by the City Representative. ' 2.6 JOINT CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Plastic pipe and fittings shall be coated with primer and then with a 100% active solvent. B. Both primer and solvent shall be similar in all respects to that as manufactured by Christy's or City approved equal. 2.7 GLOBE VALVES A. All globe valves 3-inch and smaller shall be Bronze body with screwed fittings with 2-inch operating nut to T-handle extension wrench. Valves shall be 150 PSI rated. Install globe valve in valve box per detail on Project Plans. 2.8 QUICK COUPLER VALVES A. Quick coupler valves shall be 150 2-piece cast Bronze body, self closing metal cover with Yellow vinyl protective caps, (locking type). All valves are to be located in the landscape ' area directly adjacent to sidewalk or curb. Install valves in valve boxes per detail on Project Plans. Division 2- Site Work Page 46 3.6 LINE CLEARANCE A. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 4-inch from each other and 12-inch from lines of other trades. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. 3.7 TRENCHING &BACKFILLING A. Provide all excavation for installation of work included in the Contract. Mechanical trenching machines shall cut trenches with straight sides. Trenches shall be only wide enough as may be required to lay the pipe and control wires. "Pulling' of pipe and/or control wires will not be permitted. 1. Provide for a minimum 30-inch cover for all sleeves under paving. _ 2. Provide for a minimum of 24-inch cover for all supply lines. B. Dig trenches and support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Trenching depth shall be 2- inch below normal pipe depth to allow for 4-inch of washed plaster sand bedding at bottom of trench. Place 4-inch of washed plaster sand cover over pipe after installation. Backfill remainder of trench with on-site soil. C. Lay pipe to grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Plans. Where lines occur under paved areas these dimensions shall be considered below subgrade. Discrepancies between Plans and actual site conditions shall be brought to the attention of the City Representative prior to trenching. D. Install all sleeves as indicated on Plans under future paved areas prior to placement of paving. If cutting or breaking of pavement is necessary Contractor shall replace with like — material at his own expense. Obtain approval from City Representative prior to proceeding with this work. E. After all work has been installed, flushed, tested and proved in the presence of the City Representative, backfill with fine materials or other objects larger than 1R-inch in diameter to fall in the first 6-inch of cover. F. Backfill carefully and tamp properly to avoid any voids. Do not wheel-roll any trenches to achieve compaction. Compact backfill over lateral lines to equal density of adjoining undisturbed soils. Remove all remaining debris caused by operation from the site and _ dispose of same at Contractor's expense in a legal manner. Any work covered prior to field review by the City Representative shall be uncovered at the expense of the Contractor to allow for such review. G. All boring under existing paved areas required for proper installation of piping and sleeves shall be performed by the Contractor and shall be considered as part of the installation operations. No additional compensation will be allowed for this item. _ H. No fittings including couplings will be permitted under surfaces to be paved except where the length of the lines are encased in sleeves, i.e.,parking lots,plaza,etc. Division 2- Site Work Page 49 2.9 GARDEN VAI.VP. A. Garden calves shall be Brass or Bronze except for the handle They shall have a replaceable compression disk, and shall be 3/4-inch straight-nosed, key operated and pressure rated for operation at 150 PSI install per detail on Project Plans. 2.10 vpt.vr Boxt?s A. manufacturer shall be AMETEK or accepted equal. Round box for globe valves and quick coupter valves All valve boxes shall be equipped with locking lips. 2.11 BRASS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Brass pipe and fittings shall be standard 125 PSI rated, 8590 red brass. Use Teflon tape for all thread connections. ' 3-0. PART 3 EXEC(TIJON 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. E\anune the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 WAIS R MVI'kR A. Waicr meters are provided by the City The Contractor shall contact Mr. Robert W. Clark at Capistrano WaterDistrict to coordinate installation. (7 14) 493-1515) 3.3 WATER SUPPLY A Connections shall be at the approximate locations shown on the Plans Minor changes caused b\ actual site conditions shall be made without additional cost to the City. Contractor shall pa} protide all materials, equipment and labor to make connection to water meter. 3.4 LAYOUT A Layout system and make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and plans Any such deviations in the layout shall be within the intent of the Plans and without additional cost to the City. Layout shall be approved by the City Representative before installation. 3.5 ASSI-M131.11:S A. Install lines and various assemblies to conform with details on Plans. B. Install no manifold assemblies or crosses and provide each assembly with its own outlet- ' Install all assemblies specified according to the respective detail on the Plans using the best standards of practice. C. AH threaded pipe and fittings shall be assembled using Teflon pipe compound to male threads only. ' Division 2 - Site Work Page 47 1 ' 3.8 PIPE ASSEMBLY A. PVC pipe: Handle with care when loading, unloading, transporting and storing to avoid ' damage.Do not store pipe and fitting in direct sunlight. Store pipe and fittings under cover before using. Rejected materials shall be immediately removed from the site and replaced with new material of different batch numbers. B. Joining by solvent weld: Use non-synthetic brush to spread primer and solvent. Cut pipe square, ream chamfer outside end. Clean and dry pipe and fittings socket. Scrub inside socket and pipe with primer,prime inside socket. Apply solvent to pipe end and to socket, ' and again to pipe end. Bottom the pipe in socket and turn. Hold joint together 30 seconds. Wipe off excess solvent. Allow to set 30 minutes before moving. Snake pipe side to side in trench bottom keeping 4-inch horizontal clearance between two pipes in same trench. Do not lay pipe in trench containing water or at less than 32 degrees F. Center load immediately,leaving joints exposed C. Galvanized steel pipeline: Ends of pipe shall be cut square and reamed to full size with a long taper reamer. Thread shall be cut with clean, sharp dies and shall conform to American Standards Association Specification B2. Joints shall be made with a non-toxic non-hardening joint compound applied to the male ' threads only. D. Brass pipe: Cut brass piping by power hacksaw,circular cutting machine using an abrasive wheel or hand hacksaw. Cut no piping with metallic wheel cutter of any description. Ream ' and remove rough edges of burrs so smooth and unobstructed flow is obtained. Carefully and smoothly place on male thread only. Tighten screwed joints with tongs or ' wrenches. Caulking is not permitted. Use Teflon tape joint compound at all points. E. Copper pipeline: Copper pipeline joints shall be made with sweated solder joints. Before jointing the end of the pipe for the depth of the fitting, the interior of the fitting shall be buffed to a bright finish and coated with solder flux. The assembled joint shall be made with a 50-50 tin-lead solder. A continuous solder bead shall show around the joint ' circumference after soldering. Copper pipe shall be joined to steel or cast iron pipe with a dielectric union. ' 3.9 FLUSHING AND TESTING A. Flush system before attaching quick coupler valves, hose bibbs or pressure relief valves ' and with pipe center-loaded. The system mainline must be complete and in place prior to pressure test. ' All water being discharged during flushing shall be piped up and out of the trenches. Trenches must be kept dry for pressure tests. Install all valves after acceptance of pressure test. ' B. A water pressure test shall be performed on the system before any couplings, fittings, valves, and the like are concealed. All open ends shall be capped after the water is turned Division 2 - Site Work Page 49 into the line in such a manner that all air will be expelled.The constant test pressure and the duration of the test shall be 6 hours @ 125 PSI. Contractor shall supply and pay for all equipment necessary to perform test. If system pressure test fails, the system shall be retested until it passes. Contractor shall make all necessary adjustments and repairs at no cost to the City. _ 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 50 ' SECTION 02252 ' SEWER CONSTRUCPION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL. Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Sewer construction shall consist of installing sewer pipe, constructing sewer structures and appurtenances as shown on the Project Plans,in accordance with these Specifications and as directed by the City Representative. ' 2. Protective measures. 3. Connection to sewer main in Camino Del Avion. 4. AC patch in Camino Del Avion. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals ' Section 01045 Cutting and Patching Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02200 Washed Plaster Sand Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing ' Section 02610 AC Paving 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. ' B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 51 1 C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish,showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING&STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vitrified Clay Pipe(VCP): 1. - Vitrified clay pipe known as extra strength clay pipe shall meet or exceed all the requirements of Section 207-8 of the Standard Specifications. The joints shall be Type "G" polyurethane elastomer sealing components, one bonded to the outside of the spigot and the other bonded to the inside of the socket. The joint shall conform in all respects to ASTM C-425. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION — 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) at 1-800-642-2444, and obtain an inquiry identification number. No excavation shall commence unless the CONTRACTOR has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number and so notify the City Representative. C. Location of Sewer Main: Before laying of any pipe or digging any trench,contractor shall determine by actual excavation and measurement the exact location and depth of existing utilities and service lines to which the new sewer line is to connect or cross. In the event - that a conflict with the existing utilities is encountered as a result of the exploratory work that would not permit installation of piping as detailed on the drawings, or to make connection in manner indicated,Contractor shall confer with the City Representative before proceeding with this work. The City Representative to inform Contractor of required modifications and/or adjustments to be performed. Division 2- Site Work Page 52 D. Trench Excavation: Trench excavation shall be per section 306-1 of the Standard Specifications. The maximum length of open trench, except by permission of the City Representative is one 150 ft. E. Installation of Pipe: Pipe installation shall be per Section 306-1.2 of the Standard Specifications. Bedding shall be Type I The connections to the sewer main shall be as indicated on the Plans. F. Backfill and Densification: Backfill shall be per Section 306-113 of the Standard Specifications. Backfill compaction requirements shall conform to Section 306-1.3.4. G. Testing: Sewer testing shall be per Section 306-1.4 of the Standard Specifications. The water ex-filtration test per Section 306-1.4.2 is an acceptable test method. 14. Temporary Asphalt Surfacing: Pipe trench and any other excavation in existing paved areas required to remain open to public use shall be re-paved with a minimum of 2 ft. of temporary A.C. paving. The contractor shall be required to maintain the temporary pavement in a safe condition until such time as the permanent resurfacing is initiated 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION 1 r Division 2 - Site Work Page 53 SECTION 02610 ASPHALT CONCRI TE PAVING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Protective measures 2. Preparation and compaction of subgrade. 3. Aggregate base placement and compaction. 4. Asphalt concrete placement,compaction&surfacing. - 5. All parking stall and street painting and signs,per Plans. 6. An emulsified asphalt seal coat applied to all new asphaltic concrete paving. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02280 Soil Treatment 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Concrete: 1. Asphalt concrete binder shall be Grade AR 4000,in conformance with Section 203-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 2. Asphalt concrete shall be County Standard 1805, Base Course shall 22 be Type III B-3 314" AR-4000. Surface Course shall be Type III C-3 1-112" AR-40000. — Division 2- Site Work Page 54 3. Asphalt concrete shall be constructed in accordance with Section 302-5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, and to the limits and grades shown on the project plans, and as specified by the City Representative. B. Seal Goat Q ' Latest Edition. 2. Emulsifted asphali shall be eomposed of a paving asphalt base "ered-, shaN 9' 'Fon within aO days after delivery; ' C. Traffic Paint: 1. Paint shall be specifically manufactured for traffic line markings and parking stalls. Paint shall conform to Section 210-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction,Latest Edition. Reflective glass beads shall be added to the paint. D. Liquid Asphalt: ' 1. Liquid asphalt used for tack coat shall be grade SS-1H Emulsified Asphalt in conformance with Section 203-3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction,Latest Edition. E. Aggregate Base: ' ]. Aggregate base material shall be Class 2 only, conforming to the Q Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. The material shall be uniformly graded and meet the fine ' gradation requirements. 2. Aggregate base shall be delivered to the roadbed as a uniform mixture. Segregation shall be avoided, and the base shall be free from pockets of coarse or fine material. 3. Test reports and certifications will be furnished in accordance with the provisions of Section 01340. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. No work of this section shall commence until subgrades have been inspected and accepted by the Soils Engineer and City Representative. Acceptance of subgrades shall not relieve ' the Contractor of the responsibility to provide positive drainage of all pavement areas and gutters. 1 Division 2- Site Work Page 55 3.2 PLACEMENT OF AGGREGATE BASE A. All subgrade work shall be completed, inspected and approved prior to placement of aggregate base. Aggregate base shall be placed to the thickness and grades as shown on the plans and compacted to 95 percent relative compaction. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placement of _ asphalt concrete. 3.3 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALTIC CONCRETE A. Aggregate base work shall be completed,inspected and approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placement of asphaltic concrete pavement. B. Asphaltic concrete pavement shall be placed to the thickness as shown on the Plans and compacted to required density. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the City Representative. C. The rate of application of the tack coat shall be as designated in Section 302-5.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. D. The Contractor shall furnish and keep on site, an accurate thermometer suitable for determining the temperature of the asphalt. E. Tack coat shall be applied to all asphaltic concrete and P.C.C. surfaces to be joined by new asphalt concrete pavement. F. The rate of application of the tack coat shall be as designated in Section 302-5.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 3.4 SEAL COAT A. Clean surface of asphaltic concrete paving by removing all dirt, grease and other elements to leave surface in a clean condition. B. Surface m=be inspected and approved by the City Representative prior to application of seal coat. C. Seal coat shall be applied thirty (30) calendar days after completion and acceptance of asphaltic concrete installation. 3.5 PAINTING A. All traffic painting on paved surfaces, including stall markings, striping, etc., shall be painted where noted on the project plans. B. Machine apply in strict accordance with manufacturers directions and with Section 310-5.6 of the Standard Specifications. C. A minimum of two(2)coats shall be applied to achieve the desired opacity. D. Add reflective glass beads to paint per Section 201-1.6.5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. E. Colors shall be white for all parking lot stalls, stop signs, bars and symbols. Division 2- Site Work Page 56 F. Handicap symbols, stalls and pathway striping shall be International Blue. ' G. Install all handicap signs as required by plans,per City Details. H. Center line road striping to be Yellow(double line). Install traffic markers per City Details. A. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 ' Division 2- Site work page 57 SECTION 02612 INFIELD PREPARATION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Subgrade Preparation. 2. Furnishing and installing brick dust and clay. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02750 Irrigation System Section 02760 Site Furnishings Section 02800 Landscaping 1.3 REQUIREMENTS A. Submit one (1)sample of infield materials for approval,prior to ordering and delivery. B. Attach supplier certification of testing. C. Subgrade approved by the Soils Engineer and City Representative prior to placing infield. - 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Infield topping: 1. Suitable material is available from Corona Clay-Angel Mix or Shale Mix (714) 277- - 2667. Division 2 - Site Work Page 58 1 2. Imported blend of crushed brick, brick dust and clay, pre-mixed, prior to delivery containing not less than 60 percent materials from brick sources and not less than 30 ' percent clay of the following gradation: % Passing min-maxiSieve Size 95 - 100 9.5 mm 65 - 95 500 micron 30 - 45 53 micron 3. Minimum three (3%) percent extractable calcium based on dry weight utilizing ten (10)percent sodium acetate extracting solution. B. Sub-Base: Site Material as approved by Soils Engineer and City Representative. ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 SITE PREPARATION A. Existing vegetation in the area of the infield shall be killed using a non-selective systemic herbicide. ' B. After all vegetation has been killed remove all debris, organic matter, rubble, etc., as required and legally dispose of at a facility licensed to receive it,at no additional cost to the City. ' C. Scarify subgrade to be 6-inch depth, and compact to ninety (90) percent relative compaction, prior to placement of brickdust. Subgrade to be 3-inch below surrounding finish grade. Subgrade shall be smooth and shall conform as shown on the Plans. ' D. Apply non-selective pre-emergent herbicide to subgrade,prior to placement of brickdust and adhering strictly to manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 3.3 TOPPING COURSE A. Spread infield topping material in a 3-inch layer. Grade topping material to smooth and ' uniform surface that shall not vary more than 1/4-inch in any direction when measured with a 10 ft. long steel straight edge. Thoroughly dampen and compact with minimum L= roller. Scarify, regrade and recompact areas not conforming to finish grades as shown on ' the Plans. 3.4 WEED CONTROL A. During the construction period,landscape establishment and landscape maintenance period, kill all vegetation upon discovery using a non-selective contact herbicide in strict accordance with label instructions,regrade and compact affected areas Division 2 - Site Work Page 59 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by _ this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave: installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, — materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 60 1 1 SECTION 02710 ' FENCES &GATES 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1 1. Furnish and install chain link fencing as shown on the Plans in heights as detailed. 2. Concrete footings for fences and gates shall be as shown on the Plans. 3 . Furnish and install chain link backstops as shown on the plans in height per details. 10 1.2 RELATED WORK 1 Section 01340 Submittals Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete ' 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's tname and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All materials shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 206-6,except as modified herein. ' B. Chain link fabric shall be 2-inch mesh, 9 gauge galvanized steel fence for all fencing. Knuckled selvage top and bottom in a single width of the height of fence. ' 1. All fencing shall have top,middle and bottom rail as indicated. 2. All fittings shall be heavy duty galvanized steel. 3. All steel plates, angles, etc., shall be hot dipped galvanized. Division 2 - Site Work Page 61 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS _. A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Cornet conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 EXECUTION A. Posts for fences shall be sizes as shown on project drawings. Posts shall be set true and plumb and not over 10 ft. on centers. Concrete footings shall be allowed sufficient time to properly set up at least twelve (12) hours prior to fencing work. B. Inclined braces shall be placed in one panel each way from all corners and angles and in the - panels adjoining terminal posts. "Comer" shall mean any point at which the fence changes direction horizontally more than 25 degrees. C. Top rail shall form a continuous brace from end to end of each stretch of fence. Top rail shall be securely fastened to terminal posts. D. The fence fabric shall be placed on the park side of fences, exterior side if around enclosures, and field side at ballfrelds. Fastenings shall be spaced not over 18-inch apart on line posts and rails. Bottom of fabric shall clear paving surface 1-3/4 inch maximum. E. All welding shall be performed by qualified welders in a workmanlike manner with all joints,edges and comers shall be ground smooth where exposed. F. All welds and abrasions to galvanizing shall be touched up with Galvalloy, Galvicon or approved equal, and over-painted to match surrounding surfaces. G. All fences shall be complete and continuous between points indicated with all required - parts, accessories and fittings provided and installed whether specifically mentioned herein or not. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 62 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish all materials, tools,permits, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to provide a complete and operational irrigation system,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials,including pipe with the landscape plans to avoid interfering with the trees, shrubs, other planting and site construction items. ' 2. For purposes of legibility, sprinkler lines are essentially diagrammatic. Although sizes and locations of irrigation equipment are drawn to scale wherever possible,the Contractor shall make use of all data shown on the contract documents and verify this information on the job site. 3. All work called for on the plans by notes, shall be furnished and installed whether or ' not specifically mentioned in these specifications. 4. When discrepancies exist between the plans and specifications and no specified ' interpretation is issued prior to bidding, the decision regarding final interpretation will rest with the City Representative.The Contractor will then be compelled to act on this decision as directed. In the event the installation is contradictory to the direction of the City Representative the installation shall be rectified by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 5. Do not willfully install the irrigation system as indicated on the plans when it is obvious in the field that unknown obstructions or grade differences exist that might not have been considered in the engineering, or if discrepancies in construction details, legends or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions or discrepancies shall be immediately brought to the attention of the City Representative ' for direction. In the event this is not done, the Contractor must assume full responsibility for all revisions necessary,including: ' A. Provide Product Submittals. B. Connection to Water Meters. C. Install and Test Backflow Unit. D. Irrigation Main Line Including all Valves, Tees, Fittings, Concrete Thrust Blocks, Etc. E. Flow Meter. F. Pressure Test Main Line. ' G. Irrigation Control Valves, Master Valve and Control Wires. H. Lateral Lines and Irrigation Heads. 1. Quick Coupling Valves and Pipe. ' J. Excavation Backfill and Compact all Trenching. Division 2- Site Work Page 63 K. Irrigation Controller Including 120 Volt Electrical Hook-Up. L. Install Pressure Relief Valve. M. Provide Laminated Controller Charts. N. Provide For Irrigation Cover Test. O. Provide one(1)Year Guarantee. . P. Provide "As-Built" Drawings. _ B. -All materials shall conform with Section 212 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. Materials shall be first quality of a domestic manufacturer and supplied in unopened containers. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02800 Landscaping 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Material List: 1. Contractor shall submit within fifteen (15) days of award of contract, a complete materials list for approval by the City prior to performing any work. Catalog data and _ full descriptive literature must be submitted whenever the substitution of items different than those specified is proposed. Notarized certificate must be submitted by plastic pipe and fitting manufacturer indicating that material complies with specifications, unless the piping material has been previously approved. 2. Material list shall be submitted using the following format: J= Description Manufacturer Model No. 1. Pressure Supply Line Lasco Sch. 40 2. Lawn Head Rainbird #1804 3. etc. etc. etc. B. "Record" Prints: 1. Record accurately on one set of blue-line prints all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in pressure and non-pressure line locations, sprinklers and valves. _ 2. These prints shall be available on-site at all times and shall be reviewed by the City Representative prior to work being covered. 3. The changes and dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City Representative,prior to final inspection of work, submit record prints to City Representative for approval. Final product must be draftsmen _ quality, Contractor shall provide one (1) mylar and two (2)blueprints of all "as-built" information. 4. Dimension from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement, etc.) Data to be shown on record prints shall be recorded day-to-day as the project is being installed. Division 2 - Site Work Page 64 _ 1 ' S. Show locations and depths of the following items: a. Point of connection b. Backflow preventer C. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100 ft, along routing) d. Gate valves ' e. Sprinkler control valves f. Master valve g. Flow meter ' h. Quick coupling valves i. Routing of control wires j. Irrigation heads k. Moisture Sensors 1. Pressure relief valve m. Related equipment(as may be directed) ' 6. Record stationing of all valves operated by the control system 1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES AND COORDINATION A. Contractor shall verify the location and depth of all underground utilities prior to start of Work. Contractor is also responsible for coordination of irrigation water connection and electrical connections for irrigation controller. B. Contractor shall coordinate his work with the General Contractor and all other trades present on the job site. Any delays or scheduling problems caused by project construction ' shall be at no additional expense or claims to the City. C. Coordinate the installation of all sprinkler materials including pipe, with the landscape project drawings to avoid interfering with the trees, shrubs or other planting. ' 1.5 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE ' A. Temporary water service shall be coordinated with General Contractor on job site. 1.6 PERMITS A. Contractor shall obtain all permits and inspections required by governing authorities for work described this section. City permits shall be issued to the Contractor at no cost. All other permits will be a reimbursable expense to the Contractor for the actual cost of permits only,no processing of application costs by Contractor will be allowed. 1.7 CODES 1 A. All work and materials shall comply with governing codes, safety orders and regulations, and meet the minimum requirements of the "Uniform Building Code," "National Electrical Code," Latest Edition and Orange County Health Code, Latest Edition. 1.8 DISPOSAL AND CLEAN-UP ' A. Remove all waste materials (including excavated material classified as unsatisfactory soil material), trash and debris generated or encountered during the course of irrigation system installation and legally dispose of it to a facility licensed to accept it. Division 2- Site Work Page 65 1 1.9 DEFECTIVE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK A. All work which is determined by the City Representative's inspection to be defective in its — construction or deficient in any of the requirements of the Plans and Specifications shall be remedied or removed and replaced by the Contractor at own expense in a manner acceptable to the City Representative. - 1.10 SURVEY,REFERENCE POINTS AND ELEVATION A. The Contractor is responsible for establishing all surveys,reference points and elevations — required by him for proper execution of irrigation system installation. 1.11 CONTRACTOR LICENSING LAWS A. All Contractors performing irrigation system installation work must be licensed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 1.12 NOTIFICATION REQUIRED A. Ten (10)days prior to start of irrigation system installation,the Contractor shall notify the City Representative and give starting and completion dates. Contractor shall also supply the City Representative with the name and telephone number of the person in charge of the work. This person shall be responsible for the work until completion and be present at all meetings and inspections. - 1.13 TEMPORARY UT 11TIES A. The Contractor shall apply for and pay all cost incurred for all temporary utilities such as water,electrical power and gas as required by him for the construction of the project. 1.14 INSPECTIONS A. Inspections will be required for: 1. System Layout. 2. Pressure Test Of Irrigation Mainline. 3. Coverage Test. 4. Substantial Completion Inspection/Start Of Maintenance. 5. Final Inspection And Project Acceptance. B. Inspection Requests: 1. No inspection will commence without "record" prints. In the event the Contractor calls for an inspection without up to date "record" prints, without completing _ previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for inspection, the inspection will be canceled and the Contractor back-charged for the direct costs of all City personnel time and Consultant time lost. Division 2- Site Work Page 66 1 1 2. Contractor shall notify the City Representative and Parks Department Representative 48 hours in advance for requesting all inspections as follows: a. System Layout ' b. Pressure Supply Line Installation And Testing- 36 Hours(1-1/2 Working Days) c. Coverage Tests- 36 Hours (1-1/2 Working Days) d. Substantial Completion Inspection -48 Hours Notice(2 Working Days). e. Final Inspection And Project Acceptance-48 Hours Notice (2 Working Days). ' C. Closing in uninspected work: ' 1. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected,tested and approved by the City Representative. D. Coverage test: 1. When the sprinkler system is completed, Contractor shall perform a coverage test in the presence of the City Representative(and Water District if necessary),to determine 1 if the water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. This test must be accepted by the City Representative before planting can commence. E. Hydrostatic test: 1. Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 PSI for a period of not less than two hours, with all ends of lines capped and the line fully charged with water after all air has been expelled from the line. 2. All hydrostatic test shall be made in the presence of the City Representative. No ' pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested, approved in writing, and the mainline and valve locations have been noted on the "as-built"record drawings. ' 3. Contractor shall furnish necessary hydrostatic force pump and all other test equipment. 1.15 TURNOVER ITEMS A. As-Built Drawings: 1. As-Built Drawings must be approved by the City Representative prior to acceptance of project. ' 2. The Contractor shall provide the City Representative with one (1)mylar and two (2) blueprints of all as-built information at no extra cost. Contactor shall also provide the City Representative with three (3) sets of laminated color-coded, clean, readable, zone charts for the irrigation systems, at no extra cost. Final products must be draftsman quality. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 67 B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Within ten (10)calendar days after substantial completion,prepare and deliver to the City all required descriptive matetials, properly prepared in two (2) individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual. The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to - identify, operate and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer's information shall be included for each equipment item installed. Each complete,bound manual shall include the following information: _ a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, including names and addresses and telephone numbers of local manufacturer's representatives. - b. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on each of the following pieces of equipment: (1) Backflow device. (2) Control system components. (3) Remote control valves. C. Materials to befurnished: 1. Supply as part of this contract the following items: a. Two (2) each, or, four Percent (4%) (whichever is greater), of each type and spray pattern of sprinkler heads installed. b. Two (2) wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of each type sprinkler head installed. - c. Two(2)keys for each automatic controller. d. Two (2) couplers with a 1-inch bronze hose bib, bent nose type with hand wheel and two coupler keys. e. One (1)valve box cover key. f. "As-built"record drawings. g. Remove and turn over backflow device valve handles. h. Controller charts: Charts shall be legible reduction of as-built plans with individual systems indicated in contrasting colors. Charts shall be plastic - laminated after approval of City Representative. i. Documentation of Water Department's inspection and acceptance of backflow - device. j. Two (2)operating nut wrenches 6 ft. long. D. The above items shall be turned over to the City at the conclusion of the project - final inspection. Division 2 - Site Work Page 68 — 1 ' 1.16 GUARANTEE A. General: 1. The entire sprinkler system, including all work done under this contract, shall be guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship for a period of one (1)year following the filing of the Notice of Completion. All materials used shall carry a manufacturer's guarantee of one (1) year. Control equipment shall carry an installer's warranty of five (5) years. ' 2. Should any problem with the irrigation or control system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by the Contractor or installer at no additional expense to the District within seventy-two(72) hours of receipt of written notice from the City Representative. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the City Representative constitute an emergency (e.g. broken pressure line) the City Representative may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor's/Installer's expense. ' Any and all damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City Representative by the Contractor/Installer, all at no additional cost to the City. B. Form of Guarantee: 1. Guarantee/Warranty shall be submitted on Contractor s/Installers own letterhead as follows: ' GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO SPORTS PARK We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation control system we have furnished and installed is free ' from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted, and that the work, materials, and equipment as installed will fulfill the requirements of the guarantee included in ' the specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work together with any other adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of one year,five years for the control system from the date of final acceptance of the above named project by the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within seventy- two hours following written notification by the City. When the immediate repair or replacement of the work is necessary to ensure the public safety and ' welfare, which would be endangered by continued usage of the facility, such circumstance will be deemed an operational emergency. In the event of such an emergency after the City contacts our firm and after authorizing twenty-four hours to initiate repairs, if we fail to initiate and diligently complete such repairs in a timely manner, the Director may direct City forces to perform such functions as he ' may deem necessary to correct the work and immediately place the facility back in operational condition. If such procedure is implemented, we shall bear all expenses incurred by the City. In all cases, the judgment of the Director shall be final in determining whether an operational emergency ' exists. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after Division 2 - Site Work Page 69 receipt of written notice from the City (other than an operational emergency), we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. — PROJECT: SIGNED: LOCATION: ADDRESS: PHONE: After the system has been completed and fully programmed,the Control System Installer shall instruct a minimum of three (3) Parks Department Representatives in the operation and maintenance of the system to the satisfaction of the department and shall famish a complete set of operating instructions. — i Any settling of trenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the City Representative's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to _ the City. Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements of any kind as a result of the Work. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Irrigation Booster Pump Station: Pump control panel shall include a separate service transformer, to provide services lighting and power for small electrical service appliances, such as drill motors. — Transformer shall be square D-Class 9070 Type K2000 DI-2K-VA-15 amps capacity at 120 Vac. Circuitry shall include a circuit breaker disconnect,primary fuses two legs, an on-off switch,and a label identification. A weatherproof duplex receptacle, with GFCI and on-off switch, shall be mounted on the exterior of the pump panel, and wired to the service transformer. Division 2- Site Work Page 70 B. Irrigation Booster Pump: ConstantFlo#400 BP 175 P2--30.0- CDEFGHIKMX 400 GPM @ 175' Boost (75 PSI) 30 HP-3500 RPM-460V-30-TEFC-Code G ' Full Load Amps 36.0 Inrush Current 212.5 * Circuit Breaker In Main Switchgear 90.A ' * For short circuit protection. Motor current overload protection is provided by the MCP (Motor Circuit Protector)in the pump control panel. ' Note: Pressure regulating valve shall include a pressure sustaining feature. Air gap tank shall be furnished and installed on the pump skid by the pump manufactures. ' 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Irrigation System Pipe-General: 1. All piping shall be "Alertline" manufactured from Purple colored PVC material meeting ASTM D-1784, Type I, Grade I, PVC 1120 Cell Class 12454-B Specifications,ASTM D-2241 for SDR pipe, 2672 for solvent weld bell end pipe and 3139 for gasketed bell pipe. 2. Pressure supply lines 2-inch in diameter and up to 8-inch in diameter shall be Class 315 solvent weld PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. 3. Pressure supply lines 1-1/2-inch in diameter and smaller shall be minimum schedule 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. 4. Non-pressure lines shall be minimum Sch. 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. B. Steel Pipe: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.2 to mad: "All steel pipe shall be hot- dipped galvanized,...', and add: "All fittings for steel pipe shall be 250 pounds rated galvanized malleable iron, banded pattern. Pipe sizes indicated on the drawings are nominal inside diameter, unless otherwise noted." ' C. Plastic Pipe: ' 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.1.3: All plastic pipe shall bear the following markings: manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, type of material, pressure rating in PSI, NSF seal of approval, and date of extrusion. 2. Amend Standard Specification Section 212-2.1.3 to read: All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight schedule 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved PVC ' fitting compound. All threaded plastic fittings shall have injection molded threads.&1 cut threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight schedule 80 PVC with molded threads. Division 2 - Site Work Page 71 2.3 VALVES A. Remote Control Valves and Master Valve: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.4: Valves shall be spring-loaded, self-cleaning, packless diaphragm activated, of a normally closed type. 2. Valve solenoid shall be corrosion-proof and constructed of stainless steel molded in epoxy to form one integral unite, and shall be 24 volt A.C., 2.0 watt maximum (2- inch and smaller valves). 3. Valve shall close against flow without chatter and with minimum closing surge pressure(minimum S seconds closing time per valve). 4. Install reclaimed water warning tags per Orange County Health Department approved type of valve stems- one per valve. B. Quick-Coupling Valves: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.6: Quick coupling valves shall have locking rubber cover and shall be 1-inch in size and as indicated on Plans. All quick coupler valves attached to irrigation mainline shall be type manufactured for use on reclaimed water systems. Install reclaimed water warning tags on all quick coupler valves on irrigation system. C. Pressure reducing,sustaining valves shall be as shown on the plans. Division 2- Site Work Page 72 1 ' D. Globe Valves: 1 . All globe valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimum working al ' pressure of not less than 200 PSI closed. Valve 3" and larger shall be Iron body with flanged fittings, bolted bonnet, non-rising stem with operation nut for opening and closing valve. Install Reclaimed Water Tag on valve stems. E. Air Release Valves: ' 1. Crispin Universal Air Release Valve, cast iron body with stainless steel trim. See plans for size. ' F. Check Valve: 1. OCV Control Valve,Diaphram Check Valve Series 94. Size per line size. ' G. Master Control Valve: 1. OCV Control Valve: OCV Control Valve, Solenoid Controlled Valve Series 115,24 volt solenoid,normally closed cast iron body, 200 PSI rated. See plans for size. H. Valve Boxes: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.2.7: All remote control valve boxes shall be rectangular plastic boxes with non-hinged locking plastic covers. Valve boxes will be branded/embossed with controller and valve circuit number on lid ' with 2-inch high letters. Gate valve boxes shall be round plastic boxes with non- hinged locking plastic covers marked either "Gate Valve" or "G.V." with letters branded or embossed on the cover with 2-inch high letters. All valve boxes shall be ' manufactured for use on reclaimed water systems and be purple in color with the words "Warning - Reclaimed Water System - Do Not Drink' embossed or branded on cover in 2-inch letters. ' I. Ball Valves: 1 . All ball valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimum working Al ' pressure of not less than 200 PSI closed. Valves 2" and smaller shall be Bronze body with screwed ends and operating handle. ' 2.4 BACKFLOW PREVENTER A, Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-2.3: The backflow prevention unit shall be a reduced pressure type vacuum breaker of the size, manufacture, and model ' number as indicated on the Plans. If not indicated, the device shall be the same size as the water service and the manufacturer and model number shall be approved by the City Representative. Division 2- Site Work Page 73 2.5 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS A. Conduit: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.1 to read: Conduit below paving shall be schedule 40 PVC of sufficient size to carry all proposed wiring.Wiring shall be in a separate sleeve. B. Wire: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 212-3.2.2: All common wire shall be white with a colored stripe. Stripe color shall be different for each controller installed. All control wire shall be of one color other than white or green. A different _ color control wire shall be used for each valve installed. Install three (3) extra control wires on all mainline runs from controller to furthest point of mainline for future use. C. Electrical Service: 1. Materials for electrical service shall comply with the standard specifications, governing utility agency standards, and requirements of all applicable codes. 2.6 CONTROLLER UNITS A. Controller assembly shall be of the model indicated on Project Plans. Available from: Pacific Technical Services 1-800-4274779. B. All controllers shall be wall-mounted and the location approved by the City Representative. — Contractor shall provide ground wires for controller and install per Local Gode. t C. All Local, State and National Codes shall take precedence in the furnishing and connecting _- a 120 volt electrical service to the controller. The Contractor shall notify the Electric Company of impending connections and coordinate with the Electric Company in all matters pertaining to the connection and all other materials necessary to abide with codes and U.L. Requirements. 2.7 IRRIGATION HEADS A. All irrigation heads shall be as shown on the plans and shall conform with Section 212 of the Standard Specifications. 2.8 SPRINKLER RISERS A. All sprinkler heads shall have an adjustable riser assembly (triple swing joint) with flexible riser installed between head and swing joint. Assembly shall be sized to inlet size of head. — 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All work shall conform with Section 308 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. No work of this section other than sleeving under pavement shall commence prior to the completion and acceptance of all grading work. Division 2- Site Work Page 74 ' B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.1: ' 1. Irrigation System Design and Water Supply: a. The irrigation system design is based upon a minimum available water pressure of 70 PSI. at the water meter and a flow rate of 400 GPM Individual stations ' are designed to this minimum PSI. The system is also designed to withstand a maximum pressure of 120 PSI. Contractor shall verify the existing working water pressure at the water supply location shown on the drawings prior to ' starting construction. The Contractor shall notify the City Representative in writing of any discrepancies noted. Failure to provide such written notification will result in the Contractor being required to provide and pay for all modifications to the irrigation system as necessary to achieve a fully operational ' system providing 100% coverage at the operating pressure available, all at no additional cost to the City. ' b. Connections to or the installation of the water supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional cost to the City. ' C. Electrical Service: 1. Contractor shall provide 120 Volt electrical service as necessary to the irrigation controllers. D. Code Requirements: 1. Prior to all work of this section,verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards,and the manufacturer's recommendations. ' 2. In the event any equipment or methods indicated on the drawings or in specifications is in conflict with local codes, immediately notify the inspector prior to installing. If this notification is not provided, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the cost of all revisions necessary to comply with code. E. Coordination with work of other trades: Make all necessary measurements in the field to ' ensure precise fit of items in accordance the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation materials with all other work. Special attention shall be given to coordination of piping locations versus tree and shrub locations and sleeve locations versus pavement installation to avoid conflicts. F. Contractor shall maintain record drawing blueprint on site at all times. Upon completion of work, transfer all as-built information on changes and dimensions to reproducible mylar. ' Final product must be draftsman quality,to the satisfaction of the City. 3.2 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING ' A. Trenching: ' 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2: Dig trenches and support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Where lines occur under paved areas, depth dimensions shall be considered below subgrade. Division 2- Site Work Page 75 2. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2.2 to read: Water lines continuously pressurized - minimum 24-inch below finish grade and 30-inch below subgrades in paved areas. (These measurements are to be from subgrade elevation for piping under pavement.) 3. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2, paragraph 3) to read: Lateral Sprinkler lines-minimum 12-inch for pop-up spray heads and 16-inch for rotor heads. 4. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2:Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, the Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and tree roots. Excavation in areas where 2-inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. All roots 2-inch and larger in diameter shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped with wet burlap to prevent scarring or drying. Where trenching machine is run close to trees having toots smaller than 2-inch in diameter,the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed,making a clean cut through the roots. Roots 1-inch and larger in diameter shall be painted with two (2)coats of tree seal or approved equal. Trenches adjacent to trees shall be closed within twenty-four (24) hours. 5. Permanent Resurfacing: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308- 5.1: All surface improvements damaged or removed as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be reconstructed by the Contractor to the same dimensions, except for pavement thickness, and with the same type materials used in the original work. Trench resurfacing shall be 1-inch greater in thickness than existing pavement. Concrete pavement shall be removed and replaced in "full panels" with no horizontal dimension less than 5 ft. Contractor shall review the planned limits and lines of concrete removal replacement with the City Representative prior to sawcutting for removal work. B. Backfill: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-2.2 to read: Backfill shall be uniformly tamped in 4-inch layers under and around the pipe for the full width of the trench and _. the full length of the pipe. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades. 2. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed without specific prior written approval of the Soils Engineer and the City Representative. 3. Under no circumstances shall the wheels of any vehicle not designed for the purpose of soils compaction be used to compact backfill. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.2.1: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving. However, no hydraulic driving is permitted under asphaltic concrete pavement. _ Division 2- Site Work Page 76 ' 2. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted except as approved by the City Representative.When approved, all necessary repairs and replacements will be ' considered as part of bid price at no additional cost to the City. 3. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation,removing all dirt, scale and burrs and reaming; install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and ' verification. 4. Contractor shall install concrete thrust blocking per the manufacturer's ' recommendations at all changes of direction and terminal points of pressure pipe. 5. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. Provide a minimum of 12" horizontal separation for all parallel lines. ' 6. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non- hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic-to-metal connections,except where noted otherwise. 7. All piping under pavement shall be sleeved using schedule 40 PVC sleeves. Each line shall be separately sleeved. Sleeve size to be two times the diameter of pipe being ' sleeved. 8. Do not install multiple assemblies ("manifold") on plastic lines. Provide each equipment assembly (e.g. RCV, quick coupler, ball valves, head,backflow device) with its own connection to its service line. ' B. Plastic Pipe: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.2.3: 1. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing plastic pipe and fittings, store plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install; transport plastic pipe on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow pipe to lay flat, avoid undue bending and any concentrated external load. ' 2. 360° applicators shall be used to apply primer and solvent on pipe sizes 2-1/2-inch and larger. 3.4 BACKFLOW INSTALLATION ' A. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3: Install backflow assemblies at locations approved in the field by the City Representative and at heights required by local ' codes. 3.5 VALVE AND VALVE BOX INSTALLATION A. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3 to read: Valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed unless otherwise specified on plans.Valves shall be installed a minimum of t3 ft. in horizontal distance apart,each with its own connection to ' the pressure main line. B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308-5.3: Valves shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible. C. All irrigation valve boxes shall have station and controller numbers branded/embossed on lids. Division 2- Site Work Page 77 3.6 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION A. Amend Standard Specifications Section 308-5.4.1 to read: Sprinkler heads shall be installed as designated on the Plans. Upon coverage testing of the system, if 100% coverage is not afforded by the system as designed, additional heads shall be added as necessary to achieve 100% coverage. Up to 5%of the total number of heads in the system are to be added at no additional cost to the City. If a greater number of heads is needed, cost should be as negotiated by change order. - 3.7 COMPLETION CLEANING A. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 308: Upon completion of the work, Contractor shall smooth all ground surfaces, remove excess materials, rubbish, debris, etc., sweep adjacent streets, curbs, gutters, walkways and trails, and remove construction equipment from the premises. 3.8 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A. Due to the nature of the project, it will be necessary for the successful Contractor to coordinate with the existing maintenance Contractor when programming controllers. B. Concurrent with the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment period and the sixty (60) calendar day landscape maintenance period, the irrigation system shall be kept in operational working order at all times. C. The following conditions shall be met during the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment and the sixty (60)day landscape maintenance period. 1. Maintain the complete irrigation system in an operable and appropriate manner. 2. Repair and adjust all sprinkler heads to maintain proper coverage,including adjusting heads to proper height. 3. Adjust water application to compensate for changes in weather, and be responsible for damages occurring due to underwatering or overwatering. 4. Any material or equipment which fails shall be replaced with new equipment or material identical to the original. 5. Where equipment damage is a result of negligence of the Contractor,replace within one working day. 6, Where equipment damage is not result of negligence of the Contractor, report the damage promptly to the City's maintenance personnel with an estimate of costs for repairs within one (1) working day. 7. Operationally check all systems at least once each week. Division 2- Site Work Page 78 8. Except as otherwise approved by the City's maintenance personnel, irrigation operations during 60 day post installation period shall be between 12:00 P.M. and ' 6:00 A.M. only. 4-0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 79 SECTION 02760 SITE FURNISHINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 01620 Storage and Protection Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 09900 Painting 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements Section 01620. - B. Contractor assumes all responsibility for storage of all materials relative to this project, C. City assumes no liability for losses or damages from any cause as a result of such storage. Contractor should allow at least 4-6 weeks delivery time for all items. 1.4 LOCATION INSPECTION A. No equipment, apparatus or foundations for same shall be placed until location stakes have been inspected and accepted by the City Representative. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. BENCH: 1. Dumor Model#93-06, Surface mount. Available from Hanson Associates(714)258- 1616. Contractor or manufacturer to paint bench,color to match Frazee Paint#6105B Argyle Green. B. TRASH RECEPTACLE: 1. Timberform Renaissance Litter Container, flat top model#2814-FT-P,with 32 gallon steel liner and top. Available from Pierce Associates 1-800-750-4442. Contractor or manufacturer to paint container, liner and top, color to match Frazee Paint#6105B — Argyle Green. Division 2 - Site Work Page 80 C. BICYCLE RACK 1. Timberform Cycloops#2170-9-P with matching base color. Available from Pierce Associates 1-800-750-4442. Contractor or manufacturer to paint, color to be Frazee #6105B Argyle Green. 1Q ' D. DRINKING FOUNTAIN 1. Haws drinking fountain, model #3380. Pedestal mount. Available from Haws Company (415) 525-5810.. Contractor or manufacturer to paint, color to be Frazee #6105B Argyle Green. iQ ' E. SCOREKEEPER TABLE 1. Quickcrete Products Inc. picnic table model#Q-QCPS-8 with one bench. Color to be ' L.M. Scofield#C-12 Mesa Beige. Epoxy table and bench to concrete slab. Available form Quickcrete Products Inc. (909)737-6240. F. DUGOUT BENCHES 1. Mounting brackets shall be General Seating 2"x2" square tube model #PN-124-B. Backrest bracket shall be General Seating model #PN-120. Provide backrest model #PN-11 and contoured plank seat model #PN-20-IN. (See plans and refer to ' manufacturer's recommendations for proper installation) Attachment bolts shall be 1/2" carriage bolts with hex nuts, galvanized or cadium plated for rust resistance. Dugout benches are to be installed in 4 places. See Plans for locations. Available from General Seating Company (714) 884-9447. G. HOME PLATES, BASES, ANCHORS AND PITCHING RUBBER I. Home Plate, Bolco vinyl covered model #300-AS. Bases model #100-ML. Anchors ' model #205-BA, Pitching rubber vinyl model #410-FG. (See plans and refer to manufacturer's recommendations for proper installation) Available from Bolco Athletic Company 1-800-242-4311. ' H. STADIUM SEATING 1. Seat bracket to be model#PN-120, backrest to be model#PN-11,planks to be model #PN 2-IN and mounting brackets to be model #PN-123. Available from Aluminum ' Seating 1-800-843-9512. I. SOCCER GOAL ' 1. Soccer goal and net shall be by Quick-Goal Limited, model#6666(also supply nets). Color and selection to be coordinated with the City Representative 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Contractor shall stake/[nark locations for all slabs and foundations and shall obtain approval of locations from City Representative,priur to commencing any digging. C. Locations shall be adjusted to provide minimum clear distances required from all edges of ' slabs, trees, irrigation heads and/or other obstructions. Division 2- Site Work Page 81 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all site furnishing materials per project plans, details and manufacturer recommendations. B. All fasteners shall be either deformed or tack welded together to prevent unauthorized removal of the fasteners. Paint with Galvalloy after deformation/welding. C. All concrete work shall conform with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. D. Contractor shall obtain the approval of all forming from the City Representative, Dria to pouring any concrete slabs. Foundation holes shall be inspected and approved by the City Representative,81792 to pouring of concrete. 3.3 STEEL FABRICATION&WELDING A. All steel members shall be thoroughly hand cleaned and solvent cleaned to remove all rust, scale,oil,grass and foreign materials prior to welding. B. All welds shall be continuous fillet welds along all abutting surfaces. C. Touch-up after welding with Galvalloy paint. 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Contractor shall cleanup and legally dispose of all unused materials,excess soil and debris at regular intervals-throughout the duration of the work and/or as directed by the City Representative. 411 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, _ materials,equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 2- Site Work Page 82 ' SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 1-0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Soil Testing, Planting And Maintenance Approvals. 2. Soil Preparation. 3. Application Of Fertilizers,Iron Sulfate,Wood Shavings And Plant Tablets,Etc. 4. Finish Grading And Fine Grading. 5. Watering. 6. Planting Of Trees, Shrubs & Ground Cover. ' 7. Staking Of Trees. 8. Plant Establishment Period (30 Days). 9. Landscape Maintenance Period (60 Days). 1.2 RELATED WORK a Section 01340 Submittals Section 01620 Storage and Protection Section 02210 Earthwork&Grading Section 02750 Irrigation System 1.3 APPROVALS A. All irrigation system work shall be inspected and approved by the City Representative, ' Drior to start of any work in this section. B. An Agricultural Soil Suitability Report for all planting areas shall be furnished by the ' Contractor after completion of finish grading and Drior to start of soil preparation work. The requirements for fertilization and amendments as specified herein,may be modified as necessary by the City Representative prior to start of work in this section. Soil suitability test shall be performed by Soil and Plant Laboratories, Santa Ana, CA (714) 282-8777. ' C. Contractor to submit seven (7) copies of seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative prior to purchase. 1. Provide certification of application to City Representative. D. The Contractor shall obtain fine grading approval of the City Representative Drior to ' hydroseeding. ' Division 2- Site Work Page 83 E. Written certification required which are to be submitted to the City Representative upon delivery to the job site include: 1 Quantity of Commercial Fertilizers,by type. 2. Quantity of Soil Amendments and Conditions, by type. 3. Quantity of Seed,by type. 4. Quantity of Mulch,by type. 5. Quantity of Fertilizer,by type. 6. Quantity of Plant Material,by type. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specked requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. All shrubs and trees shall be tagged by Nursery and have tags in-place upon delivery to site. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and Section 01620. Store all plant and soil preparation materials out of construction area Plant material must be continuously cared for by the Contractor upon delivery to site and until final acceptance of the project. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. All trees, shrubs,vines and ground cover shall be guaranteed from date of final acceptance of project for the following periods of time. Trees and Shrubs 18" Box and larger...........................1 year Trees and Shrubs 15 Gallon and larger.......................90 days Ground Cover....................................................90 days Bedding Plants...................................................90 days Lawn ..............................................................90 days B. Replace all plants, that in the opinion of the City Representative are either dead,dying or in an unacceptable condition at any time during the life of the Contract and guarantee period. Newly installed replacement plants shall carry the same guarantee period as defined in paragraph A from date of replacement planting. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All plant material shall meet requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 212-1.4 except as modified herein, plant material described in quantity, size and type on project plans. Division 2- Site Work Page 84 ' 2.2 SOIL A. On site soil or import Type A topsoil. 2.3 SEED ' A. Seed Mix-lawn: 1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed conforming to Section 212-1.3 of the ' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 2. Seed shall be pre-mixed by mechanical mixer. Contractor to submit seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative,122ja to purchase of seed ' sod Proportions by Weight Hybrid Tall Fescue-Trailblazer Rebel II or equal 65% ' Unhulled or Hulled Common Bermuda(depending on season) 25% Parade Kentucky Bluegrass in Total 100% ' Note: Seeding rate 435 lbs. per acre - 10 lbs. per 1,000 sq.ft. ' B. Seed Mix-Slopes and Shrub Beds: 1. Seed shall be fresh, clean, new crop seed conforming to Section 212-1.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. 2. Seed shall be pre-mixed by mechanical mixer. Contractor to submit seed mix specifications from supplier to City Representative,prior to purchase of seed. ' 3. Seed: Eschscholzia Califomica, California Poppy - 8/lbs. per acre, Lobularia maritima, Sweet Alyssum- 50/50 mix,White and Violet- 2/lbs.per acre. ' 2.4 SOIL AMENDMENTS (Quantities shown on Plans are for bid purposes only. The Contractor shall install soil amendments as specified by soil test results or designated by City Representative) ' A. Organic Soil Amendment: Ground or processed wood product shall be Type I, as approved by the Engineer and conform to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public ' Works Construction, Latest Edition Section 212-1.2.4. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 at 590 lbs per acre. All materials shall comply with Section 212-1.2.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction, Latest Edition. C. Iron Sulfate:Pellet or granular form containing not less than 18.5% expressed metallic iron and registered as an agricultural mineral, with the State Department of Agriculture in compliance with Article 2, "Fertilizer Materials," Section 1030 of the Agricultural Code. D. Agricultural Gypsum: Shall conform to Section 212-1.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. E. Planting Tablet: Agrifotm 21 Gram. Division 2- Site Work Page 95 2.5 HYDROSEEDING MATERIALS A. Water: General precautions should be observed when drawing water from sources other than domestic water supply. B, Seed: Lawn seed as specified herein. C, Mulch: Mulch fiber shall be produced from cellulose such as wood pulp or similar organic materials and be of such character that will disperse into a uniform slurry when mixed with water. 1. The fiber shall be of such character that when used in the applied mixture, an absorbent or porous mat,but not a membrane will result on the surface of the ground. Materials which inhibit germination or growth shall not be present in the mixture. D, Binding Agent: Dry powder organic concentrate. Ecology Controls M-Binder or equal. 2.6 SOIL AMENDMENT Q A-z Organie Seff Amendment, Gr6und or proeessed wood product shag be T-" I-, as approved by Me Ofy Repregentafive and eenfirm to the provisions c__Hen e12 1.2.4; -0. Gemmepeial FertHker Sol! Preparation- Gro Power Plus C-O"fralk 1 GhemiealAnalysis: ]Vkmgen 5%, Phosphate !%, Po,ash 1%, 11umm 544-1 Bids Ica_, ..ail n __._,.... 1.25%. Physieal Properties: A uniform "Beaded„ homogeneous 100% passing through a #4 mesh sereen; express -X�--;--Pfauke hPona and registered eq an ag4eukural mineral-, 9PUh #h"Fert Afeteriak," approved equah as &peeifled in the Siandard J�peelfieafiens for Pub! Works GenOrivefien, Lefes! Edilien Seefien 2,12 1.2.3. Free flewi*g Ghemiea: Analysis: Xiiregem 14%, iPhesphale 4%, Poiash 3tW, _ > • Division 2- Site Work Page 86 , ' breakdown. 2.7 MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. Commercial fertilizer to be Best Pro-Balance 15-15-15 and comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 212-1.2.3. Free flowing material delivered in unopened sacks. Material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged shall not be used. _ Lawn 7 lbs./1,000 S.F. Shrubs and Ground Cover 7 lbs./1,000 S.F. 2.8 ■EH ' 4 • ,y.,fukh e1..// be Type f Gh Cee N.... 919 f 9 C ! the Oiandard Q A . cn v,s,sssv�a.7Pe�, nswsc,s�2i vc cssv.s�:r�:s.v�?T1,1�osa,.avr� ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' - B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of Section 308-4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, except as modified herein. C. All weed growth within areas to receive planting shall be removed. all trash and deleterious materials on the surface of the ground shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of. ' D. All areas to be planted in ground cover or shrubs shall have selected herbicide applied to entire area after plantings. Application shall be as recommended by a Certified Pest Control Applicator. Provide certification of application to City Representative. E. Lawn areas shall be graded so that after cultivation, amendment and settlement, the soil shall be 3/4-inch to 1-inch below the top of curb or paving. ' F. All flow lines shall be maintained to allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced material which would interfere with drainage shall be removed and placed as directed. Low spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. 3.2 PLANTING ' A. All planting areas shall be cultivated until the soil is brought to a loose friable condition to a depth of 6-inch. Remove all rocks and debris and legally disposed of off site. ' B. All areas to receive planting shall be finish graded per Section 308-2.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. Finish grades shall be so graded that required tolerances are met after settlement at the completion of the project maintenance period. 1 Division 2 - Site Worts Page 87 C. Evenly distribute soil amendments in all lawn and planter areas as indicated on plans. Thoroughly incorporate soil amendments into upper Grinch of soil with mechanical tiller. Water all areas thoroughly after Rototilling is complete. D. Plants shall be planted where shown on the project plans or as directed by the City Representative. E. Trees, shrubs and ground cover shall be planted before lawn. F. Plant pits for container plants if specified, shall have vertical sides and shall be of the size noted on the project plans. G. Before plants are transported to the planting area, they shall be properly pruned or cut back to reduce damage by wind and to force lateral growth. H. No plants shall be transported to the planting area that are not thoroughly wet throughout the ball of earth surrounding the roots. Plants should not be allowed to dry out, nor shall any roots be exposed to the air except during the act of placement. I, Any plants that in the opinion of the City Representative are dry, or in a wilted condition when delivered or thereafter, whether in place or not, will = be accepted and shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. J. Backfill material for plant pits shall be a mixture as specified on plans and/or by Agricultural Soil Suitability Test, and conforming to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. The materials shall be thoroughly mixed to the bottom of the pit so they are evenly distributed and without clods or lumps. Backfill shall be so placed in the pits that the plants will be at their natural growing height, backfill material will be level 1-inch below the surrounding soil after settlement. K. Position the plant in the hole and backfill no higher than halfway up the root ball. L. Place recommended number of planting tablets evenly around the perimeter of, and immediately adjacent to the root ball,at a depth which is between the middle and the bottom of the root ball. Complete the backfilling, tamp and water. Install tablets as follows: I gal.plants 1 tablet 5 gal.plants 3 tablets 15 gal. plants 5 tablets 24" box trees 7 tablets 30" box& larger 7 tablets plus 1 tablet for every 2' above 10'in tree height M. InsMU 1 inek kiyer of mukh ever aH shrub and ground eever planfing area0 3.3 LAWN INSTALLATION(HYDROSEED) A. Grade smooth all surfaces to be seeded. Soil surface should be 3/4-inch below adjacent pavement after settling. Roll lightly in all soil depressions. All areas shall slope to drain. Division 2- Site Work Page 88 B. Soil shall be level, smooth and moist prior to hydroseeding. C. The seed bed shall be inspected by the City Representative to determine its suitability prior to planting. The Contractor shall obtain such approval Rfm to hydroseeding. No hydroseeding shall be performed until all other construction operations have been completed except by authorization of the City Representative. D. Mixing of hydromulch slurry shall be performed in a tank with a built-in continuous agitation and recirculation system of sufficient operating capacity to produce a homogeneous slurry of fiber, M-Binder, seed,ferd ee>' and water in the designated unit 22 proportions: tConwed '2,000' or equal 2,0001bs./per acre Seed As specified M-Binder 100 lbs./per acre Water 3,000 gallons/per acre E. With agitation system operating at part speed, water shall be added to the tank, good ' recirculation shall be established. Materials shall be added in such a manner that they are uniformly blended into the following sequence: ' 1. When tank is 1/3 filled with water- a. atera. Add binding agent, 1/2 acre requirement b. Add 3 - 50 lbs. bales of fiber c. Add seed, 1/2 acre requirement ' d. Add fertilizer, 1/2 acre requirement 2. When the tank is 1/2 filled with water. a. Agitate mixture at full speed 3. Before tank is 3/4 filled with water. a. Add 7 - 50 lbs. bales of fiber 4. As tank becomes filled with water: a. Add remaining requirements ' b. Slurry distribution should begin immediately F. Area to be hydroseeded shall be moistened to a depth of 6-inch just prior to application. ' G. Add remaining fiber requirements; seven (7) bales before tank is three-quarter(3/4)filled with water. ' H. Slurry distribution should begin immediately. I. Area to be hydromulched shall be moistened to a depth of 6-inch just prior to application. ' J. Application: Hydromulched slurry shall be applied under high pressure evenly and result in a uniform coat on all areas to be treated. Care shall be exercised to assure that plants in ' place are not subjected to the direct force of an application. Slurry shall be immediately removed from walks, structures, etc.,that are inadvertently sprayed. 3.4 WATERING Division 2- Site Work Page 89 A. Apply water to all lawn areas and plants during operations and thereafter, until acceptance of the work. B. Immediately after planting, apply water to each shrub by means of a hose. Apply water in a moderate stream in the planting hole until the material about the roots are completely saturated from the bottom of the hole to the top of the ground C. Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seasonal conditions require to keep planted areas wet at all times,well below the root system of grass and plants. D. All ground cover planting shall be immediately sprinkled to avoid drying out, until the entire planted area is thoroughly watered and soil soaked to the full depth of each plant hole. E. All hydroseed lawn areas shall be kept damp at all times and irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normally would involve four(4) to six (6) watering periods daily, each watering period (ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch and seeds without creating run off. F. Intervals between irrigation (OFF) sequence should be judged by the length of the time mulch and seeds remain damp. Once the mulch and seeds begin to dry out, the water (ON) sequence should be repeated. 3.5 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT(30 Consecutive Calendar Days) A. General: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to perform work during the Plant Establishment Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material,replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds,rodents and other pests. 2. The Plant Establishment Period shall consist of thirty (30)calendar days prior to the Post-Installation Period. Following inspection of planting operations, including hydroseeding, the City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to - establish the effective beginning date of the Plant Establishment Period L1 4. Plant Establishment Period may be extended by the City Representative if the planting areas are improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required or other corrective work becomes necessary. 5. The Park will not be available for public use during the Plant Establishment Period. Contractor shall coordinate with City and conduct operations to cause no danger or inconvenience to the public. 6. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 7. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. Division 2 - Site Work Page 90 1 ' 8. In order to carry out the plant establishment work, the Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of men and adequate equipment to perform the work specified from the time any planting is done until final acceptance. 9. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk on grass areas unnecessarily prior, during, or ' after planting operations. Grass areas that have been damaged or compacted shall be recultivated and re-seeded at the contractor's expense. 10. The lawn areas shall be kept moist, but not glistening wet, until time for the first 1 cutting of grass.Water lawn to maintain a thriving condition. 11. The City Representative must approve the lawn areas prior to the first mowing. All I ' lawn areas must then be mowed at least twice at proper mowing height of grass prior to requesting approval by City Representative. Mowing height shall be 2" to3 . Al ' 12. The plant establishment period shall extend at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the last planting.The date of last planting may be the replacement planting of significant areas that failed to grow at the City Representative's discretion. Contractor ' shall bear all costs for extension of the plant establishment period. 13. All plants that show signs of failure to grow at any time during the life of the contract, ' or those plants so injured or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the purposes intended,shall be immediately replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor and a new 90 day guarantee period shall be given. B. Execution: 1. All areas, including, but not limited to turf, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall ' be kept clean and free of weeds, litter and debris. 2. Contractor shall operate the irrigation system automatically and shall properly and completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system. Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to compensate for seasonal conditions. ' 3. Before weeds exceed 2-inch in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off- site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved equal, at the rate of five (5) quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10) calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City Representative,a second application of Roundup shall be made ten (10) calendar days after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain ' unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight(48)hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off-site (for newly planted shrub and ground cover areas only). Q1 4. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of such verification. The Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every ' day after the ten (10)calendar days until such weeds have been killed. Division 2 - Site Work Page 91 C. Fertilization: 1 . Fertilize all all newly planted areas (trees, shrubs and ground cover) with Best Pro-Balance 1S-IS-15 at rate 7 lbs. per 1000 SF at the completion of the 30 day plant establishment period. D. Inspection: 1. Upon completion of the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall request an inspection of construction to establish the beginning date of the Post-Installation Period.The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for inspection. 3.6 60 DAY POST-INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. General: 1. Contractor shall provide all labor,materials, and equipment to perform work during the Post-Installation Maintenance Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material,replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds,rodents and other pests. 2. The Post-Installation Maintenance Period shall consist of sixty (60) calendar days, following inspection and approval of the Plant Establishment Period and project construction performed in accordance with the contract documents. The City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to establish the effective beginning date of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. 3. Contractor shall maintain the project weekly on a continuous basis until acceptance of the work. Areas shall be so cared for as to present a neat and clean condition at all times. 4. The park will not be available for public use during the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall conduct operations so as to cause no danger or inconvenience to the public. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs _ incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 6. Notification shall be given to the City Representative forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Contractor performing "specialty-type" operations, including but not limited to; fertilization, chemical weed abatement and turf aerification, de-thatching and fungicide applications. 7. Time required for Post-Installation Maintenance sha11 not be considered as included in the total time limit specified in the Contract. 8. Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform maintenance operations as specified herein or determined to be necessary by the City Representative will not be credited as Post-Installation Maintenance Period days. 9. Post-Installation Maintenance Period may be extended by the City Representative if the project is improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required, or other corrective work becomes necessary. Contractor shall schedule a preliminary walk- _ Division 2 - Site Work Page 92 thru inspection five (5) calendar days prior to the end of the first thirty (30) days of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall correct deficiencies before the Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be allowed to continue to the remaining thirty(30) days. 10. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto ' adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. ' 11. Contractor shall mow all lawn areas on a weekly basis. Mowing heights shall start at 1-112" to 2". Mow height shall be lowered during maintenance period to achieve a final mowing height of ]" at completion of 60 day post maintenance period. Al B. Execution: 1. All areas including, but not limited to turf, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall be kept clean and free of weeds,litter and debris. 2. Athletic equipment and park furniture shall be maintained in a safe condition without damaged or broken parts and flee of"graffiti" and debris. Costs incurred for repair or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Subsurface drains and catch basin grates shall be kept clear of leaves,litter and debris to ensure unimpeded passage of water. Drainlines shall be periodically flushed with clear water to avoid build-up of silt and debris. 4. Trash receptacles shall be emptied as needed and at a minimum of once every seven (7)calendar days. 5. Before weeds exceed 2-inch in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off- site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, but sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved ' equal, at the rate of five (5)quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10)calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City Representative, a second application of Roundup shall be made ten(10)calendar days after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain ' unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight(48)hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off-site (for newly planted shrub and ground cover areas only). 6. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of such verification. The Post-Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every ' day after the ten (10) calendar days until such weeds have been killed. C. Irrigation System: ' 1. Contractor shall operate the irrigation systems automatically and shall properly and completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system. 2. Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to compensate for seasonal conditions. Division 2- Site Work Page 93 3. Irrigation system is designed for watering five (5) days a week, 10:00 PM. to 6:00 A.M. with even distribution. 4. Costs incurred due to repair or replacement of equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Replacement parts shall be identical to the material specified herein and on the drawings.- D. Trees and Shrubs: 1. Trees planted as part of the Contract shall be pruned or headed back, as requested by the City Representative,to eliminate diseased or damaged growth,reduce toppling or wind damage,maintain growth within space limitations,maintain natural appearance, and to balance the crown with the root structure. 2. Staking of trees shall be checked frequently for damage, and to prevent chafing or girdling. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement of staking materials shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3. Contractor shall provide a clearance of not less than 7 ft, in height over walks, slabs and active play areas, and not less than 14 ft.in height over roadways. 4. As approved by the City Representative, all wounds over one and 1-1/2-inch in diameter may be sealed with a tree seal. 5. Dead or dying trees shall be immediately replaced with material of the same species and size and guaranteed as described in these specifications. All replacement plant material shall be guaranteed per contract documents. E. Fertilization: 1 . Fertilize all newly planted areas (trees, shrubs, ground cover) at the QI end of the first 30 days of maintenance and at the completion of the 60 day maintenance period with Best Pro-Balance I5-15-15 at a rate of 7 lbs. per 1000 SF. s - � �. the _.r of 60 days a_dlizearl_area.. with Des! Turf Supreme i6 6 8 .. --�sysc-d. F. Inspection 1. Upon completion of the Post-Installation Maintenance Period, Contractor shall request an inspection for acceptance of the work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents.The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7)calendar days prior to the date for inspection. — 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. — END OF SECTION Division 2 - Site Work Page 94 SECTION 03100 ' CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Forms for all concrete. 2. Shoring and bracing. 3. Setting of embedded items. ' 4. Removal of forms. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02400 Shoring and Bracing ' Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 347, Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.' D. General Provisions for other Trades: Provide all openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades; accurately determine size and location of openings, ' recesses, etc., from trades providing or requiring such items; place items required for incorporating into concrete accurately and securely supported on forms. E. Design: Base form and false work on required values of live and dead loads, weight of moving equipment on formwork, height of concrete drop, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability and other safety factors required during construction. ' F. Materials used in formwork may not be reused except in forms without the City Representative's approval. Division 2 - Site Work Page 95 G. Concrete Surface Finishes: Use various form types as specified. Refer to Concrete Section and Concrete Finishes and use form materials for best results. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used for formwork shall conform to Section 204 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. All forms shall have smooth straight upper edges and shall be free of any warping. 2.2 FORM COATINGS A. Non-grain-rising and non-staining type that will not leave residue on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of paint, plaster, mortar or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils or other non-drying ingredients will = be permitted. Submit manufacturer's data to City Representative. 2.3 LUMBER A. Lumber shall be Construction Grade Douglas Fir. 2.4 PLYWOOD A. Plywood shall be of grade Exterior B-B. All plywood shall be at least 5/8-inch thick, and edge sealed. Plywood for forming exposed concrete shall be Plyform. 2.5 METAL FORMS A. Removable metal forms shall be of proper gauges and sizes, carefully aligned and fitted. Removable metal forms shall be properly reconditioned for use, clean, free from dents, bends, rust, oil or other coatings, and shall meet the approval of the City Representative prior to installation. 2.6 FORM TIES A. Prefabricated rod, flat band or wire type, or threaded internal disconnecting type, of sufficient tensile strength to resist all imposed loads of fresh concrete and with external — holding devices of adequate bearing area. Ties shall permit tightening and spreading of forms and leave no metal closer than ]-1R-inch from surfaces. Division 3 - Concrete Page 96 ' 2.7 FORM TYPES A. Exposed Surfaces- Plywood or Metal Forms as specified under Products. B. Concealed Surfaces -Boards or Plywood as specified_ under Products. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. Build forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structure. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, joint screeds, bulk-heads, anchorages and other required features. Use nominal 2-inch thick wood or plywood or metal forms for all wall opening framing. C. Use metal spreaders to provide accurate spreading of forms and positive tying of forms together. D. Provide for recesses,rebates,drips and profiles as detailed. E. Forms shall be of materials and construction adequate to safely support all loads, so that no sagging,leakage or displacement occurs during and after pouring of concrete. F. Form joints shall not show in exposed concrete. ' G. Clean-outs and Cleaning: Provide temporary openings in wall and column forms for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring,clean all forms and surfaces to receive concrete. H. Provide 3/8" x 3/8" chamfer strips for exposed corners unless otherwise indicated. Use 8 ft. long plywood for exposed surfaces. I. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete ' surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. J. Forms shall be set with the upper edge of the board true to line and grade and shall be staked rigidly in place with stakes set not more than 4 ft. apart. K. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt and all other debris just before concrete is placed. Re-tighten forms during and after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. L. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form-coating compound material to concrete contact form surfaces. ' M. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove pins and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use 'patched' forms for exposed concrete surfaces. Division 3 - Concrete Page 97 1 N. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. O. Thin form-coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and under conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 RELATION WrM OTHER TRADES A. Check with all trades which require openings for the passage of pipes,conduits,ducts and other inserts;provide the necessary pipe sleeves, anchors or other required inserts properly and accurately installed. Sleeves, conduits, boxes and other items for mechanical and electrical work are specified to be installed under the appropriate sections of these specifications. Reinforce openings in the floors and walls for use of other trades as required. 3.3 REGLETS &REBATES A. Each affected trade required to fasten work to the structure,or to insert therein any piping, conduit, duct, box, bolt, anchor, insert or other rough hardware, shall set such items securely and accurately in the forms. Be responsible for any and all changes in the position of such piping, box, bolt, anchor, inserts and other rough.hardware after they have been set in the forms. B. Conduits and pipes in concrete slabs will be permitted to be embedded therein under the following conditions: C. Conduit or pipe diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) of the slab thickness, minimum spacing of conduit or pipe shall be three(3)diameters; there shall be a minimum separation of 1-inch from parallel reinforcing steel and conduit. Minimum concrete coverage over conduits and pipes shall be 1-inch. No crossovers will be permitted except as specifically _ detailed. No reinforcing steel shall be bent or displaced to permit passage of conduit or pipe. No conduit or pipe shall be placed in slabs 4-1R-inch and less in thickness, unless specifically detailed or specifically authorized by the City Representative. D. Special Features: Build into forms as character and requirements of work dictate. E. Pouring Strips - Place pouring strips in the forms wherever horizontal construction joints _ are made in exposed concrete. Place pouring strips level and place concrete flush with the top of the pouring strip. After cleaning concrete surfaces and just ahead of placing of subsequent concrete,tighten form ties to conceal shrinkage. F. Inserts, Anchors, etc.: Carefully check with other trades before completing forms and placing concrete to determine all embedded items are in place in the forms. Set miscellaneous anchors, bolts, ties, dowels, plates, etc., necessary to complete the work as — detailed. Embed no wood blocks other than treated built-in blocks or nailing blocks in concrete. Division 3 - Concrete Page 98 G. Remove forms only when concrete has developed sufficient strength to sustain its own weight and super-imposed loads. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed- END OF SECTION 1 1 Division 3 - Concrete Page 99 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL. Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Reinforcement 2. Wire mesh 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete' D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 'Manual of Standard Practice' E. American Concrete Institute, ACI 315, 'Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures'. F. American Welding Society, AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel,Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction' 1.4 TESTS &INSPECTIONS A. The City will pay for all tests and inspections of completed installation. Costs of all tests and inspections at material sources and costs of re-tests of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor. — B. Arranging for and scheduling of tests and inspections are the responsibilities of the Contractor. Division 3 - Concrete Page 100 ' C. Submit written reports, seven (7) copies to the City Representative for each material sampled and tested, nor to the start of work. Provide the project identification name and number, date of report, name of Contractor, name of testing service, source of materials, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured material, values specified in the referenced specifications. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use. D. Materials and installed work may require testing,re-testing and inspection as directed by the City Representative. Allow free access to materials stockpiles and facilities at all times. ' E. . The Contractor shall provide certified test results from manufacturer. F. The approved Testing Laboratory, whose services will be chosen and paid for by the City, except as noted, and shall provide the following: G. Test reinforcing steel as follows: Make one tensile and one bending test for each 10 tons or ' fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement, if steel is properly identified by mill test reports of each size and lot. Otherwise,make one tensile and one bending test for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement in each log. Contractor shall bear costs of tests. 1 H. Provide a Registered Deputy Building Inspector at the job to inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement of concrete for all concrete having a design strength at 28 days of 2,000 PSI and above. Inspector shall be provided by the governing Building Department ' I. Inspector shall furnish written certified reports that all reinforcing steel was placed in accordance with contract drawings. J. The City Representative will inspect reinforcing steel installation Digi to placement of concrete. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used for concrete reinforcement shall conform to Section 201.2 of the ' Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. B. Billet Steel Bars: Conform to ASTM A615, grade as required by project drawings, No. 3 and larger bars deformed. C. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A185. ' D. Tire Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gauge minimum. E. Welding Electrodes: Conform to AWS requirements for this work. Division 3 - Concrete Page 101 2.2 SUPPORTS FOR REINFORCING BARS A. Galvanized steel chairs and accessories or plastic-coated[nits for work exposed to view or weather so that finished surfaces will not be marred nor stained; use pre-cast concrete blocks only (no metal), suitability sized and spaced for load distribution at slabs on earth or membrane. Use no supports of wood or other cellulose material. B. No. 2 reinforcing bars: Conform to ASTM A30,Grade 80,round carbon steel bars.- 3.0 PART 3 EXECI-MON 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 FABRICATION&DELIVERY A. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of indicated size and accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required, by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with bends or offsets not conforming to drawings will be rejected. B. Marking and Shipping: Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing;transport and store at site so as not to damage materials. C. Placing: Coordinate with other trades and expedite materials and labor to avoid omissions and delay. D. Cleaning: At time of placing concrete, all reinforcement shall be free from rust, scale, grease, or other coating. E. Securing In Place: Place all reinforcement in accordance with "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars',latest edition,and contract drawings. Use sufficient bar supports, ties, anchors, and other accessories to hold bars securely in place. Securely wire all stirrups and ties. 3.3 WELDING A. Perform welding of reinforcing bars in accordance with "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections for Reinforced Concrete Construction." (AWSD12.1) B. Welders shall be certified and qualified by tests as prescribed in the"Standard Qualification Procedures" (AWS B30.0),and approved by the governing Building Department. 3.4 FABRIC REINFORCEMENT A. Electric welded wire fabric will not be accepted on this job. It will not be allowed as a substitution for reinforcement bar shown on project Plans. Division 3 - Concrete Page 102 ' 3.5 CLEARANCES A. Maintain minimum clear distance between reinforcing steel and face of concrete as indicated or as follows: Concrete footings formed against earth 3" ' Concrete in forms w/exposed face in contact w/earth 2" Walls As per plans Slabs Centered 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECnON 1 1 1 1 1 1 Division 3 - Concrete Page 103 SECTION 03300 CAST-IN-PLACE ON ETE 1.0 PART I GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Concrete Work 2. Interior floor slabs 3. Exterior walks, slabs and steps 4. Curbs, gutters, mowing strips and swales 5. Cement,finish,joints, saw cuts and patching 6. Concrete block wall footings 7. Foundation for building 8. Setting of items to be inserted into concrete 9. Poured in place walls and foundations 10. Reinforcement dowels for masonry work 11. Curing 12. Testing 13. Miscellaneous concrete items 14. Joints 15. Sand Blasting 16. Integral color concrete 1.2 RELATED WORK -- Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 02670 Site Furnishings _ Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03210 Concrete Reinforcement Section 15400 Plumbing — Section 16530 Electrical 1.3 DESIGN MIX A. Contractor shall submit all design mixtures for concrete to City Representative ten (10) days prior to pouring any concrete. Contractor shall nm pour any concrete until design mixture is approved by City Representative. _ 1.4 STANDARDS A. Testing, materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works,Latest Edition. Division 3 - Concrete Page 104 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. All materials shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. Concrete shall conform to Concrete Class Use Table, Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. C. Concrete shall be sulfate resistant type. D. Concrete curing compound shall be Type I, as called for in Section 201-4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,Latest Edition. E. All integral colored concrete shall conform to L.M. Scofield Company Tech-Data Bulletin A-304.07 "Chromix Admixtures for Color-Conditioned Concrete." 3.0 PART 3 F-XECUT10N ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. ' Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All work shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. Install concrete and cement finish work true to lines,dimensions and levels. B. Concrete which is not in accordance with these specifications,out of line, level or plumb, showing structural cracks, rock pockets, voids, spalls, honeycombing, exposed reinforcing or other damaged surfaces shall be considered as defective and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at own cost. ' C. All irregularities shall be removed from exposed concrete surfaces while the concrete is still damp. No patching will be permitted unless written approval is given by the City Representative. If patching is necessary and permissible, a bonding agent such as,or equal shall be used. ' D. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the Plans to determine the extent of which shall be included in the work of this section. pivision 3 - Concrete Page 105 E. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the project drawings to determine the extent of the following and similar items of concrete work which may occur, all of which shall be included in the work of this section: 1. Foundations or bases for mechanical, irrigation and electrical equipment, concrete curbs, gutters, and mowing strips. F. Where structural details for the minor structures listed above are not complete, the walls, floors and covers shall be 6-inch in thickness and reinforced with 3/8-inch round bars, 6- inch on centers both ways in center of the members. - G. The Mechanical and Electrical Contractors shall provide the Contractor with detailed information concerning the location, size and elevation of any and all items of the work listed above. They shall also provide all anchor bolts and other inserts that may be required and shall check the setting thereof prior to the pouring of concrete. H. The bottoms of trenches shall be wet down before pouring footings, earth shall = be muddy at time of pouring. I. Concrete shall not be placed until reinforcements,rough hardware,and forms are approved by the City Representative. J. Conveying and placing of concrete shall be performed to prevent separation of ingredients, m no case shall free fall exceed 6 ft. Tremies shall be used as required. Surfaces of concrete - shall be kept reasonably level, with a minimum amount of concrete being allowed to flow after being placed. Placing shall be performed as a continuous operation until each section is completed. K. Concrete shall be spaded and vibrated with mechanical vibrators to a maximum subsidence without separation of ingredients. The moving of concrete by vibration will = be permitted. L. All slabs and walks shall be non-slip,uniform medium broom finish surface,transverse to direction of slab, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Interior slabs at restroom to be medium broom finish to prevent slipping on wet floors and sloped to drain. M. All handicap ramps shall be given a non-slip heavy broom finish. 3.3 CURING A. All concrete slabs on grade shall clue for at least one hundred sixty-eight(168)cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive), during which the concrete has been exposed to air temperatures above 50 degrees F. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the curing period. B. Curing method may be moist curing, moisture retaining cover, membrane curing, or by combinations thereof. C. Use water that is free of impurities which could etch or discolor concrete surfaces. D. Do not use liquid membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or with a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as other concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, damp-proof flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the City Representative. Division 3 - Concrete Page 106 ' E. Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with the forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by moist curing or moisture retaining cover. F. All posts, supports, bat racks, etc., shall be set in cured footings prior to placing of any ' concrete slabs. G. Fence post foundations shall cure at least fourteen(14)days prior to placing slabs. ' H. Installation of Chromix-Color-Conditioned Concrete. Installation of all integral color concrete shall conform to L.M. Scofield Company. ' 3.4 SMOOTHNESS TOLERANCE A. Interior and exterior cement finish surfaces shall be of such smoothness and evenness that ' they shall contact the entire length of a 10 ft.straight edge laid in any direction, with an allowable tolerance of 1/8-inch. Any operation necessary to achieve this result will be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. ' B. Inspections will be provided as necessary. Call for inspection twenty-four(24) hours prior to need. C. The Contractor shall call for inspection during spec phases of construction. They shall include: ' 1. All form work prior to pouring 2. All footings prior to pouring 3. Subgrade prior to pouring. ' D. Contractor shall notify the City Representative a minimum of twenty-four(24) hours prior to pouring any concrete. ' E. Any work covered prior to inspection shall be opened to view by the Contractor at his expense. F. All testing shall be as required by the Standard Specifications for Public Works ' Construction, Latest Edition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 3 - Concrete Page 107 SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND GROUT i 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated _ on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Mortar and grout for masonry. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals 1.3 REFERENCES A. UBC Chapter 24, 1991 Edition B. CCR California Code of Regulations,Chapter 24. - C. ASTM C144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar. D. ASTM C150 Portland Cement E. ASTM C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. F. ASTM C270 Mortar for Unit Masonry G. ASTM C404 Aggregates for Masonry Grout. H. ASTM C476 Grout for Masonry i 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry and protected against dampness, freezing and foreign matter. 1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 50 degrees F. 10 degrees C. prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work. Division 4 - Masonry Page 108 ' 1.6 MIX DESIGN ' A. Submit design mix prepared by a California Registered Civil Engineer to City Representative for approval. ' 1.7 MIX TESTS A. Testing and analysis of mortar and grout will be performed under provisions of Section 01410 and as required by the City representative. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' - 2.1 MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise specified herein after,mortar materials shall be as follows. I. Portland Cement (Type I),ASTM C150. 2. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type. ' 3. Masonry Cement, ASTM C91. 4. Quicklime, ASTM C5. 5. Hydrated Lime, ASTM C207 (C206-Type S). 6. Water shall be clean and potable. ' 7. Sand shall conform to ASTM C144 except that all sand for mortar in 1/4-inch(6 mm) ' joints shall pass a No. 16 (1.18 mm) sieve. 8. Accelerating Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494, Type E, except that admixtures containing chlorides will not be permitted. Admixtures shall not beadded ' unless approved by the City Representative. 9. Use mortar of color selected by the City Representative, composed of one part ' Medusa Custom Color Masonry Cement and three parts by volume of sand. Mix in accordance with directions of the manufacturer. 2.2 MORTAR MDCES ' A. Comply with CCR,Title 24, Section 2403 (r). ' B. Mortar for masonry below grade and in contact with earth Type M. C. Mortar for reinforced concrete masonry,Type S. D. Pointing Mortar, Type N, with maximum 2 percent stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight. ' E. interior use and nonload-bearing walls,Type O. Division 4 - Masonry Page 109 2.3 GROUT MDCES A. Comply with CCR, Title 24, Section 2403 (s). 1. Fine Grout: spaces less than 2-inch in horizontal dimension. 2. Coarse Grout: spaces 2-inch or more in least horizontal dimension. 3. PART 3 EXECU'T'ION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Plug clean-out holes with masonry unit to prevent leakage of grout materials. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure. -- 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the spec masonry section. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D. Remove grout spaces of excess mortar. _ 2.3 MORTAR MIXING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use. B. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar. D. If water is lost by evaporation,retamper only within two (2)hours of mixing. E. Use mortar within two (2) hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 50 degrees F. - 3.4 GROUT MD{ING A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476. B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout. Division 4 - Masonry Page 110 3.5 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION 1 1 Division 4 - Masonry Page 111 SECTION 04340 CONCRETE BLOCK MASONRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as.indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Concrete block masonry 2. Grouted reinforcing steel in masonry 3. Concrete block lintels,as required 4. Installation of steel door frames in masonry walls 5. All necessary and incidental steel angles,braces,anchor bolts and inserts as required by the Plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 04100 Mortar and Grout Section 07900 Caulking and Sealants Section 09310 Tile Section 09900 Painting 1.3 CONTINUOUS INSPECTION A. The City shall pay all costs of continuous inspection of the concrete block work. B. The City shall select and employ qualified Concrete Block Inspector to perform such inspection. C. Acceptance of inspector by a State or municipality having a program of examining and certifying masonry inspectors will be considered adequate qualifications. D. Employment of Inspector shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with Contract requirements. E. The concrete block masonry Inspector will be at the site during all concrete block masonry construction and perform the following duties: 1. Review Plans and Specifications and meet with the Contractor to discuss requirements before work commences. -- 2. Before concrete block masonry work commences, meet with the Contractor to establish the requirements for surveillance and quality control of the masonry work. Division 4 - Masonry Page 112 3. Check brand and type of cement,lime (if used) and source of sand. ' 4. Inspect the foundation to ascertain that it is clean and ready to receive concrete block units. ' S. Check reinforcing steel dowels for straightness, proper alignment, spacing, size and length. ' 6. Observe manner in which units are laid up to insure that joints are full of mortar and kept tight during work. Inspect grout cells to assure that fns will not interfere with grouting. Instruct masons to keep grout cells clean of mortar droppings and inspect to determine compliance. 8. Observe placing of grout continuously. ' 9. Perform or supervise performance of required sampling and testing. 10. Submit Certificate of Compliance to City,with copy to City Representative. 11. Continuous inspection of reinforcing steel shall comply with requirements of local Municipal Code. ' 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver reinforcing to the site,bundled,tagged and marked. ' B. Store materials off the ground,and keep covered for protection from staining and damage. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Concrete block: medium weight load-bearing units,conforming to ASTM C90,Grade N-1. Aggregates shall conform to ASTM C331,expanded coated shale or clay. ' 1. Acceptable supplier: Angelus Block Co. 2. Description: 8"wide block(8"x8"x16")and 10" wide block(10"x8"x16"). ' 3. All units from the same plant with a uniform surface texture and color unless otherwise specified. ' 4. Provide special shapes such as cap block, open-end units, channel blocks, pilaster block,and radial block as required to complete the work. 5. Provide fire rated block where indicated or required. B. Reinforcing steel: ASTM A615,grades indicated. ' C. Portland cement: ASTM C150,Type I or II. D. Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. Division 4 - Masonry Page 113 E. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, clean, washed, natural sand with not less than 3% nor more than 5% passing No. 100 sieve, uniformly graded fine to coarse. F. Fine Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, size No. 2, washed,clean, natural sand. G. Coarse Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404, Size No. 8, with not more than 5% passing No. 8 sieve, 100% passing 3/8" sieve. H. Admixture: Subject to review by City Representative and local building authority for type, composition, and mix proportions. I. Water: Potable and fresh. J. Concrete block cleaner: Sure Mean No. 600 Detergent,-by Process Solvent Co., Inc. K. Miscellaneous materials: As hereinafter specified or as necessary to complete this work. 2.2 MORTAR AND GROUT A. Strength: Mortar and grout shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 2000 PSI. B. Slump: Mortar shall have slump of 2-3/4"+\- 1/4".Grout shall have slump of 5"+\- 1/2". C. Mortar: Proportion by volume of 1 part Portland Cement, 1/4 to 1/2 hydrated lime,4 parts damp loose sand. 1. Mortar exposed at joints shall match color of block. D. Grout: 1. Fine grout mix: For spaces less than 2-inch in width, proportion by volume of 1 part Portland Cement, 1/10 part hydrated lime, minimum 2-1/4 and maximum 3 parts sand. 2. Coarse grout mix: For spaces 2-inch or more in width,proportion same as fine grout mix,except sand minimum 2 parts to maximum 3 parts, gravel 2 part maximum. 3. Grout for pouring shall be of fluid consistency: Fluid consistency means: consistency as fluid as possible for pouring without segregation of constituent parts. 2.3 MDING OF MORTAR AND GROUT A. Measuring: Measure materials for mortar and grout by accurate volumes; shovel measurements not acceptable. Do not mix materials before placing in mixer. B. Mixing: Blend sand and water before adding cement. Mix as long as necessary to produce smooth, plastic mass,free from lumps, but not less than 5 minutes. C. Re-tempering: Contractor may re-temper mortar which has not taken initial set by adding water within basin formed with mortar on mortarboard and working water into mix. Do not use mortar or grout which cannot be placed within 1 hour of leaving mixer. -- Division 4 - Masonry Page 114 ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP ' A. Execute masonry work according to the best standards of practice for the trade. Erect work plumb, square, straight and ave to indicated lines,dimensions in level courses. B. Make provision for special units as required to form bond beams,openings and offsets and maintain a proper bond throughout entire length of wall. C. Coordinate and verify location of embedded items. Install anchors, plates, sleeves, and ' bolts furnished by other trades according to templates or approved shop drawings. Surround inserts with at least 1"of mortar and grout for entire embedded length. D. Provide clean-out openings at bottom of all filled cells where wall is constructed in lifts ' greater than 4 ft. E. Cut units accurately to fit openings for other work. Cut and parch holes nearly and ' accurately. F. Where necessary to cut concrete masonry units in order to conform to adjacent construction ' and/or to indicated joint pattern, saw masonry units with diamond or other abrasive saw to produce a straight, sharp edge without spalling or other defects. Cut units as required to maintain uniform joint widths throughout. 3.3 REINFORCING A. Center vertical steel in openings and brace at top, bottom and at intervals of 90"or 192 bar ' diameters. B. Offset horizontal splices 48-inch minimum in alternate bars on opposite wall faces.Wire tie splices in 3 places minimum. ' 1. Vertical bars shall not be spliced. Use open-ended block. ' C. Maintain 12-inch clearance around reinforcement. D. Keep reinforcing bars straight except for bends and hooks. Lap bars 48 diameters ' minimum at splices. E. Provide minimum 1/4-inch diameter steel ties at 24-inch o.c. maximum at intersecting masonry walls and partitions. ' F. When a foundation dowel does not line up with a vertical core,do not slope more than one horizontal in six vertical. ' G. Grout dowels into a core in vertical alignment, even though it is in an adjacent cell to the vertical wall reinforcing. Division 4 - Masonry Page 115 3.4 INSTALLING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS A. Roughen concrete surfaces supporting masonry to expose aggregate,remove laitance and coatings. Dampen surface immediately prior to laying blocks. B. Masonry units shall be sound;dry,clean and free from cracks when placed in the structure. C. Placing: I. Dampen masonry units sufficiently for mortar to remain plastic while block is leveled without loss of bond but not enough to saturate block and prevent suction. 2. Lay masonry units to. preserve unobstructed, vertical continuity of filled and - reinforced cells,2"x 3"minimum. 3. Lay face shells, and cross webs forming cells, in solid, unfurrowed mortar bed full thickness of shell to prevent grout leakage. 4. Fill head joints solidly with mortar not less than thickness of face shells. 5. Fractional parts of masonry units are prohibited in the work where whole units can be used. Chinking of interstices with fragments and parts is prohibited 6. Lay units in common running bond unless shown otherwise. Lay block on vertical and horizontal modules.Edges of openings in block shall be on module,unless noted otherwise. 7. If it is necessary to move a unit after it has been once set in place,remove the unite from the wall,clean and set in fresh mortar. 8. Maintain clearance as shown between top of non-bearing masonry walls and bottom of structural slabs and framing members. D. Bracing: Brace corners and ends of wall securely before grouting. Leave centering in place at openings for at least 14 days. E. Concrete block masonry exposed in the finished construction: 1. Contractor shall take notice that the concrete block work at areas so noted on drawings shall be exposed in the finished construction, shall have the standard of quality and workmanship of a finish trade, and not a "rough" installation to be covered by the work of other trades. 2. Extreme care shall be used in the handling of block. chipped edges and comers - marred faces,will not be accepted. During construction or thereafter when walls and partitions are completed,cracked,chipped or defective blocks shall be replaced. 3. Blocks shall be cut accurately to fit around all pipes. 4. Necessary cutting of exposed blocks shall be done by neat sawing by means of motor driven masonry saws. Take great care in laying the blocks so that the finished work will be visually acceptable to City Representative and so that exposed faces of blocks will be free from chips, spalls, cracks, or other defects detrimental to their appearance. - Division 4 - Masonry Page 116 _ ' S. Contractor shall select blocks that are uniform in size and out of wind, and with edges clean and sharp. t6. Form for all chases for piping, conduits, etc., do not cut in. Build partitions and furring enclosing pipes after pipes are in place and tested Do not cut exposed face of ' exposed blocks to allow for the installation of pipes,conduits,or ducts. If blocks are required to be cut through longitudinally, place strips of 3.4 lb. expanded metal lath in the horizontal joints of the split blocks in such a manner that the two faces of the ' blocks are tied together. 7. All exposed-to-view concrete block walls shall have a tolerance from the plane of no more than 1/4-inch in 10 ft. any direction. ' 8. Provide suitable recesses for built-in items,junction boxes,etc. using special shapes if necessary. ' 9. Whether or not shown on drawings, all continuous or unbroken straight runs of interior or exterior walls or partitions exceeding 45 ft. in length shall have vertical control joints formed at corner locations reviewed by City Representative. These ' joints shall be not less nor more than 3/8-inch wide, shall be continuous for the full height of the wall or partition, and extend through the full thickness of the block work. Control joint blocks or metal sash jamb blocks shall be used to form the ' control joint reglets. A continuous pre-molded or extruded rubber, neoprene or polybutene cross shaped control joint filler strip shall be built into the joint as the block work is laid up. The filler strips shall be of the proper width and thickness to fit ' the control joints and shall extend to within 3/4"of the face of the block work on each side. Provide rod shaped filler and sealant at joints in accordance with Section 07900. a. Note control joints at exterior walls and pilasters as shown on the Plans. ' 10. Exposed block work walls shall be bonded at corners and intersections with metal ties,except where control joints are required. ' 11. At areas of exposed block, provide openings for ducts and grilles built up around wood templates of actual size of ducts plus 1/2-inch at each side. ' 12. Lay our work so that no piece shorter than 4-inch will occur at any vertical angle or comer of jamb. Coordinate setting of all door frames with block dimensions, so that a minimum of blockwall will have to be cur, and only at jambs. Use half-length block ' units wherever possible. Any cut blocks at jamb shall be of equal dimensions on both jambs. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing laboratories shall test mortar and grout at the expense of the City,to extent required by the governing building code. ' B. Continuous inspection required. 1 Division 4 - Masonry Page 117 1 3.6 HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. Locate door frames accurately, erect plumb and securely attach to floor and brace in position prior to start of masonry. erection. 1. Frames are specified to be furnished with adjustable anchors. Adjust anchors to coincide with horizontal joints in masonry. 2. Fill frames solid with mortar as erection progresses. B. Provide temporary wood spreaders from jamb to jamb to insure that jambs do not bow in or distort from a straight line as frames are filled with mortar. C. Provide temporary shore to support heads of metal frames and prevent deflection from superimposed loads during erection. D. Install access door which occurs in masonry wall. E. Locate access door as indicated on project drawings. Install plumb, level and square to adjacent construction. I -- 3.7 JOINTS A. Lay the starting joints on foundation with full mortar coverage on the bed joint. Keep area where grout occurs free from mortar so that grout will contact the foundation. B. Mortar joints shall be straight, clean and uniform in width. Tool round (unless detailed otherwise) to produce a dense, slightly concave surface well bonded to the block on each side.Where walls are plastered, strike mortar joints flush. C. Strike joints flush in concealed locations, behind finished base and round electrical devices in exposed locations. D. Perform tolling when mortar is partially set but still sufficiently plastic to bond. Use a tool which compacts the mortar,pressing excess mortar out of joint rather than dragging it out. E. Rake out joints which are not tight at the time or tooling,point and then tool. F. Unless otherwise specified or detailed,make joints 3/8"thick with full mortar coverage on face shells and on the webs surrounding cells to be filled. G. Set steel or other lintels, and capping units in a full bed of mortar. 3.8 GROUTING A. Keep mortar droppings out of,or remove from,the grout space before grouting. B. Vertical cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment to maintain a continuous unobstructed cell area. C. Perform grouting from the inside of masonry. D. Encase reinforcing in minimum of 1/2-inch of grout between block and reinforcing. Division 4 - Masonry Page 118 _ ' E. Puddle grout with a steel rod or vibrate in place.Grout masonry in heights of 4 ft. or less. F. Solid grout all cells containing reinforcement and all cells below grade. Solid grout all cells at load bearing walls, and at fire-rated walls. G. Grout beams over openings in one continuous operation. H. Grout bolts and anchors inserted in the wall solidly in place so that there is a minimum of 1-inch of grout between the bolt and the masonry unit. ' I. Protect base of wall from mud and mortar splashes with clean sand, building paper, or plastic sheet. Keep wall surfaces clean by continuously removing stains, mortar and grout ' droppings, flushing with clean water, and scrubbing with fiber brush before material hardens. J. Protect exposed masonry wall surfaces from too rapid drying when exposed to hot, dry winds and direct sun during construction. Cover tops of unfinished walls each day. 3.9 CLEANING AT MASONRY WALLS EXPOSED-TO-VIEW IN THE FINISHED ' CONSTRUCTION A. Remove concrete scum and grout stains on the wall immediately. ' B. After the wall is constructed, do not saturate with water for curing or any other purpose. C. Where atmosphere is dry,dampen the wall surface with a very light fog spray for 3 days. D. At conclusion of masonry work,clean masonry with speed cleaner. e 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, ' materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 4 - Masonry Page 119 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL -- 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: 1. Structural steel framing members and support members. 2. Baseplates and anchor bolts. 3. Grouting under Baseplates. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 09900 Painting 1.3 REFERENCES A. California Code of Regulations,Title 24,Chapter 2-27. ' B. ASTM A36, Structural Steel. C. ASTM A108, Steel Bars, Carbon,Cold-Finished,Standard Quality. D. ASTM A307, Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. E. ASTM A500, Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. - F. AWS A2.4, Standard Welding Symbols. G. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code. H. AISC, Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. - 1. AISC, Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. J. SSPC, Steel Structures Painting Council. Division 5 - Metals Page 120 1.4 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings Submit seven (7)of the following: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, connections, cambers and loads. 2. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols Indicate net weld lengths. ' B. Manufacturer's Mill Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01340,certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. C. Mill Test Report: Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Manufacturer's Certificates, indicating structural strength and destructive and non-destructive test analysis. ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, ' Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. Perform work in accordance with AISC Specifications for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36 or as designated on project drawings. ' B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500,Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 and A325. ' D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; Type required for materials being welded,or as designated on project drawings. ' E. Grout: Non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of development a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 PSI at 28 days. 2.2 FABRICATION ' A. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. B. Grind exposed welds smooth. ' 2.3 FINISH A. Rust proof prime all structural steel members. Do not primer surfaces that will be field ' welded or encased in concrete footings and slab. Division 5 - Metals Page 121 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. 3.2 ERECTION A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. B. Field weld components indicated on shop drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without prior approval of the City Representative. D. After erection, grind all welds, smooth and primer coat all exposed metal and surfaces not shop primered except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. E. Grout under Baseplates. 3.3 PAINTING — A. All work shall be thoroughly cleaned and given 1 coat of Rust Proof Primer. B. Paint shall be worked into all joints and corners, and shall cover all surfaces. C. Upon completion of erection of all steel in the field, areas of paint which have been damaged, shall be cleaned and given one (1)coat of primer. 3.4 WELDING A. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be electric arc process and shall conform to the practice recommended by the "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society." All welding to be performed by a certified welder. Copy of certificate to be presented to Engineer prior to commencement of - work. All welding to be inspected at shop and in the field by Inspector provided by the City. 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by _ this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. Division 5 - Metals Page 122 ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 1 � - 1 1 Division 5 - Metals Page 123 1 SECTION 05150 DECORATIVE STEEL 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Handrails and Guardrails. 2. Decorative Steel Fencing. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel pipe for handrails and guardrails shall conform to all requirements as indicated on Project Plans. Pipe to be Schedule 40 galvanized steel. B. Threaded bolts and nuts shall conform to ASTM A-307,or as designated on Project Plans. C. Tubular steel members for decorative steel fencing. 2.2 METAL PRIMER A. Tube columns shall be as designated on Plans.Wall thickness to be .065-inch. Division 5 - Metals Page 124 ' 3. PART EXECUTION ' 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. C. The exact section, shape, thickness, size, weight and details of construction shall be as indicated on the Plans. Work shall be accurately and neatly fabricated. Sharp burrs,welds and flame-cut edges shall be ground smooth. Joints tightly fitted and members straightened ' and squared. All welding shall be by electric arc process,using standard coated rods. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. All work shall be thoroughly clean and given one (1) coat of rust proof metal primer. Primer shall be worked into all joints and corners and cover all surfaces. Apply one (1)coat ' of Semi-Gloss Enamel finish coat once primer has cured. Upon completion of erection of all steel in the field,areas of paint which have been damaged shall be cleaned and given one (1) coat of primer and one (1) finish coat.Color of finish coat to be as indicated on Plans. B. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be by electric arc process and shall conform to the practice recommended by the 'Code for Are and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society.'All welding to be performed by ' an qualified welder. r C. All fencing and handrails shall be installed and securely held in place prior to installation of surrounding concrete. ' 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECnON 1 1 Division 5 - Metals Page 125 SECTION 05310 METAL ROOF DECKING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 55000 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07600 Flashings,Sheet Metal and Downspouts 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All metal roof decking shall be as manufactured by ASC Pacific Inc. 1-800-272-2466. B. All metal roof deck shall be Klip Rib with Zincalume exterior finish, coloring shall be Weathered Copper. C. Manufactured product sheet and installation instructions shall become part of these specifications. D. Steel fascia and flashing shall be fabricated from 22 gauge steel in the dimensions indicated on the plans and as necessary to custom fit the roof. Steel fascia shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication and in the longest practical units. Fascia and flashing shall be _ painted to match roof decking. Division 5 - Metals Page 126 1 E. Field process, such as welding and cutting which expose base steel will require an application of an approved preparation which will give protection equal to the galvanized or anodizing process and will match in color. 2.2 SEAM FASTENERS A. Teks 1 #10-16 x 3/4" screws with neoprene washers. 2.3 PANEL FASTENERS A. Teks MB with #14-10 xl" screws with neoprene washers. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Prior to proceeding with fabrication of metal roof decking, the Contractor shall verify ' measurements, lines, locations and details of conditions upon which the work of this section may be contingent. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor shall fabricate the materials and erect the same with skilled workmen. The exact sections, shapes, thickness, size, weights and details of construction indicated on the plans shall be supplied; however, the Contractor due to his stock or shop practices may suggest changes herein, and the City Representative may approve such changes if the net area of the shape of section is not thereby reduced and if the section modules is at least ' equivalent and if the overall dimensions are not exceeded 3.3 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. ' 4.0 _PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed ' END OF SECTION 1 Division 5 - Metals Page 127 SECTION 05400 - MECAL CEILING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 16000 Electrical 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal ceiling shall be manufactured by ASC Pacific, Inc. (714) 823-0401 or (800) 726- 2727 and shall include: 1. Exterior panels shall be roll-formed into profile ASC(R2)-12-1-1R"deep concealed fastened profile with a 12-inch wide face, including 2 minor ribs at 4-inch o.c. 2. Exterior color shall be ASC Pacific, Inc. "Snowdrift White", Color chip samples shall be submitted and approved prior to fabrication of panels. 2.1 ACCESSORIES A. Flashing shall be factory formed from the same substrate gauge and finish as the ceiling. Division 5 - Metals Page 128 B. Fasteners shall be self-tapping#14 Type AB for sheet to sheet and a self-tapping#14 Type B,for sheet to structural steel.Fasteners shall be cadium plated or stainless steel with metal and neoprene bonded washers,color coated to match panels-verify color. ' C. Closures shall be made of closed cell pre-molded neoprene or polyethylene foam or metal and provided where indicated on the drawings. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Metal panels shall be installed only if the ceiling gypsum wallboard work is complete and acceptable to the Contractor installing ceiling system. All deficiencies and/or defects shall be bought to the attention of the City Representative and City. All corrections must be completed prior to installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' Installation shall be per approved Project Plans and shop drawings. 3.3 CLEAN-UP ' A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. .0 PART 4 hMIHMOFPAYNIENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION 1 Division 5 - Metals Page 129 1 SECTION 05520 HANDRAILS &RAILINGS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as speed and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM A386-Zinc-Coating(Hot-Dip)on Assembled Steel Products B. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes C. ASTM B241 -Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube D. SSPC-Steel Structures Painting Council 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design,engineer,fabricate and install railing assembly,wall rails,and attachments to resist force of 200 lbs. applied in any direction at any point on the rail without damage or permanent set. 1.4 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on Project Plans. - 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL RAILING SYSTEM A. Steel tubing -ASTM A500,Grade B. B. Rails and Posts- 1-1/2-inch diameter steel tubing 3/16-inch wall thickness,welded joints. C. Fittings - Elbows,T-Shapes,wall brackets,escutcheons; machined steel. D. Mounting - Brackets and flanges, with steel inserts for casting in concrete with steel brackets for embedding in masonry. E. Splice Connectors - Steel welding collars. F. Shop and Touch-Up Primer- SSPC 15, Type 1,red oxide. G. Galvanizing - 1.25 oVsq.ft, zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A386. Division 5 - Metals Page 130 ' 2.2 FABRICATION ' A. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes,for delivery to site. i B. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured ' C. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings - Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component,except where specifically noted otherwise. ' D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. E. Continuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. i F. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight,flush and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions. ' 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. ' B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete and embedded in masonry with setting templates,to appropriate Sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install components plumb and level,accurately fitted,free from distortion or defects. ' B. Provide anchors required to connecting railings to structure. Anchor railing to structure. C. Field weld anchors as indicated on Project Plans.Touch-up welds with primer. ' D. Conceal bolts and screws wherever possible. Where not concealed, use flush countersunk fastenings. ' Division 5 - Metals Page 131 3.4 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 5 - Metals Page 132 ' SECTION 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATION ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A, Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated ' on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Steel Pipe, Support, Angles and Braces. ' 2. Trash Enclosure Doors. 3. Miscellaneous metal items required in connection with mechanical and electrical work. (pertinent mechanical and electrical sections) ' 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 02760 Site Furnishings Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 05150 Decorative Steel ' Section 05310 Metal Roof Decking Section 09900 Painting ' 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A, Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B, Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. ' 1.4 CONTRACTOR'S SHOP AND ERECTION DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall submit seven (7) sets of shop drawings for the work to the City Representative. These drawings shall be based on the plans and details. The Contractor ' alone, shall be responsible for the correctness of all shop and erection drawings, and for all shop and field fabrication. If the City Representative in examining any shop or erection drawings, discovers any errors, he shall call the Contractor's attention to them, such ' notification shall not be construed as placing any responsibility on the City Representative. B. The omission of any material from the Contractor's shop or erection drawings that is indicated or specified shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such material, even though the City Representative approved the Contractors shop or erection drawings. Division 5 - Metals Page 133 1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel shall conform to ASTM-36, or as amended to date. B. Round pipe shall be steel pipe conforming to ASTM Designation A-53, Grade B for Welded and seamless Steel Pipe. C. All cast iron used where appearance, machinability and dimension tolerances are primary considerations, and shall conform to Tentative Specifications for Lightweight and Thin- Sectioned Gray Iron Casting,'ASTM Designation A-100 as required for other work. D. Threaded bolts and nuts shall conform to Bolts, Nuts, Studs and Tap Rivets' and material for same,ASTM A-307. E. All miscellaneous and/or structural steel where noted on the Plans, shall be galvanized in accordance with Standard Specifications for zinc(hot-galvanizing). Coatings on structural steel shapes,plates,bars and their products,ASTM-123.Exposed,painted galvanized steel shall be shop treated to ensure paint grip. F. Arc-welded electrodes shall conform to Standard Specifications for Iron and Steel Arc- Welding Electrodes,ASTM Designation A-233 G. Metal primer shall be Rust-Oleum#769 Primer,Fuller's Iron Oxide 2.2 BARS,FLATS AND ROUNDS A. Standard grade mild steel. _ 2.3 METAL PRDAER A. Primer, Pittsburgh Imnhide#8-2. 2.4 TESTS A. Mill analysis and test reports indicating specifications and grade,the results of the specified chemical analysis,and tensile properties shall be submitted to the City Representative. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Prior to commencing work or proceeding with erection and shop drawings, the Contractor shall verify measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field conditions and shall be responsible for the correctness,conformity, accuracy and execution of the steel work to conform to the conditions. Division 5 - Metals Page 134 ' B. The variation between existing construction and Plans shall be indicated and necessary changes made in the Contractor's Plans to take care of said variations. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. The Contractor shall fabricate the material and erect same with skilled workmen. The exact sections, shapes, thickness, sizes, weights and the details of construction as indicated on the Plans, provided however, the Contractor because of his stock or shop practices may if the net area of the-shape or sections not thereby reduced, and if the section modules is at least equivalent and if overall dimensions are not exceeded. ' B. All material before fabrication shall be thoroughly cleaned of all scale and rust. All finished members shall be free from twists, bends, or open joints and shall present a neat and workmanlike appearance when completed. C. Punched holes shall not have a greater diameter than 1/16-inch larger than the diameter of the fastener to be used. Drifting to enlarge unfair holes will not be permitted. Slight mismatching may be corrected by reaming for the next standard size bolt or screw. D. All welds shall be made with the electric arc process. Rods shall be coated, not fluxed, to produce a shielded arc. All defective welds or rejected parts of welds shall be cut out and ' replaced. Cutting shall be performed with chisel and not be flame. E. After being deposited, welds shall be brushed with wire brushes and allow a uniform ' section, smoothness of weld, edges without cuts or overlays, free from porosity or clinkers.Welds shall indicate a good fusion with, and penetration into the base material. 3.3 DETAILS OF CONNECTIONS A. All field connections shall be bolted and welded as detailed. ' 3.4 CLEANING AND STRAIGHTENING A. All material prior to being fabricated, shall be thoroughly wire brushed,cleaned of all scale ' and rust, and be thoroughly straightened by methods that will not injure the materials before being worked on. After punching or working the component parts of riveted members shall be free from twists, bends,or open joints when erected. ' 3.5 PAINTING A. All exposed items shall be given one(1)coat of Metal Primer. B. All galvanized metal items shall be treated and primed with one coat zinc chromate prior to finish coat. ' C. All items shall receive one (1)coat Semi-Gloss Enamel after curing of primer. ' Division 5 - Metals Page 135 1 3.6 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Miscellaneous metal items which are indicated on the Project Plans or speed in other -- section of these Specifications, together with all miscellaneous items or metal which may not be specifically noted herein on the Project Plans but which are necessary to complete the work in all parts shall be installed of ftunished as applicable,under this section of the work to the satisfaction of the City Representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 5 - Metals Page 136 ' SECTION 06000 CARPENTRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract including but not limited to these items: 1. General Framing. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry &Millwork Section 08710 Finish Hardware ' 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1 r 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the ' City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. ' 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. Division 6- Carpentry Page 137 1 B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FRAMING LUMBER A. Horizontal framing,joists, beams and headers: Douglas Fir #1 Grade, unless otherwise noted. B. Light Framing,Blocking and Furring: Douglas Fir,American Plywood Association Grade- Marked, Structural#1 INT-DRPA with exterior glue. C. Sill Plates Foundation grade of Douglas Fir, pressure treated with Tanalith or Chromated Zinc Chlorine in accordance with Federal Specification TT-W-573 OR IT-W-551. D. Nailing Blocks: Douglas Fir pressure treated as for sill plates if embedded in concrete or masonry. 2.2 LUMBER A. Rough Lumber: All lumber shall be thoroughly seasoned and well manufactured. Materials shall be free from any warping that cannot be corrected by bridging or nailing. All structural load bearing lumber (sizes 4' X 8" or over) shall bear the official grade and trademark of the association under whose rules it was graded. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS A. Rough Hardware: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish and install all rough hardware items such as bolts, lag screws, nails, etc. Where exposed on exterior, these items shall be hot dipped galvanized B. Metal Framing Anchors, Beam Seats&Hinges: All as noted on Plans. - C. Milling: All lumber shall be S4S unless otherwise specified in the Specifications or in the Plans. D. Scaffolding: Provide and maintain required scaffolding, all scaffolding shall comply with governing local and state laws. Division 6- Carpentry Page 138 ' 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION AND WORKMANSHIP ' A. The Carpentry Contractor shall carefully lay-out and erect all structural members of rough carpentry, framing, sheathing, bridging and other items of work as necessary to install the finished work. Where work connects with work of other trades, all necessary cutting and fitting shall be performed so as to leave the entire work in a finished and workmanlike manner. All members shall be properly braced, plumbed and leveled to prepare for application of finish material to be level and true. All exposed structural members shall be protected during course of construction. Any damaged exposed beams or columns will be replaced at the Contractor's expense. B. All framing shall be installed closely fitted,accurately set in place to the required lines and levels and be of the dimension as shown on the Plans. Structural members shall not be impaired by improper splices, cutting or drilling. C. Blocking shall be provided as necessary for the application wallboard. D. The following schedule shall serve as a general guide: A sufficient member of nails shall be used to insure the rigidity of construction,where not specified,the Contractor shall consult the City Representative. All nailing shall conform to the applicable building code. All exterior nails shall be galvanized General Structure 16d box- 8d box nails ' E. All finish trim and woodwork shall be carefully fitted with tight fitting joints,carefully cut and secured. Exposed nails shall be set for putty. All work shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanded to receive the finish. Sharp corners of finish woodwork shall be slightly rounded. F. Wood and plywood paneling or siding shall be accurately fit into position. Ends shall be over framing nailing members. Pre-drill ends if necessary to prevent splitting when nailed. Vertical board siding shall be applied with horizontal joints only at locations shown. Blind ' nailing shall be set and stopped with a non-staining putty to match the finish. G. Accurately fit each door to frame and hardware with due allowance for painters finish and ' possible swelling and shrinking. All doors must move freely, but not loosely, operating without sticking or binding and with all hardware properly adjusted and functioning. 3.2 FINISH HARDWARE ' A. Fit all finish hardware for wood doors and cabinet work in place prior to painting, then restore to original cartons. After finish painting is complete, re-set hardware and leave in ' perfect order to the satisfaction of the City Representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 6- Carpentry Page 139 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. All rough carpentry and framework 2. Rough hardware 3. Furring, backing and wood supports 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06200 Finish Carpentry&Millwork Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner,submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 6- Carpentry Page 140 ' 1.4 CODE REQUIREMENTS A. All work in this section shall be in accordance with the applicable Building Code and ' Chapter 2-24 of Title 24 of the California Administration Code, except where the requirements of the Specifications exceed those of the governing code, then the Specifications shall govern. Nothing in the Plans and Specifications shall be deemed as authority. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this 10 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Grading: All Douglas Fir 'Structural' and 'Framing' lumber shall be graded in accordance with the Standard Grading and Dressing Rules#15,of the West Coast Lumber Inspection ' Bureau,Latest Edition,or in accordance with Standard Grading Rulers of the Western Pine Association, Latest Edition. B. Grade Marking: Each piece of structural, framing lumber and plywood shall bear the official grading mark of the Association under those rules it was graded, or the official mark of other recognition grading agencies using the above mentioned grading rules. C. Sizing: All lumber except as otherwise shown on the Plans and/or specified shall be dressed to sizes in accordance with the standards of the association under which the lumber is graded. ' D. Use, Species &Grades: All structural, framing lumber and plywood shall be of the species and grades specified, unless otherwise noted on the Plans and/or as specified. All lumber shall be S4S. ' Structural Light Framing Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #134-B Posts &Timbers Douglas Fir#1 WCI #131-B ' Joists & Planks Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #123-B 2" - 4" thick 6" and wider ' Beams &Girders Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #130-B 5" &thicker Division 6- Carpentry Page 141 Miscellaneous nailing Douglas Fir#1 WCLIB #122-B E. All items above where used as exposed lumber shall be of the grade specified but also selected for exposed use. F. All lumber unincorporated in the permanent work shall be air or kiln dried to a moisture content not exceeding 19 percent and not less then 7 percent as measured by the surface meter method at time of erection. 2.2 WOOD PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT A. Treat wood, including lumber and plywood shown or scheduled as Treated' or specified herein to be treated to comply with the applicable requirements of the American Wood Preservers Institute (AwPI). See Plans for required method of treatment 3,d PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WORKMANSHIP A. Care shall be taken to fit all members carefully into their respective positions.All carpentry work shall be performed in a neat,workmanlike manner and in accordance with the Plans. B. Timbers shall be well nailed and bolted together using nails and/or bolts as noted and detailed on the Plans. Nails shall not be driven closer together than 1/2 their length. Whenever necessary to prevent the lumber from splitting,nail holes shall be pre-drilled. C. The Contractor shall maintain adequate shoring and temporary bracing at all times. i 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Install all anchors, bolts, nuts, washers, strips, dowels, lag screws, timber connectors, etc.,of sizes as specified on Plans. B. Holes for bolts shall be bored same as diameters of bolts and bolts driven in place with a tight fit. All threaded fasteners on wood shall have proper plates or steel washers at each end. C. Where lag screws are indicated to be used,they shall be screwed and not driven into place. All lag screws bearing on wood shall have steel washers under the head. In placing lag screws, a hole shall first be bored the same diameter and depth as the shank. Holes for the threaded portion of the screw shall be bored with a bit not larger than the base of the thread. D. Wood screws of 16 gauge or larger shall be pre-drilled holes as above specified for lag screws. For smaller screws one drill the size of thread base is permitted, except where splitting of the wood results. E. All bolts, lag screws shall be turned up tight at the time of installation and again at completion of the work. - F. Where indicated on the drawings, use 'Strong-Tie'connectors manufactured and available from: Simpson Company 1425 Moonstone, Brea, California (714) 871-8373. Similar and equivalent Teco "Trip-L-Grip' or 'Doub-L-Grip' anchors manufactured by the Timber Engineering Company of type specified will be acceptable. Nails shall be special length as Division 6- Carpentry Page 142 ' furnished by manufacturer for anchors used and a nail shall be placed in each nail hole in the anchor. ' 3.3 ROUGH HARDWARE A. All rough hardware consisting of nails, spikes, pins, screws, strong ties, (or other anchors ' as specified) and locks, hinged, etc., for work shall be furnished and installed fully in accordance with the requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Exposed bolt ends shall be cut off flush at nut and peened ' 3.4 ROUGH HARDWARE A. The work shall be performed under the direction of a capable Foreman experienced in ' building construction. B. The Foreman shall coordinate all work of subcontractors and tradesman performing work ' under the contract.The foreman shall carefully plan and layout the work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work speed under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation,labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION 1 Division 6- Carpentry Page 143 1 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY& MILLWORK — 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. _Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: A. Provide wood, nails, bolts, screws, framing anchors and other items as needed, for the construction as shown on the project drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation. B. Finish carpentry items,other than shop fabricated casework. C. Hardware and attachment accessories. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. 1. The work shall be performed under the direction of a capable Foreman experienced in building construction. 2. The Foreman shall coordinate all work of subcontractors and tradesman performing work under the contract.The foreman shall carefully plan and layout the work. 3. Manufacturer millwork and finish carpentry items in accordance with the standards of "Manual of Millwork" and of the Woodwork Institute of California. 4. Issue W.I.C. Certified Compliance Certificate to City Representative prior to delivery of millwork. 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; -- Division 6- Carpentry Page 144 _ 1 ' 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation ' procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings,submit: ' 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that fetish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and protect products under provisions of 01600. ' B. Store materials in ventilated,interior locations under constant minimum temperatures of 70 degrees F. and maximum relative humidity of 50 to 55 percent. ' 2.Q PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS ' A. Materials specified under Millwork Manual Section Numbers refer to lumber grades in Millwork Manual as follows: Section 3, Lumber Grades - Softwoods; Section 4, Lumber ' Grades - Hardwood; Section 5, Plywood Grades - Softwood; Section 6, Plywood Grades Hardwood. 2.2 FABRICATORS ' A. Vic Brown Cabinet Shop (714) 632-6953. ' B. Albin J. Czerniak, Inc. (714) 825-3702. C. K & Z Cabinet Company, Inc. (714)947-3567. ' D. Roy E. Whitehead, Inc. (714) 682-1490. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR/INTERIOR MILLWORK ' A. Fabricate in accordance with Section 7 of Millwork Manual. 1. Exterior Frame: Fabricate in accordance with Section 9 of Millwork Manual. 2. Interior Millwork: Fabricate in accordance with Section 11 of Millwork Manual. ' 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Nails: Size and type to suit application, galvanized finish. ' B. Bolts, Nuts, Washer, Blind Fasteners, Lags and Screws: Size and type to suit application, galvanized finish. Division 6- Carpentry Page 145 C. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Softwood lumber of Douglas Fir species. D. Primer: Alkyd primer sealer. E. Wood Filler: Solvent base, tinted to match surface finish color. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as instructed by the fabricator. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. D. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. - 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install work in accordance with W.I.C. Manual of Millwork, Section 26, Installation of Millwork, Custom quality standard. B. Apply plastic laminate finishes where indicated. Adhere with adhesive over entire surface. Make joints and corners hairline. Match patterns. Cap exposed edges with 3/8-inch thick hardwood trim. Apply laminate backing sheet on reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. C. Maximum variation from true position: 1/16-inch. D. Maximum offset from true alignment with abutting materials 1/32-inch. 3.4 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. Set exposed fasteners. Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations. Sand work smooth. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SEMON Division 6- Carpentry Page 146 _ SECTION 07100 ' WATERPROOFING 1,0 PART 1 GENERAL- ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.l SECTION INCLUDES A. Fumish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Provide waterproof foundation coating to the back side of all concrete or masonry walls that retain soil. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals ' 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions, and inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing building code. In case of ' conflict between these Specifications and Building Code,the more stringent shall govern. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE ' A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PROD TUTS 2.1 MATERIALS 1 A. Material shall be "Thoroseal Foundation Coating" or equal, as approved by City Representative. Division 7 • Thenal and Moisture Protection Page 147 3.0 PART 3 EMCr 1 ION 3.1 SURFACE CONDMONS A. Examine the conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Verify that surfaces and openings are ready-to receive work and field measurements are as instructed by the fabricator. C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. D. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with cementitious materials. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation,labor, materials,equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION L I I Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 148 SECTION 07150 LIQUID WATER REPELLENT 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,-equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. The following applications of liquid water repellent are required, but exclude associated areas of paving: Area of coverage to include all exposed surfaces of concrete block masonry for inside of trash enclosure, storage bins and splash walls. ' 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry ' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Obtain primary water repellent materials fivm one manufacturer. B. Subcontract the water repellent coating work to a firm specializing in special coatings and ' experienced in the application of the types of water repellents required 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SOLVENT BASED SILICONE COATING A. Provide a 5.0% concentration of polymerized silicone resins in hydrocarbon solvents, complying with FS-SS-W-110. B. Manufacturers offering products to comply with the requirements include the following: 1. Chem-Masters Corp. (216)247-4277 2. Dow Corning Corp. 1-800-662-0661 3. General Electric Co. ' 4. Grace Construction Products 1-800-521-2737 5. Valspar Corp (214) 276-5181 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 149 B. Weather and Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with the application of water repellent (except with the written recommendations of the manufacturer), when the ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F.,or when the substrate surfaces have cured for less than a period of two months; or when rain or temperatures below 40 degrees F., are predicted for a period of 24 hours;or earlier than 3 days after the surfaces have become wet from rainfall or other moisture sources; or when the substrate is frozen, or at surface temperature of less than 40 degrees F. The Contractor must examine the substrate and the - conditions under which the water repellent is to be applied. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Protect adjoining work from spillage or blow-over of water repellent. Clean spillage of water repellent from adjoining surfaces immediately after spillage. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning. D. Apply a heavy, saturation-type spray coating of water repellent to the surfaces indicated for treatment. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, using airless spraying procedure unless otherwise indicated. - E. Apply second, heavy saturated-type spray coating, repeating the first application. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for limitations on drying time between coats, and for drying times after rain storm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if recommendations are not applicable to project conditions. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 1 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as -- indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 7 - Thenal and Moisture Protection _ Page 150 SECTION 07213 ' BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Batt insulation and vapor barrier in exterior wall,ceiling,and roof construction. 2. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window, door shim spaced, and crevices in exterior wall and roof. ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM C665 -Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS ' A. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure elements. IB. Materials of this Section shall provide continuity of sound control where indicated or scheduled. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS - INSULATION MATERIALS A. Manville Corp. B. Owens-Corning Fiberglass Corporation C. United States Gypsum Insulation Products D. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01340 2.2 MATERIALS ' A. Batt Insulation: ASTM C665 pre-formed glass fiber batt,Type III, Class B,with reflective covering and stapling flange one side with flame spread of 25 or less. Provide R30 at ceilings and roofs, R19 at walls. ' B. Batt Sound Insulation: ASTM C665 pre-formed glass fiber batt, Type I, un-faced, with flame spread of 25 or less, and a smoke density of less than 450 when tested in accordance with UBC Standard No. 42-1. Provide R-11, 3-1R min.. thickness. C. Nails or Staples: Steel wire;electroplated; type and size to suit application. 1 Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 151 D. Tape: Bright aluminum self-adhering type,mesh reinforced, 2-inch wide. E. Support Wire: 16 gauge steel wire F. Support Rods: 13 gauge pointed spring steel,length as required for stud spacing. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation in accordance with insulation manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in exterior walls,roof and ceiling spaces without gaps or voids. C. Tran insulation neatly to fit spaces. D. Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of insulation. Leave no gaps or voids. E. Install with factory applied membrane facing warm side of building spaces. Lap ends and side flanges of membrane between framing members. F. Staple or mail in place at maximum 6-inch o.c. G. Friction fit sound insulation between wood studs and fill as required to completely fill _ space between the wall finishes.Where wall finish does not occur, use support rods spaced not-to-exceed 16-inch o.c. vertically at wood studs. At metal studs, lace 16 gauge support wire through studs not-to-exceed 16-inch o.c.vertically. H. Tape seal butt ends. 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials,equipment, taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as _ indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 152 _ SECTION 07600 FLASHING & SHEET METAL GUTTERS &DOWNSPOUTS 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: ' 1. Provide flashing and sheet metal materials not specifically described in other sections of these specifications but required to prevent penetration of water through the exterior shell of the building. ' 2. Unless otherwise specified, galvanized steel and stainless steel sheet metal lighter than 10 gage is included in this section. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 05500 Metal Fabrication Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. ' B. Product Data:Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; ' 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the City Representative will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 153 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and 'experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B. In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations, comply with pertinent recommendations contained in the current edition of"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" published by Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). C. Comply with SMACNA Manual unless otherwise indicated or specified. - 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BASIC MATERIALS A. Galvanized Sheet Metal: ASTM A526, commercial quality. ASTM A525 coating designation G90. - 1. Minimum Gage: Unless otherwise specified or shown,24 gage. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A167, Type 302 or 204, finish 2D, fully annealed, dead soft tempered 1. Minimum Gage: Unless otherwise specified or shown,20 gage. - C. Sheet Metal Fastenings: 1. Rivets, nails sheet metal screws, machine screws, self-tapping screws, and stove bolts of the type and size best adapted to the conditions of use. Use galvanized, cadium-plated or 300 Series alloy stainless steel. 2. Pop rivets, by USM Corp., may be used for metal connections when future disassembly is not required. Open-end type may be used for all application except where water-tight connections are required,in which case,use closed-end type. -. 3. Fasteners shall be the same metal or metal compatible with the item fastened. Use stainless steel fasteners with stainless steel and to fasten dissimilar materials. D. Solder: 1. Standard brand of 50:50 alloy lead-tin, ASTM B32. Name of manufacturer and grade - designation shall be case or die-marked on each bar. E. Flux: Raw muriatic acid. F. Sealant: Conform to requirements of Section 07900. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 154 1 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Verify that substrates are smooth and clean to extent needed from sheet metal work. B. Verify that reglets, nails,cents, and blocking to receive sheet metal are installed and free of I concrete and soil. C. Do not start sheet metal work until conditions are satisfactory. ' D. Before installing sheet metal,verify shapes and dimensions of surface to be covered. E. Install work watertight, without waves, warps, buckles, fastening stress or distortion, ' allowing for expansion and contraction. F. Hem exposed edges. Angle bottom edges of exposed vertical surfaces to form drips. ' G. As a minimum requirement, install flashing and sheet metal to comply with SMACNA Manual. H. Protection fiom Contact of dissimilar Materials: r 1. All Metal: Surfaces in contact with mortar,concrete,or other masonry materials shall be painted with alkali-resistant coatings such as heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 2. Wood:Wood surfaces that may become repeatedly wet and in contact with metal shall be painted with two(2) coats of aluminum paint or coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. 3. Dissimilar Metal: Paint with a heavy-bodies bituminous paint. ' 3.3 FABRICATION A. Workmanship: Except as otherwise specified and indicated- 1. ndicated1. Select methods of fabrication, assembly and installation. Fabrication shall be in accord with best trade practices with joints and corners accurately machined, filled and fitted,and rigidly framed together and connected. a. Match components to product perfect continuity of line and design. 2. Make joints and connections in exterior face metal watertight. 3. Face of metal in contact shall have hairline joints,except for expansion or fittings. ' 4. Conceal fastenings except as otherwise indicated. ' S. Conceal reinforcement within the finished assembly. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 155 6. Seal reglets with removal filler to prevent intrusion of foreign substances. B. Soldering: 1. Clean material and tin prior to soldering. Solder with heavy coppers of blunt design, properly tinned before use. 2. Solder slowly with well heated coppers; heat the seams thoroughly and completely fill with solder. - 3. Exposed soldering with finish surfaces shall be neatly made full flowing and smooth. 4. Wash acid flux with a soda solution after soldering and remove soldering flux on exposed and painted surfaces. C. Expansion&Concentration: 1. Provide for thermal expansion and concentration and building movement in completed work, without over stressing the material breaking connections, or producing wrinkles and distortion in finished surfaces. Make water and weathertight throughout. 2. Where subject to thermal expansion and contraction, attach members with clips to permit movement without damage,or provide slotted or oversize holes with washers only, as approved. 3. Make lock seam work flat and true to line and sweat full of solder except where installed to permit expansion and contraction. a. Flat lock seams, and lap seams where soldered shall lap according to pitch but in no case less than 3-inch. Make seams in direction of flow. D. Weatherproofing 1. Finish watertight and weathertight where so required 2. Make lock seam work flat and true to line, sweating full of solder. _ 3. Make lock seams and lap seams,when soldered, at least 1/2-inch wide. 4. Where lap seams are not soldered, lap according to pitch, but in no case less than 3- inch. 5. Make flat and lap seams in the direction of flow. 3.4 SPECIFIC ITEMS (fabrication&Installation) A. Pitch Pockets: 1. Fabricate from 22 gage galvanized sheet steel with folded, lapped,riveted or bolted and soldered connections. - 2. All joints shall be soldered after assembly to prevent leakage of bitumen. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 156 3. Install on top of roofing and attach to structure with fasteners best suited to the conditions involved. ' B. : Counterflashing and Reglets: 1. Fry or Lane Air complete assemblies,including flashing,with all splices,pre-formed in-and-out corner assemblies, and accessories required for proper installation in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. ' 2. Fabricate and install flashing to exert a constant pressure against reglet and roofing. Install flashing with overlapped ends to insure a tight waterproof seal. Tape or fill reglets with a removable filler to prevent intrusion of mortar or dirt. 1 3. Flashings shall be readily removable and replaceable without clips or screws unless otherwise approved. Reglets and flashing shall be fabricated from 24 gage galvanized steel. 4. For installation with cement plaster: Fry 'Springlock' flashing system Type ST(Stucco). Install level and true as indicated ' S. Surface Mounted Flashing: Fry surface mounted Type SM with 'Expand-O-Seal' flashing reglet system. Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions, level and true, 7-inch minimum above high point. Step down to maintain 7-inch minimum ' above cant strip. Lap reglet 3-inch at joints. 6. After base flashing has been installed, and inspected, install counter-flashing in compliance with manufacturer's instruction.Lap flashing a minimum of 3-inch. 7. Flashing at Roof Penetrations &Equipment Supports: Provide metal flashing for all pipes, ducts, and conduits projecting through the roof surface and for equipment ' supports, and similar items supported by or attached to the roof deck. 8. Downspouts: Fabricate from 20 gage galvanized sheet steel to sizes and shapes indicated with longitude joints, lock lapped and soldered, cross joints lapped and soldered. Secure downspout to structure with 10 gage galvanized steel straps. 9. Scuppers: Fabricate as details or required. Support with concealed fastenings. Coordinate scuppers with roofing trade before submitting shop drawings. 10. Coping Covers: For typical application,fabricate from 24 gage galvanized sheet steel. For mechanical equipment screen only,fabricate form 18 gage galvanized sheet steel. 11. Fabricate to profiles shown, with all edges hemmed 1/2-inch for stiffness and drip formed where indicated or where required to provide a suitable watershed. All edges shall be sharp and clean, and flat surfaces free of dimpling, oil-canning, or similar defects. 12. Fabricate in as long sections as possible with butt joins between sections, backed up by 6-inch wide concealed joint plate with identical finish, and identical profile as flashing. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 157 1 13. Corner sections shall be prefabricated, with legs extending approximately 2' x 6" each way; corner joints shall be mitered and mechanically fastened in the shop, without exposed fastenings. 14. Nail flanges securely at 3-inch o.c., lap end joint 3-inch and seal with flashing compound, including the vertical rise. 15. Curb and Equipment Pad Flashing: Fabricate from 24 gage galvanized sheet steel with comers capped and soldered watertight. 16. Other Items: Provide other sheet metal items as indicated or as required to keep building water and weathertight. 3.5 REPAIRS TO "EXPOSED-TO-VIEW"FINISHES A. Scratches, abrasions, and minor surface defects of finish may be repaired in accordance with the manufacturers printed instructions. B. Finish repaired surfaces shall be uniform and free from scratches, blemishes, and from variations or surface texture. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean per section 01710 _ $. Clean all exposed sheet metal work at completion of installation. C. Grease and oil films, handling marks,contamination from steel wool,fittings and drilling debris shall be removed,and the work scrubbed clean. D. All exposed metal surfaces shall be free of dents, creases, waves, scratch marks, and solder or weld marks. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes,transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as — indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed END OF SECTION Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 158 ' SECTION 07920 CAULKING& SEALANTS ' 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL. ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not Ilimited to these major items: 1. Caulking of interior and exterior cracks, crevices and joints between wood and ' plaster, metal and masonry, wood, metal, glass, control joints in plaster, at exterior openings. 2. Caulking at all expansion joints in concrete or masonry as indicated on project drawings, or directed by the City Representative; to provide a watertight and weatherproof construction. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within 15 calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and I interface of the work of this section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation ' procedures used on the work. 5. Samples: Sealant: 1/3-inch cured beads of selected colors x 10" long, mounted on 1/8-inch thick hardboard backing with description of use and its location. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. ' B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 159 C. Cans of sealant at job site shall bear manufacturer's label with date of manufacture of sealant,or manufacturer shall otherwise attest to date of manufacture as follows: 1. A period of time no longer than six months for Polysulphide; three (3) months for - Polyurethane and "wide joint sealant," shall have elapsed from date of manufacture to date of usage on project. 2. Do not use materials whose shelf life date has expired. Remove these materials promptly from the site. 1.4 QUALnY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained in caulking and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. B A written guarantee to the City maintaining all caulking in a watertight condition for a period of 1 year. D. Manufacturer's Supervision: 1. Obtain manufacturer's or manufacturer's representative presence at job site for activities called for in this section. E. Notify the manufacturer at least seventy-two(72)hours prior to sealant time for inspection of all substrates and all locations to be sealed. F. For a period of one year from date of Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall repair and - replace at his expense,all defective sealant workmanship and/or materials. ' G. Warranty shall further state that all exterior sealants will be guaranteed against: - 1. Adhesive or cohesive failure in joints where movement is under maximum 25 percent extension or compression. 2. Any crazing greater than 3 mils. in depth developing on surface of sealant materials. 3. Any straining of surfaces adjacent to joints by sealant or primer by mitigation through - building materials in contract with them. 4. Chalking or visible color change on surface of cured sealant. 5. Increase or decrease of"Shore A"durometer hardness (5 second reading)of sealant of more than 30 percent of value of cured value of "Shore A" durometer hardness of sealant. H. Include in warranty provision and agreement to repair and/or replace promptly at Contractor's expense all sealant defects as listed above which develop during warranty period. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 160 1 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. At horizontal joints at floors and paving: 1. Sealant compound shall be two-part polyurethane-base sealant of self-leveling pour- grade consistency,meeting following standards: a. Federal Specifications TT-S-227e. b. "Shore A" hardness of installed cured sealant shall be 40+/-5. 2. Sealant compound at horizontal joints shall be produced by one of the following manufacturers'to meet requirements given herein: ' a. William Products, Inc. 1-800-521-9594 b. Polymeric Systems, Inc. 1-800-CAULK IT c. Sonneborn-Contech, 1-800-433-9517 or city approved equal. B. At vertical joints and horizontal joints other than at floors or paving: 1. Sealant compound shall be two-part polysulphide of non-sag consistency meeting the following standards: a. USA Standard A116.1. b. Federal Specifications TT-S-227e. b. "Shore A" hardness of installed cured sealant shall be 30+/-5. ' 2. Sealant shall be produced by one of the following manufacturers' to meet requirements given herein: a. William Products, Inc. 1-800-521-9594 b. Polymeric Systems, Inc. 1-800-CAULK rr C. Sonnebom-Contech, 1-800-433-9517 or city approved equal. C. Special wide joint sealant at I-1/2-inch side joint: ' 1. Dymeric, by Trenco, applied in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Fire-rated Sealant: "Fire Barrier Caulk CP 25 and Putty 303" by 3M Corporation. E. Color of Sealants: 1. Unless specified or directed otherwise, match sealant color with color of adjacent materials as closely as possible or as determined by the Ciry Representative. 2. City Representative will select the sealant color where adjacent materials on each side ' of the joint are of different colors. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 161 2.2 INCIDENTAL MATERIALS A. General: Use only primer,joint filler and other materials which will not stain the sealant and contact surfaces. B. Primers: As recommended by the sealant manufacturer for use in conjunction with the sealant for application onto the various types of materials to which the sealant is applied. When the manufacturer's instructions make reference to special surface preparations for the use of primers, comply with these instructions. C. Bond Breaker Tape: Polyethylene or other plastic tape recommended by the sealant manufacturer to be applied to sealant contact surfaces where bond to the substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper sealant performance or where joint backing cannot be installed. Provide self-adhering tape wherever possible. D. Joint Backing: Compressible rod stock formed of closed cell polyethylene foam, polyethylene jacketed polyurethane foam, butyl rubber foam, neoprene foam or other flexible, permanent, durable, non-absorptive material recommended by the sealant manufacturer or rod such as Dow Chemical Company, "Ethafoam." 1. Provide size and shape of rod which will control the joint depth for sealant placement, break bond of sealant at bottom of joint, form optimum shape of sealant bead on back, and provide a highly compressible backer to minimize the possibility of sealant extrusion when joint is compressed. - E. Joint Cleaner: As recommended by sealant manufacturer. F. Sealant Joints at Fire-rated Walls: Provide fire-rated filler material and other special components as required by governing authority. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 SEALANT MANUFACTURER'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Prior to start of sealant work, the manufacturer or manufacturers',whose sealants are to be used, shall provide a qualified person to inspect all substrates and locations to be sealed. B. Manufacturer's inspector shall give written notification to city representative of any conditions which would adversely affect the required sealant work and guarantee requirements specified herein. Do not proceed with sealing work until such conditions have been corrected to manufacturers inspector's satisfaction. C. Manufacturers inspector shall certify,in writing,to the City representative,that the correct joint fillers, bond-breakers, primer and sealants are to be used for the various substrates and locations of same. C. Manufacturer's inspector shall at the start of the sealant work, instruct the sealant applicators (at the job site) as to correct cleaning, priming, installing back-up material Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 162 (including bond-breakers) and sealing operations for applicable substrate and locations of same. Contractor shall conform to such instructions. D. Failure to comply with these requirements shall constitute grounds for non-acceptability of materials even though such materials have been specified or reviewed. 3.3 PREPARATION OF JOINTS A. Joints to be sealed shall be raked as required and thoroughly cleaned of mortar or any other foreign materials in an approved manner before any sealant materials are applied. Remove any coatings from metal surfaces before installation of said metal by use of solvent recommended by manufacturer of metal. ' E. Clean porous surfaces such as concrete and similar materials by sand or water blasting as required to provide a clean, sound base surface for sealant adhesion. Remove loose particles present, or resulting from blast cleaning by blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Concrete shall be fully cured and dried before primer is applied. Any alkaline seepage from fresh concrete shall be washed away and surface dried. ' C. Clean non-porous surfaces, such as metal and glass, either mechanically or chemically. Remove protective coatings on metallic surfaces by oil free solvents such as xylol, toluol, or methylethyl ketone (MEK). Do not use soap, detergent, or water based cleaners. Use clean, white cloths, or lint-less paper towels with solvent. Do not allow solvent to air dry without wiping. D. Joint spaces and surfaces shall be thoroughly dry before installation of sealant materials. Unless approved means of drying joint is employed,do not install sealant materials during and after rain and fog.To test for free moisture,run paper towel through joint. E. Joint Dimensions for Polysulphide and Polyurethane Sealants: 1 I. Depth of joint is defined as distance from outside face of material in which joint is located to closest point of rod-shaped joint back-up. 2. Minimum Depth, Width: Joints shall be never less than 1/4" depth by 1/3" width, unless approved by City representative in writing. ' 3. Joint Dimensions: a. Over 1/4" to 12" wide: Minimum depth 1/4",maximum depth equal to width. ' b. Over 1/2" to 3/4" wide: Minimum depth 3/8",maximum depth 3/4"of width. ' C. Over 3/4" to 1" wide: Minimum depth 1/2",maximum depth 5/8 of width. d. Over 1" to 2" wide: Minimum depth 12",maximum depth 12 of width. e. For joints exceeding 2" in width, depth shall be as directed by the sealant manufacturer. 4. Width of joint shall be as calculated from Thiokol Chemical Company's 'Joint Design Aid"or similar manufacturer's data, to suit 25% compression/expansion capability of sealant. Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 163 1 A. Exterior: 1. Sealant of joints occurring at meeting of different materials at exterior of building, _ unless otherwise indicated on the project drawings. 2. Sealant at perimeter of exterior frames for louvers, glass acid window frames, and door frames in contact with exterior plaster,concrete or concrete block. 3. Joints in horizontal wearing surfaces. 4. Sealing of exterior perimeters of all electrical and mechanical items which penetrate exterior building surfaces. 5. Special sealant at 1-12-inch wide joints. 6. Fire-rated sealant at fire rated construction. 7. Sealant as noted on Project Plans except where included in the work on another section. 8. Paving joints at building perimeter. 13. Interior. 1. Interior control joints. 2. Sealant at interior sleeves which receive piping or conduit,unless otherwise noted -- 3. Sealant as noted on Project Plans except where included in the work of another section 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Do not proceed with the installation of sealants under adverse weather conditions when — joint to be sealed is damp, wet or frozen, or when temperatures are below or above the manufacturer's recommended limitations for installation. Consult the manufacturer for specific instructions before proceeding. B. Mixing and application of sealing compound shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturers printed directions. Initial mixing and application shall be under the direct supervision of the manufacturer's representative. C. Comply with sealant manufacturer's current recommendations and instructions in mixing, preparatory work, priming, application life and procedure, and protection of caulking and _ sealing work for this project. Work shall be done by experienced mechanic using specified materials and proper tools. D. Prime concrete block and, if so recommended by sealant manufacturer, other surfaces before applying sealant. Prime with brush what will reach all parts of joints to be filled with sealant compound E. Mask all edges not confined by other building materials, and make necessary provisions to avoid possibility of applying any sealant materials to any exposed surfaces adjacent to joints, and to prevent permanent staining or other damage to adjacent work. Contractor _ Division 7- Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 164 shall be fully responsible for any staining and/or damage caused under work of this section to adjacent work. F. Back-up Material: Flexible of suitable size and shape so that, when compressed (25% to 50%), it will fit in joints as required. Roll stock into joint to avoid lengthwise stretching. Do not twist, braid or puncture. If finished sealant work has bubbles from gas escaping from punctured backer rod, sealant and rod shall be replaced at no additional expense to the City. G. Bond Breaker Tape: Install bond breaker tape smoothly at back of joint. Sealant shall ' adhere only to the sides and not.to the back of the joint so as to eliminate three-sided adhesion. ' H. Fill joint with filler and back-up material so that depth and width of joint have relationships as noted herein under'Joint Dimensions." I. Bond Breaker: Sealant shall be bonded to the two opposite sides of joint only. Apply bond- breaker between sealant and back of joints where space for back-up material does not exist. J. Use primer as it comes from can, unadulterated. Apply as per manufacturer's printed directions, and/or recommendations. Prime joints before insertion of sealant back-up or joint filler material.Allow primer to dry before application of sealant. ' K. In mixing sealant components, do not excessively whip air into sealants. Mix with low speed equipment as recommended by manufacturer. L. Apply sealant material with approved type "caulking"gun (or container with spout or pour- grade sealant) at bottom of joint. Gun shall have nozzle of proper size and provide sufficient pressure to completely fill joints. Where use of gun is not practicable, use suitable hand "caulking"tools. Clean tools and equipment before reuse. ' M. Tool to a neat, even place, using metal jointing tools. Perform tooling before sealant has had time to "film over." When tooling white, or light colored sealant, use tool or tooling solution recommended by sealant manufacturer. If manufacturer indicates there is any possibility of color of caulking material being changed by use of wetting agents while tooling, Contractor shall "dry tool." ' N. Take necessary measures to prevent leakage or other malfunction at locations where polyurethane type sealant meets Polysulphide type sealant compound. 3.5 PROTECITON AND CLEANING A. Leave work in a neat,clean condition to full satisfaction of the City Representative, and per the provisions of Section 01710. ' B. Adjacent surfaces shall be properly protected against stains, smearing, and other damages during the sealing operations. ` C. Ladders and scaffolds shall be cushioned to prevent damage to building surfaces. D. Cover joints or horizontal surfaces with suitable protection until sealant is cured. Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 165 3.6 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation,labor, materials,equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECITON Division 7 - Thermal and Moisture Protection Page 166 SECTION 08100 ' HQLIDW METAL DOOR AND A S 1.0 PART 1 QENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction,latest edition and any supplements. ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract including but limited to the following: 1. Manufacturer and delivery to the site of conventional type metal doors and frames. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 08710 Finish Hardware ' Section 09900 Painting 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data:Within fifteen(15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice ' to Proceed from Owner,submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; ' 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which,when approved by the Ary Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples:Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. ' 2. Samples of finish,showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. ' Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 167 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of regulatory agencies: - 1. Comply with the label requirements of UL and applicable codes. 2. Provide UL label on such doors and frames. a. Include anchoring devices which comply with above requirements and are suitable for the supporting wall and floor construction. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING &DELIVERY A. Provide packaging such as cardboard or other suitable containers, separators, banding, spreaders and paper wrappings to protect hollow metal items. B. Store doors upright,in a protected dry area, at least 1-inch or more off the ground or floor, and provide at least 1/4-inch space between individual members. C. Follow special storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer. 2-0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Pioneer Industries, Carlstadt, NJ 07072, (201) 933-1900. BYMOCO Metal Fabricators,Birmingham,AL 35217-0009, (205)841-5501. - Security Metal Products Corporation,Hawthorne, CA 90250, (310)772-1171. Amweld Building Products,Inc.,Garrettsville, OH 44231, (216) 527-4385. Manufacturers shall comply with elevations indicated on Project Plans or as approved by the City Representative. 2,2 STEEL DOOR FRAMES A. Frames shall be pressed of 14 gauge cold rolled, double annealed steel. All welded joints ground smooth. Reinforcements for mortise hardware and hinges shall be inserts spot- welded in place. B. Hinge plates to be 10 gauge or with 3 per door plates for lock and closers to be at least 12 gauge. There shall be 3 anchors at each jamb and 2 at the head. Temporary spreaders at bottom. Door stops at least 5/8" x 1-5/8" in size. 2.3 FINISH — A. After fabrication, all welds and joints shall be ground smooth and filled flush with mineral filler to conceal all seams. All surfaces of the frames shall receive one(1) shop coat of air dried, Zinc Chromate Rust Inhibitive Primer prior to shipment. Refer to Plans for color of frames and doors. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 168 ' 2.4 SHOP DRAWINGS 1 A. Submit shop drawings of fabricated items. Shop drawings shall clearly show sizes of all members and methods of joining and anchoring. Advise finish hardware supplier of work schedule and obtain templates,if required. 2.5 HARDWARE A. All metal door frames and doors shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for mortise hardware and cylinder locksets in accordance with templates or hardware 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All frames shall be erected plumb, square, true to line, and level with secure fastening to ' structure anchors. 3.2 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave in a clean and acceptable condition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment,taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 169 SECTION 08520 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1.0 PART I GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard - Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings,as specified and as necessary to complete the contract,including but not limited to the following: 1. Extruded aluminum windows with fixed and operating sash. 2. Concession windows 3. Glass and glazing. 4. Operating hardware and insect screens. 1.2 REFERENCES A. AAMA 101-88 - Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Prime Windows and Sliding Glass Door. B. ASTM 8221 - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bar,Rod,Wire, Shape,and Tube. - C. ASTM E283 -Rate of Air Leakage through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,and Doors. D. ASTM E330 - Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. E. ASTM E331 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by - Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. F. ASTM E547 - Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors by _ Cyclic Static Air Pressure Differential. G. FS L-S-125 - Screening,Insect, Nonmetallic. 1.3 PERFORMANCE A. Design and size members to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and suction of wind as calculated in accordance with 1988 UBC code. B. Comply with air infiltration, water penetration and structural performance requirements indicated in AAMA 101 for the type, grade and performance class of window units required. C. Test each type and size of required window unit through a recognized testing laboratory or — agency, in accordance with ASTM E330 for structural performance,with ASTM E283 for air infiltration and with both ASTM E331 and ASTM E547 for water penetration. Provide certified test results. Division 8 - Doors &Windows Page 170 1 1.4 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; ' 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; ' 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; ' 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative,will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. ' C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver, store and protect window units under provisions of Section 01620 of these Specifications. B. Provide wrapping or stripable coating to protect prefinished aluminum surfaces. ' 1.6 WARRANTY ' A. Provide five year manufacturer's and SIGMA warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage of insulated glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Projected Windows: P-C45 type, grade, and performance class. 1. EFCO Corporation; 2400 Series, (714) 963-2198. 2. Wanusau Metals, Guaranteed Products 420 Series, (715) 845-2161. 3. Kawneer Company, Inc., PA-3 Series, (714) 523-4850. Division 8 - Doors & Windows Pap 171 2.2 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM 6063 alloy T5 or T6 temper. - 2.3 FABRICATED COMPONENTS A. Frames: Nominal 2-1/8-inch wide x 2-inch deep profile, of non-thermally broken, flush glass stops of snap-on type. B. Insect Screens: FS L-S-125, woven fiberglass mesh; 16/18 mesh size; fitted taught in tubular aluminum frame. Miter and reinforce frame corners; provide with manufacturer's standard retainer. C. Operable Sash Weather-stripping: window manufacturers standard, permanently resilient, profiled to effect weather seal. D. Operable Sash Hardware: Corrosion resistant; pivot bearings; positive position stop. Provide 4 ft. long pole handle for project in unit, one per room, with hanger, located as directed. E. Fasteners: Stainless steel. 2.4 GLASS AND GLAZING MATERIALS A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Specified in Section 08800. B. Glass - Exterior Type: 5/16-inch thick solar gray laminated glass. - 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate windows allowing for minimum installation clearances ar-1 shim spacing around perimeter of assembly yet enabling installation. B. Rigidly fit joints and corners. Accurately fit and secure corners tight. Make comer joints — flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Seal comer joints with sealant. C. Develop drainage holes with moisture pattern to exterior. _ D. Prepare components to receive anchor devices. Fabricate anchorage items. E. Prepare components with internal reinforcement for operating hardware. F. Provide internal reinforcement in mullions to maintain rigidity. G. Shop glaze window units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2.6 FINISHES A. Color Shop Painted Finish: Baked-on silicone polyester M12-C41-RIX NAAMM AA, Class I (minimum thickness of 0.7 mils), to be selected by City Representative from standard range of colors. — B. Apply one coat of bituminous paint to concealed aluminum and steel surfaces in contact with cementitious or dissimilar materials. _ Division 8 - Doors & Windows page 172 1 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Verify wall openings are ready to receive work of this Section. B. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install window frames, glass and glazing and hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. B. Use anchorage devices to securely attach frame to structure. ' C. Align window frame plumb and level, free of warp or twist. maintain dimensional tolerances, aligning with adjacent work. ' D. Pack fibrous insulation in shim spaces at perimeter to maintain continuity of thermal barrier. E. Adjust operable hardware for smooth operation and tight fit of sash. ' 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove protective material from pref nished aluminum surfaces. B. Wash down exposed surfaces using a solution of mild detergent in warm water. Rinse with clean water, and wipe dry with soft, clean wiping cloths. Take care to remove dirt from ' comers. Wipe surfaces clean. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 1 Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 173 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish and install all finish hardware and related items necessary to complete the work as indicated on the project drawings and specified herein. B. Furnish all trim, attachments and fastenings specified or required for proper and complete installation. -- C. Furnish MK cylinder for doors and switches fumished under work of other sections, and lockset for wire mesh gate. D. Furnish all sound seal gaskets at head and jambs and astragals that are indicated or specified. E. Furnish all items of finish hardware necessary to complete the building, following hardware schedule intended to cover all doors and other movable parts of the building, and to establish a type and standard of quality and; 1. Include all hardware under this section of the specifications that is not specified in other sections, whether or not such hardware is herein scheduled. F. It shall be the specific duty and responsibility of the Contractor to examine the project drawings and specifications, and furnish proper hardware for all openings whether listed or not, at no additional cost to the City. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 08100 Metal Door and Frames Section 08725 Metal Roll-Up Doors Section 10160 Toilet Partition Doors 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Within 30 days after award of contract, prepare and submit to the City Representative 7 copies of hardware schedule and keying chart. 1. Hardware schedule shall identify each hardware item by manufacturer, manufacturer's catalog number and exact location in the work. 2. Hardware schedule shall be in suitable form to facilitate review. Division 8 - Doors R Windows Page 174 3. Review of the hardware schedule does not relieve the hardware suppler from the responsibility of furnishing the job complete. ' 4. The hardware supplier shall furnish to the City Representative, a copy of purchase order showing the date of placing order. C. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to provide compliance with the specified requirements; D. Shop drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this section with the work of adjacent trades; E. Samples: 1. Submit, when so directed by the City representative, a sample of each and every item of hardware proposed in the work. F. Catalog Cuts: ' 1. Submit catalog cuts of every item furnished for this project. 2. Show all finishes, sizes, catalog numbers and pictures. Explain fully all abbreviations. ' 1.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Where finished shape or size of members taking hardware is such as to prevent or make ' unsuitable the use of the exact types specified, suitable types shall be furnished having as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the type specified. B. Electrical coordination: Before any electrical controlled and/or operated hardware is ' ordered, voltage must be coordinated with Electrical Contractor,in writing. C. Proper Kind and Type: The hardware shall be the proper kind for its required use and shall ' fit its intended location perfectly. Should any hardware, as specified, fail to meet the intended requirements or require any modifications to suit the intended location, this matter, or any other necessary advance information, shall be brought to the attention of the City Representative for correction or advice in ample time to avoid delay in the manufacture and delivery of the hardware. 1 . Doors with fire-rating shall have hardware that conforms to an equal fire-rating. ' D. In order to insure proper placement and fit, all hardware in connection with metal doors and metal frames shall be made to template. Templates or physical hardware items shall be ' furnished to the manufacturer's concerned, and shall be supplied sufficiently in advance to avoid delay in the work. E. Warranty: All hardware shall be warranted for a period of one year from date of Final Acceptance. Defects in materials and workmanship occurring during the warranty period shall be corrected to the complete satisfaction of the City representative. Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 175 1.5 HANDLING &DELIVERY A. Each unit of hardware shall be individually packaged, completed with proper fastening and all appurtenances. Each package shall be clearly marked on the outside to show the contents and specific location in the work. Except where otherwise specified, or required, deliver all hardware to the job site. B. A typewritten shipping list shall accompany each shipment and shall conform to the reviewed Hardware Schedule. Contractor shall check upon receipt each shipment with the accompanying shipping list. He shall report shortage immediately to the City Representative. C. After fitting, the Contractor shall tag each key for identification. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LOCK UNIFORMITY A. Except where otherwise specified, all locksets, latchsets, cylinders and component parts, shall be by one manufacturer. B. Locks shall be heavy duty Kwikset locks. 2.2 LOCK STRIKES A. All lock strikes shall be boxed, and shall have a curved lip of sufficient length to protect the trim and jamb. 2.3 KEYING AND MASTER KEYING A. All locksets, and cylinders shall be keyed, master keyed, and grand master keyed at the factory where records shall be established and maintained with special keyway as directed. B. All master keys and grand master keys shall be identified with a registry number, NOT stamped with MASTER or letter "M". Individual roomkeys shall not be stamped with key cut, but with a plain identification number. All keys shall be factory cut and stamped "DO NOT DUPLICATE. C. In order to maintain the established master key system, all cylinders, locksets and padlocks shall be furnished to match keyway of record. D. All locksets, padlocks and cylinders shall be construction keyed. Contractor and hardware supplier shall be held responsible for permanent keys until all are delivered to the City representative. Fumish 10 construction master keys. E. All permanent keys shall be properly tagged and installed in the Key Cabinet upon presentation to the City representative. F. All grand master and master keys shall be delivered to the City representative by registered mail. Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 176 2.4 DOOR HARDWARE ' A. Hand of lock shall be as indicated on the project drawings or as directed by the Landscape City Representative. If door hand is changed during construction, the Contractor shall make necessary changes in hardware at no additional expense to the City. ' 2.5 DOOR BUTTS A. Hinges shall be full mortise, template type, unless half mortise hinges are required. Hinges shall have non-rising loose pins, ball or oilite bearings, and flat bottom tips, except when otherwise specified. B. Where necessary to keep door leaf clear of walls, casing, jambs or reveals in door ' openings,wide throw hinges of an approved type shall be furnished. C. Exterior door butts shall be steel, sheradized. ' D. For out-swinging doors, hinges shall have a set screw in the barrel to prevent removal of pin when door is closed. ' E. All doors over 7-6' shall have one extra hinge for each 2-1/2 ft. of height. 2.6 DOOR CLOSERS A. All door closers attached to mineral core or particle board core doors, shall be installed with six bolts. B. Provide drop brackets, mortise shoes and long arms as required. C. All door closers shall be adjusted for spring setting, Latch and sweep speeds and back check. 2.7 FINISH OF HARDWARE A. Special care shall be taken to coordinate the finish of the various manufacturers' to insure a uniform acceptable finish. ' B. The finish of all hardware shall match the finish of the lockset unless otherwise specified or approved by the City Representative. 2.8 HARDWARE SCHEDULES HDW Group A - Interior Doors Each to Have: 3 Hinges T2714 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 MC 1 Lock 400 entry,Be] Air Design KWIKSET 1 Stop 8061X BBW ' 1 Silencer W07 BBW Division 8 - Doors& Windows Page 177 HDW Group B - Exterior Doors Each to Have: 3 Hinges TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 MCNPP SEC Stud 1 Lock 885 Deadlock Double Cylinder KWIK SET 1 Closer 4040 LCN 1 Stop 9079X BBW 1 Threshold 271A P 1 Door bottom 412/420 P 1 Seal S88 P 2 Kickplates HDW Group C - Restroom Gates Each to Have: 4 Hinges TA2314 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 MCNPP SEC Stud 1 Lock 885 Deadlock KWIKSET 2.9 MAINTENANCE RELATED ITEMS A. The Contractor shall provide one set of adjusting tools, one set of maintenance manuals for locksets, door closers, floor hinges, and panic devices, directly to the City representative. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PACKING AND MARKING Package each item of hardware and lock-set separately, in individual containers complete with necessary screws, keys, instructions and installation templates for spotting mortising tools. Mark each container with the number corresponding to number shown on Contractor's Hardware Schedule. 3.2 PROTECTION/ADJUSTMENT A. All finished hardware shall be protected from damage and injury during and after application and until building is finally accepted by the City. B. Shortage of items and/or incorrect items (based on project drawings and specifications in effect at time of bidding) shall be furnished and/or replaced with correct materials, at no additional cost to the City. C. Adjustment &Inspections: 1. During the installation of hardware, a periodic inspection in the presence of City Representative shall be made by the Architectural Hardware Supplier, or his authorized representative. 2. Any hardware improperly installed shall be removed and reinstalled at the Contractor's expense. 3. At the completion of the work, a final inspection shall be made by the Architectural Hardware Supplier, or his authorized representative. Division 8 - Doors& W indow,s Page 178 ' 4. Make any and all adjustments recommended by the Architectural Hardware Supplier, or his authorized representative. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract ' lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 ' Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 179 SECTION 08725 METAL ROLL-UP DOORS L0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor requited to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: 1. Roll-up doors complete with frame and hardware at concession windows. 1.2 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit seven (7) copies of shop drawings to City Representative. B. Indicate opening sizes,details of door panels, track and hardware, attachment,related and adjacent work, materials and finishes. 1.2 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS/SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Division 8 - Doors&Windows Page 180 ' 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. t1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE - A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURES ' A. Overhead Door Corporation B. North American ' 2.2 ROLL-UP DOORS A. Crank operation, between jamb mounting, integral frame and shutter,#CB3-SS B. Curtain: Roll-formed steel of interlocking slats ' C. Guides: Formed from steel D. Counterbalance System: Oil tempered, stress relieved steel, helical torsion springs, cast iron anchors, steel torsion shaft and tension wheel, all concealed in hood E. Hood: Aluminum ' F. Locking Mechanism - Provide two (2) manually operated recessed slide bolts. Each door shall be equipped with a masterkeyed mortise type cylinder lock 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install unit in accordance with final shop drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. ' B. Fit, align and adjust assembly level and plumb for smooth operation. C. Coordinate installation with related work. ' D. Install and adjust door and operating hardware, to operate easily, free from warp, twist or distortion. Division 8 - Doors &windows Page 181 E. Examine substrate and conditions under which rolling doors are to be installed, and correct any conditions detrimental to its proper and timely installation prior to proceeding with the work. 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave in a clean and acceptable condition. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract- _ lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 182 ' SECTION 08800 ' GLAZING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: ' 1. Glazing 'Storefront' Construction. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. FS DD-G-451C-Glass, plate, sheet, figured (Flat, for glazing mirrors and other uses). B. FS DD-G-140313-Glass, plate (Float),sheet, figured and spandrel (Heat strengthened and ' fully tempered). C. FS TT-S-230A-Sealing compound, synthetic rubber base, single component, chemical curing for caulking, sealing and glazing in building construction. D. FS TT-S-001543-Sealing compound, silicone base (For caulking and glazing in buildings and other structures). 1.3 GUARANTEE/WARRANTY ' A. Provide written guarantee as directed. 1.4 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS /SHOP DRAWINGS ' A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fifteen (15)calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 1 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1 Division 9 - Doors &Windows Page 193 C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. — 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples, when approved by the City Representative, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Libbey-Owens-Ford Co. 1-800-438-2330 B. PPG Industries, Inc. (614) 363-9610 2.2 TEMPERED GLASS A. Plate glass (FS DD-G451, Type I), which has been heat-strengthened by manufacturer's standard process(After cutting to final size), to achieve a flexural strength of 4 times normal glass strength. B. Glazing Gasket- Type and size as recommended by Window Wall Manufacturer. 2.3 GLAZING COMPOUNDS A. Glazing Compound: Modified oil type; FS TT-G-410E; now hardening,bronze color. 2.4 GLAZING MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Neoprene; 70-90 durometer hardness; 4 -nch long X 3/32-inch thick x 1/4- inch high. B. Spacer Shims: Neoprene; 50 durometer hardness; 3-inch long x 3/32-nch thick z 1/4-inch high. C. Glazing Splines: Polyvinalchlorde; manufacturer's standard dry glazing splines to suit aluminum extrusions. �0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install setting blocks of proper size at quarter points of sill rabbet. Set blocks in thin course of the heel-bead compound, if any. B. Provide spacers inside and out, and of proper size and spacing, for all glass sizes larger than 50 United inches, except where gaskets are used for glazing. Provide 1/8-inch maximum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width, except with sealant tape use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. C. Voids and Filler Rods: Prevent exudation of sealant or compound by forming voids or installing filler rods in the channel at the heel of jambs and head (130 not leave voids in the — sill channels) and type of glass, and complying with manufacturer's recommendations. Division 8 - Doors & WindoHs Page 184 D. Do not attempt to cut, seam, nip or abrade glass which is tempered, heat strengthened, or coated. ' E. Force sealants into channel to eliminate voids and to ensure complete 'wetting' or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 1 F. Tool exposed surfaces of glazing liquids and compounds to provide a substantial 'wash' away from the glass. Install pressurized tapes and gaskets to protrude slightly out of the channel, so as to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. G. Clean and trim excess glazing materials from the glass stops or frames promptly after installation, and eliminate stains and discoloration. ' H. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of the channel to pressurize the sealant or gasket on the opposite side, provide adequate anchorage to ensure that gasket will not 'walk' out when subjected to dynamic movement. Anchor gasket to stop with ' matching ribs, or by proven adhesives, including embedment of gasket tail in cured heel bead. I. Gasket Glazing: Miter cut and bond ends together at corners where gaskets are used for channel glazing, so that gaskets will not pull away from comers and result in voids or leaks in the glazing system. 1 3.2 CURE,PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Cure, glazing sealants and compounds in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond strength, internal cohesive strength and surface durability. i B. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately upon installation, by attachment of ' crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers of any type to surfaces of glass. C. Remove and replace glass which is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded or damaged in other ways during the construction period,including natural causes, accidents and vandalism. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. ' END OF SECTION Division 8 - Doors & Windows Page 185 SEC'T'ION 09210 EXTERIOR CEMENT PLASTER — 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute work as indicated on the Project Plans and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Exterior surface of restroom building and trash enclosure. B. Applicable provisions of local codes and ordinances shall be strictly adhered to. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 04340 Concrete Block Masonry Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's _ name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Reference Specifications and Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with current editions of the following: 1. California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association, Inc. Reference - Specifications for Plastering. 2. ASTM C926-81. 3. Manufacturer's printed instructions. C. Allowable Tolerances: Exterior Cement Plaster: maximum deviation from true planes shall not exceed 1/4-inch in 10 ft. when measured with a straight-edge placed at any point on the plaster. Division 9 -Finishes Page 186 D. Job Mock-Up Panels: ' 1. At locations at the project site, as directed by the City Representative, provide minimum 2 ft x 2 ft finished sample panels of exterior cement plaster "fine sand float finish". 2. Show texture and workmanship of finished work. 3. Rework or replace panels until acceptable to the City Representative. 4. Do not proceed with work until sample plaster finishes are acceptable to the City Representative. 5. Maintain sample panels on job site for duration of project for comparison purposes. 6. Remove sample panels upon completion of project. ' 2-0 PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 STUCCO A. Exterior plaster: Exterior Finish Stucco Coat shall be 'La Habra Mission Finish Stucco'or equal. Color to be selected by City Representative. B. Hydrated Lime shall be ASTM-C-206, Type B,Miracle or equal. C. Sand for Portland Cement Base Coats ASTM C-144. Sand for finish coats shall be White Silica Sand uniformly graded but all passing#20 sieve. 1 D. Use clean water fit for domestic consumption. E. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150,Type I or H. ' F. Fiber Additive: Type AR Glass Fiber short, 1/2-inch long of Sanded Cement Plaster. G. Liquid Bonding Agent: Larsen's Plaster Weld. 3_0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITION ' A. Inspect all areas to be enclosed or covered by stucco and report any unsatisfactory conditions to the City Representative prior to commencement of work. Prior to proceeding with work, ascertain whether or not required inspections have been made. This work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. All surfaces, items and accessories not to receive stucco finish shall be protected by use of paper or plastic wrap secured in place with mashing type. Division 9 - Finishes Page 187 3.2 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Provide adequate protection for all surfaces = to receive stucco, to ensure against damage, including staining, discoloring, etc., from plastering operations. All such _ exposed areas shall be left in perfect condition ready for immediate application of natural and stain finishes. B. Repair: Any sanding, scraping or other work necessary to bring surfaces to the condition description above, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3.3 MIXING A. All stucco material shall be prepared, mixed, installed and/or applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's current printed instruction and specifications. Care shall be taken to complete a satisfactory installation as set forth in the manufacturer's specifications, and applicable industry specifications. B. Brown Coat: Same as above, except that sand may be increased to 4-1/2 parts of the total — volume of cement and lime. Add 1 Ib. glass fiber shorts per sack cement. C. Finish Coat (by weight): One part Portland Cement, not more than 1/2 part dry hydrated lime, and not more than 3 parts graded aggregate. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. All stucco shall be finished true and even, within 1/8-inch tolerance in 10 ft. measured with steel straight edge, without waves, cracks or imperfections which can be attributed to the Contractor's work and materials. Stucco with excessive thickness shall be plumb, level and _ square. 3.5 INSPECTION A. Verify that surfaces to be plastered are free of dust, loose particles, oil and other foreign matter which would affect bond of plaster coats. B. Examine construction, grounds and accessories to insure that finished plaster surfaces will be true to line, level and plumb, without requiring additional thickness of plaster, 3.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS - A. Cold Weather Requirements: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is less than 40F. - B. Hot Weather Requirements: Protect plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot, dry weather. 3.7 MACHINE APPLIED PLASTER A. Apply plaster by machine using experienced and properly equipped applicator. - B. Employ only experienced machine applicator foreman and nozzlemen. Submit written evidence of such experience for review. - Division 9 - Finishes Page 188 1 ' 3.8 APPLICATION A. General: ' 1. Comply with reference standards. 2. Inspect location of control joints. 3. Apply plaster by machine or hand. 4. Interrupt plaster only at junctions of plaster planes, at openings,or at control joints. 5. Tool through first and finish coats to product "V"joints at intersection of frames or other items of metal or wood which act as plaster grounds. 6. Apply second coat to first coat, bringing out to grounds, flat to true surface, and free of imperfection which would reflect in finish coat. 7. Reconsolidate second coat by floating, and roughen to assure bond with finish coat. B. Two (2) coat cement plaster on Blockwall. 1. Apply liquid bonding agent on all substrate surfaces in strict accordance with instructions of manufacturer. 2. Brown Coat: After scratch boat has set firmly, apply brown coat, bring out to grounds, straighten to true surface with rod and darby and leave rough to receive finish coat. 3. Finish Coat: ' 1) Apply fine sand float finish coat to base which has been wetted by brushing or spraying with water. Lay on well,double back and fill out to true, even surface, 1/16-inch to 1/8-inch thick. 2) Hermetically placed dash coat. 4. Match finishes of the job mock-up panels as directed the City Representative. 5. Control joint location at plaster shall match control joint location in concrete block substrate. 6. Provide galvanized casing beads and corner reinforcement. 1 1 Division 9 - Finishes Page 189 3.9 CURING OF PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. Curing of Portland Cement: Make provisions for proper moist curing of Exterior Portland Cement Plaster including on weekends and holidays. Stucco with cracks, blisters, pits, -- checks and discoloration will not be accepted. B. Portland Cement Plaster Curing: Protect each coat from irregular or excessive drying. Protect plaster from hot dry winds to eliminate "dry-outs" and see that required heat and ventilation are provided as necessary to eliminate "sweat-outs". 1. Maintain moist conditions by fine fog spray. 2. Cure base coats minimum of 48 hours after application. 3. Cure finish boat for minimum of 7 days. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of work, remove rubbish, debris, scaffold and tools and leave space broom clean. Remove all equipment used by this operation. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECCION e Division 9 - Finishes Page 190 1 SECTION 09310 TILE 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not ' limited to the following: 1. All interior restroom walls and floor tile. 2. Exterior tile banding in Plaza. B. The following American National Standards Institute Specifications apply unless modified in this Section. Keep a copy of each on job during work as follows: 1. Installation of Ceramic tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.5. 2. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A118.4. 3. Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI Al 18.1. 4. Installation of Glazed Wall Tile, Paver Tile with Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.1. ' S. Place W221 (one coat method)of Handbook of Ceramic Tile Installation. 1.2 RELATED WORK ' Section 01340 Submittals Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit the following: a. Sample of each type and color of tile and grout to match Engineer's color schedule. B. Manufacturer's Data: Submit data for proprietary grouts,mortar and additives. C. Master Grade Certificate: Provide tile and manufacturer's Master Grade Certificate with ' each shipment of tile to site. D. Extra Stock: Supply extra 2% of each tile used by size and color in clean marked cartons for City's emergency use. Division 9 - Finishes Page 191 E. Materials List: Submit names and locations of use (with type of tile and substrate noted) for all setting mortars, additives and grout. a. Furnish a statement that material usage has been reviewed and that materials are - satisfactory for their purposes and are compatible with other 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original containers with seals and grade labels intact. Keep materials clean,dry and undamaged. B. Store materials under cover. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CERAMIC TILE MATERIALS A. Ceramic tile: 1. Grade: Domestic supplier, standard grade, ANSI A137.1. Cartons shall be grade sealed. 2. Interior tile: Vertical tile: to be "Dal-Tile' Corporation solid color"DK" type,nominal size to be 2"x2". Color to be selected by City Representative. Dal-Tile available at (818) 787-3224. 3. Interior Floor Tile and Exterior Plaza Tile: Horizontal file to be 'Stonekrete Tile Products" 12"x12" regular sandblast. Color to be selected by City Representative. Stonekrete available at (818) 575-1668. — B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or 11. C. Sand: Clean and graded per ASTM C144. D. Lime: Hydrated, ASTM C206 or 0207. E. Water: Clean and free from materials harmful to mortar. F. Grout: Factory-prepared Portland cement grout Color as selected by City Representative. I . Joints less than 1/8" wide: Non-sanded grout by Custom Building Projects, or equal. 2. Joints 1/8" wide or wider: Sanded grout. 3. At exterior location,provide a latex additive formulated and pre-measured to be used with required grout. Conform to instructions of grout manufacturer. Division 9 - Finishes Page 192 1 G. Dry-set Mortar: Use dry-set mortar or one of the following latex type thin-set mortars: 1. Mer-Krete 600 by Mer-Kote Products 2. Lat-A-Set by Pearsall Chemical Corp. 3. Custom Crete by Custom Building Products. H. Protective materials: 1. Neutral cleaner such as Hillyard Super Shine-All, or approved equal. 2. Heavy-duty, non-staining construction paper with compatible masking tape. 3.0 PART EXECUTION 3.1 CONDITION OF SURFACES A. Examine surface to receive tile and related work such as concealed mechanical and electrical work. B. Check walls for plumbness and check angles for squareness before installation of tile. Check horizontal substrate for proper depth for setting bed. ' C. Substrate surfaces must be clean, dry, firm, level, plumb and completely free of oily or waxy films or foreign substances impeding bonding of setting bed ' 1. Substrate surfaces shall have a finish satisfactory for bonding of setting bed D. Tolerances of substrate: 1. Vertical: Plumb and true within 1/8-inch in 8 ft.. 2. Horizontal: Flat within 1/8-inch 10 ft. or properly sloped to drain. E. Report unsatisfactory substrates to City and Engineer. Commencement of work on a given substrate shall indicate acceptance of condition of that substrate. F. Environmental conditions: 1. Maintain temperature at 50 degrees (F) minimum during tile work and for seven (7) days after completion. 2. Vent temporary heaters at interior installations to outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to new tile work. 3. Provide adequate lighting for good grouting and clean-up. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CERAMIC TILE A. Type of installation shall be Portland cement mortar or thin set as shown. B• Comply with applicable referenced standards and reviewed materials list. ' C. Install proprietary materials in accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. Division 9 - Finishes Page l93 D. Layout: 1. Determine locations of all movement joints before starting tile work. 2. Determine location of any accessories before starting tile work. 3. Lay out all tile work to match quarter-inch scale and half-inch scale elevations and so as to minimize cuts less than 1/2 tile in size. 4. Lay out tile wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions shown. 5. Align all wall joints to give straight uniform grout lines plumb and level. 6. Align all floor joints to five straight uniform grout lines parallel with walls. 7. Align wall joints with floor joints. E. Workmanship: 1. Supply first-class workmanship in all tile work. 2. Use all products in strict accordance with recommendations and directions of manufacturers. 3. Proportion all mixes in accordance with latest ANSI Standard Specifications. F. Cut tile for fitting around work in place and around outlets, pipes, fixtures and fittings so that plates, escutcheons or collars overlap cuts. Rub smooth all exposed cut edges with an — abrasive stone. Grind and carefully fit tile at intersections, against trim finish, between fixtures and accessories. 1. Cutting of full length of tile to fit incorrect dimensions of substrate areas will not be allowed. 2. Locate cuts in both walls and floors so as to be least conspicuous. 3. Set recessed soap holders at showers in Portland cement mortar bonded to galvanized metal lath attached between two wall studs. — G. Sealant: Seal all penetrations through tiles including perimeter of each areas with sealant. Material and workmanship is specified in Section 07900. H. Unless otherwise shown on Plans,lay tile in grid pattern.Work from center of each wall or space to assure equal size tiles at ends of at least half tile sized. I. Provide P.C. mortar setting bed for tile over waterproofing membrane. J. Grouting: _ 1. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions. 2. Remove all grout haze, observing both tile and grout manufacturers' recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. Division 9 - Finishes Page 194 1 3. Rinse tile work thoroughly with clean water before and after chemical cleaners. ' 4. Polish surface of tile work with soft cloth. 3.3 PROTECTION FROM CONSTRUCTION DIRT A. Apply to all clean, completed tile walls and floors a protective coat of neutral cleaner solution, one (1)part cleaner to one (1)part water. B. In addition, cover all tile floors with heavy-duty non-staining construction paper, masked in place. 3.4 PROTECTION FROM TRAFFIC A. Prohibit all foot and wheel traffic from using newly laid floors for at least three (3) days, ' preferably seven (7)days. B. Place large, flat boards in walkways and wheelways for seven (7) days where use of newly ' tiled floors is unavoidable. 3.5 PATCHING A. Remove cracked, broken or damaged tiles, replace with new tiles. Immediately repair faulty grouting. ' B. Repair damage caused by the work at no extra cost to City and to the satisfaction of City Representative. 3.6 FINAL CLEANING A. Just before final acceptance of tile work,remove paper and rinse protective coat of neutral cleaner from all tile surfaces. ' B. Remove tools, equipment,debris and surplus materials of the work from site. C. Clean exposed surfaces soiled by work of this Section. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT 1 A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as ' indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SEMON 1 Division 9 - Finishes Page 195 SECTION 09900 PAINTING 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Preparation of surfaces to be painted. 2. Painting of all surfaces as indicated on plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02760 Site Furnishings — Section 05120 Structural Steel Section 05150 Decorative Steel Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 06000 Carpentry Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 07600 Flushing, Sheet Metal,Gutters &Downspouts Section 08100 Metal Doors & Frames Section 15400 Plumbing Section 16530 Electrical 1.3 SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED A. Electrical fixtures and receptacles in general (refer to electrical section). Anodized, stainless _ steel and galvanized finishes. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. — Division 9 - Finishes Page 196 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Colors and Gloss as selected by the City Representative. B. Apply no paint in rain, fog, or mists or where temperature is below forty-five (45) degrees F. Insure proper ventilation during all interior painting. ' C. Insure that hardware is removed before painting is started and replaced only when paint finishes are thoroughly dry. D. The number of coats specified is the minimum number acceptable. If full even coverage is not obtained with the specified number of coats, re-apply at no extra cost to the City, such coats as necessary to produce the required finish to be approved by the City Representative. ' E. Protect floors and all adjacent surfaces from paint smears, spatters or droppings. Use drop cloths to protect floors. Cover fixtures and remove hardware not to be painted. Mask off areas where required. 2.2 APPROVED PRODUCTS A. Select materials from the Architectural Product line of Devoe, Dunn-Edwards, Pratt and Lambert, Sherwin-Williams, Sinclair or other recognized manufacturer as approved by the City Representative. Except for specialty items or as otherwise specified, all materials shall be by one manufacturer. ' B. Review paint and finish schedules with the City Representative and submit a complete list of materials proposed for the work for approval of the City Representative. ' C. Employ coats and undercoats for all types of finishes in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. D. Materials for undercoats and finish coats of paint shall be ready mixed and shall not be changed except thinning of undercoats (when required), reinforcing or coloring any of which shall be in strict accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. 2.3 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, deliver to the City Representative extra stock equaling 10 percent of each color, type and gloss of paint used on the work, a minimum one (1) gallon of each item. ' B. Tightly seal each container and clearly label with the contents and location used. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All surfaces to receive paint shall be clean,dry, smooth and dust free prior to application of any materials. Prepare surfaces as follows: Division 9 - Finishes Page t97 C. Wood: Sand smooth and remove dust. Fill open joints, cracks, nail holes and other pits or depressions flush and smooth with putty or wood dough after priming. Color putty to match finish paint coat. Touch-up knots or sap streaks with shellac or other approved sealer before priming. D. Unprimed Ferrous Metal: Remove all foreign matter. Touch-up abrasions with ferrous metal primer. E. Galvanized Metal: Remove all foreign matter and clean entire surface with mineral spirits. Pre-treat with phosphoric acid etch or vinyl wash. Apply primer the same day as pre- treatment is applied. 3.2 PRIMING A. Wood: Before installation, prime and back-prime all items partially or completely concealed in the finish work. Use factory mixed primer. B. Galvanized Metal: Prime all surfaces except where to be embedded in concrete, masonry or roofing and allow to dry before installation. C. Ferrous Metal: Prime all surfaces with Ferrous Metal Primer. 3.3 APPLICATION _ A. Apply material evenly, free from sags,runs, crawls, or defects. Mix to proper consistency, brush out smooth, leaving minimum of brush marks,enamel and varnish uniformly flowed on. B. Apply paint by brushes, roller or spray. C. Tint all pigmented undercoats to approximately same shade as final coats. Perceptively increase the depth of shade in successive coats. D. Allow each coat to thoroughly dry before succeeding coat application. For oil paints, allow at least 48 hours between coats of exterior work,except where otherwise recommended by the manufacturer. E. Finish all four edges of doors with the same number and kind of coatings as specified for main surfaces. Where there are openings into rooms having different finishes, finish door edges as directed. _ F. Do not paint factory finished items unless specifically directed G. Finish mill or shop primed items with materials compatible with prime coat. — H. All other mechanical equipment exposed to view, such as covered and/or uncovered piping and ductwork, pumps, compressors, air conditioning equipment, tanks, etc., shall be _ painted as specified herein. I. Miscellaneous Painting: Surfaces to be painted and not specifically described herein shall be painted with a product specifically manufactured or prepared for the material and surface, prime coat and two (2) finish coats. Division 9 - Finishes Page 198 J. Upon completion, remove all rubbish and/or debris caused by this trade. Remove spots from floors, glass and other surfaces. Leave premises in a clean and orderly condition. K. At the completion of other trades, touch-up damaged surfaces as required, at no additional cost to the City. 3.4 WORKMANSHIP A. The number of coats herein specified are the minimum to be applied over the surface and materials designated. It is the intent of these Specifications to obtain painted finishes of even, uniform color and texture, free from cloudy or mottled appearance on surface and evident thinness of coatings on risers, and to this end the Contractor shall perform all spot coating and undercoating necessary to produce such results. B. Each coat is to be of the proper ground color for each succeeding coat. C. All surfaces are to be prepared for succeeding coats by puttying, spackling and sanding to ' the end that the final coat will obtain a smooth even finish, free from holes, cracks, runs, fat edges and comers, brush marks and other blemishes. 3.5 FINISHES Fin # Tvne of Work Coats Tyne of Finish ' 1. Exterior&Interior Wood 2 Olympic Stain Wood Stain 2. Exterior&Interior Metal Door& Screens 1 Primer ' 2 Exterior Enamel, Semi Gloss 3. Interior Non-Tiled Concrete Block I Primer 2 Interior Enamel, Semi Gloss 1 4. Exterior Stucco 1 Clear Seal Coat ' Color chart will be provided by the Contractor for the City Representative's use. 3.6 CONDUITS A. Exposed piping, conduits, duct work and hangers generally shall be painted the color and texture to match adjacent structural members or other electrical equipment. ' 3.7 CLEAN-UP A. All rubbish, waste, or surplus materials shall be removed at regular intervals, all wood work, hardware, floors or other adjacent work shall be cleaned-up when so directed. B. All glass throughout the building shall have all paint or enamel spots and brush marks removed upon completion of the painting work, if damaged while cleaning shall be replaced at own cost. ' Division 9 - Finishes Page 199 1 C. Hardware and other unpainted metal surfaces shall be cleaned, using lacquer thinner or paint remover. No edged tools or abrasives will be permitted. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT — A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, _. materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION - Division 9 - Finishes Page 200 SECTION 10160 TOILET PARTITION DOORS 1.0 PART GENERAL ' Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified, and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Toilet Doors (Poly-Mar HD ) ' 2. Shop Drawings 3. Finish Samples 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 10800 Toilet Accessories 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. Report to the City Representative all conditions which prevent proper execution of work. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing in complete detail all information required for fabrication, furnishing and installation of this work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. ' 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS ' A. Santana Products, Inc. 1-800-368-5002 or (717) 343-7921. Division 10 - Specialties �} Page 201 2.1 MATERIALS A. Doors: 1. Doors shall be fabricated from Polymer Resins under high pressure, forming a single component section which is waterproof, non-absorbent and a surface that resists marking with pens, pencils or other writing utensils. Only virgin resin allowed, no - wood, water affected cores, laminated or metal partitions allowed. 2. Doors shall be 1-inch thick and all edges machined to a radius of 0.25-inch. 3. Doors shall be 60-inch high and mounted at 12-inch above finish floor. 4. Door color shall be as selected by City Representative. - B. Hardware and Fittings: Non-corrosive metal alloy with nickel-chrome plated finish or of stainless steel. C. Hinges: Concealed gravity type, manufacturer's standard, adjusted to hold doors ajar at 30 degrees. Provide concealed self-lubricating moving parts. D. Brackets and Trim: Provide wall bracket to secure door hinges to masonry wails. E. Coat Hook-Bumper and Latches: On the inner side of each door, install a combination coat hook with rubber-tipped bumper and latch with stop and keeper. F. Fasteners: Provide all fasteners required for complete installation using materials matching hardware,use one-way,theft-proof head type fasteners for attaching metal to metal. ' 2.1 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Frame: Stainless steel finish, square corners mitered, welded and ground smooth. 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. - Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 TOILET COMPARTMENTS A. Install at locations indicated in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's instructions. Attach to supporting construction rigidly secure, level and plumb. Adjust hardware to perfect working order. B. Conceal all evidence of cutting and/or drilling of rough fasteners. Division 10 - Specialues Page 202 ' 3.3 CLEANING A. After all work, wash and polish to remove dirt, grease and all other imperfections. 4.0 PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Division 10- Specialties Page 203 SECTION 10601 SCREENS & EXPANDED METAL GRILLES 1.0 PART 1 GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials,equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to the following: 1. Interior Expanded Metal Grille at Restroom/Concession Building. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 05500 Miscellaneous Metals Section 08710 Finish Hardware Section 09900 Painting _. 1.3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER _ A. Wire mesh screens - Acceptable Manufacturer: Acorn Wire and Iron Works, Inc., or an approved equal by California Wire Product Corporation or Miller Wire Works, Inc., or McNichols Company. B. Expanded Metal Grille - Acceptable manufacturer Sunshield Type, 4-inch openings, 18 gage, by McNichols Company, or equal. _ Division 10- Specialties Page 204 ' Z.0 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS ' A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 FABRICATION& INSTALLATION A. Grilles and screen shall be fabricated to size based on field measurements. B. Securely weld grilles and screens to frames. All wires shall be passed through center bar. Attach vertical frame with 1/4-inch bolts at 12-inch o.c. C. All joints shall be mortised to receive a tenon or another piece for joining. ' D. Perform cutting and drilling, and provide fastening devices as required for accurate fitting, assembly and attachment of work. E. After installation, touch-up all damaged painted surfaces to match shop finish, at no ' additional cost to the City. 4. PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT ' A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed, END OF SECTION Division 10- Specialties Page 205 1 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PARTI: GENERAL 1.00 SPECIAL BID REQUIREMENTS See 1.11, B and 1.11, C for special bid submittals and services included by the Contractor. 1.01 DESCRIPTION Division 16 includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing electrical work, except as hereinafter excluded. 1.02 WORK IN DIVISION 16 Furnish and install all materials, labor and equipment necessary for complete and working — electrical systems except as noted otherwise. The following list shall not be considered as a complete and detailed list of work and materials to be supplied, but shall be used as a guide. A. Panelboards, distribution and branch circuit wiring for lighting and power systems. B. Lighting fixtures, lamps,outlets, wiring devices,connection of all equipment furnished by others except as specifically excluded. C. Conduit and wiring, including final connections and all control systems. D. Misc. Items: • Tests required by City. • Materials List and Shop Drawing submittals. • Lighting pole foundations. _ • Spare parts. • Submittal of work schedule. • Record drawings and guarantee. • Excavation for pole foundations • Excavation, backfill and compaction for pull boxes and trenches. _ • Disposal of excess earth as directed by Inspector(City). • Provide approved shoring, lights and barricades during construction. • Bore under existing walks. Sawcut and or repair existing walks and AC paving. • Repair all damage to all existing improvements caused by this work including landscaping and irrigation systems.. Division 16- Electrical Page 208 • Obtain all necessary permits and building department inspections and include fees in bid. ' E. Scoreboard System. E. All power and lighting for building structures. H. Provide temporary power for all trades. Associated fees and charges are to be obtained and paid for by the contractor. 1.03 PERMITS AND FEES Secure and pay for all necessary permits (and testing per Paragraph 1.17). 1.04 REGULATIONS AND CODES All work and materials shall conform to the latest edition of amendments thereto of the following Codes where specified. ' National Electrical Code, 1990 Edition. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA). • Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL). ' Requirements of the serving utility companies. • Requirements of Federal, State, or City agencies having jurisdiction. • Standard Specifications for Public Works,latest edition (Herein referred to as "Standard Specifications") 1.05 KNOWLEDGE It is anticipated and required that the Electrical Subcontractor be thoroughly familiar with local electrical codes and regulations. Every attempt has been made to eliminate unnecessary redundancy and duplication of requirements for materials and installation methods already contained in existing codes and regulations. ' 1.06 CONTFLICTS When Plans or Specifications call for materials or work different than, but not in conflict with, requirements of governing codes provide and install these materials or work. If there are any apparent conflicts between Plans and Specifications and prevailing Codes and regulations, verify with City and City Representative. Do not proceed with any related work until such clarification has been made. Nothing in these Plans or Specifications is to be construed to permit work in violation of governing codes. 1.07 LISTING AND APPROVAL All materials installed on this project shall be listed or approved by Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) and shall bear the label thereof where applicable. Under certain conditions, such as when UL has not established testing procedures, no listing or approval is available. In these cases obtain prior approval from local authorities and review with City and City Representative. 1.08 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 1 A. Architectural and Structural Plans take precedence over Electrical Plans. Mechanical and Plumbing Plans contain information pertinent to the electrical installation. The electrical ' installation shall conform to the applicable requirements of all the drawings, and the electrical work shall be coordinated with that of all other trades. Division 16-Electrical Page 209 1 B. Electrical Plans are diagrammatic in many respects. Sizes and locations of equipment and wiring are shown to scale where possible but may be distorted for clarity on the Plans to show all necessary bends, offsets, pull boxes and obstructions. Contractor shall install the Work to conform to the structure, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. 1.9 SHOP DRAWINGS Provide equipment and materials-conforming to the Plans and Specifications. Manufacturers Shop Drawings will be reviewed by the City and City Representative as a service to the Contractor to assist him in obtaining equipment which is in compliance with Plans and Specifications. However, Shop Drawings will not be accepted for review by the City and City Representative until the Contractor has reviewed them and is satisfied that the equipment he is proposing to furnish will be in compliance with these Specifications and Plans. 1.10 SUBMITTALS AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT A. Submittals. Within fourteen (14) days after award of Contract, submit six (6) sets of Shop drawings for the following items. 1. Switchgear, including service equipment, sub-distribution switchboards and panelboards, lighting and power panelboards, and other related items of - equipment. 2. Wiring devices and plates. 3. Lighting fixtures, including installation details. 4. Lamp/Ballast information per Par. 3.02. 5. Special systems as specified in this Contract. 6. Pole suppliers, Pole drawings (include order and delivery schedule). 7. Items listed in Par. 3.02 (lamps) and Part V. B. Submittals - (To be submitted with bid) If other than specified equipment, see Par. 1.20. 1. Submittals prior to bid (to be submitted with bid). All contractors bidding on project shall provide the following with his sealed bid: • Manufacturer and Catalog brochure of proposed ballfield lighting fixture. • Manufacturer of proposed ballfield lighting pole with description of pole — (i.e.: Tapered, round, hex, sectional, etc.). • Computerized read out of submitted ballfield lighting fixture indicating _ footcandle read out as described in Part 5 on plans. 2. Failure to submit above item 1.11,B (if substitution to specified product) with bid shall result in rejection of bid. _ Division 16-Electrical Page 210 C. Special Bid Requirements 1, Successful contractor shall include in this bid (contract) through the successful pole manufacturer a licensed (California) Structural Engineer to provide ballfield pole and pole footing structural calculations indicating conformance with all local and state codes for structural integrity. All structural calculations for poles and footings shall submitted within 14 days after award of contract. All structural engineering fees to be included in bid and scope of work. 1.12 INFORMATION TO MANUFACTURERS Furnish to the various equipment manufacturers copies of Plans and Specifications relating to their products. 1.13 AS BUILT DRAWINGS Keep an accurate dimensioned record on reproducible transparencies of asbuilt locations, and of work which is installed differently from that shown. ' 1.14 LOCATIONS AND ACCESSIBIL]TY Contractor shall fully inform himself regarding peculiarities and limitations of spaces available ' for installation of work and materials furnished and installed under this Division. Plans indicate location and arrangement of conduit, equipment, and other items, and are to be followed as closely as possible. Work specified and not clearly defined by Plans shall be installed and arranged in a manner satisfactory to the City Representative. In the event changes in indicated locations and arrangements are deemed necessary by the City Representative, they shall be made by the Contractor without any additional charge provided that change is ordered before the work is installed and no extra materials or labor is required. The City Representative shall ' reserve the right to move any outlet or device six ft. without additional charges by the Contractor prior to the rough-in. r 1.15 CLEANING OF EQUIPMENT,MATERIALS AND PREMISES ' Clean equipment and materials thoroughly. Leave surfaces to be painted smooth and clean, ready for painter. Clean entire premises of unused materials, rubbish, debris, and din created by work under this Division. 1.16 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Fully instruct and demonstrate to the City's operating personnel the performance, operation and maintenance of equipment. 1.17 OBSERVATION. TESTING AND ADJUSTMENT A. COVERING OF UNINSPECTED WORK - NOTIFICATION FOR INSPECTION. I. Contractor shall notify City Representative 48 hours (two working days) prior to observation for City Representative and Building Department. Division 16- Electrical Page 211 B. TESTS: 1. The Contractor shall make all test required by the City Representative, the Electrical Inspection Division of the Building Department, or other authorities having jurisdiction. 2. The cost of all tests,the replacing and/or repairing of any damage resulting from these tests and any other work necessary to replace materials, etc, not in accordance with the Electrical Ordinance, Safety Orders, Specifications and accompanying Plans shall be bome by the Contractor. 3. Should the Contractor refuse or neglect to make any tests necessary to satisfy the City Representative or his representative that he has carried out the true intent and meaning of the specifications and the accompanying Plans, the City may make such tests and charge the expense thereof to the Contractor, to be retained out of final payment. 4. All wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, grounds and short circuits before the devices and equipment are connected. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall demonstrate to the City Representative, the satisfactory operation of the entire electrical system. At the time of the final observation, the Contractor shall have a qualified electrician at the job site to make all required tests or demonstrate operation of electrical equipment and lighting system. 1.18 FINAL OBSERVATION AND ACCEPTANCE After all requirements of Plans and Specifications have been completed,representative of City will observe the Work. If requested by the City, the Contractor shall provide competent_ personnel to demonstrate the operation of any item or system involved. 1.19 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall furnish to the City a written warranty to guarantee all work under this contract to be free from defects of workmanship and materials for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance of work and contract, and he shall guarantee to repair or otherwise make good at his own expense any defects developing within that period of time. Work shall be performed within 48 hours after receiving notice from the City. Notice may be by phone or letter. B. Warranty shall include all lighting ballasts and H.I.D./fluorescent lamps. C. Warranties for equipment furnished that have warranties greater than one year shall be - extended to City (in writing). 1.20 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS AND APPROVED EQUALS (SEE 1.11,11): A. Equipment and wiring shown on Plans is for materials as specified. Should equipment of other manufacturers be approved and used, the Contractor shall make all changes in other equipment, conduit, wiring, or location of equipment, as approved by the City — without charge to the City. B. All requests for substitutions shall be submitted in writing to City Representative ten (10) days prior to bid date. City Representative shall respond within two (2) working days as to acceptance. If accepted, floodlight and pole substitutions shall conform to Division 16-Electrical Page 212 1 ' Par. 1,11, B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to show that all products proposed for substitution are equal to the item specified, by submitting sufficient information to permit a comparative check, including three (3) copies of a complete materials list with brochures showing all substituted equipment. Materials list shall be indexed with job title. Material must be submitted with bid. Proposed substitutions submitted after bid will not be accepted. Submitting a catalog number and manufacturer's name and stating that the item will be furnished to meet specifications ' will not be acceptable. C. The term "or approved equal" shall mean the product or this specified item used shall have equivalent or more value based on the value of the item set forth in the specifications or plans, and then only after a submittal in writing, by the Contractor and written approval received. If, after installation substituted equipment is found not to be equal to material specified, it shall be replaced with approved material at no cost to the City. D. The City Representative reserves the right to charge the Contractor $100.00/hour ' (minimum of$200.00) for review of substitution. E. If requested by the City Representative provide a sample of any lighting fixture ' proposed as a substitution for a specified fixture. Sample fixture shall be delivered to the City Representative's office for review and shall be picked up within (10) working days after review comments have been received; any samples left over this time will be discarded by the City Representative. Decision of the City Representative regarding ' acceptability of any fixture is final. 1.21 PROTECTION OF EXISTING SITE IMPROVEMENTS ' Restore disturbed turf and landscaped areas, irrigation, concrete, etc. Repair damaged park equipment and turf caused by Contractor to like new condition including backfill and re- sodding of trench surface per instruction of City. Repairs to the irrigation system shall be made ' in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. Materials shall be as designated by the City Park and Recreation Department. PART II: GENERAL MATERIAL 2.01 DESCRIPTION Materials specified herein are general in nature only, and are not necessarily complete. All material specified may not be required. Furnish and install only materials indicated and specified. Substitutions are not permitted. A. Wiring Devices and Plates. Sierra Electric Corp., unless otherwise specified. ' B. Lamps. Sylvania,Westinghouse and General Electric, or as indicated on Plans. C. Ballasts. Universal, Advance or approved equal. ' D. Panelboards and Switchboards (Switchgear). Square D, Sylvania, General Electric, Cutler-Hammer, RSE Co. and Challenger. E. Safety Switches and Motor Starters. Same as Panelboards and Switchboards. Division 16 -Electrical Page 213 F. Fuses shall be class 'R" Type as indicated on Drawing, as manufactured by Bussmann. No substitutions allowed. Furnish to City two extra fuses of each size and type used in main switchboard in a metal hinges type box, size as required. All mount box in electrical room. All fuses shall be type required by plans. (i.e.: LPN-RK, KTN-RK, -- etc. ). NOTE: Pull out "T" type fuses will be allowed where indicated on plans. 2.03 FINISHES A. Metal Surfaces shall be cleaned by means of a process equivalent to "Parkerizing" and given a rust inhibiting coat, such as zinc chromate,prior to application of finish paint. B. Surface Mounted Equipment, such as panelboards, switchboards, motor control centers, gutters, pull and junction boxes and cabinets for control, and signal systems, including telephone, and like items shall have a nameplate showing pertinent information. Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated bake-lite or aluminum,-with - white letters on black background. Attach with 6 x 32 self-tapping machine screws. Card holders, plastic tape or other means of attachment are not acceptable. Do not use abbreviations. _ C. Exterior surface mounted cabinets mounted to side of switchboard shall be painted same color as switchboard. 2.04 WIRE AND CABLE CONDUCTORS Wire and cable conductors shall be copper No. 12 AWG minimum unless specifically noted otherwise on Plans. Conductors No. 10 AWG copper and smaller shall be solid and No. 8 AWG copper and larger shall be stranded. Type of wire shall be as follows: A. Type THW/PHWN 600 volt insulation may be used for all wiring and shall be used for all underground wiring (wet location). B. Type THHN, 600 Volt insulation shall be used for all branch circuit conductors installed in conduit above grade, outside of air conditioned spaces and other hot locations. (THEN not approved for underground). THHN shall also be used in light fixtures for feed through wiring and in wire gutters. C. All conductors to be copper only. D. Cable Markers. _ 1. Lettering is to be black on a white background. 2. Lettering is to be typed. 3. Lettering shall be either: a white tape that is applied directly to the cable and then covered with a clear heat-shrinkable material or typed directly on heat- shrinkable material. 2.05 TIME SWITCHES/PHOTO CELL (See Plans) 2.06 CONTACTORS AND RELAYS A. Electrically operated, mechanically or magnetically held as required with coil contacts, no overload, 250 volt or 600 volts AC as required. Amperage and number of poles as - indicated. Mount contactors on sound absorbing rubber mounts. Division 16 -Electrical Page 214 1 ' B. Relays for control of individual night-lighting circuits as specified on plans. 2.07 PANELBOARDS A. General Construction. Panels shall have hinged doors, not lockable.Where such panels are flush mounted, fronts and doors shall be of concealed construction with no visible ' hinges or mounting hardware. B. Panels shall contain thermal magnetic trip (bolt-on type), QB circuit breakers rated for voltage as shown on drawings, 60 cycle, AC (10,000 A.I.C. rating for 2401208V and 22,000 A.I.0 rating for 4801277V). Ampere rating and ' number of poles are shown on panel schedules. �1 ' C. Bus Size shall be as indicated. Where not shown, size the bus to equal ampacity of feeder switch or circuit breaker. In no case shall bus ampacity be less than 100 amperes. D. Finish. Where panels are mounted flush with wall, the trim and door shall be given a primer coat, to be finished painted by others. Where panels are surface mounted, all exposed surfaces shall be finished as specified previously. ' E. Nameplates. Panel nameplates shall show panel name, voltage, phase and number of wire. Example: PANEL2A 120/208V 30, 4W ' F. Circuit Directory. Each circuit shall be identified by a card mounted on inside of panel door with following information neatly typed; Number and type of outlets on circuit location of outlets and load in volt-amps per phase. 2.08 CONDUIT ' A. Rigid conduit shall be used when installed in concrete slabs,encased in concrete below slabs, in concrete or masonry walls,exposed on building exterior or exposed in interior wall below 4 ft. above floor. B. Concrete Encasement. If concrete encasement of underground conduit is called for on plans (rigid or PVC SCH 80 only) conduit shall be encased 3-inch on all sides with red mixed concrete envelope. Concrete mix shall be 5.5 sack, using pea gravel as aggregate. C. Rigid Underground Protection: PVC coated only. ' D. EMT (Interior Use Only) E. Flexible conduit: Use where indicated on drawings and in other locations due to ' structural conditions as permitted by code and with review of the City. Other locations permitted by N.E.C. and/or local Codes. ' F. Use of conduit and fittings not specified shall not be used without prior review of City Representative. Division 2 - Site Work Page 215 G. Seal-tite flexible conduit shall be used for all final connections to motors and in wet, damp or outdoor areas where drawings indicate use of flexible conduit. H. Terminate conduit runs to rotating, adjustable, or moveable equipment with flexible connections. I. Install flexible isolating connections in conduit runs between building structure and air- conditioning equipment, transformers or other equipment transmitting vibration or noise. J. (Not Used) K. Do not use threadless conduit couplings for rigid conduit except for connections requiring union. L. Rigid conduit shall be terminated with metallic bushings. M. Mark underground conduit stubs from building (or switchgear as indicated) with 6 x 6 12-inch deep concrete block over end of stub, flush with finished grade elsewhere. Provide 3 x 3 inch brass plate, engraved "ELECT" secured to block with brass dowels. N. Conduit shall not be embedded in concrete slab less than 4-inch thick and conduit +1- 1/4-inch and larger shall not be installed in slab. Install conduit embedded in concrete slabs not on grade between reinforcing bars and bottom of slab. For slabs on grade, — install conduit below slab as specified. O. Non-metallic conduit (PVC SCH. 40) shall be installed underground and in duct banks. Bends and risers shall be PVC SCH. SO with out of grade risers to be rigid steel conduit. Risers shall terminate at panels and pullboxes with double locknuts and insulated grounding bushing. Bare copper ground wire shall be installed in conduit runs between panels and pullboxes and connected to ground busing at each end. Ground wire shall be code sized or as indicated on Plans. Where installed below floor slabs or below grade, conduits shall be separated by a minimum of 3-inch between identical systems. P. Non-metallic conduit in duct banks shall be installed as described in Concrete Encasement (if indicated on plan). Q. Provide secure mounting facilities for conduits. Wire or plumber's tape shall not be used for hanging suspended conduit. Conduits shall not be secured to suspended ceiling hanger wires or to suspended ceiling structure. R. Provide junction or pullboxes where required for pulling conductors due to excessive numbers of bends or lengths of conduit runs. S. Provide expansion couplings wherever conduits cross expansion or seismic joints or for continuous straight runs in excess of 100 ft. except when embedded in concrete. Expansion fittings shall have bonding jumper or be of grounding type. T. Re-route conduit where necessary to clear structural and mechanical obstructions. U. Bury underground conduit except under buildings to depth of not less than 24-inch below finish grade. Bury runs smaller than 1-1/4-inch to minimum depth of 6-inch under floor slabs and provide 3-inch concrete encasement. For conduit 1-1/2-inch and Division 2 - Site Work Page 216 larger, trench sufficiently under floor slabs to provide a minimum buried depth of 36- inch below finish grade. Minimum depths are to top of conduits. V. Install long-radius bends in underground service conduits and in other long underground runs in excess of 100 ft. Do not flatten or kink bends. W. Conduits installed in concrete, wet locations, exposed to weather, or underground shall have threads filled with red lead and oil before screwing into couplings and threaded fittings. ' X. Run conduits in spaces above suspended ceilings parallel to walls and floors. Y, Where more than two conduits are installed in one common concrete envelope, separate ' conduits with conduit spacers. 2.09 PULLBOXES IN GRADE ' A. Quickset No. EQ-17 (or as indicated on plans) concrete type for all lighting circuits in landscape areas. Provide bolt-down concrete lid in landscape areas and steel traffic lids in driving areas. All lids shall be engraved "electrical." ' B. Set pullbox on compacted pea gravel base (minimum 12-inch of base material). ' C. All splices inside pullbox to be wrapped and have waterproof compound applied around splice (skotchguard). Conductors to be identified with circuit number. 2.10 MAIN SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD A. Series Rated System: 1. The entire main switchboard and electrical panel system shall be U.L. listed for ' series rating of 100,OOOA RMS SYMM when used with down stream series rated circuit breakers and, or devices ' 2. The short circuit current .rating of each panel shall be equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any device installed but not more than the main rating at the system voltage. Additional or replacement devices shall be of same manufacturer,type designation and an equal or greater interrupting capacity. 3. Provide red engraved plate with white letter: "Switchboard is series rated. Replacement devices shall be of same manufacturer, type designation and an ' equal or greater interrupting capacity." B. Provide single or three phases, 3 or 4 wire, switchboards containing circuit breakers ' and switches with ratings, components and arrangements as indicated on the single line drawings and herein specified. C. Enclosure: Total enclosed sections bolted together to form a single floor-standing ' section, NEMA Type 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor general purpose with front access only. Sections 90" high and all of the same depth, width as required. Legal gauge sheet steel finished hammertone gray or manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel. Copper bussing shall be 1000A/sq. inch for 100% rating. Aluminum bussing shall be 750A/sq. inch for 100% rating. Division 2 - Site Work Page 217 D. Busbars: Rectangular cross-sections, full height in each distribution section with horizontal cross busbars between sections. Fully insulated, UL rated tin plated aluminum, braced for 50KA Sym. ]� - E. Lugs: Shop drawings must indicate lug size based on the actual conductors to be provided. F. Main Circuit Protector: (As shown on plans - Circuit Breaker or Switch and Fuse): Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker pad lockable in the "off' position with minimum interrupting capacity of 42,000 symmetrical RMS amperes at voltage shown on plans. All multi pole units with common trip and single handle. Feeder rejection switch and fuses per single line diagram, provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type. Provide fuse holders in cabinet in electrical room. Label with nameplate "Spare Fuses." G. Nameplates: Black-on-White engraved laminated plastic. Provide a main nameplate for each section with first line in 1/2-inch high letters stating (Example: "MAIN SWITCHBOARD") the second line in 1/4-inch high letters indicating the second line in 1/4-inch high letters indicating voltage, phases, amperes (of main busbars) and year, (Example: "480/277V, 3-phase, 4-wire-800A 1991"). Provide nameplate for each — circuit protector. H. Installation: Use leveling screws to set the switchboard plumb and true, and with the bottom approximately 1-inch above finished floor slab. Completely fill space between the floor and the bottom of the switchboard with cement grout. I. Provide switchgear and all components made by one of the following manufacturers: - General Electric, ITE, Sylvania or Westinghouse. 7. Service entrance equipment shall include underground pull section combination service _ and distribution section, and shall conform to the requirements of the serving utility company. K. If switchboard is located against a wall the top of the service/switchboard lineup shall be bolted to the wall within three feet of each end with 1/4-inch thick angle iron or P100 Uni-Strut and fittings or with equal top support. If switchboard is free standing outdoor unit than bolt to concrete slab with 1/2-inch single phase Phillips red head wedge _. anchors 4-inch embedment. Cat. No. WS-1242 (4) bolts per unit (2 at each end). L. Contractor shall send switchboard shop drawing to power company representative for approval by power company and confirmation that switchgear complies with power company regulations. M. All dimensions of switchgear is based on RSE-Sierra (714/529-3471). Contractor is responsible for any substitution of equipment with greater dimensions than manufactured by RSE-Sierra and for allowed space and code clearance. N. Contactors and/or relays and/or time clocks to mount in separate sections with hinged (lockable)doors. Time clocks to have no live contacts exposed to operator. O. Outdoor switchgear to have hinged pad lockable doors with door handle hardware at meter section capable of two (2)padlocks. Division 2 - Site Work Page 218 _ 1 P All 10&4 meter seekeis and diseonneeis shaU have field interehange zi� ' hardii-are ie 20&4. PART III - LIGHTING FIXWRES JAMPSBALLASTS 3.01 GENERAL tA. Provide light fixtures complete including lamps, ballasts, sockets, housings, ceiling trim rings for special ceilings, brackets,diffusersAenses and outlet boxes. ' B. The catalog numbers included in the description of the various types of lighting fixtures shall be basically considered to establish the type or class of the fixture with a particular manufacturer only. The fixture length,.number of lamps, component materials, ' accessories, mounting type and all other features required to fulfill the total description of the fixture based on all drawing and specification information shall be complied with regardless of whether or not the catalog number specifically includes these features. If any conflict exists between the catalog number and the description, the Contractor shall either resolve the conflict with the City prior to submittal of his bid or furnish the fixture to meet the intent as later interpreted by the City without change in contract price. ' C. Lighting fixtures shall be of types as indicated in fixture schedule on drawings. D. All fixtures of one type shall be of one manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. 3.02 LAMPS: tA. Submit certification letter from manufacturers of lamps and ballasts stating the specific ' lamp and ballast combination comply with manufacturers approval for the combined use, shown on the drawings. Lamps manufactured 360 days prior to start of construction shall not be used. B. Submit manufacturers certified lamp and ballast test report data showing compliance ' with contract document. C. Provide complete manufacturers catalog data information for each light fixture, ballast ' and larnp. D. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Westinghouse (W&K trademark), Norelco or Sylvania. Each fixture or ' lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp. E. High pressure sodium and metal halide lamps shall be clear unless noted otherwise on ' drawings. 3.03 BALLASTS ' A. Each ballast shall be independently fused within ballast compartment. Provide a label next to ballast cover reading: "Ballast if fused, check fuse prior to relamping". Provide an additional quantity of 10% spare fuses and deliver to City. B. Metal halide and high pressure sodium, fixtures equipped with constant wattage, H.P.F. ballasts. Division 2 - Site Work Page 219 1 3.04 (NOT USED) 3.05 LIGHT FIXTURES - GENERAL A. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to complete and properly install the fixture. All fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type specified. B. Fixtures shall be wired from outlet boxes supplied with fixture to socket with #14 AWG Underwriters' Type BS I"AF" or "CF" fixture wire. Electrical 16000 C. The fixture to bear Underwriter's label of approval for the wattage indicated. D. Light fixtures installed outdoors in damp or wet locations shall be U.L. labeled for said location. E. Ballfield lighting fixtures. See Part V. 3.06 BALLFIELD FLOOD LIGHTING (See Part V of this Specification.) 3.07 LENS AND DIFFUSERS A. Lens and diffusers shall be completely cleaned of all dust, dirt and fingerprints after the installation of the light fixtures, ceiling, painting, lamps, and prior to occupancy of the facility by the City. PART IV: GENERAL INSTALLATIQhj 4.01 DESCRIPTION Installation requirements specified herein are general in nature and are not necessarily complete. AU installation requirements listed may not be used. 4.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING Excavation and backfilling required for electrical work shall be performed under this section, unless otherwise specified, and shall conform to requirements of applicable sections of these specifications and public authorities having jurisdiction. A. The contractor shall make all necessary excavations for footings and slabs and do any additional excavations necessary to provide ample room for installation of concrete forms where required. Sides of footings may be poured against undisturbed soil if Soils Engineer approves. Bottom of footing excavations shall be level, free from loose materials, and brought to the indicated or required grades in undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free from standing water. The Contractor shall do all pumping or drainage that may be necessary in carrying on the work. Should excavations for footings through error be excavated to a greater depth or size than indicated or required, such additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete as specified for footings at the Contractor's expense. B. Backfilling: • Select site material shall be used for backfill of trenches and shall be free from large stones and clods. Material shall be as approved by the Soils Engineer. • Backfill shall be deposited in layers of maximum 6-inch thickness. Division 2 - Site Work Page 220 ' Layers of backfill shall be moistened with water, the amount to be rigidly controlled to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excess water causing saturated earth beneath footings, walks, and curbs ' will not be permitted. • Backfill shall be compacted by suitable means to a minim of ninety percent (90%). ' All trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with this section and may be tested at the discretion of the City. C. Placement of Aggregate Base: (If indicated on Plans) All subgrade work shall be completed, inspected, and approved prior to placements of ' aggregate base material. Aggregate base material shall be placed to the thickness as shown on Plans and compacted to required density. Compaction tests shall be as required and approved by the Soils Engineer prior to placement of A.C. paving. ' D. Dust and Noise Abatement: ' During the entire period of construction, site areas shall be kept sprinkled as necessary to reduce dust in the air and annoyance to surrounding properties. Adhere to the requirements of the City Ordinances for dust and noise control. 4.03 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Provide inserts, hangers and supports required for supporting switches, conduits,junction and pull boxes, fixtures and similar materials and equipment. Conduit 1-inch size or smaller, ' located above suspended ceilings, may be fastened to ceiling furring or support wires in an e approved manner. 4.04 LIGHTING FIXTURES (See Part III and Part V) 4.05 PULL WIRES Provide a 1/8-inch size Polypropylene pull wire in all empty conduits, including those for sig- nal and telephone systems. Identify conduits at exposed ends with tags. Tags shall identify location of other end of conduit. ' 4.06 JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS Cut conduit squarely and ream ends to remove blurs. Close open ends of conduit, unless in a closed box or cabinet, with approved conduit caps or closures as soon as installed and keep ' closed until ready to pull in conductors. 4.07 TERNIINATION OF CONDUITS ' Terminate conduits of 1-1/4-inch size and larger with insulated bushings, with grounding lugs where required, O.Z. Type BLG, or equal. 4.08 RUNNING OF EXPOSED CONDUIT ' Run exposed conduit parallel or perpendicular to building structure. Bends for conduits used for telephone systems shall be long radius. ' 4.09 FLASHINGS Division 2 - Site Work Page 221 1 Where conduits extend through roof, provide flashings as required in other sections of specifications. 4.10 WIRE AND CABLE A. Splices, Joints and Taps. 1. For wire in sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller, use Ideal "Wire-Nuts" or 3M - - "Scotchlocks". 2. For Copper Wire in sizes No. 6 AWG and larger, use Bundry split-bolt type _ connectors. 3. Make Splices,joints and taps, and connections to motors and related equipment with approved solderless lugs sized for the wire or conductor size involved. B. Tagging of Conductors 1. Tag branch circuits in panelboards, in gutters, and in junction boxes where unused circuits terminate for purpose of identifying various circuits. 2. Tag feeders and mains in switchboards. 3. Tag with adhesive type of marker manufactured by Brady as distributed by Graybar Electric Co. — C. Branch Circuit and Feeder Wiring for all systems shall be continuous from switch to terminal or farthest outlet. No joint shall be made except in pull junction or outlet _ boxes, or in panel or switchboard gutters. t D. Installation. Thoroughly clean conduit and wire-ways and ensure all parts are perfectly dry before pulling wires. Do not install permanent wiring, without special permission from City, until plastering is done and dirt removed. Wire shall be neatly arranged and laced together. 4.11 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING METHODS - A. Fluorescent Fixtures shall not be used as a raceway for branch circuit conductors except where installed end-to-end to form a continuous assembly. B. Wall Outlets shall not be wired back-to-back. Boxes on opposite sides of a common wall be separated horizontally by a space of at least 6". 4.12 PANELBOARDS Install wall mounted panelboards at 6 ft. from top of panelbox to finish floor, except as otherwise required. PART V: BALLFIELD LIGHTING 5.01 LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS A. LIGHTING PERFORMANCE - San Juan Capistrano Sports Park The manufacturer shall supply lighting equipment and computer generated point by point analysis to meet the following: Division 2 - Site Work page 222 1 1. Performance Criteria- Field Lighting a. The performance criteria requires lighting equipment which will provide initial average light levels of 46 footcandles infield, 38 footcandles outfield for the softball field, 38 footcandles for the soccer field and 67 footcandles infield, 37 footcandles outfield for the baseball field. A maintenance factor of .8 is to be ' used in determining the initial light value after adjustment for a tilt factor. These initial light levels will provide a maintained lighting level of 37 footcandles infield, 30 footcandles outfield for the softball field, 30 footcandles for the soccer field and 54 footcandles infield, 30 footcandles outfield for the baseball field.. The light levels are to be stated in the numeric values to be obtained during the initial hours of the operation of the lighting system. Bidders shall supply computer generated point by point light scans based on 155,000 lumens per lamp showing both initial and designated maintained footcandle levels. b. Uniformity ratio - The footcandle level shall have a uniformity ratio of maximum to minimum of not greater than 2.0:1 infield and 3.0:1 outfield for the ' softball field and 2.5:1 for the soccer field or better. 2. Spill/Glare Light-Designated Areas ' a. Maximum spill light values - light levels shall not exceed the designated maximum footcandles or average footcandles shown below. These levels shall be shown as initial footcandles and shall be measured at a distance of 70 feet ' from the boundary of the playing field in any direction. t EAe ield Boundary Horizontal Fotocandles Footcandles with meter aimed t toward bri htest light bank. ootcandles 3 0. Footcandles 0.02 0.15 �3 ' b. Are Tub Brightness (Luminance) (1) No portion of any arc tube shall be visible beyond 12 degrees vertical and 35 degrees horizontal measured from thecenter axis line of the light out put in the direction of the defined problem. 2. Beam Control Fixtures The approved lighting fixture shall not exceed the candlepower of specified degrees above the maximum candlepower in the vertical plane as specified in the following table. 12,000 candlepower is the unit of luminous intensity that often begins to cause discomfort and interfere with vision. Division 2 - Site Work Page 223 Nerna Type Reflector Candlepower Degrees Above Maxmunum Candlepower in Vertical Plane Nema 2 12,000 17.5 degrees Nema B 12,O00- 14.5 degrees Nema35- 1 18.5 degrees Nema 4 12,000 16 degrees Nema 5 12,000 23 degrees Nema 6 12,000 24 degrees B. POINT BY POINT ANALYSIS 1. Computer Models -Test Stations a. Softball infield test stations for the horizontal field measurements shall consist of 25 points covering on an equally spaced 20' by 20' grid (commencing 10'outside each baseline). b. Baseball outfield test stations for the horizontal field measurments shall consist of 25 points covering on an equally spaced 30' x 30' grid (commencing 15'outside each baseline). C. Softball outfield test stations for the horizontal Illumination levels should cover the entire outfield area to fence. Test stations shall be on an 20' x _ 29' grid and consist of 161 locations. d. Baseball outfield test stations for horizontal illumination levels should cover the entire outfield area to fence. Test stations shall be on an 30' x 30' grid and consist of 78 locations. e. Soccer field test stations for the horizontal field measurements shall consist of 160 points covering 330 by 210 on an equally spaced 30' x 20' grid. f. Spill/glare test stations shall consist of horizontal footcandles and maximum footcandles on a line 70 feet from the boundary of the playing field. Horizontal maximum footcandle readings shall be shown every 30 feet on the line. - C. INSPECTION AND VERIFICATION 1. Test and Measurement Procedures a. All testing will be done with entire facility illuminated. b. Horizontal footcandle readings shall be taken with the meter positioned horizontal 36-inch above grade. Division 2 - Site Work Page 224 C. Maximum footcandles as specified in Section A.2.a. shall be taken with the test cell positioned 36-inch above grade and aimed at the brightest light source. ' d. Ambient light levels shall be measured at the specified test stations. Maximum ambient footcandle level explored in all planes for each test ' station shall be recorded. Once the maximum spill light readings as defined in Section A.2.a. have been recorded, subtract the ambient light readings from the respective footcandle readings at each test station. 1 e. Testing equipment for measurement of footcandle levels shall be a calibrated Gossen Panalux Electronic 2 or an approved equal. ' f. For final approval of the project the manufacturer shall provide a final report from the test results that shall provide the following items: ' (1) Identification of number and location of the test stations. (2) Actual horizontal footcandle readings taken at each test station. ' (3) Actual spill/glare footcandle readings taken at each test station. (4) Number of hours of operation. D. LIGHT-STRUCTURE SYSTEM 1. General Description - The Light-Structure System as manufactured by Musco ' Sports Lighting, or approved equal shall consist of: a. Pre-stressed centrifically spun concrete base 1 b. Hot-dip galvanized steel shafts. ' C. Hot-dip galvanized steel crossarms. d. Fixture consisting of: lamp, lamp socket, reflector, lens, lamp cone, reinforcing retaining ring. e. U.L. listed double fusing for the lamp circuits. f. Enclosure to consist of: NEMA 3R enclosure with ballasts and capacitors. g. Thermal magnetic breaker. h. All wiring from the load side of the breaker to the lamp socket. ' i. Plug-in or landing lug connection devices for all electrical circuits on the pole. ' j. Aiming method for alignment of the luminaires. k. Method for re-alignment of the luminaire after movement for relamping. Division 2 - Site Work Page 225 E. LUMINAIRE STRUCTURE 1. Factory Construction The lamp and reflector mounting device shall be factory assembled to the crossarms and the crossatms shall be attached to a section of the pole by the manufacturer. - 2. Single Photometric Unit Each reflector shall be attached to the crossarm in such a way that its aiming position has been determined relative to all other fixtures on the pole so that in the factory all luminaires on the assembly are oriented to form a single photometric unit. _ 3. Lamps Lamps shall be 150OW watt metal halide and shall meet ANSI designation M48PC-1500BU and be Philips #MH1500BU or an approved equal. 4. Reflector and Lamp Supports The reflector shall be fastened to the lamp cone with a reinforcing retaining ring containing an acrylic compressed fiber ring which centers and stabilizes the - lamp in the reflector and provides heat shield to protect the lamp socket from heat. 5. Lens ' A removable lens of impact and thermal resistant glass with silicone gasket shall be centered in a stainless steel lens rim and attached to the reflector with a hinged cable or chain. 6. Aiming The manufacturer shall provide a memory positioning device for each luminaire on the assembly. The device shall provide for automatic repositioning of the aiming after relamping. 7. Field Alignment Luminaire assembly shall be provided from the factory to the job site as a unit which may be universally oriented in a manner that the entire luminaire assembly can be field aimed as a single unit. 8. Materials and Coatings All steel components shall be hot dip galvanized ASTM A-123. High purity — reflector grade aluminum shall be alzak finished. All other aluminum components shall be heavy anodized to military MIL-A-8625E Type III (commercial AAC12A41) specification and shall further be coated with an _ epoxy primer and heavy top coat of polyurethane enamel. All non-current carrying fasteners, hinges, and latches shall be stainless steel and shall be Division 2 - Site Work Page 226 ' coated with a thermoset epoxy type organic coating such as Empigard to prevent galvanic interaction. 9. Crossarm Welding Crossarms for the luminaire assembly shall be welded to the pole section before galvanizing by certified welders. Any additional fasteners used for the attachment of accessories to the crossarm shall be stainless steel and coated with Empigard or equivalent. 10. Structural Strength The crossarm, reflector and its attachment to the pole shall be provided by the ' manufacturer such that it will structurally withstand winds of 125 m.p.h. with 1.3 gust factor without misalignment of any luminaire and without any damage to the crossarms or its components. Luminaires shall be attached to the ' crossarm by a minimum of two bolts, which fasteners shall be stainless steel and Empigard coated. There shall be no penetrations of the top or sides of the crossarm. ' F. WIRE HARNESS 1. Strain Relief ' The wiring harness shall be supported at the top of the pole by a stainless steel wire mesh grip matched to the size of the harness.There shall be not more than 13 conductors supported by a single wire mesh grip. If harness is longer than ' 65', an interim wire mesh grip support shall be located approximately half way down the pole. ' 2. Strain Relief Slippage There shall be protection around the conductors, in addition to the insulation to ' protect from damage from the wire mesh grip and also to avoid slippage of the grip on the wire harness. The wire mesh grip shall also be clamped to the harness with a cable tie at the bottom of the grip to avoid loosening. ' 3. Pole Attachment The wire mesh grip shall be mechanically attached to the pole to an enclosed mounting loop so that it cannot accidentally be removed in any direction. 4. Spiral Winding ' The harness being supported by the wire mesh grip shall consist of multiple 14 gauge THHN conductors and shall be continuously spiral wound and bound with mylar wrap to prevent slippage of individual conductors within the wiring harness. Additionally, a cable de shall be tightly wrapped around the harness at not more than 10 ft. increments. ' 5. Abrasion Bumper There shall be provided at 2 ft. below the wire mesh grip and then at not more than 10 ft. intervals along the entire length of the wire harness an abrasion Division 2 - Site Work Page 227 1 protective bumper device of soft, durable abrasive resistant material not less than 2-inch in diameter attached around the wiring harness to protect the harness from striking and being abraded by the interior surface of the pole. 6. Labeling All wiring harness conductors shall be color coded and clearly labeled. 7. Plug-Ins Each end of the wire harness shall be terminated into a plug-in with conductors sequenced consistent with the pattern of the wiring schematic provided by the manufacturer. 8. Testing All conductors and plug-ins shall be tested for resistance underload, for continuity, schematic sequence, and for insulation integrity. Manufacturer shall ship with the wire harness a copy of the test results. 9. Grounding There shall be included within the wiring harness one conductor for use as a grounding conductor. The grounding conductor shall be equal in size to the load - carrying conductors. G. ELECTRICAL COMPONENT ENCLOSURE (ECE) 1. NEMA 3R The ECE shall be a NEMA 3R rated gasketed enclosure to house the ballasts, - capacitors, fuses, thermal magnetic circuit breaker, and distribution lugs. 2. Two Compartments The ECE shall be divided into two compartments. The upper compartment shall house the ballasts, capacitors, and fuses. The lower compartment shall provide for the thermal magnetic circuit breaker, distribution lugs, and connection of all circuits coming into and out of the ECE. 3. Galvanize - The ECE shall be heavy hot dip galvanized to ASTM A-123 standards after fabrication to a thickness of not less than 3 mils. Continuous galvanized materials will not be accepted. 4. Stainless Steel - All latches, hinges, and non-current carrying fasteners, either outside or inside the enclosure, shall be stainless steel and shall further be coated with a clear _ thermoset polymer coating such as Empigard to prevent galvanic interaction. 5. Hinged Door Access Division 2 - Site Work Page 228 ' The access door to the ECE shall be attached by a full-length stainless steel hinge and shall be secured when closed by lockable stainless steel latches. ' 6. Pole Attachment The ECE shall attach to the pole by means of a device which is sufficient to ' align the ECE and support its weight. There shall be a sealed joint with a non- threaded connection to provide wiring access from the pole to the ECE for both the primary and secondary circuits. The connection shall be gasketed for ' watertight protection. All wire passages shall be protected to prevent wire abrasion or damage. 7. Capacitors ' In the ECE, capacitor cases shall be made from zinc coated steel or aluminum and top coated with enamel. Each capacitor shall have a ground terminal welded to its case and such terminal shall be connected to ground via a grounding wire. The capacitor case shall not make direct contact with surface of the ECE. 8. Disconnecting Device There shall be provided within the ECE a U.L. listed thermal magnetic circuit breaker such that electrical power to all equipment on the pole served by the ' feeder circuit shall be disengaged by the operation of one switch. The breaker shall be located in a compartment separated from any capacitors or ballasts. 9. Lugs r The breaker shall provide landing lugs for the conductors which provide power to the pole. 10. Distribution Terminal Blocks ' There shall be provided by the manufacturer a set of distribution terminal blocks which shall be factory wired from the breaker to the blocks. These blocks shall provide for termination of all ballast connection wiring. ' 11. Fusing There shall be provided an individual fuse for each ballast conductor except ' neutral conductors which shall not be fused or switched. 12. Plug-In ' All lamp supply circuits in the ECE shall be color-coded and labeled and shall terminate into a U.L. recognized plug-in device in the lower compartment of the ECE in a manner suitable for plug-in to the wiring harness. 13. Wire Harness Connection ' The wiring harness circuits from the lamps shall be attached to the ECE circuits by U.L. recognized plug-in connectors. 14. Grounding Division 2 - Site Work Page 229 There shall be provided in the ECE located in the lower compartment of the enclosure one equipment grounding lug rigidly fastened to the enclosure, sized to accept up to a 1/0 conductor. There shall also be provision in the upper compartment for a ground terminal of sufficient size to permit connection of the grounding conductors from the capacitors and the ground wire from the wiring harness. 15. Ballast Type There shall be an individual ballast for each luminaire.The ballast shall be a lead _ peak auto-regulating ballast and be available for use with —volt supply. The ballast shall be located remote from the luminaire crossarm and shall be placed approximately ten (10) feet above ground level. Ballast box must be a NEMA 3R enclosure and must be manufactured by the luminaire assembly manufacturer and all mounting hardware shall be included with the ballast box assembly. The remote ballast system described above shall be located on the same pole as the luminaire assembly in the NEMA 3R enclosure with the capacitors and the capacitors shall operate in ambient air not to exceed 70 degrees C. The assembly design shall be adaptable to various standard ballast and must retain U.L. listing. 16. Plans Attached The manufacturer shall provide an electrical schematic of the ECE circuits, - which schematic shall be of a durable material and affixed to the inside of the ECE door for use by maintenance personnel. 17. Location The ECE shall be attached to the pole with the lower end approximately 10 feet above grade at the pole foundation. 18. U.L. Listing The ECE shall be listed by U.L. both for use with 90 degrees C rated supply conductors and as suitable for use in wet locations. H. POLESTRUCTURE 1. Safety Factors AASHTO structural design criteria shall be used to determine the pole stress allowance. 2. Wind Factors The poles and foundations shall be designed to withstand windloads based upon structural engineers calculations. - 3. Height and EPA The pole shall be designed to provide a mounting height above the surface at its foundation of 60 and 70 feet and to be of sufficient strength to support the effective projected area (EPA) of the pole and all of the attached devices Division 2 - Site Work Page 230 1 ' including, as applicable, light fixtures, crossarms, mounting brackets, ballast boxes, and any other devices which are to be attached to the pole. ' 4. Pole Material The pole shaft shall be high strength low alloy tapered tubular steel with ' galvanized coating inside and out. All connections of pole sections shall be by slip fitting the top section over the lower section by a length of at least 1 1/2 diameters. 5. Resistance to Corrosion Steel components of the pole shall be hot dip galvanized ASTM A-123. Steel portions of the pole shall be constructed such that all segments of the pole can be readily heated to like temperatures in commercially available galvanizing methods. 1 To avoid problems of galvanize adherence to differing steel alloys, all steel components used for the pole must be of the same type steel. ' All exposed steel components of the pole shall be at least 18" above the surface of the ground to avoid exposure of the steel to the heavily moisture and oxygen laden air, both above and below the surface. There shall be a cap to cover the ' top of the pole so that rain will not enter the interior of the pole. To avoid stress corrosion of the pole, there shall be no critical stress points of the steel portion of the pole within 18"of the ground. 1 , FOUNDATION 1. Safety Factor Broms safety factor of three (or UBC) shall be used in the foundation design. 2. Foundation Strength ' Any concrete portions of the pole in which steel components that provide tension strength are contained, shall be allowed to harden for a minimum of 28 ' days before stress loads of pole attachment are applied. 3. Concrete Material ' The foundation of the pole shall be constructed of not less than 9,500 psi pre- stressed centrifically cast concrete such that the steel reinforcement within the concrete shall be protected from slippage and exposure to oxidation through voids in the concrete or exposure of the steel through porous concrete material. 4. Soil Conditions ' The design criteria for these specifications are based on soil conditions with 2000 psf soil at the surface. It shall be the contractors responsibility to notify 1 Division 2 - Site Work Page 231 the owner of soil conditions other than the design criteria. The owner shall then be responsible and absorb the additional costs associated with: a. Providing engineered foundation/embedment design by a registered engineer in the State of California for soils other than specified soil conditions. b. Additional materials required to achieve alternate foundation. C. Excavation and removal of materials other than normal soils, such as rock, caliche,etc. J. SAFETY - SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. U.L. Listing There shall be provided a U.L. listing for all electrical components from its connection to the feeder conductors, to its completion at the lamp socket including all connections. This listing shall be based upon U.L. testing and evaluation of the compatibility of the enclosures and the components for use in combination in this application in addition to the individual components being U.L. listed or recognized. 2. U.L. Test Report Bidder shall supply in advance of bid a copy of the complete Underwriters Laboratory report covering the entire luminaire assembly being bid for the _ owner's review and retention. Partial U.L. files will not be accepted per the requirements of U.L. 3. Codes Sports Lighting Structure shall meet National Electrical code. 4. Warranty a. Manufacturer shall warrant in writing the entire structure (excluding fuses and lamps) to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of seven years starting from the date of delivery. b. Manufacturer agrees in writing to provide labor and materials for a period of two years to replace defective parts or repair defects in workmanship,or, at its election, to pay reasonable costs of labor for such repairs. For the remainder of the warranty period, replacement materials will be provided at no charge. C. Lamps shall be warranted by the manufacturer in writing not to fail for two years from the date of delivery. Lamps which fail during the fust year of the warranty period will be replaced and installed at no cost to the owner. Lamps which fail during the second 12 months will be replaced by the manufacturer but installation will be the owner's responsibility. Division 2 - Site Work Page 232 ' d. Manufacturer warrants in writing accurate alignment of the luminaires on the luminaire assembly for a period of seven years starting from the date of delivery. e. The contractor shall furnish to the owner of the facility 5% extra lamps or a minimum of 3 and 6 extra fuses for future use. ' K. INSTALLATION 1. Weight and Size To permit ease of handling of material at the job site and to avoid damage to the existing facility, no single component of the pole shall be in excess of 2,400 ' lbs., nor be greater than 41' in length. 2. Backfill ' The pole base shall be installed in an excavation as prescribed by the Broms or UBC standards for foundation design. Concrete backfill is required. ' 3. Assembly The concrete backfill allowing for inspection prior to the attachment of the steel ' The pole base shall be separate from the pole such that the base may be installed,properly plumbed, and enlarged as to the bearing surface by pole. 4. Electrical Wiring 1 The pole and the luminaires shall be designed such that all wiring remains underground before entering the base of the pole and that no wiring shall be exposed to sun or weather as it transitions through the pole and to the ballast and on to each lamp. ' There shall be provided a non-threaded hot-dip galvanized steel or concrete enclosed raceway for transition of the pole feeder conductors from the trench to the ECE. ' S. Field Connections All field electrical connections on the pole shall be achieved by U.L. listed plug- in or lug method of attachment from the load side of the breaker/disconnect to the lamp socket. The feeder and grounding conductors from the service entrance to the pole shall be connected at the pole by landing lugs. ' L. PATENT RIGHTS AND INFRINGEMENT There are various established performance criteria throughout this request for products ' and services. There may exist patent coverage for some means and methods of achieving those performance criteria. Bidders are responsible for ascertaining that means and methods of the products and services which they are providing are not being ' provided in violation of any such patent rights. Bidders responsibilities are as follows: Division 2 - Site Work Page 233 I. To hold harmless, the owner, as to any violation to include dollar amounts that could be owing as a result of damages for infringement including potential treble damages as provided for under U.S. Patent Law. _ 2. Any and all costs that the owner would incur in replacing materials and services which are determined to infringe patent rights. 3. All administrative, legal and other costs that would be incurred as a result of an infringement. If any product or services proposed to be provided by the bidder are known by the bidder to be subject to any existing claims of infringement, bidder shall notify owner of such claim and provide evidence of financial ability to perform on the above hold harmless requirements. M. FIELD TECHNICIAN ON-SITE VISIT Manufacturer shall provide an on-site visit by a factory technician after completion of the installation. The factory technician shall make any necessary adjustments to the aiming in order to ensure that specified maximum footcandle levels are not exceeded (refer to section A.2.a of _ the lighting specifications). This service shall be included at no additional cost to the owner or installing contractor. N. ALTERNATE SUBMITTAL-DATA TO BE PROVIDED Failure to provide any of the following information with the alternate submittal will be grounds for rejection of the alternate. Each item listed below shall be provided in the form of clear and concise statements and/or plans and drawings which can be easily read and clearly interpreted. Each item shall also be clearly lettered to correspond with the following list. All items shall be assembled in the order indicated and secured or bound in a neat and orderly fashion for easy use and reference. City must notify all bidders of any approved alternate by addendum only. Bidders requesting to use equipment other than that specified shall submit ten (10)days prior to bid opening the following: 1. Lighting layout design showing luminaire mounting heights, aiming focus points, reflector types number of luminaires per pole and kilowatt consumption. 2. A drawing of the Sports Lighting Structure meeting or exceeding specified criteria. 3. Computer generated point-by-point analysis of field light values as set forth in accordance with lighting performance specifications. 4. Written statements of model number and manufacturer for all equipment bid. _. 5. Written warranty from the manufacturer covering entire structure as outlined in specifications. 6. Certified engineer, independent of manufacturer, shall verify and stamp wind load test of luminaire assembly to meet or exceed structural strength as described in specifications. Please note, EPA test does not constitute mis- alignment verification. (refer to page 234 "Structural Strength"). Division 2 - Site Work Page 234 ' 7. Complete U.L. Test Report - Bidder shall supply for the owner's review and retention a copy of the Underwriters Laboratory report covering the luminaire assembly being bid. 8. Manufacturer shall submit in writing a minimum of five similar lighting projects in the state of California where the specifications outlined have been met. ' Include the project name,contact person and telephone numbers. 9. Manufacturer shall submit a letter guaranteeing that footcandle levels and ' uniformities as specified will be met. In addition, manufacturer's remedy to deficiencies will be noted 10. There shall be provided by the pole supplier sufficient data and calculations to ' show that the specified criteria will be met. 11. Manufacturer shall submit a test report confirming that capacitors operate at 70 ' degrees Celsius, Ballast Type under Section Electrical Component Enclosure. 12. Manufacturer shall submit a test report confirming that capacitors operate at 70 ' degrees Celsius, please refer to page 10, Ballast Type under Section Electrical Component Enclosure. 1 r r Division 2 - Site Work Page 235 PART VI: DRY TYPE TRANSFORMER 6.01 GENERAL A. Furnish and install, as indicated on the electrical plans; Sorgel dry-type transformers as manufactured by the Square D Company, or approved equal. See plans for exact — voltages and kVA ratings. B. Single phase transformers shall be 480 volt primary and 120/240 volt secondary. Three phase transformers shall be 480 volt delta primary and 208Y/120 volt delta secondary. Transformers 25 kVA and larger shall have a minimum of 4-2 1/2% full capacity primary taps. Exact voltages and taps to be as designated on the plans or the transformer schedule. C. Transformers 15 kVA and above shall be 150 degree C. temperature rise above 40 degree C. ambient. All insulating materials to be in accordance with NEMA ST-20- 1972 standards for a 220 degree C. U.L component recognized insulation system. D. Transformer coils shall be of the continuous wound construction and shall be impregnated with non-hygroscopic,thermosetting varnish. E. All cores to be constructed of high grade, non-aging silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Magnetic flux densities are to be kept well below the saturation point.The core laminations shall be clamped together with structural steel angles. The completed core and coil shall then be bolted to the base of the enclosure but isolated therefrom by means of rubber, vibration-absorbing mounts. There shall be no metal-to-metal contact between the core and coil and the enclosure. On transformers 500 kVA and smaller, the vibration isolating system shall be designed to provide a permanent fastening of the core and coil to the enclosure. Sound isolating systems requiring the complete removal of all fastening devices will not be acceptable. F. Transformers 15 kVA and larger shall be in a heavy gauge sheet steel, ventilated _ enclosure. The ventilating openings shall be designed to prevent accidental access to live parts in accordance with U.L.,NEMA, and National Electrical Code standards for ventilated enclosures. Single phase transformers 15 kVA through 167 kVA and three phase transformers through 112.5 kVA shall be designed so they can be either floor or wall mounted. Larger transformers shall be designed only for floor mounting. G. The entire transformer enclosure shall be degreased, cleaned, phosphatized, primed, and finished with a gray,baked enamel. H. The maximum temperature of the top of the enclosure shall not exceed 50 degrees C. above a 40 degree C. ambient. I. The core of the transformer shall be visibly grounded to the enclosure by means of a flexible grounding conductor sized in accordance with applicable NEMA, IEEE, and — ANSI standards. J. Sound levels shall be guaranteed by the manufacturer not to exceed the following: _ 15 to 50 kVA-45 DB; 51 to 150 kVA-50 DB; Division 2 - Site Work Page 236 1 r151 to 300 kVA-55 DB; 301 to 500 kVA-60 DB K. The transformers shall be listed by Underwriters' Laboratory for the specified ' temperature rise. PART VII METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the contract lump sum price for general conditions, and shall include all costs for installation, labor, material, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated r in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SEMON 1 r r 1 1 1 1 r r r r r _ Division 2 - Site Work Page 237 1 I [ [ I - l - I - L KLEINFELDER 'r+pyf .r - vra i 1 .� .t ti ."J ; } < ,�� .. rr ( e 1�. Y 4.!•rax;.r /� ;YjGLL , W ', ; } 1 i 4T '+.n� m 9P v,��,A � �E�a M a s. e r�.•a . IrteL'.l'' �{t ,,.� n' Af t �� { y '] I n n� ->,[`� A�:��'tl l I•t7�F v�ei wM 3yT�,�.`�;t,,Yj'� -[.I�ti �k T�i i �` ,. 7d.M! A;t' { ,., a -.1- + 'vi 1 4'- <Jl(" r' i �.`*"�qy 'Y• 3 tl z •. � �r `r �ou �✓t A. � rQ +e C.+h 4 X'>•s', }/';M �Y�Y�i t""p.. 3 r �'� IIJL ]i 'Mw�nv' �. W$� ?4�- � ►� ! i .eti„1L �t,,�� . s p1yj�M.,> r 1 �s rw. n s 1e- i � il( T}YF. 't r,�G O N}1�) �+!yvv ++ <��1„.71 K' {�' "¢r{'s.S/ '1y �•. /� .y. ry,;-•l 000111 w f. If �l +yid. e - OT! � _Vi 1 1'�!`�'. � 69t i'Y� � � �� O h ;i i � 1 �� f.56�}t✓wf{3 - .M� 1� ,! �� .' gym + 4d,�; R�Q-�x .' •N �t i eAr# Iw.T+,v Y.1?�lyai Y� 1Qy 1t .� ; 'e W flv dtF _,:��9t Al 1 °• � _n ! ant}'."hT�'c i �•'- )i� iF�1f� >a � ltil •"i';FJy+ I r''°.Vr` ��}� `�q''t•'k _ I \. . > I l'h q't•K'1 wa�N': K'}iS�li }. Ir,}�,Y`yry "e 5 i�x �t �}Y y.,y. t�� r 1YUk v' .iw� 4: k'v'• 44 I sl' ? { {. 1're _ -:i'bJYd�}.!"`�',•.>n"� ^yf�L" �Ryy'�.�," 4> �`� ��a �,' \ J 1 tiphl ry�l d'yr.YS. �`• F M1r 1 Y l j _ RS 7 S t r I � k4 KLEINFELDER _ February 1, 1995 Project 58-5263-01/001 Ms. Sharon Heider i Open Space Project Manager P P j City of San Juan Capistrano t , 32400 Paseo Adelanto I - San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675 Subject: Geotechnical Review of Grading Plans and Specifications San Juan Capistrano Sports Park San Juan Capistrano, California References: 1) Specifications and Contract Documents Sports Park - Phase One City of San Juan Capistrano Dated December 1994, Prepared by the City of San Juan Capistrano 2) Project Plans City of San Juan Capistrano Sports Park - Phase One No. 94008, Dated December 15, 1994, Prepared by Heimberger Hirsch & Associates, Inc. 3) Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development San Juan Capistrano. California No. 58-3129-01, dated July 21, 1993, prepared by Kleinfelder, Inc. 4) Response to Review Comments, Geotechnical Investigation Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development Sal; Juan Capistrano. California Dated October 18, 1993, Prepared by Kleinfelder, Inc. Dear Ms. Heider: This letter is to state that Kleinfelder, Inc. (Kleinfelder) has reviewed the project specifications and plans (references nos. 1 & 2) from a geotechnical standpoint. The plans and specifications are in general accordance with our geotechnical investigation (reference no. 3) with the following exception: The trench detail (detail 13, sheet PG-3) indicates that flooding orjctting may be utilized. Due to the fine-grained nature of the on-site soils, we do not recommend that jetting or flooding be used for compacting the trench backfill. The recommendations presented in our geotechnical investigation are still applicable for the subject project. However, since the community center and swimming pool have been relocated, Kleinfelder should be present during .-rading to evaluate the subsurface soil conditions with respect to the recommendations presented in our geotechnical investigation. (1)GR95-008 Project 58-5263-011001 Copyright 1995 Klcinfcld,,. Inc. „ ' City of San Juan Capistrano February 1, 1995 Page 2 For ease and clarity, we have reiterated the questions and responses presented in our letter (reference #/4), dated October 18. 1993. In some cases we have modified our responses based on information requested in subsequent plan check comments. Question: What concrete section should be used for pedestrian walkways'? A 4-inch concrete slab over 4 inches of aggregate base or 4 inches of concrete over 4 inches of sand ' base with 6" x 6" WWM. Response: Either section will provide adequate strength for use as a pedestrian walkway. However, we would recommend the use of welded wire mesh with both sections to reduce the chance of shrinkage cracking. If vehicle traffic is anticipated over these walkways, we recommend that the concrete pavement recommendations provided in ' this letter be used. Question: What would the asphalt concrete (AC) pavement section be for traffic indices of 5 and 6 with a minimum AC thickness of 4 inches? Response: The AC pavement sections are as follows: Asphaltic Class II Traffic Concrete Aggregate Base Index (inches) (inches) 4 6 4 10.5 Question: What concrete pavement section should be used for the access road? Response: The subgrade soils encountered at the project site were generally tine-grained sandy clays and silty clays which exhibit low R-value test results and potentially expansive characteristics. Therefore, the rigid concrete pavement will be susceptible to cracking- and rackingand should be designed to withstand these forces. Therefore. we recommend the following section: Concrete: 6-inch minimum thickness, 3500 psi minimum compressive strength Reinforcement: #-A bars, spaced at 18 inches on center in both direction Aggregate Base: 8-inch minimum thickness We appreciate the opportunity to be of service on this project. If you have am questions or require additional information, please contact us. Respectfully submitted, KLEINFELDER, INC. F 88/ a S L Q, 1 z o-=_S " Na 6E002210z Eric W. Noel John S. Lohman, P.E.. EXP 1-2'1- Staff -' -Staff Engineer Senior Engineer (1)GR95-008 d�grF OF Project 58-5263-OI/001 Copyright 1995 Kleinfcldcr, In:. till)AII i)IR I '.-iA.,'. I�r. �i.ml"0h.uni and R.n ( q ,nisi q,_. 1 i JI �� KLEINFELDER I - f July 21, 1993 Project 58-3129-01 Ms. Sharon Heider Open Space Project Manager City of San Juan Capistrano — 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano, California 92675 { SUBJECT: Report of Geotechnical Engineering Investigation Proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development San Juan Capistrano, California + Dear Ms. Heider: Kleinfelder, Inc. (Meinfelder), is pleased to present this report summarizing our geotechnical investigation performed for the proposed development. The site is located east of Alipaz Street bn Camino Del Avion within an existing agricultural field in the-City of San Juan Capistrano, California. The results of our geotechnical study, and our conclusions and recommendations for geotechnical design of the project, are presented in the attached report. In summary, the site can be developed as planned from a geotechnical perspective using conventional footings with slab-on-grade floors, as long as the recommendations presented in the attached report are incorporated into design and construction. The conclusions and recommendations presented in this report are subject to the limitations presented in Section 6. _- We appreciate the opportunity to be of service on this project. If you have any questions or require additional information, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (909) 396-0335. 1 Respectfully submitted, KLEINFELDER, INC. QRof ESS/p,14 ye�1� S. Loh ti I Eric W. Noel o n S. an, G.E. O 761,z Staff Engineer Senior Engineer �'Na 6E002210Ir- Z �^ EWN:JSL:ech 't EXP. * - � mrgTF�TECNNtC�P�\P E OF CAt-1F0 193- - Rrpject S8-3B-J U9-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinklder, Inc.-All Rights Rexrved _ Rlf!V1ILMR 1170 Val1(-� Vista Dm c, S1ihc lip, Diamond Far, CA 91765 I714� 396-0335 k%J KLEINFELDER ® TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Papa 1 INTRODUCTION.................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Purpose and Scope.......................................................... 1-1 1.2 Proposed Project ........................................................... 1-2 2 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ................................... 2-1 2.1 Site Description .........................:................................... 2-1 _ 2.2 Subsurface Soil Conditions................................................ 2-1 2.3 Groundwater Conditions................................................... 2-1 3 GEOLOGY .......................................................................... 3-1 3.1 Regional Geology ..............:........................................... 3-1 3.2 Faulting and Seismicity .................................................... 3-1 4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ............................ 4-1 ® 4.1 Geotechnical Feasibility.................................................... 4-1 4.2 Seismic Design Considerations ........................................... 4-1 4.3 Foundation Design.......................................................... 4-2 ® 4.4 Construction Considerations............................................... 4-4 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures................................... 4-7 1 4.6 Expansive Soils ............................................................. 4-7 4.7 Corrosivity ......................... 4-8 4.8 Pavements.................................................................... 4-8 5 ADDITIONAL SERVICES....................................................... 5-1 6 MUTATIONS ..........................:......................................... 6-1 ® 7 REFERENCES APPENDICES Apcendix A FIELD EXPLORATION B LABORATORY TESTING 3-104 t 569-1-3 129-01 �' Copyright 1993 Klein elder,Lx.-All Rights Reserve-0 i hn ALEIN FELDER I I 1 INTRODUCTION Kleinfelder, Inc. (Kleinfelder), was retained by The City of San Juan Capistrano to conduct a geotechnical investigation at the site of the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development in San Juan Capistrano, California. The proposed site is located east of Alipaz Street, on Camino i Del Avion within agricultural fields in the City of San Juan Capistrano. The location of the site is presented as Figure 1, Site Location Map. The scope of our services was presented in a proposal entitled, "Proposal For Geotechnical Services, Proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park rDevelopment, San Juan Capistrano, California" dated May 18, 1993. 1 1.1 Purpose and Scope The purpose of this geotechnical investigation was to explore and evaluate the subsurface soil conditions at the proposed site and provide geotechnical recommendations for the design of foundations and pavements. This study also addressed the potential corrosivity of the near surface soils, the anticipated seismic shaking at the site, groundwater levels and earthwork construction considerations. A description of the scope of work performed is presented below. t I Task 1 - Utility Clearance. Each of our proposed field exploration locations was located and cleared with known existing utility lines and the participating utility companies through Underground Service Alert (USA). Task 2 - Field Exploration. A total of four (4) hollow-stem auger borings were advanced within lthe area of the proposed project. Borings were advanced to depths ranging from 11.5 to 31.5 feet below the existing ground surface. I i An engineer supervised the field operations and logged the borings. Selected bulk, disturbed and intact samples were retrieved, sealed and transported to our laboratory for further evaluation. The number of blows necessary to drive both a Standard Penetration Test (SPT) sampler and a California-type sampler were recorded. A description of the field exploration and a Legend to the Logs of Borings are presented in Appendix A. The locations of the borings are given on the Boring Location Map presented as Figure 2. ('7)F 3-104 — ed 58-3129-01 I Copyright 1993 Mcinfelder, Im. -All Righu Rewe " 1-1 - KLEINFELDER r ' Task 3 - Laboratory Testing. laboratory testing was performed on representative bulk, relatively undisturbed and disturbed samples to substantiate field classifications and to provide engineering parameters for geotechnical design. Testing consisted of. moisture content and unit weight, laboratory maximum density, grain size distribution, Atterberg limits, R-value, expansion potential and chemical analyses. The test results are presented in Appendix B. Task 4 - Geotechnical Analyses. Field and laboratory data were analyzed in conjunction with the proposed site development. We evaluated potential foundation systems, soil corrosiveness and expansion potential, pavement design and construction considerations, including earthwork. Potential geologic hazards were addressed such as ground shaking, liquefaction, fault rupture and seismic settlement. Design recommendations for use with standard Uniform Building Code (UBC) seismic design were considered. ' Task 5 - Report Preparation. This report was prepared presenting our findings, conclusions ' and recommendations for earthwork and foundation engineering. Recommendations for foundation type(s), allowable bearing pressure, estimated settlement, passive resistance, lateral earth pressures for retaining structures, soil corrosivity, expansion potential and seismicity are presented. We have also provided preliminary pavement section thicknesses for on-site parking and driveway areas. The report contains a site map, logs of the borings and laboratory test iresults. 1.2 Proposed Project The proposed Kinoshita Farms Sport Park Development is to be located within existing agricultural fields of Kinoshita Farms in the City of San Juan Capistrano, California. The proposed development will consist of a 32,000 square-foot community center, a 50-meter swimming pool, a concession and snack facility, ball fields and associated parking/access areas. We have assumed that maximum fills or cuts associated with construction are expected to be on the order of 3 to 10 feet. The actual grading plan or topographic map was unavailable at the time of our report. F 3-104 Project 39-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kkinklder,Inc.-All Ri`hv Reserved 1-2 ` R'l KLEINEELDER 2 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS — 1 2.1 Site Description — 1 The site is located east of Alipaz Street, on Camino Del Avion within the existing agricultural _ fields of Kinoshita Farms in the City of San Juan Capistrano, California. The approximately 20- acre site is bounded on the west by an existing junior high school, on the north by existing _ commercial development, on the south by Camino Del Avion and on the east by the remaining agricultural fields of Kinoshita Farms. The site location is shown on Plate I - Site Location Map. The site is relatively flat and, at the time of our study, was planted with crops. 2.2 Subsurface Soil Conditions — The surface soils consisted of cultivated silty clay in a relatively loose condition. This condition _ generally extends to a depth of 1 to 2 feet below the existing ground surface. l_ Subsurface soils encountered in the borings_ generally consisted of interbedded silty clays and ,sandy clays in a medium stiff to hard condition. Sand and gravelly sand layers, in a dense to very dense condition, were encountered at various depth in the borings. Refusal was encountered in boring B-3 at a depth of approximately 15.5 feet below the existing ground surface. 2.3 Groundwater Conditions lGroundwater was encountered within boring B-2 at an approximate depth of 20 feet below the existing ground surface. Based on our literature review, the depth to groundwater beneath the I site is believed to be on the order of 15 to 20 feet below the existing ground surface. Based on the proposed maximum cut, we believe that groundwater should not negatively impact the project. l f �. rr -101 R.lj.,ect 39-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kieinkider, Inc.-All Rights Reserved 2-1 t k%1 KLEINFE LDER 3 GEOLOGY 3.1 Regional Geology The site is located on the southwestern flank of the Peninsular Range geomorphic province of Southern California. The Peninsular Range province is characterized by northwest-trending structural blocks of basement rock which are bounded by northwesterly trending faults closely related to the San Andreas tectonic regime. The site is situated on the southwestern moist structural block within the Peninsular Range province which is bounded on the northeast by the Elsinore Fault zone and on the southwest by the Newport-Inglewood Fault zone and an offshore zone of deformation. The site is located at the southern end of the San Joaquin Hills, to the west of the confluence of the San Juan and Trabuco Creek drainages. This area was mapped by Morton and Miller (1981) and Edgington (1974) as being underlain by Holocene age, stream deposited alluvium (Qal). Generally, this alluvium is described as consisting of mixtures of unconsolidated, poorly to well sorted, yellowish brown to grayish brown sands, silts, and clays with some gravel. Edgington '(1974) and Department of Water Resources (DWR) (1967) indicate that in San Juan Creek area the alluvium is up to 200 feet thick in the approximate area of the site. The site is located in San Diego Hydrogeologic Region, which covers portion of southern Orange County, in the San Juan Hydrologic Unit. According to DWR (1967), the depth to static groundwater beneath the site is approximately 15 to 20 feet and the groundwater has a southerly flow direction. 3.2 Faulting and Seismicity The subject site is located in the southwestern Peninsular Ranges geomorphic province. This region is tectonically characterized by a structural block of basement rock bounded on the southwest and northeast by the Newport--Inglewood and Elsinore Fault/offshore deformational zones, respectively. During recent geologic history, this region has undergone uplift on the order of several hundred meters, primarily along the Elsinore Fault. This uplift is believed to have occurred primarily during the Pleistocene Epoch (i.e. 10,000 to 1.6 million years ago). The Newport-Inglewood Fault zone is located at its closest point to the site approximately 10 miles (>)Qt91-104 Project 3B-1139-01 Copyright 1993 geinklder,Inc.-All RiQhla Reserved 3-1 ALEINVELDER 1 +j southwest of the site. The Elsinore Fault zone is located approximately 21 miles to the northeast j of the site. The offshore zone of deformation, related to the Newport-Inglewood and Rose _ Canyon Fault zones, is mapped as close as 5 miles to the southwest of the site. Other major faults are mapped in the area include the Pelican Hill Fault located approximately 5 — miles northwest of the site and the Cristiantos Fault located approximately 2.5 miles northeast of the site. The Pelican Hill Fault may be a possible branch or splay of the larger Newport- Inglewood Fault zone. According to Morton and others (1976), the Pelican Hill fault displaces i Pleistocene age sediments and the Cristiantos Fault displaces pre-Pleistocene age sediments, but are not known to be active. Table 1 - Significant Faults, summarizes Maximum Credible and Maximum Probable Earthquakes and their associated deterministic horizontal accelerations for active and potentially active faults within a 62-mile (100-kilometer) radius of the site, using attenuation relationships developed by Joyner and Boore (1982). Only those faults within the designated radius having peak accelerations in excess of 0.05 g. were listed. This table represents _. deterministic data only and therefore does not identify probability of reactivation. Listing peak acceleration is a convenient method of categorizing and comparing earthquakes for l_ igeologic purposes. However, peak accelerations are generally poor indications of potential building performance during earthquakes. The duration of the shaking, frequency of the motion, attenuating and/or amplification influences due to shallow subsurface conditions and the nature of the structures involved are all important factors influencing building performance. The Uniform - Building Code (UBC) seismic design procedures for which the criteria are presented in Section 4.2.2 are generally used for projects having similar size and type of structures to be constructed for this project. I (7 FR93.104 _ Project Sg-3129-01 Copyright 1993 ICeinkider. Inc. -All Rights Reserved 3-2 hn KLEINFELDER Table 1 !! Significant Faults Approximate Maximum Peak Maximum Peak Distance Credible Site Probable Site Fault From Site Event Accel. Event Accel. Name (mi) (Richter Mag.) (g's) (Richter Mag.) (g's) Casa ma-Clark 44 7.5 0.05 7.0 0.04 ChinoLo23 7.0 0.10 4.75 0.03 Cleghorn 57 6.5 0.02 6.25 0.02 Cucamonga 44 7.0 0.04 6.75 0.04 Elsinore 21 7.5 0.14 6.75 0.09 Glen Helen-Lytle Cr. 44 - 7.5 0.05 7.0 0.04 Hot Sprg.-Buck Rdg. 48 7.5 0,01 6.25 0.02 Ord Mountain 61 7.0 0.03 6.25 0.02 Newport-Inglewood 10 7.5 0.30 6.5 0.18 Offshore Zone of Def. 5 7.5 0.49 6.0 0.22 Palos Verdes Hills 21 7.0 0.11 5.5 0.05 Raymond 49 7.5 0.05 5.5 0.02 Rose Canyon 28 7.5 0.10 6.25 0.05 San Andreas (Mojave) 56 8.5 0,06 8.25 0.06 San Andreas (Southern) 52 8.0 0.05 7.25 0.04 San Clemente 58 7.5 0.04 6.25 0.02 San Gabriel 54 7.5 0.04 6.25 0.02 San Gorgonio-Banning 45 8.0 0.07 7.0 0.04 Santa Monica-Hollywood 54 7.5 0.04 6.0 0.02 Sierra Madre-San Fernando 46 7.5 0.05 6.5 0.03 Verdugo 51 7.0 0.03 4.5 0.01 Whittier-North Elsinore 22 7.5 0.13 6.25 0.07 Shaded line denotes closest fault having highest peak site acceleration Q» R93-IM len 59-312MI Copynght 1993 Kkin(clder,Inc..All Rights Rtwmed 3-3 kn KLEINFELDER `` 4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS — 4.1 Geotechnical Feasibility — I Based on our field exploration, laboratory testing and geotechnical analyses conducted for this — study, we believe that it is geotechnically feasible to construct the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development as planned, provided that the recommendations presented in this report are incorporated into the project design and construction. We propose that the foundation system be comprised of conventional shallow strip and square footings. Our recommendations are presented in the following sections. 4.2 Seismic Design Considerations 1 4.2.1 General — 1 The proposed development is located in a seismically active region and the proposed facility can be expected to be subjected to seismic shaking during its design life. Potential seismic hazards I include ground shaking, liquefaction, ground rupture due to faulting, seismic settlement, and ( tsunamis and/or seiches. The following sections discuss these potential seismic hazards with { respect to this site. 4.2.2 Ground Shaking LUsing the data from Table I and the attenuation relationship of Joyner & Boore (1982), the largest estimated peak horizontal ground acceleration that might occur at the site due to a 1 'Maximum Probable Earthquake" event may be about 0.22 g's. This acceleration may come from a Richter magnitude 6.0 event on the Offshore Zone of Deformation located about five (5) miles from the site. Because this site is located in the seismically active Southern California region, we recommend that the proposed development be designed in accordance with the requirements of the latest edition of the Uniform Building Code (UBC) for Seismic Zone 4. We recommend that a soil profile factor, S2 , of 1.2 be used with the UBC design procedure (Section 2312, Method B). 3-I04 Roje<t S1-7129-01 - - _ Copynyhl 1993 Kleinfelder, Ine..All Riyhu Recervcd 4-1 kn KLEINFELDER 4.2.3 Liquefaction Liquefaction occurs when loose, saturated sandy soils are subjected to strong shaking resulting from earthquake motions. The sands typically lose a portion or all of.their shear strength and regain strength sometime after the shaking stops. Soil movements vertically and laterally have been observed under these conditions due to consolidation of the liquefied soils and the reduced shear resistance of slopes. The project site is generally underlain by stiff to hard sandy clays and silty clays. Based on this characterization of fine grained soils which generally occur at the site, we believe that the potential for liquefaction of the underlying materials is very low. 4.2.4 Other Seismic Considerations We have found no evidence that any known active faults trend toward or traverse the site. Therefore, the likelihood of ground surface rupture due to faulting is considered to be low. Due to the site's remoteness from large, land locked bodies of water and the Pacific Ocean, we do not f feel that seismic seiches or tsunamis are a concern. The anticipated ground accelerations are not expected to induce significant seismic settlement. 4.3 Foundation Design 4.3.1 General The proposed structures may be designed using a conventional shallow strip and isolated spread column foundation system supported on the engineered existing on-site soils. Recommendations for the design of the shallow foundation system are presented below and are based on assumed structural load data. (7)ER93-104 R'uje ,18-3129-01 _ Copyright 1993 Mcirtfelder,Im.-All Rights Reecrved 4-2 KLEINFELDER �- 4.3.2 Shallow Foundations — The proposed structures may be founded on a series of conventional shallow strip and square _ footings. We recommend that the foundations be placed at a minimum depth of 24 inches below the lowest adjacent grade both for interior and exterior footings. Footings should have a minimum width of at least 24 inches and shall rest on a minimum 3-foot thick layer of engineered fill, prepared as described in Section 4.4.5, Engineered Fill. i For a foundation system designed and constructed in accordance with the recommendations presented above, we recommend that an allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 pounds per square ffoot (psf) be used for the design of the foundation system. This recommended bearing value is for total dead plus live loads and may be increased by one-third for wind, seismic or other transient loading conditions. For continuous footings, a minimum reinforcement of two #4 rebars each, placed near the top and bottom of the footing should be used. Minimum reinforcement for isolated rectangular footings should consist of two #4 rebars, 12 inches on center, in each direction. — t Lateral load resistance may be derived from passive resistance along the vertical sides of the footings, friction acting at the base of the footing or a combination of the two. An allowable passive earth pressure of 320 psf per foot of depth may be used for design. The total allowable 1 passive earth pressure should not exceed 2,000 psf. A coefficient of friction value of 0.30 between the base of the footings and the recompacted existing fill soils can be used for sliding resistance using the dead load forces. Friction and passive resistance may be combined without reduction. We recommend that the first foot of soil cover be neglected in the passive resistance calculations if the ground surface above is not protected from erosion or disturbance by a slab, - pavement or in some similar manner. i Based on the loading conditions presented above, we estimate that the total settlement for foundations designed in accordance with the recommendations presented should be less than 1- inch. Differential, post-construction settlement between similarly loaded adjacent columns is estimated to be less than 112 inch. I'. ` (('r93-1N pt S8-3129-01 Copyri;hi 1993 Kkinfcider,Inc.-All Righn Reserved 4-3 R■ KLEI NT ELDER 4.3.3 Slabs-on-Grade Concrete slab-on-grade floors may be used for the proposed buildings. The slab-on-grade should be placed on at least 2 feet of engineered fill, prepared as described in Section 4,4.4, Engineered Fill. Concrete floor slabs should have a minimum nominal thickness of 4 inches, and should be reinforced with a 6x6-1110/1110 welded wire mesh placed at midheight in the slab. All slabs should be designed for any specific loading conditions by the structural engineer. At the completion of grading, representative samples of the materials at pad grade should by tested for expansion potential. If medium to highly expansive soils are encountered, we recommend moisture conditioning of the slab subgrade (prior to the placement of concrete), to a depth of 18 inches, to a moisture content between optimum and 5 percent above optimum. We recommend that a vapor barrier be placed below the slab in areas where moisture sensitive flooring materials are planned. In addition, the barrier should be covered with 2-inches of clean sand and be underlain by 1-inch of clean sand to protect the barrier during construction, act as a capillary break and aid proper curing of the concrete slab. All areas adjacent to buildings, including planters, should be designed to drain away from the structure to avoid an accumulation of water beneath the slab or footings. 4.4 Construction Considerations 4.4.1 General All site preparation and earthwork operations should be performed in accordance with applicable codes. All references to maximum dry density are established in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D-1557. 4.4.2 Site Preparation Due to the loose, compressible nature of the upper 2 to 3 feet of existing soils, overexcavation and recompaction should be performed prior to placement of foundations. We estimate removals on the order of 2 to 3 feet will be required for slab and footing components. Localized areas requiring deeper removals should be anticipated. All surficial vegetation and deleterious, organic, inert and oversized materials (greater than 3 inches in maximum dimension) should be P}F 3-104 en 58-31MOI _ copyright 1993 YJeinfelder,Inc..All Rights Reserved 44 I KEEINFELDER stripped and isolated prior to removal of reusable soils. Areas to receive fill should be stripped of loose or soft earth materials until a firm unyielding subgrade is exposed. Prior to placement of compacted fills,- after site preparation and excavation, processing of the approved subgrade should be performed by scarifying to a depth of 6 to 8-inches, moisture — conditioning to within f 2 percent of the optimum moisture content and compacting to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density. li The stripping work should include the removal of existing uncompacted fill and topsoil that, in the judgment of the geotechnical engineer, is compressible or contains significant voids. The ( - stripping operation must expose a firm, non-yielding subgrade that is free of large voids. The subgrade soils exposed at the bottom of each excavation should be observed by a geotechnical - engineer or geologist from our office prior to the placement of any fill. Additional removals may be required as a result of observation and testing of the exposed subgrade soils. ff I 4.4.3 Excavation Characteristics II , I The borings advanced at the site were advanced using a truck-mounted, hollow-stem auger drill rig. Drilling was completed with moderate to high effort through the existing soil deposits. — Conventional earth moving equipment should be capable of performing the excavations required for site development. Refusal was encountered in boring B-3, located in the area of the 1 swimming pool, at a depth of 15.5 feet due to very dense formational material. If the excavation for the swimming pool extends into the formational material, some additional effort may be required by the contractor to obtain the design excavation depth. ' 4.4.4 Engineered Fill i i We anticipate that most of the on-site soils may be reusable as engineered fill once oversized material greater than 6 inches in diameter have been removed and after the vegetative layer and any organic debris is cleared and disposed off site. Fill should be placed in lifts no greater than — 8-inches thick, loose measurement, and should be compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density. The upper 6 inches below the slab-0n-grade, the foundations and _ pavements structural section should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density. Any imported fill soils should be approved by the geotechnical engineer before fill — FJ293-Ib1 Peoj«�SB-J 12941 — Copyright 1993 Mcinfoldcr, Im, -All Rightc Received , 4-5 KLEINFELDER placement. All earthwork operations should be observed and tested by a representative of this office. 4.4.5 Temporary Trench-Excavations Shallow, temporary utility trench excavations are anticipated for installation of the required utility lines. All vertical or steeply-sided trench excavations greater than 5 feet in depth should be braced and shored in accordance with good construction practice and all applicable safety ordinances and codes. Due to the potential for local trench wall instability, we recommend that temporary cut slopes needed to achieve the proposed subgrade elevations be constructed at inclinations no steeper than 2H:1V in the existing soils. Heavy construction loads, such as those resulting from stockpiles and heavy machinery, should be kept back from the top of the excavation a distance equal to the depth of the excavation, and all surface water should be diverted away from the excavation. If very steep or vertical-sided excavations in excess of 5 feet deep are necessary, we recommend lthat the sidewalls be shored or sloped in accordance with OSHA standards to provide temporary trench stability during construction. The contractor should be responsible for the structural design and safety of the temporary shoring system. We recommend that this design be submitted to Kleinfelder for review and approval. 4.4.6 pipe Bedding and Trench Backfill Pi bedding should consist of sand or similar ranular material having a minimum sand Pe g 8 equivalent value of 30. The sand should be placed in a zone that extends a minimum of 6 inches below and 12-inches above the pipe for the full trench width. The bedding material should be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density. Trench backfill above pipe bedding may consist of approved, on-site or import soils placed in lifts no greater than 8-inches loose thickness and compacted to 90 percent of the maximum dry density. Jetting of pipe- bedding ipebedding or trench backfill materials is not recommended. FA93-104 NOj-1 58-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Kleinlclder,Inc.-All Right,Rcwc " 4-6 i ■S { h; KLEVNEELDER {{ 4.5 Lateral Earth Pressures IJ Active lateral earth pressures from horizontal backfills using the on-site soils on walls that are free to rotate at least 0.1 percent of the wall height can be taken as equivalent to a fluid weighing 40 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). Walls which are restrained against movement or rotation at the I top should be designed for an at-rest equivalent fluid pressure of 60 pcf. The above values are l applicable if the on-site soils are used for level backfill behind walls up to 10 feet in height. The recommended value does not include compaction or truck-induced wall pressures. Care must be taken during the compaction operation not to over stress the wall. Heavy construction equipment should be maintained a distance of at least 3 feet away from the walls while the backfill soils are being placed. Hand-operated compaction equipment should be used to compact the backfill soils within a 3-foot-wide zone adjacent to the walls. Kleinfelder should be contacted when development plans are finalized so we can review wall and backfill conditions on a case-by-case basis. The recommended lateral earth pressures assume that drainage is provided behind the walls to C prevent the accumulation of hydrostatic pressures. Walls should be provided with backdrains, to reduce the potential for the accumulation of hydrostatic pressures. Backdrains may consist of a 2- foot wide zone of Caltrans Class 2 permeable material located immediately behind the wall, ` . extending to within one foot of the ground surface. A perforated pipe should be installed at the base of the backdrain and sloped to discharge to a suitable collection facility or through weep — holes. Alternatively, commercially available drainage products could be used. The product manufacturer's recommendations should be followed in the installation of a drainage fabric _ backdrain. 1 4.6 Expansive Soils The materials which underlie the site generally consist of fine-grained material with some granular soils. An expansion index test was performed on near-surface soils to evaluate the susceptibility to expansion in the-presence of water. The result of this test indicated an expansion — index of 24, which indicates a low potential for expansion per UBC 29-2. Based on this result, f recommendations for a low expansion potential have been provided. _ Probe.t 58-3 I29-01 Copyright 1993 VJcinfeldeq Lx. - All Righu Reserved 4-7 k%j KLEINFELDER Testing of the final subgrade soils after completion of rough grading operations should be conducted to evaluate their expansion potential and confirm or modify the recommendations presented herein. 4.7 Corrosivity yLaboratory test results for corrosion potential, performed by Applied P & Ch Laboratory, are presented in Appendix B, The test results indicate the corrosion potential of concrete placed within the native soil is very low, and no special design is necessary. The test results were also used with the methods described in California Test 643 to estimate the service life of steel culverts. The estimated time to perforation of an 18-gauge steel culvert placed in the native soils is approximately 25 years. The following table may be used to estimate the time to perforation of other steel pipe wall thicknesses by multiplying the corresponding factor by the time to perforation of an 18-gauge culvert given above. Thickness (inches): 0.052 0.064 0.079 0.109 0.138 0.168 Gauge 18 16 14 12 10 8 Factor 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 14.8 Pavements The following structural pavement sections are based on assumed traffic conditions for the development and laboratory test results. Based on this design R-value of 10 and the assumed traffic conditions, we have provided the following recommended asphaltic concrete pavement section design in accordance with California Test Method 301: Asphalt Class II Traffic Concrete Aggregate Base Index (inches) (inches) Light Duty Paving 4 2.5 7.0 Heavy Duty Paving 6 3.0 12.5 (7)rR93.104 Project S&3129-01 _ Copyright 1993 KJcinfclder,Im.-All Rights R,wtved 4-8 KLEINFELDER 1 ,bue to the nature of the near-surface soils, we recommend that the upper 18 inches of pavement 1 subgrade be overexcavated and recompacted prior to placement of the structural pavement section. The uppermost 6 inches of subgrade and the Class 2 aggregate base should be compacted i 4 to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The pavement section thicknesses should be -increased for area of heavy vehicular use and for areas where larger wheel loads are anticipated. i Subgrade drainage is an important factor which enhances pavement performance. Subgrade surface beneath the flexible pavement structural section should be sloped to direct runoff to suitable collection points and to prevent ponding. Concrete curbs separating pavement and landscape areas should extend at least 6 inches below subgrade surfaces to reduce the potential for r f the movement of moisture through the aggregate base course layers. Water should not be allowed to pond on the subgrade surface. 1 I The actual soil present at subgrade elevations after grading may be different than those sampled ( and tested for this study. We recommend that bulk samples of the actual subgrade materials be retrieved and tested after finish grading is completed. Modified pavement design f recommendations may be presented after reviewing the post-grading R_-value test results. I I l - I I i t 1 (f)FA9? ea 58,3129-01 Copyright 1993 geinfcldcr,Inc.-All Rights Rewmed 4-9 KLEINFELDER S ADDITIONAL SERVICES We recommend that a general review of the project plans and specifications be conducted before they are finalized to verify that our geotechnical recommendations have been properly interpreted and implemented during design. If we are not accorded the privilege of performing this review, we can assume no responsibility for misinterpretation of our recommendations. The review can be completed on a time-and-expense basis in accordance with our current Fee Schedule. If future planned slopes for the site exceed a height of 10 feet, additional investigation and analyses should be performed to assess the stability and provide stabilizing measures, if necessary. The construction process is an integral design component with respect to the geotechnical aspects of a project. Because geotechnical engineering is an inexact science due to the variability of natural processes and because we sample only a small portion of the soils affecting the performance of the proposed development, unanticipated or changed conditions can be disclosed during grading. Proper geotechnical observation and testing during construction is imperative to allow the geotechnical engineer the opportunity to verify assumptions made during the design process. Therefore, we recommend that Kleinfelder be retained during the site grading and construction of the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development to observe compliance with the design concepts and geotechnical recommendations, and to allow design changes in the event that subsurface conditions or methods of construction differ from those assumed while completing this study. MER93-104 PMj.158-312901 Copyright 1993 KJeinkl&r, lA.-AJJ Righb R.. ,,d 5-1 kn KEEINFEEDER ' 6 LIMITATIONS I This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of The City of San Juan Capistrano and their j agents for specific application to the proposed development in San Juan Capistrano, California. The findings, conclusions and recommendations presented in this report were prepared in _ accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice. No other warranty, expressed or implied, is -made. Our field exploration program was based on the building locations provided to us at the time. No gradingP lan was available at the time of our field exploration and report preparation. We should review the final location map to verify that our �. borings were properly located, and to provide additional information regarding slope or retaining wall construction. The scope of our geotechnical services did not include any environmental site assessment for the presence or absence of hazardous/toxic materials in the soil, surface water, groundwater or _ atmosphere, or the presence of wetlands. ! The client has the responsibility to see that all parties to the project, including the designer, itcontractor, subcontractors, etc., are made aware of this report in its entirety. This report contains information which may be useful in the preparation of contract specifications. However, the — report is not designed as a specification document and may not contain sufficient information for this use without proper modification. — This report may be used only by the client and only for the purposes stated, within a reasonable _ time from its issuance. Land use, site conditions (both on site and off site) or other factors may change over time, and additional work may be required with the passage of time. Based on the ' intended use of this report and the nature of the new project, Kleinfelder may require that additional work be performed and that an updated report be issued. Non-compliance with any of these requirements by the client or anyone else will release Kleinfelder from any liability resulting from the use of this report by any unauthorized party. 1 I i I t f71ER93a04 jest 59-3129.01 Copyright 1993 Klcinfeldcr,Inc.-All 161hu Rc,erved 6-1 i , kn KLEINFELDER REFERENCES Bowles, J.E., (1988), Foundation Analysis and Design, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Company. Design Manual 7.01 and 7.02, (1986), Naval Facilities Engineering Command. Department of Water Resources, 1967, Groundwater Occurrence and Quality, San Diego Region, Volume 1: Test; Bulletin 106-2 Edgington, W. J., 1974, Geology of the Dana Point Quadrangle, Orange County, California; California Division of Mines and Geology, Special Report 109 Joyner, W. B. and Boore, D. M., 1982, Prediction of Earthquake Response Spectra: U.S. Geological Survey, Open File Report 82-977. Morton, P. K., Miller, R. V. and Evans, J. R., 1976, Environmental Geology of Orange County, California; California Division of Mines and Geology, Open File Report 79-8 LA. Morton, P. K. and Miller, R. V., 1981, Geologic Map of Orange County, California, Showing Mines and Mineral Deposits; California Division of Mines and Geology, Bulletin 204, Plate 1. Occupational Safety and Health Standards - Excavations, Final Pub., 1989. Recommended Practice to Minimize Attack on Concrete by Sulfate Soils and Water, undated, Cement Industry Technical Committee of California 1 Uniform Building Code, International Conference of Building Officials, 1991 edition. ' Blake, Thomas F., 1989, EQFAULT: "A Computer Program for the Deterministic Prediction of Peak Horizontal Accelerations from Digitized California Faults" California Division of Mines and Geology, Special Publication 42, 1988, "Fault Rupture Hazard Zones in California" ' Jennings, Charles W., 1985, "An Exploratory Text to Accompany the 1:7,500,000 Scale Fault and Geologic Maps of California,' California Division of Mines and Geology, Bulletin 201 X93-101 - 59-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Klcinfelder, Inc. -All Rights Ruo *d ^`'i *�„:. r r'ShM 1f a Y vY ANFS i t.`i; ♦i f"S�Gt^$,5, 4 4„�AI��t!h F� v y,�f+s �' !n`u. x.'sYaE t7 ( S:0 +�• ?w 1 S j.-. t Y h 1 'v; l'S- t 4 r:rP'zyL v rIN'�a R+ Nr r f kY{Xt4 4 I h� d 54}}+3sr �•'y10 � J: #W • >�• ,a '��. 1 ; t� [err 'TI � > k � t. � 'y, r, , •g},,r c t 1 .P''"' , ,, tit �� llt�! ')♦ ",� ,Rrf.n " sl i r 41,9 t ;� � �} t•S ri ai�c.rV r�'A f x 9 4� L r ' ��S-Y " 1�t a 77. H J �� 1 i•' 1 1,, ��{ Y4 t 1°' ` °' t� 1 t f,�+� '1 C • ' /sem`� �lr�r '�1,,� XyC i s ^. •:. 7'f .143k •yCs '�.ry� y6 � tR*�} ; 1 'F6l ♦� �a a sw SY�e -w;t 1. a4; z.*j,.,5 ni , 1 ��aas i ar. r"�-'Sr•''xwA� 4v+. . ��.' �T�4.- luuyh � t Y fy 6[b; J17�i4 }• '1x 4��ee'r w!'g f � 'r a. ' ', ��•f�r> � I� . � KAh YI't? 5 sa t 1 F t k.. Ij: LAGUNA PACIFICBEAC " OCEAN __ _ -= SAN JJAN j GP61" STUDY' AREA SAN LOCATION IN CALIFORNIA GLEMENTE D i� r�f % � Sa uan C lstrana. 7f St`sDo��, .i sI r l IF •1 : I .T �'`a�.�-�C ��.;�\1 �I�,, VieusD 11 ' i 4 `I r � i�� L�&1�r1^his ,•• ,, y°c r' S 1 T E ' ��I%;` , an Juan'. cD� \, •$ ,�+ %5 Capistr no 3;. .. S vr '♦ `, of " a AN. nr _ ,A � \ �� igiltt • ,e' Vis- J x.. �. radtt Palk _ i 1 / � Ti1MM0� Ec AVION �T / � aJr.. (/. /��„/ i //�f )rT railN P. co ,' '\ - r A�7YAN-CAPtSSAD �,•�, vv 76 lm (--_ V� `rc .T �� 7 a � Tra I�r p�•t s �r � J .r �' i, SOURCE: U.S.G.S. 7.5' topographic series,/San Juan Capistrano 0 FEET 2,000 and Dana Point, California quadrangles -----� ' CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO FIGURE Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development SITE LOCATION MAP San Juan Capistrano, California ' n[IN rttD[[ Project: 5E-3129-C1 July 1993 i G C W � - wand _ 1` 1\ cr i i j Z m - i 0 m w F ci o - - 1 - CV 1 IF ED Oa•..' �l S/80 I zO Q Z _ z m � W i 'i CITY OF SAN JUAN CAPISTRANO FIGURE — Kinosnita Farms Sports Park Development BORING LOCATION MAP �]I San Juan Capistrano. California `. [111ti rIlDt[ Project: 58-3129-01 July 7003 — NE ,* T"r :.S"°" (t�YY I a v fW +py � y x ',yy, J > R ` : lN,7� J�J�#Yi ''y �+:.. {�• ( t yip �F'y, � T. f1. { ''. ,4 C�.r _ih4 j y+ -' I`+ T`.,t ty �. �) a Yf R• Fj ��, tsi � '• ttCit,•{�` ry t F P @( . t T '`!� �� r,,E,�` t4!. YC� � ,LJ�,�S Fs'MIttl -.tk.^'.: a°' -='a*` }'4 �' • . � f,`t•'�"�x=:di ? s'f�t✓ ;N rr 'r r } "y "'�'',S� �x "E' s '�;7t IF Y �'i h , r�� E Kray♦ r :..� . �1 �` J tia _E, sA +fA�� y �Y�M.ySa.1'r�2t-'�• ,. �� 'nx . .,. XKT` 4i f,_Ia �,y te, •�,* t t:_ ('k 'r �: i It IlkI i It i - YY C, _ � . ♦k�`a+ �Rd�J+, t J{. YrF i[ Year + L�K V�t ryFlJ 'If yF'�C`.^,j�^" f t -�Y tt �E It 1y K J.}� k '.HJ")rif T4s r��t 3 y�.': � t�}� '�• t f ... Y I n K ;l •a H• � l1T x 1L �'ij'�tu. +YT\L M,{ ♦ {V A. �Yt y Y'u h 1 VIA� a l yam' 7G'T'{c.Fa_. ss,9.y 7� _yyY lrw.ry� �t ami' �v� x +. • T f{ '6tn.-, ' Me,r � G A fs >1v4:. {� ��}'rT gt Yrr h'�. ��{ 1R ♦ r :. Olk AdO 1' 001, A! 6LEINFELDER APPENDIX A f" FIELD EXPLORATION The subsurface exploration program for the proposed Kinoshita Farms Sports Park Development consisted of the excavation and logging a total of four (4) hollow-stem auger borings. The borings ranged in depth from 11.5 to 31.5 feet below existing grades. Figure 2 presents the location of the borings. The Logs of Borings are presented as Figures A-2 through A-5. A legend to the logs is presented _ as Figure A-1. The Logs of Borings describe the earth materials encountered, samples obtained and show field and laboratory tests performed. The logs also show the location, boring number, drilling date and the name of the logger and drilling subcontractor. The borings were logged by an engineer using the Unified Soil Classification System. The boundaries between soil types shown on the logs are approximate because the transition between different soil layers may be gradual. Bulk and intact samples of representative earth materials were obtained from the borings at maximum intervals of about 10 feet. The exploratory borings were advanced using a CME 55, truck-mounted drill rig equipped with ^ 6-inch-diameter hollow-stem augers provided by Spectrum Exploration, Inc. of Signal Hill, California. All borings were backfilled using the soil from cuttings and tamped when the drilling and excavating was completed. A California-type sampler was used to obtain relatively undisturbed samples of the soil encountered. This sampler consists of a 3-inch O.D., 2.4-inch I.D. split barrel shaft that is pushed or driven a total of 18 inches into the soil at the bottom of the boring. The soil was _ retained in 6 1-inch brass rings for laboratory testing. An additional 2-inches of soil from each drive remained in the cutting shoe and was usually discarded after visually classifying the soil. 1 'The sampler was driven using a 140 pound hammer falling 30-inches. The total number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the last 12 inches of an 18-inch drive is termed the blow count and is recorded on the Logs of Borings. Samples were also obtained using a Standard Penetration Sampler (SPT). This sampler consists i of a 2-inch O.D., 1.4-inch I.D. split barrel shaft that is advanced into the soils at the bottom of the drill hole a total of 18-inches. The sampler was driven using a 140 pound hammer falling 30- inches. The total number of hammer blows required to drive the sampler the final 12-inches is termed the blow count (l) and is recorded on the Logs of Borings. The procedures we employed in the field are generally consistent with those described in ASTM Standard Test Method D- 158E-84. I I� Bulk samples of the surface soils were retrieved directly from the auger blades. l I _ I . ^ (7)ER93-104 Rojeci 38-3129-01 Copyright 1993 Klcinlcldcr, Inc. -All Righa Remo ed A-1 -.. t Date Drilled: Water Depth: Drilled By: Date Measured: Driling Method: Reference Elevation: Logged By: Datum: I I T C O y c = G£OTECFiNIC+LDESCRIPTION c e 0 o d y n c o AND m f] ^ y Z., u m m CLASSIFICATION t — O cqq 'cc d =O N N mom. (7 O AU F 1 6 108 10 DS,SE 2 12 GS is (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (6) (7) i NOTES ON FIELD INVESTIGATION 1. SAMPLE -Graphical representation of sample tYDe as sown below. split Spoon -Standard Penetration Teri Sample(SPT) 0 Drive Sample -California Sample(Cat) Bulk Sample -Obtained by Cotlecug Mongs in a plastic bag Tube Sample -Shelby/Pitcher Tube Sample I 2. s SAMPLE NO.-Sample Number S S=FT-Number of blows required to advance sampler 1 bot(unless a lesser dstance is spedfied). Samplers in general were driven into the sal at the bottom of the bow with a standard(1A0 E)hamper dropping a standard 20 inches. Drava samples milecled m bucket sugar bomngs were obtained by dropping non-standard weights loom variable heights. The hamper weight s r lmrdad below the bowsr in did case.When a SPT sanpwf stied he blow count ccnbms b ASTM D 1SW :21j.7 I'll .Sample Core Recovery(SCR)in percent(K)and Rod;Duality Designation(ROD)in percent(K). ROD s defined as the percenuga of care in each run o whin the spacing between natural fractures is grealer hall a inches. Mechanical breaks Of M cons are not considered. I� e. GRAPHIC LOG.Standard symbols for sal and rock typim as shown On page 2 Of Key. S. GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION =g)j-Soil ctassill tuons are based an the Unified Soil ClamfrAlion System per ASTM D 2"7.and designations include oensictency.mown. l color and other modfiera. Field descriptions have been modified to mfwcl results of laboratory analyses whom deemed appropriate. g QK-Rock da%3,5"tbns genemsy include a rock type,color,moisture,minord OaadLents,d"of weatheral vilhil oro,end he mechanical properties of he rock Fabhc,lineations,bedding spimnig.foliations,end degr Of Ce Madan are also Pre ted where appropnale. Description of soil origin or rock formation is placed it bmdces at the beginning of the description where applicable,for examhple.Residual Sail: R DRY DENSITY,MOISTURE CONTENT: As esomawd by laboratory Or laid tesmq. T. ADDITIONAL T1:STS-(ndlcates sample lasted fa propanles other hen the above): MAX-Max m m Dry Density SG-Specific Gravity PP-Podet Pwewmenler as -GrLn Size Disi ibuoon NA-Hydrometer Mayes WA-Wasp Mayas SE-Sand Equivalent AL-Ate rbwq Unnits DS-Direct Shan EI'-Expansion index RV-R-Value CP-Collapse Potential CHEM -Sulfate and Chloride ContwL pH.Resstivity CN-Consolidation UC-Unconfined!Comprescn PM-PermeaOility CU-consolidated Undrained Triaxial T-Torvere 1 I UU-Unconsolidated Undrained Triaxial CD-Consolidated Droned Trucial fI. ATTITUDES-Orenlation of rock dsoontinuity Observed in bucket auger boring Or nick pore.saprsssed in s0#ardp and dip angle. mspectvey.Proceeded by a one-lener symbol denoting nature of Cisconuri as shown beton. B:Badding Plane J:Jointing C:Contact F:Fault S:Shear K L E I N F E L D E R LEGEND TO LOGS Figure A-1a UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (ASTM D-2487) PRIMARY DIVISIONS (GROUP SYMBOLS( SECONDARY DIVISIONS — N GR�iE GW I WELL GRADED GRAVELS.GRAVEL-SAND MIXTURES.LITTLE O9 NO FINES m h y W M13%INES GP .'v q POORLY GRADED GRAVELS OR GRAVEL-SAND W XTURES,UTTIE OR NO FINES w W kl Y wu: GRAvEL GM SILTY GRAVELS GgAYEI4A7-oSllT W XTURE NON R.A.SnG FlNEs 0 j0�n Os"4J` WITH S j FINES GC CLAYEY GRAVELS GRAVELSANOGLAY MIXTURES.PLASTIC NEEDS z w FNH Q�2 CLEM SW l c -`c�, WELLGRADEO SANDS.GRAVELLY SANDS.LITTLE OR NO FINES (mss THAN) $p POORLY GRADED SANDS OR GRAVELLY SANDS.LITTLE OR NO FINES a1 752r Q�u WLI S%FINES i3 w �lY� yy L.NOSJLI SILTY SANDS,SANOSILT WXRP.ES.M04PLASMC FINES FWESCLAYEY SANDS,SANOLUY MIYTUgES.PLASTIC FINES INORGANIC SILTS AND VERYNE SANDS. OCK FLOUFL SILTY OR FlNANDS OR T wITH S MfTINORGACCUYSO L W O DILIM P1./ST1G .GMVELLY CLAY . yw AN YSORGANIC StLTS AND ORGANIC SILTY CLAYS OFLOW PLASTICITY "Q INO GANG SIL .MIC c OR IA MAG W SANDY= � NNWSINORGANIC C1AY5 OF MGH PLASncfTY.FAT CLAYS ORGANIC CLAYS W MEDIUM TO HIGH PLASTICITY.ORGANO SILTS Em . HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS I PT �_— PEAT AND ODER HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS SANDSTONES I SS _ SILTSTONES SH —� CLAYSTONES CS LIMESTONES I LSS _ SHALE SL CONSISTENCY CRITERIA BASED ON FIELD TESTS — fI * NUs®EROFlLOWS NAUmER RELATTVE DENSITY-COARSE-GRAIN SOL FIE-CRAIIN SOIL tORVANE PENETROMETEA FA LING 30 IN HES FALLING>D INCHES .— RELATIVE SPTRELATIVE UNDRAINED UNCONFINED TO DRIVE A 2 Nal OD. DENSfiV (r do.M) DENSITY(xt CONSISTENCY SPIr SHEAR COMPRESSNE 11 3/s(I 04 bi wWfo STRENGTH(n() STRENGTH(till SPLIT BARREL SAMPLER Vary loos* <a 0-is V"Soft .2 A.1O .0.25 (PENETRATION TEST)STANDARD — Lona* 4.10 t5•OS Soh 2-4 0.17.015 025.0.5 Aleamm So" 4-4 025•OS 0.5-1.0 ti tYNANFINED Meeium Dania 10-70 D5-65COMPRESSIVE SeH 4.15 OS-1.0 1.0-70- STRENGTH IN DMa* 30-50 IS-d5 TONSSOom Very SOT} IS->b 1.0.2.0 20-a.0 RE.ID FROM POCKET V*ry Dena* 150 SS-100 HarO a00 s20 sa.0 PENETROMETER MOISTURE CONTENT CEMENTATION I DESCRIPTION , FIELD TEST DESCRIPTION ( FIELDTEST Dry Abse Of Mohs*,ouary,Cry o 01a Mcm W"* ,CRmdaa fF beaks With hwxsrq m slgM IngM pltssum 1 Mast I Damp but m viva*waw MooaraWy I cr=b s or boos With mrt9dwade kVw P� Wet YwbM fm racer,usually sod is boil rrtM oda Slrapry I MAI na OVmoif a "U wO Ilnow pv mn K L E I N F E L D E R LEGEND OF LOGS Figure A-1 b i' Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Rater Depth: > 115 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S.A. 6" Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A E� o + X o z° '� GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION „ W c I AND ac c °u3 ' d d a E E ° m CLASSIFICATION 31 0 —`c a s W H0 to N to v f.7 O �+ L L) ¢ Fo- SILTY CLAY with SAND(CL),olive-brown,moist,fine to medium 1 grained 2 19 Decreased sand content,dark gray-brown,very stA trace caliche,fine grained at 25 feet AL S 3 39 SANDY CLAY with SILT and tram GRAVEL(CL),olive-gray. 100 moist,hard,fine sand and gravel,some caliche,some orange odation .0 17. m1 WA I - to- 4 r SANDY CLAY to CLAYEY SAND(CL.SC),gray-brown,moist, -\very stiff,fine to medium grained ' Boring terminated at 115 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings I' �1 ' K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California ' A-2 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-1 ' Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: 20.0 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.S-A- 6" Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A m — 0 r C z° D.`� —' GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION AND ° c d d U \ U > `W as 300 d v a E E o— m CLASSIFICATION }}� u — c c a woo 1n to mm �- S � X:Q ¢ � TOPSOIL. _ 1 SILTY O AY(CL),dark brown,moist,cultivated,slight organic odor NATIVE p CHEM 2 79/11• SILTY CLAY(Q.),olive-brown,moist,hard,some veins of caliche, 96.0. 15.9 _ S 3 53 no organic odor at 25 feet � , l I _ 20- 4 67/10' Fine to coarse gravel at 13 feet u - GRAVELLY SAND(SP),light gay-brown,wet,very dense,fine to —20—IE coarse sand and gravel► 5 75/6- ..`. SILTY CLAY with GRAVEL and trace SAND(CL),dark — gray-brown,moist,fine to coarse gravel and sand � u Color change to yellow-brown,increased fine to medium sand content, 30 no gravel at 29 feet No sampling at 30 feet due to bouyancy Boring terminated at 315 feet Groundwater was encountered at 20 feet Hole was backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE im1n,JR San Juan Capistrano, California _ A-3 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-2 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 ( Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: > 155 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 I' Drilling Method: H.S.A. 6' Reference Elevation: N/A Logged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A ^. o C Z z ", -1 GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION N d O \ V C L+ kv L d d U 3 L AND - O n + Fu M d w E a 3O-0 0- i0 CLASSIFICATION wa n Tr — w o — c v a ( "' W 00 m m L L O O L W Wim [) N N my t.7 0 `ALU C TOPSOIL• 1 SILTY CLAY(CL),olive-brown,moist,cultivated,slight organic odor I 2 87/10- NATIVE MAX SILTY CLAY with some SAND (CL)'moist,hard,fine to medium grained,no organic odor at 2.5 feet 5 3 e4/9s• or changes to brown at 5 feet Color changes to gray-brown at 5.5 feet ' Fine to coarse gravel at 8 feet ' GRAVELLY SAND(SP),dark olive-brown,moist,very dense,fine to 10 4 53/6• ' coarse sand and graven CLAYEY SAND with GRAVEL(SC),olive-brown,moist,very dense,fine to coarse sand,fine to coarse gravel 15 5 too/Ss GRAVEL-LY SAND with CLAY(SP-SC),olive-brown,moist,ve dense,fine to coarse sand and avel ry I Refusal at 15.5 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings it I' I i I ' K L E I N F E L D E R KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE San Juan Capistrano, California ' A-4 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B-3 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 -------------- 1 Date Drilled: 7/6/93 Water Depth: > 11.5 feet Drilled By: Spectrum Date Measured: 7/6/93 Drilling Method: H.SA 6' Reference Elevation: N/A - JLogged By: Sheryl L Shaw Datum: N/A + o t X — n z°o \ GEOTECHNICAL DESCRIPTION _ N d C _ C + O ,ptL d d L U .Nl t AND d a E E o° CLASSIFICATION a u —6+C v +n do W 0 N N 61 0 G L U ¢ F- v I SILTY CLAY(CL),dark brown,moist,some veins of caliche — i RV 2 SANDY CLAY with SH.T(CL),light olive-brown,moist,hard,fine 1oz.o t�.t WA — S sand 3 is Trace fine gravel,very stiff at 5 feet I - to A 57 Hard,fine to coarse sand at 10 feet SILTY CLAY with trace SAND(CL),olive-brown moist hard,fine aired Boring terminated at 115 feet Groundwater was not encountered Hole was backfilled and tamped using soil from cuttings - i l I KLEINFELDER KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE i San Juan Capistrano,California A-5 — j PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 LOG OF BORING B4 Legend To Logs On Figure A-1 F rl�f 1 Iy, ll"r9Ea ,fit . e 'Cy}8 k` 10 Sd ,r• - . �� r B r :: rCj4 41:} 1 i' YY + I ! I P X1)1 � � t f - yM h � »�,' �•T t �' ) ... 9 r 1 ��+lJ S t' iqy }1Y°= _p f• Y `�. - ,_ .r'.'� i"-,a�• .� 'S.-:'k �`f "t- J 2 I 5 r • v '- r]t" -4a Jr }} .,C + r V"�, t s t i.. r Q '._a}" ". ,},t•,A_ - - is i ` ; F'1 7 +.�j ' •J�Yo° } ,cJfs �"} Y r k -` r» w r4 i'�:. " rtY..,•_ T ✓{��"t ,�rpr•-e F;'. s s MI t � }Y�F. • -y - tZ O'�'•S�i i ' �r . ., _ t 1 y '�r�,� i�x_ll xi '�„ . .. Se+'+ •rdTK�� ys ^i �,tb <�y } � )rf r:u,s �'r d« i• ' fl+� s'•• PIZ a « �Y; e• i Y i t° + ! b'•Jt 'r't t 'rte t ra 7 1 1 ) J3 T ra• 'Z '- � � • I# t {Y" F 1° /tE s r. .I ..M I msa' ,..� � y"-h J +4'4.t � i-r4,'.' �. r .• i r° �s� 1. SC .� { i r n'fz'1 f -• t p:p� r�w� -w+' �` '"i ,t . ro� ' �I. y a_ � 1 Y� �:.ti ty,x rl�! b t. J„F t .r �"4<�•i •. n �At� t e•Y a �`�' .: 1�a� iY'R � t �: �S q 4 «q t F w s �y�.L^F14 �yT�= 1 ,� � E t .c, d. '..y• ,..oaf}«« tea, .._ 1 hn RLEINFELDER 1 f APPENDIX B 1 LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed on representative intact and bulk soil samples to estimate { engineering characteristics of the various earth materials encountered. Testing was performed in accordance with one of the following references: 1) Lambe, T. William, Soil Testing for Engineers, Wiley, New York, 1951 j 2) Laboratory Soils Testing, U.S. Army, Office of the Chief of Engineers, _ Engineering Manual No. 1110-2-1906, November 30, 1970 ! 3) ASTM Standards for Soil Testing, latest revisions 4) State of California Department of Transportation, Standard Test Methods, latest revisions. LABORATORY MOISTURE AND DENSITY DETERMINATIONS Natural moisture content and dry density tests were performed on 3 intact samples collected. The results are presented on the Logs of Borings and are summarized on Table B-1. GRAIN SIZE DISTRIBUTION ! The grain size distribution of the selected soil sample was performed by wash sieving in { accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D422-63. The test result are presented on Figure MAXIMUM DENSITY TESTS One maximum density test was performed on selected samples of the on-site soils to estimate their — ! compaction characteristics. The test was performed in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D-1557. The test results are presented on Figure B-2. R-VALUE TESTS One sample of the near-surface soils encountered at the site were subjected to R-value testing in accordance with Caltrans Standard Test Method 301. The test results are presented on Figure B- 3. t CORROSIVITY TESTS j A series of chemical tests were performed on one selected sample of the near-surface soils to estimate pH, resistivity and sulfate and chloride contents. Test results may be used by a qualified corrosion engineer to evaluate the general corrosion potential with respect to construction materials. The results are presented on Figure B-3. (7�FR93-104 _ hojcc� 59,3129-01 1 Copyright 1993 13einkIder, Inc. -All RighU Reserved B-1 1, I, EXPANSION INDEX TESTS Expansion Index testing was performed on a selected sample of the near-surface soils to evaluate the expansion potential. The test was performed in accordance with Uniform Building Code (UBC) Standard No. 29-2, Expansion Index Test Method. Results are presented on Table B-2. TABLE 13-1 i' MOISTURE CONTENT AND UNIT WEIGHT Sample Depth Moisture Content Dry Unit Weight ' (ft) (pcf) B-1-3 5. 5 17.1 99.7 B-2-2 3 .5 15.9 96. 1 ' B-4-2 3 .5 14 .7 102 .3 TABLE B-2 WASH SIEVE RESULTS Depth % Passing Sample (ft) 1200 Sieve B-1-3 6.0 65 B-4-2 3 .5 63 TABLE B-3 1111 CORROSION TEST RESULT Depth Sulfate Chloride Resistivity Sample (ft) PH (ppm) (ppm) (ohm-am) B-2-1 1-5 7.92 123 121 985 TABLE Bd EXPANSION INDEX TEST RESULT sample Depth (ft) EI Value B-2-1 1-5 24 I MER93-104 ' ryq«t 56-3129-01 Copyright 1993 IOeinfcldct, Im.-All Riyhu Reserved B-2 i 136 Curves of 1001 Saturation 132 — I 128 Gs=2.65 Gs=2.70 r 124 Gs=2.75 0 0 120 J3 . - ' v L 116 _ a _ N 1I 112 — O a r 108 N N Z C 104 o _ C3 100 96 — 92 90 1 0 5 10 15 20 25 I WATER CONTENT, Percent of dry density j) TEST DESCRIPTION TEST METHOD: ASTM D-1557 METHOD 'A' Sample B-3 Depth 3.0 Description Silty Clay Classification CL Maximum Dry Density 119 pct Optimum Water Content 13.7% _ KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE - K L E 1 N F E L D E R San Juan Capistrano,California COMPACTION DIAGRAM B-1 FRO✓ECT NO. 58-3129-01 I I 50 CH 1 1.40H CL tx 40 z CL H H 30 1111100U N H N a 20 111H O 10 H NIL 0 OL 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 110 90 100 110 LIQUID LIMIT (LL) i� Sample Depth (it) LL (-A) PL(%) PI (%) U (-) Description 13-1 2.5 37.8 24.1 13.7 Silty Clay with Sand I 1, LL-Liquid Limit PI-Plasticity Index PL-Plasticity Umit U-Uquidity Index Unified Soil Classification Fine Grained Soil Groups LL < 50 LL > 50 Inorganic rlaye7 silts to very fine sandsInorganic silts and clayey silts ML of slight lastic� MH of hi h Plasticity CLInorganic clays of low to Inorganic clays of high plasticity medium fasticity CH Organic silts and organic silty clays of Organic clays of medium to OL low lasticity OH hi h lastic� o nic silts KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE K L E I N F E L D E R San Juan Capistrano,California JWLIMIM PLASTICITY CHART B-2 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 l 800 700 600 Soo 400 300 200 100 0 100 100 90 90 it 80 80 70 70 60 60 1 50 50 40 40 30 30 J' I — 1 20 20 10 10 0 0 ' 800 700 600 500 400 300 200 100 0 _ EXUDATION PRESSURE (psi) IISample B-5 Depth (ft) 1-5 - Description Silty Clay Classification CL R - VALUE 10 l KINOSHITA FARMS SPORTS PARK FIGURE L� K L E I N F E L D E R San Juan Capistrano,California i1 R -VALUE TEST B-3 PROJECT NO. 58-3129-01 KLEINFELDER 7 AJ 4.3.3 Slabs-on-Grade L fa Concrete slab-on-grade floors may be used for the proposed buildings. The slab-on-grade should f a L be laced on at least 2 feet of engineered fill r L p g' , prepared as described in Section 4.4.4, Engineered Fill. Concrete floor slabs should have a minimum nominal thickness of 4 inches, and should be reinforced with a 6x6-q10/#10 welded wire mesh placed at midheight in the slab. All slabs should be designed for any specific loading conditions by the structural engineer. At the completion of grading, representative samples of the materials at pad grade should by tested for expansion potential. If medium to highly expansive soils are encountered, we recommend moisture conditioning of the slab subgrade (prior to the placement of concrete), to a depth of 18 inches, to a moisture content between optimum and 5 percent above optimum. We recommend that a vapor barrier be placed below the slab in areas where moisture sensitive flooring materials are planned. In addition, the barrier should be covered with 2-inches of clean sand and be underlain by 1-inch of clean sand to protect the barrier during construction, act as a capillary break and aid proper curing of the concrete slab. All areas adjacent to buildings, including planters, should be designed to drain away from the structure to avoid an accumulation of water beneath the slab or footings. 4.4 Construction Considerations 'IL 4.4.1 General All site preparation and earthwork operations should be performed in accordance with applicable codes. All references to maximum dry density are established in accordance with ASTM Standard Test Method D-1557. 4.4.2 Site P=aradon Due to the loose, compressible nature of the upper 2 to 3 feet of existing soils, overexcavation and recompaction should be performed prior to placement of foundations. We estimate removals on the order of 2 to 3 feet will be required for slab and footing components. Localized areas requiring deeper removals should be anticipated. All surficial vegetation and deleterious, organic, inert and oversized materials (greater than 3 inches in maximum dimension) should be (7)003-101 "t tSb-)129-01 Cnpyrisht 1993 IOeinfelder. Inc. -All Riehu Rewmed 4-4 KLEIArELDER [ 1 Testing of the final subgrade soils after completion of rough grading operations should be -� conducted to evaluate their expansion potential and confirm or modify the recommendations presented herein. _ 4.7 Corrosivity Laboratory test results for corrosion potential, performed by Applied P & Ch Laboratory, are presented in Appendix B. The test results indicate the corrosion potential of concrete placed within the native soil is very low, and no special design is necessary. The test results were also used with the methods described in California Test 643 to estimate the service life of steel culverts. The estimated time to perforation of an 18-gauge steel culvert placed in the native soils is approximately 25 years. The following table may be used to estimate the time to perforation of other steel pipe wall thicknesses by multiplying the corresponding factor by the time to perforation of an 18-gauge culvert given above. Thickness (inches): 0.052 0.064 0.079 0.109 0.138 0.168 —I Gauge 18 16 14 12 10 8 Factor 1.0 1.3 1.6 2.2 2.8 3.4 / 4.8 Pavements 6 "OCC The following structural pavement sections are based on assumed traffic conditions for the �f development and laboratory test results. Based on this design R-value of 10 and the assumed 110/24ey4 traffic conditions, we have provided the following recommended asphaltic concrete pavement ^i section design in accordance with California Test Method 301: Asphalt Class II 1 Traffic Concrete Aggregate Base Index (inches) (inches) Light Duty Paving 4 2.5 7.0 Heavy Duty Paving 6 3.0 12.5 12- e 4n+�� 10. 5 � Pk I Cnrxv3-104 t 58-3129-01 - Copyright 1993 Kleinfelder, Inc.-All Rights Reserved 4-8 ALEI \ FEL DER Due to the nature of the near-surface soils, we recommend that the upper 18 inches of pavement t subgrade be overexcavated and recompacted prior to placement of the structural pavement '0 section. The uppermost 6 inches of subgrade and the Class 2 aggregate base should be compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The pavement section thicknesses should be increased for area of heavy vehicular use and for areas where larger wheel loads are anticipated. NSubgrade drainage is an important factor which enhances pavement performance. Subgrade surface beneath the flexible pavement structural section should be sloped to direct runoff to suitable collection points and to prevent ponding. Concrete curbs separating pavement and landscape areas should extend at least 6 inches below subgrade surfaces to reduce the potential for the movement of moisture through the aggregate base course layers. Water should not be allowed to pond on-the subgrade surface. v / '* aIJ The actual soil present at subgrade elevations after grading may be different than those sampled and tested for this study. We recommend that bulk samples of the actual subgrade materials be retrieved and tested after finish grading is completed. Modified pavement design recommendations may be presented after reviewing the post-grading R-value test results. _I�v ty Gt0 S/w 4 trojma �t 58-r 129-01 Copyright 1993 KreinfeWer,rnc.-All Righu Aeeerrved 4-9 7i c39E_'24 KLEIWELDER F—SS4 T-867 P-031 OCT 27 '93 11:02 KLEINFELDER Post4t^brand tan Usnsmin)memo Wn a et paae . 2- L.S/'L4fan! /4'ryE(L irarn 4c,c Alae, October 18, 1993 Project No. 58-3129-01 "f71V493-ro63 X06-035c-13L#- Ms. Sharon Heider Open Space Project ManaEer C7ity of San Juan Capistrano 32400 Paseo Adelanto San Juan Capistrano,California 92675 SUBJECT: Response to Review Commence Geotechnical Investigation Kinoshita Farms Sports Paris Development . . San Juan Capistrano,Califonaia Dear Ms-Heider: In response to your request, we have prepared the following responses to your questions regarding our geotechnical investigation or oshita Farms Sports Park Development, dated July 21, 1992. The following questions are paraphrased from your comments written. to our l report. 1 Question: What Concrete section should be used for pedestrian wa]kways? A 4-inch concrete slab over 4 incbes ofaagg�egate base or 4 inches of eoucrete over 4 inches of sand base with 6"x 6"Wa'hi. Response: Either section will provide adequate strength for use as a pedestrian walkway. However,we would recommend the use of welded.wire mesh with both sections to reduce the chance of shrinkage stacking. If vehicle traffic is to use these walkways, we recommend that .the concrete pavement recommendations Provided in this letter be used. Ouestion: What would the asphalt concrete (AC) avement section be for traffic indices of 4 and 5 with a minimum AC thickness of 4 inches? Response: The AC pavement sections are as follows: Asphaltic. Class 11 Trak Concrete Aggregate Base Index (inches) (inches) 4 4 5 4 8 F:Yirv�c� d e`y Viwa Qrive,5uitc 150, o ianx)nd Bar,CSG 91765 (714) 346-0-M ' 71 3561324 F�LFi -'ELDER F-194 T-867 P-8132 (KT 27 193 11:83 City of San Juan Capistrano ' October IS, 1993 Page 2 Question_ What concrete pavement section should be used for the access road? Response: The subgrade soils encountered at the project site were generally fine grained sandy clays and silty clays which exhibit low R-value test results and potentially expansive charaaciistics. Therefore, the rigid concrete pavement will be suseptable to crac]dng and should be designed to withstand these forces. Therefore,we recommend the following 6ec tioa . ' Concrete: 6-inch minimum thickness,3500 psi minimum compressive strength Reinforcement: #3 bars,spaced at 18 inches on center in both direction Aggregate Hesse: 8-it)cb minimum thickness We trust that this letter satisfies your current needs. If you have any questions or require additional information,please contact as. Sincerely, ' IU.EU ELDER,INc ' Eric W.Noel John S. Eohman,PE. Staff Engineer Senior Engineer 1 1 1 1 ' WMhW ii KMW63fttJW%%U Drive,SUtt-150, Diamond Bar,U 91765 (909)396-0335 1